o

harles W.Buck

\ -~ for -the founding of a, College in this Colony"

r

OB|

Gift of
Dr. Hiram Bingham
ofthe Class of 1898
1907

Under the Sun.

.SV-r Ajiji^mlif 114-

The Funeral of the Last Inca.

From I'aiiitiiHj hy Moiili'rn.

Under the Sun;

Or, The Passing of the Incas.

A STORY OF OLD PERU.

By CHARLES W. BUCK,
Formerly United States Minister to Peru

SHELTMAN & COMPANY,
Publishers,
Louisville, Kentucky, U. S. A.

Copyright, 1902,
By Charles William Buck.

A 11 rights reserved.

j

w \^" ^<*

PR88B OP
The Franklin Pbintisg Co.
louisville.

TO MY WIFE :
Always for me a good angel,
ministering comfort and helpful
ness ; but never more so than,
when especially needed, during a
long residence in the far-off land
whose singularly suggestive con
ditions, in a curiously interesting
past, afford the foundation for
this story.

CONTENTS.

CHAPTER PAGB
Prologue  vii
I. An Unknown Land  1
II. In Truth but Flesh and Blood  9
III. Princess and Page  19
IV. View the Outlying of This Cuzco  32
V. It is Related  44
VI. Why He Left His Own Land  56
VII. From Over the Sea  64
VIII. The Crime of Loving  78
IX. Moonlight and Shadow  81
X. Viracocha  88
XI. A Fearful Mistake  101
XII. Waiting Upon Her Pleasure  110
XIII. Discomfiture  119
XIV. Signs and Auguries  127
XV. At an Inca's Feast  136
XVI. Her Command Shall be the Law  144
XVII. For the Credit of Thy Blood  153
XVIII. Knowest Thou Thysblf to be That  162
v

CONTENTS.
chapter page
XIX. He is the Child of Love  172
XX. This Complicates Matters  184
XXI. Shrinking From the Ceremonies  194
XXII. The Feast of Raymi  200
XXIII. A Child of the True Blood  214
XXIV. The Sacsahuaman  224
XXV. Suggestive to a Stranger  235
XXVI. The Persuasive Lips of Beauty  244
XXVII. On an Errand to the Inca  253
XXVIII. We Shall See  261
XXIX. Of Their Secret Love  273
XXX. Death Loves the Beautiful and Strong. . ., . .289
XXXI. Then Thou Mayest Take the Drawing  303
XXXII. At Least for the Present  315
XXXIII. Tempting Beauties of Yucay  324
XXXIV. From Out the North, Se.» w >_rd  332
XXXV. A Sail  343
XXXVI. Refugees  354
XXXVII. War Demons  366
XXXVIII. Salvation Out of the Deep  377
XXXIX. The Afterward  393
Appendix  403
Glossary  412
vi

PROLOGUE.

It was many years ago that the author of these pages
first visited the west coast of South America. What he
saw about Panama and along the forest-clad coast of
Columbia interested him incidentally, as did also the
call into the Guayaquil River, its broad and beauti
ful waters, and the commercial capital of Ecuador of the
same name on its banks. But before turning the west
ern elbow of the continent at Cape Blanco, near the
mouth of Guayaquil Bay, he came abreast of Tumbez,
the northernmost port of modern Peru, and his interest
quickened. Then, not far south of where the mountains
thrust their feet into the sea at the capes, he sighted the
barren coast line that reaches with a rainless stretch of
naked Cordilleras and dreary desert for over two thou
sand miles southward; here were the shores of America's
ancients, that land which the wisdom and might of the
Incas once made marvelous for its institutions and
glories— here for a time his lot was to be cast, and his
quickened interest became intense.
Though he had read much of the country, somehow
he had not grasped the idea of this barren coast and
those gaunt, mysteriously grave mountains; but there
they were, ever in view from the steamer, with never a
green thing in sight, save at long intervals in the little
valleys. Down these the streams fret and flow from high
up where the Sierras hold the clouds and gather the
rains in their fastnesses, thence draining their waters,
which in turn are supplied to the irrigating channels;
and these distribute the life-giving moisture on to the
vii

PROLOGUE.
slopes and levels between the hills, demarking with start
ling sharpness the brown upper sides of the declivities
from the rich verdure between. But veritable oases are
these narrow valleys. They blossom with a richness and
beauty, the more delightful by contrast with the somber
setting about and often towering above them; and over
all, the sun glows with tender warmth, but never with
burning heat. The coast is tempered by the ant-artic
current that skirts up the shores to Cape Blanco, and
thence deflects across the Paeific; and from that refrig
erating current the southern breezes blow inland with
ever refreshing coolness.
Along this somber land, suggestive in its own monu
mental impressiveness of buried empires, the Pacific rolls
in long undulations, but the flow and heaving of its
swell is never stirred into fierceness by storms, and the
Cordilleras ever form a back-ground for the picture, of
grim, awe-inspiring grandeur. From their spurs and
foot hills they reach higher and higher until they merge
into the lofty Sierras that raise their dividing wall
twelve to fourteen thousand feet, forming the water
shed of the continent, in which there are no breaks or

Behind this grim range, and between it and the far
inland Andes proper, that lift their glittering peaks
still higher further eastward where the breaks and de
clivities drain to the Amazonian rivers, lay the uplands
of the Sierras, with their tangle of mountains and
valleys; forming a region averaging eight to twelve
thousand feet above the sea, the loftiest nursery of civil
ization and dwelling-place of empire the world has
known. On this high land of hills and Andean bolsons, piled
on mountain heights, stretched the stronghold of Inca
power; and near its extremities, nestled in two of those
sky-kissed valleys, were the two capitals ; sacred and im
perial Cuzco, to the south; and to the north, Quito,
viii

PROLOGUE.
which the last Inca made a second capital, but never of
a magnificence comparable with that of the proud and
isolated city of his ancestors. For Cuzco 's victories, in
peace and war through near four centuries, had made the
government and worship of the Sun dominant over a
vast empire, and the inspiration and support of a civiliza
tion so perfect in its organization as to cause the con
ception and fruition of its despotic socialism, or social
despotism, in aboriginal America, to stand as a wonder
in human development.
There was something almost uncanny, but indescrib
ably fascinating, in the panorama and the imaginings
it suggested ; and to the author there came a desire, with
larger observations which were extended in various parts
of the interior, as well as on the coast, to reconstruct
the Inca empire in story, for the entertainment, if not
for the profit, of those who might care to read. Hence
this romance ; founded on what could be gathered of the
real, concerning the reputed Children of the Sun— vice
gerents of their luminious God— in the land where all,
in social and industrial life, in government and in re
ligion, may be said to have been
"UNDER THE SUN."

To gain in realism, the story is given in the form of a
translation of an old manuscript, which, it is assumed,
was written by the daughter of Hutimina, the heroine
of this story, who herself was the favorite child of the
great Huayna Capac, the last of the real Incas. The
story represents Hutimina as one of the most brilliant
women of her day, who added to all the native learning
of her time an education in Spanish ; and it is assumed
that her daughter who is supposed to have written the
ix

PROLOGUE.
manuscript was qualified to do so, especially by a knowl
edge gained direct from those who knew the Children
of the Sun in their culminated glory and who lived
through the scenes that involved their overthrow.

UNDER THE SUN.
CHAPTER I.
AN UNKNOWN LAND.
"We have counted it up twenty times, Pizarro, and
thou seest we can not sum all the combined funds avail
able from our partnership in these haciendas at more
than twenty thousand pesos de oro — that is our all. Ten
thousand pesos have already gone into the enterprise
and the expedition is not yet half ready."
"But, Almagro, that much is practically in hand.
Behind it are our lands with the cattle and reparti
mientos on them. Then thou must not omit the promises
of the Governor Pedrarias; but better than what thou
and I and the school-master have, and certainly better
than the promises of His Excellency, who, I confess, is
not apt to show down much cash, are the funds and re
sources of the Licentiate Espinosa, for whom our lettered
friend Luque stands. He is rich, and few in the colony
of Panama have better credit. ' '
"There," continued Pizarro, sweeping his hand to
ward the south, "thou seest a yet unsailed ocean, and
beyond are rich lands, unclaimed wealth, and people
unappropriated by Christians— more opulent than any
yet found in the Indies. All these may be ours if we dare
and endure. I know some say that I am a dreamer ; but,
Almagro, I do not dream, I know they are there. ' '
The adventurers, Pizarro and Almagro, were sitting
in a room that overlooked the bay of Panama. The calm
waters came from the west in gentle swells until they
a

2 UNDER THE SUN.
struck the thickly scattered rocks that lay along that
part of the beach and fretted against them into noise
and foam. Far away to the south rose serenely, with
hazy form in the tropical afternoon, the Island of
Taboga. Almagro was silent as he looked out over the fretting
surf to the calm blue of the bay and the bluish bulks of
the distant islands that rose out of it some nine miles
away. "There," resumed Pizarro, "a shallow bit of bay
seems breaking itself to pieces on a stretch of shallow
sand and a few rocks, if thou only lookest so far as thou
canst throw a stone; but who, seeing that much, would
not look beyond for some greatness of which little things
always speak, in echoes as it were ? Who would consider
the breaking surf on the rocky beach, when, lifting his
eyes to a longer range he might see that he need only
wade out to an anchored boat, and then sail over and
gather the luscious pineapples of Taboga, provided they
were free for him to take and enjoy, or bring for profit
to this waiting market? Taboga can not be ours, nor its
fruits, for the taking; but yonder is Biru, free to the
adventurer who will push over some fretting difficulties
and seize it, as will be right — and unstinted fortune there
is in it, for any good Christian who can."
While the last words were being uttered the door-
opened, and in it stood Ferdinand de Luque, the parish
priest and school-master.
"Ah, senors," he exclaimed, "ye were talking of
Biru, and the idiots in the town are beginning to laugh
at us for our undertaking. Why, as I came here and was
passing a group of my school boys they were tittering;
and as soon as my back was turned toward them, they
broke out into loud laughter, and sang out from behind
the corner I had turned: 'Fernando el loco!'* The
little imps but echo the scoffs of their elders. Yet I tell
thee, Almagro, Pizarro is right. On my faith as a clerigo,
•Spanish for "The fool."

AN UNKNOWN LAND. 3
I shall not be moved by those who only know how to doubt
and object — those who can do nothing better, can always
do that, and there will always be plenty of such; but
if madness is seldom genius, the genius or faith for ac
complishing miracles always seems to others, while its
triumps are yet unachieved, pure madness. The like of
these also scoffed at Colombo, and worse — that much
eomf ort we may take to ourselves. ' '
"But Holy Father," replied Pizarro, "there is not
even the seeming of madness in this enterprise for any
one who has known this ' Terra Firma, ' as I have, from
Vasco Nunes de Balboa's time. Only the new comers
do not know, and the old colonists forget. Events in this
new land tread so on each other's heels, one excitement
upon another, expedition upon expedition, that, like the
moving waves of yonder ocean, each one sweeps on and
obscures from sight that which before was occupying at
tention. It is a thing which has greatly impressed me in
life — how short a memory the public has for what has
once passed, and how easily absorbed, to the exclusion
of other things, its interest is by the simple newness of
what happens. But I have lasting sears, senors, to re
mind me of the first landing at Darien, not yet fourteen
years ago, and the hard lot that followed. I was with
Vasco Nunez in Comogra's country and heard the
Caque's son tell about this great Southern ocean and the
lands and peoples and riches that are many suns to the
south, and well do I remember the great impression his
sayings made upon us all. That evidence led Nunez to
make the expedition in which he discovered these Pacific
waters, which was only some ten years ago.
"Then we learned on this coast at Tumaco and
Chiapas much more about those countries to the south. I
was with the relentless Morales when he made the first ex
pedition to the Isle of Pearls; and also when he fought
with the Caque of Northern Biru— when, from his hard-
won victory, he had to retreat, with the natives, so des-

4 UNDER THE SUN.
perately dogging our steps that he caused nearly a hun
dred captives, one by one, to be stabbed along the route in
order to divert the attention of the enemy from the savage
pursuit of us to care for them, so that we might gain time
for escape. In that sorry expedition we heard again, re
ports of the greatness of the country we are to seek. But
Nunez, after that, just before his untimely death, told me
all about his last expedition down the coast ; and of what
he then learned, still further, of that great empire,
possessing arts and riches exceeding any yet discovered.
And now, senors, even the ship we have lately purchased,
and which we are now equipping, is one of those Nunez
de Balboa was building for the exploration of that land
when Pedrarias had me arrest him, and caused to follow
his ill-judged execution.
' ' For one thing, because of the reports which reached
Spain of what the young Comogra stated concerning that
rich empire, of which he had accounts from Indians who
had been there, this very town of Panama was ordered
to be founded, so that land might be added to His
Majesty's dominions. As we have found the report of
this ocean and all else of which that young man talked,
so far as we have gone, to be true, I would believe, with
out other confirmation, the other things he told of that
land's greatness and riches, and of the people there who
bave crafts with sails and oars with which they navigate
the waters of those parts.
"Besides, we know, in confirmation of all this, only
two years ago, Pascual de Andagoya made extensive
conquests in Biru ; and there he met those who told him
of that great country, called by the natives, Ttahuantin-
suyu, of its wonderful cities, and especially of the
capital, Cuzco. Andagoya also there heard of two trad
ers who went to the country soon after this town of
Panama was settled, who, it was said, had learned the
language and bad acquired great treasurers in silver
and gold and jewels. Those men are probably there now.

AN UNKNOWN LAND. 5
I remember them well; they were called Antonio and
Marco. Antonio left Aragon, I have heard, because his
father 's estate was confiscated through the Holy Inquisi-
tion7 and Marco was his attendant, or servant. Both had
served in the wars of Ferdinand and Charles before
coming to Terra Firma. They have been in Panama two
or three times since they first went South, and each time
they took their bongos loaded with goods. They would
give no particulars of the land ; but, no doubt, to protect
themselves from competition, they gave out that they
were trading along the coast only so far as a little beyond
the Puerto de Pinas.
"I tell you, senors, it is not an unknown land we
seek, but it is our good fortune that others do not re
member and treasure in mind so well as I do the abun
dant evidences of its existence and riches; and that
others, even including the Governor, are diverted by
smaller things. Otherwise, the sweep of our own way
would not be allowed us so broadly. Were Balboa alive
and governor, I warrant ye we would not have so good a
chance to be the principals in mastering such great
things as the indifference of others now leaves open to us.
Only Espinosa, like myself, was with Balboa. He knows
what was Balboa's belief and plans, and the evidences
he had for them ; so it is through our good father Luque,
he has allied with us his resources and his faith in the
outcome. ' '
"Pray, think not," said Almagro, "that I shrink —
whatever may be in our way. Still I can but observe,
Pizarro, in all thou sayest, thy mind seems to deal only
with the fact that there is somewhere this great and rich
country ; not seeming to consider the difficulties of reach-
and subduing it, nor that the greater and richer thou
makest it out to be, the more meager and doubtful must
seem our poor resources for conquering it. Nor doth the
thought seem to trouble thee that thou and I are well
beyond our two and three quarter score of years, without

6 UNDER THE SUN.
ever having been much more than soldiers of fortune
and subordinates under other leaders ; never having won
by our arms or wits what we or our comrades could
consider very considerable fortunes. These things are
worthy of thought, that we may be the better prepared
to deal with the difficulties they suggest; and I marvel
that thou hast not dwelt on them more ; for in affairs I
know thou art esteemed by those who know us, and justly
so, more given to thoughtf ulness and caution than I. ' '
' ' I think it is true, Almagro, ' ' replied Pizarro, ' ' that
thou art more impulsive, and I may say rash, than I am.
True, I was not young when I came to this Terra Firma
some fifteen years ago with the first adventurers, and I
have had hard service with the best, as thou knowest of
me as well as of thyself ; and considering the perils and
hardships I have faced, and the faithfulness with which
I have endured and performed, I confess the indifferent
part to which I am consigned in this colony is a disap
pointment; as for your own parts, senors, ye can best
judge how to rate your fortunes. But thou, Almagro,
hath touched for me a deep motive. It is said the disap
pointed are always young, and that much is to our ad
vantage. I have not failed to consider all the perils and
risks of this undertaking, but I am willing to confront
them all, if I can only know, as I believe I do, that the
object is there and that it is great enough to make a
brilliant fortune the stake. Then, even thus late in life,
with the ban of the bastard and the bar of no learning
and poor fortunes across my life and athwart hopes for
high things here or in Spain, if I can be admitted to
a leading part in a great adventure where only purpose
and actions may count in gaining the reward, I shall be
young enough for them. If ill betides, I shall count it a
privilege to go down at the head of a command of my
own, whenever that may happen, in preference to burn
ing out here the candle of an inert life to a socket of
obscurity. The fewer the days or years left me, the

AN UNKNOWN LAND. 7
greater the need of crowding on to made them measure
into my life some great action ; or, in default of that, to
win the honor of a soldier's death— while yet strength
remains to win the one or the other. ' '
"My children," answered the priest, "I am some
what older than either of you; yet, with no great re
pugnance to a higher station, though I can both read and
write and was born in wedlock of good parentage, fort
une has not done much more for me than to confer a
parish school and a cowl. I would not chide at Provi
dence ; but when ye come into greatness, I pray you re
member I am yet young enough for a bishopric, and
do what ye can to make 'my calling and election to one,
sure — for I would rather be bishop for conversion of the
heathen in that glorious Cuzco, of which ye speak, than
merely the chaplain and friend of His Excellency, the
Governor, here. If to be disappointed in one's ambitions
gives a claim on the future for high things in church or
state to those who have left them only a portion of years
and obscurity, then senors, pray class me with the dis
appointed; and when ye set it down that 'the disap
pointed are always young, ' remember also, that I am not
very old."
If the remark of Pizarro, just quoted, was warranted
by fact, on equally good ground, it might be said that
those grow old early who, while yet young, are par
ticularly successful in attaining great things along their
lines of life. If the one idea was illustrated in the lives
of Pizarro and Almagro, the other was exemplified in
the career of the great Inca Huayna Capac, on the ex
ploitation of whose dominions those Spanish adventurers
were ready to stake their all. For, though at this time,
after an unprecedented course of successes in war and
statecraft, the Inca was approaching sixty-five, he
seemed older, and had seemed an old man for more than
twenty years.

8 UNDER THE SUN.
Some twelve months after the conversation just
narrated, Pizarro had sailed from Panama on his expedi
tion southward. And now, with his men, he was en
during the utmost wretchedness at Puerto de la Hambre,*
only a comparatively short distance from his starting
point, but already having undergone long and wasting
toils on an unknown sea and in even more dismal and
discouraging wildernesses.
About the same time Almagro, who sailed later with
some reinforcements, and with more favoring winds than
Pizarro, having lost track of the latter, and having pro
ceeded considerably further south than either adventurer
had hitherto reached, was hovering off the mouth of the
San Juan River, some two hundred and fifty miles north
of Quito, and about three hundred south of Panama.
There from his small caravel, he was gazing wistfully,
but from the insignificance of his force impotently, at
the most pronounced evidence of Indian civilization he
had seen in the Southern ocean ; although he had not yet
reached the coasts of the Inca's dominions.
In striking contrast with the sufferings and seeming
helplessness of these Spaniards, plunged in distress and
uncertainties on the coast northward of the Inca's
possessions, Huayna Capac, the greatest conqueror of
his race was receiving the homage of his subjects in his
sacred capital of Cuzco— where he had but recently re
turned in response to the worshipful longings of his
people to lavish upon him demonstrations of their de
votion and unfailing loyalty— for to him was ascribed
the honor of having accomplished the supreme grandeur
of a glorious empire.
?Port of hunger, so called because of sufferings from famine.

CHAPTER II.
IN TRUTH BUT FLESH AND BLOOD.
"This long travel, Challcuchima, from Quito to
Cuzco, curving and zig-zagging, climbing and descend
ing up and down the Sierras for fifteen hundred miles,
notwithstanding the completion of our great road, and
the improved facilities it gives, hath taken us two and a
half moons, although as the condor flies the distance
might be measured by the stretching of a line nine hun
dred miles."
"But," replied the old general, whom the Inca was
addressing, "every league of my lord's route hath wit
nessed the devotion of his people, and every movement
of their lord hath dispensed joy for their hearts."
"Yes," replied the Inca Huayna Capac, "but, though
all the way hath been strewn with flowers and maidens
have sung and danced before our palanquins from one
town to another— our people making this return to our
Cuzco a prolonged, triumphal celebration — I stood the
travel less well than I have done in the past, though
heretofore, when the road was in parts unfinished, and
the tamboos less adequately supplied, the hardships were
greater. "Ah, my Challcuchima, I Avho am pronounced divine
by our religion in the praises of the priests and in the
faith of the people; I, who am said to be the child and
vicegerent of the Sun, am wearied by travel as well as
another, and, as some do not, I long since grew old before
my time. I am in truth but flesh and blood, and not so
robust a quality of those elements, either, as many an
other man." 9

10 UNDER THE SUN.
"But," replied Challcuchima, "my lord hath lived in
his time a century of deeds. From a boy he hath given
victories to his people. When scarce more than a lad,
he served under his father, the great Yupanqui, in the
conquest of Chili. There, at an age when most youths
are at play, he won battles and gained the confidence
which placed him as a general with the armies in the
North; and when the Lord Yupanqui, in the language
of his people of this Cuzco, was called to the mansions
of the Sun, my lord was serving victoriously against
my king, Hualcopo, and surely that Scyri was one of
the greatest monarchs of old Quito, even though I do say
so much of my great uncle. But as he could not debar
my lord's father of victory at Tiocajas; so neither could
my uncle Cacha, his successor, resist my lord at Hatun-
togi. But when my lord, from allowing noble honors
to his late foes, succeeded to the winning of my cousin
Paccha from enmity, as the already proclaimed Scyri,
to his heart and his bed, he secured in the affections of
our Quitoans, by his goodness and greatness, tbe king
dom that he seemed winning by arms. The empire my
lord so gained he hath welded into the most loyal union
with his hereditary dominions. From this on, be hath
continuously augmented his power by arms and states
manship, until his authority hath been extended by
treaties or conquests to the borders of Biru northward,
and from the sea to the forests of the Napo and Purus.
"My lord hath truly lived the work and greatness of
ages in the triumph he hath gained, and I presume on his
indulgence to say, it is small wonder if now he needs
refreshment and rest. But my lord may soon recover
his wonted strength and spirits, if he will allow himself
an undisturbed retirement for a while in the wonderful
valley of Yucay. There, amid its palaces and gardens,
terraces and fountains, he can have luscious fruits, soft
and delicious airs, baths and grand scenery, for med
icines; and, songs of birds, the music of bards, and the

IN TRUTH BUT FLESH AND BLOOD. \\
vivacity and blandishments of the rarest youthful beau
ties a search of the realm can afford, for diversions. ' '
"Ah, Challcuchima, with more years, how much
lighter thou wearest them than I do mine. Thine eye
still brightens at sight of a pretty woman, and thy form
is not yet too old to assume youthful vigor at the ring
of a merry girl's voice."
"My lord's word can not be questioned by bis serv
ants; but if I seem younger than I am, the care and
responsibilities of empire have not been upon my
shoulders to bend them, and my eyes have been kept
bright by looking upon the brilliancy of my lord's career.
Aye, my heart has been daily refreshed by receipt of my
lord's confidence and favors. I have been nourished
with the strength of my lord, who dispenses his vigor
to his servants ; I have rested on the strong hand of my
lord, whereas he hath not only to abide by his own
strength alone, but he must give it to 'the Four Quarters
of the World' for their upholding."
"I have made thee my friend, my Challcuchima, thou
needst not be a courtier. But for the possession of such
a general, my fortunes might have been less brilliant in
our battles, and I should be less worthy of our victories,
did I not concede to thee, as I freely do, greatly of the
credit." The old chieftain, whose fame was next to that of his
sovereign, wherever the glories of the Inca arms were
known, bowed his gray head and, with arms crossed over
his breast, answered : ' ' Happy is my fortune that there
is one so much greater than all others, as is my lord, to
confer credit ; but to the heart of his servant, the sweetest
portion is, that my lord honors him with the name of
friend and that his servant's love finds value in his
eyes ; and, ' ' he added, as he kneeled and pressed his lips
to the Inca's fingers, "that my lord permits his servant
to kiss the hand which confers such great favors. ' '
"Ah, my Challcuchima, they praises are so sweet to
my heart, I will not chide thee, if thy words are exces-

12 UNDER THE SUN.
sive. Few things can make me so happy as the knowl
edge that thou and thy people of Quito love me, for I
love thee and them ; and I think I like better for many
reasons to be in thy Quito than in my ancient capital
here. Truly, our beautiful Paccha, the Scyri, was the
wife of my love for the brief years heaven spared her to
me. She alone, of all women, could give me the pleasure
of winning her ; all others awaited with rivalry the Inca's
taking; and her son, my boy Atahuallpa, is dear to my
heart for his courage and devotion to me, but most, be
cause of his mother. So even as a lad I could not deny
him to be with me in battle, to sleep in my tent, and eat
from my platter ; but I like it not that he is so arrogant
and proud. He taketh the Sun religion, and the idea it
teaeheth of the divinity of his Inca blood as seriously as
these Cuzcoans. Instead of considering it, as the Great
Yupanqui and I have done,— an institution of the State
which had to be honored, — his mind, his instincts, his
conceits and his fanatical tendencies have blinded him
from perceiving my unspoken mind ; and he turneth to it
as a zealot and with the zest of an egotist, and findeth in
its national teachings grounds for thinking himself some
thing supernatural.
He doth not discern that his being of only half Inca
blood, by that very religion, doth cut him off from being
esteemed in the legal line of the Inearial succession. My
sisters, Pilico and Rava, and my cousin Mama Runtu,
my wives of the pure Inearial family blood, their court,
and the princes and people of Cuzco, regarded my Paccha
but as one of my concubines, and her son as only an
Inca noble, outside the line of succession.
"Though they of Cuzco say, 'the birds scarcely fly
across my dominions contrary to my will,' yet so much
is my government here a part of the national religion,
so automaton-like is our system, and in all my supreme-
ness over the lives and fortunes of my people, I am yet
so much a puppet of this system, that I would not dare

IN TRUTH BUT FLESH AND BLOOD. 13
declare Atahuallpa in the line of succession in Cuzco.
The whole political fabric rests on faith in the divine
origin and authority of the Inca as the child and repre
sentative of the Sun; and, therefore, I am supposed
absolute and subject to no power under heaven, only
because, as such, it is assumed I can not vary from sub
jection to a sacred routine. If this were violated, the
foundations upon which the Inearial fabric rests would
collapse, as effectually as faith in our supposed father,
the Sun, would vanish, if his light should fail and his
daily round of the skies cease before the eyes of men."
"But where else than in my lord's wisdom should
interpretation of theory into action be determined? Is
it not for this that he is at once high priest and king?
Who else shall expound what is divine? I bow to my
lord in all things; but we of Quito did not accept my
lord, Huayna Capac, because of the religion of Cuzco,
but we accepted that faith because my lord's power, the
greatest authority among men, stood as a convincing
evidence of the claim of his religion to recognition."
"Ah," said the Inca with a smile, "thou esteemeth
Sun Worship as an incident of the government, and not
the government as the creature of the Solar Majesty!"
"It is not within my province to discuss the teach
ings of the Priests, my lord ; I am only a soldier, not of
the prophets. ' '
"But hast thou not heard of the comment made by
my father Yupanqui ? It is said he did not fully assent
to the teachings of the priests of the Coracancha1 when
in their ritual they declared, that 'the Sun made all
things, and himself, a living thing.' He suggested to
them, 'why not limit yourselves to creatures that toil and
the god himself of toil, in your teachings concerning the
sun'; and he argued that their declarations regarding
the supremeness of the Sun were hardly consistent with
his visible functions, in which he doth take his daily
course through the heavens like a beast who maketh a

14 UNDER THE SUN.
daily round under the eye of a master, or moveth on his
errand of light like an arrow which must go whither it is
sent, not whither it wisheth. He thought the conception
of a great invisible god a better one of the Supreme
Deity; and he encouraged the ancient veneration for
Pachacamac, the God of the Sun and Moon and the
Thunder, and of all things seen and unseen, and he had
his altar set up in the temple here in Cuzco along with
that of the Sun."
"Aye, my lord, if it were permitted thy servant to
speak of the faith of his childhood; he was taught that
Pachacamac was, before the holy Manco Capac brought
Sun Worship out of the unknown and established it with
the founding of Cuzco. At his shrine the peoples of
these lands made their devotions in the earliest times of
which our world knows ; yet the great Supreme God may
have his different ministers since and I have heard that
the saying of the Great Yupanqui was indeed not so far
from the first teachings about the sun. Therefore, I pre
sume it was, that the worship of Pachacamac, though ob
scured and misunderstood, at times, was never discon
tinued in Ttahuantinsuyu. But, as I have said, I am not
skilled to discuss the teachings of the priests concerning
the doctrines of Sun Worship; I think my lord's people
of Quito look more to my lord, than to any particular sa-
credness of political ideas which are held in Cuzco. ' '
"So it is, my Challcuchima, because my relations to
my Quitoans are so much more personal than in this, my
hereditary capital— where absolutism is, as it were, in
cidental in the hierarchical system— I fear I have come
to prefer our Quito for my residence; so I have, for
years, been there the greater part of the time. It has
not been unwelcome to me, that my conquests and the
questions involved in the unifying of our new acquisi
tions, as well as those relating to future accessions, lay
in that quarter ; since that has served as a reason, in the
public mind, for my so great absence from this metropolis
of my hereditary people, who claim me for their own. ' '

IN TRUTH BUT FLESH AND BLOOD. 15
' ' It has been a happy circumstances for us of Quito,
my lord. We may pity Cuzco somewhat, but joy illu
mines our lives because of the honor the presence of our
lord gives. What privilege can be like to that of bending
close to the feet and being near the gracious hand of our
lord of all Ttahuantinsuyu ! ' '
"I have said much, Challcuchima, and I may on oc
casions to come, give my mind the relief of saying more
in trust to they confidence. Swear faith to me, that thou
wilt keep loyally between thy heart and lips and mine
what I speak. ' '
"Aye, my lord, in my heart and with my life! I
swear it by Pachacamac ; ' ' and the old man arose, lifted
bis eyes reverently, stretched his arms with a wide sweep
upward, indicating the comprehension of all things, then
fell on his knees, and, with his hands palm to palm over
his head, touching his forehead to the floor before the
Inca, he added: "My lord honors his servant beyond
his deserts, but not beyond his loyalty; I swear it, my
lord, by Pachacamac, the great God of all things— I
swear it ! "
' ' Truly the oath is well, ' ' replied Huayna Capac, as
he stooped and laid both hands on the white head before
him; but it would show to one who did not know, that
my old general is not of this Cuzco. Had thy nephew
heard thee, with arrogance standing in the way of knowl
edge, as I fear for him it always will, he would have
questioned its effect, and asked why thou didst not swear,
for greater sacredness, by our father, the Sun. There
thou wouldst have seen the vanity of the boy, who likes
to be esteemed of divine origin. I hardly know whether
his egotism or his ceremonial tendencies are most con
cerned in our Sun worship."
' ' The prince is yet young, my lord, and the Scyri so
adored my lord that she made her son, in his infancy,
believe his father the child of a god. ' '
"Yes, yes, I never indicated even to my Paccha that
I had questionings and conclusions of my own about the

16 UNDER THE SUN.
national religion. When her head was pillowed on my
breast she only heard my heart beat with love for her,
and she was satisfied ; she did not seek for aught of which
I did not care to speak with her from my lips. ' '
"But, Challcuchima, there is one who is a part of
myself, whose instincts are so much like mine, whose keen
wit so penetrates my nature and whose sympathies are
so much of kin, that she divines my thoughts without
hearing them spoken. My daughter Hutimina thinks as
I do. The concurrence of her nature with mine is such
that she instinctively interprets the direction of my
thoughts and my conclusions. Only with her have I dis
cussed these things. She is all Inca blood ; the daughter
of my cousin-empress Mama Runtu. Absence from her,
Challcuchima, is one of my chief regrets when in Quito,
and to be with her is one of the motives for being here
now. She is the only one of my children who embodies
all the blest qualities of mind which her grandfather,
tbe Great Yupanqui, and I have possessed, I would,
Challcuchima, she were a man and my first-born; then
I should be sure of a successor who could build or hold
an empire, whether or not the imperial wisdom accorded
with the faith and conceptions of these Cuzcoans."
"Aye, tbe Princess causeth marvel by her gifts of
mind and charms of person. Truly all the people who
have seen her give her worship."
' ' Thou shalt see her, Challcuchima. Three days hence
begins the fast that must precede the feast of Raymi.
The pilgrims are now gathering from the four quarters
of our dominions for the sacred ordinances. But before
the fasting we will feast. The evening after that of to
morrow, we shall gather our best friends at a banquet,
and thou shalt sit at my right hand."
"The servant of my lord is grateful, truly, for a
double honor this time. Would that the servant's appre
ciation could be made to appear in some more gracious
way than an old warrior knows how to manifest, for the

IN TRUTH BUT FLESH AND BLOOD. 17
pleasure he will feel at being permitted to sit nearest his
lord ; and at the same time to behold the Princess who has
bis lord's sacred confidences, and whom all Ttahuantin
suyu honors for her surpassing intelligence and beauty. ' '
Resuming, the Inca added : ' ' Atahaullpa, being now
in Cuzco for the first time, shall also be present ; and he,
too, shall see Hutimina, as he is eager to do. The boy's
ambition is great and he is handsome as he is arrogant.
His mother adored him beyond his deserts, I think ; and
I know she hoped that he might be recognized as the heir
apparent to the dominions of Quito, even if it should be
only as tributary to his brother Huascar in Cuzco. The
boy urges, as thou knowest is suggested in Quito, that the
good will of the two branches of my house be furthered
by allowing him to take Hutimina to wife. Yet I will
not decide the matter before conferring with the girl and
knowing her mind. I will not say that I shall take her
will as conclusive, but I will know her view before deter
mining my course concerning the succession of Quito. V
"I apprehend some action concerning the succession
may seem needed at this feast, to which so many of my
people will be gathered ; and, as a precaution against con
tingencies, while I have brought thee, one of my chief
reliances in war and counsel, with me, thou knowest our
other great chieftain Quizquiz is in charge of affairs at
Quito. Under that firm and loyal hand all will be well
there, whatever we may do here.
' ' I will confer with thee further, but now, my Chall
cuchima, go and rest thee; and as thou shalt pass the
door, send to me the boy Hillipo who stands without. ' '
"What my lord hath said giveth his servant much to
think about, and he will ponder it well. ' '
" It is meet thou shouldst do so, that I may have thy
judgment when I shall require it," replied the Inca.
And his trusted counselor and general, crossing his
hands over his breast, backed toward the marble doors,
there dropped on one knee, and, holding one hand over
b

18 UNDER THE SUN.
his heart, blew a kiss with the other, which the Inca re
turned with a parting salutation of a like kind, as the
former arose to go out.

CHAPTER III.
PRINCESS AND PAGE.
The Inca was in his palace at Cuzco. It had been his
pleasure to be alone in conversation with his favorite
general, as he often chose to be. On such occasions even
the guards were not allowed near the doors ; and at this
time only Hillipo, a slender, bright-faced page of twenty
years, for whom the Inca had conceived a fancy, stood
without near the entrance. Two guards paced in front
at a greater distance, while the company, or hundred, to
which they belonged, rested on their arms in one of the
spacious apartments near, ready for any call.
, The doorway of the chamber where the monarch sat
was closed with two slabs of marble, embossed with cop
per and silver about the borders in a continuous design
of small squares, alternately of dragon and caricatured
human features. The slabs swung on heavy copper
hinges, so nicely pivoted that a child could easily move
them, and the fastening was a massive bolt richly
wrought in copper with silver mountings. The outside
and general moldings of this door, like all other open
ings, were shaped in effect like those of the Egyptians,
somewhat narrower at the top than bottom; but on the
outside, where the door slabs were hinged, there were
squared counter-sinks in the stone work, to admit the
square hanging of the rectangular slabs.
The floor was of yellow marble, corresponding with
the doors. On it were rugs of Vicuna, Alpaca and
Huanaco, tanned skins of the Andean tiger taken whole
from the animal, head, claws and all ; also two other rugs,
large and woven of Vicuna wool, richly done in yellow
19

20 UNDER THE SUN.
with figures on them of serpents in crimson. One of
these on one rug coiled, was lifting its bead toward a
circling of copper-colored rays; that on the other, was
stretched on a green sward, back of which was a line in
crimson, of mountain tops over which the sun, done in
reddish copper, was rising.
There were two small windows high up, in the same
wall with the door, hung with heavily embroidered tapes
tries, as was the inside of the door, and on these hangings
there were wrought lizards and winged serpents. The
casings were of marble, with heavy moldings. The walls
were decorated with vines, lizards and insects, worked
in gold, silver and copper, some fastened to, and others
inlaid in, the stone surfaces; and among all these there
was a tracery work of copper, inlaid as a background for
the bolder mural objects.
The ceiling was high, for generally the buildings of
the Incas were of one story — though that was often very
lofty— the room large, and in the roof were five circular
openings, one about thirty inches in diameter toward
each corner, and a somewhat larger one in the center.
These had over them, on the roof, raised frames, over
which could be drawn, when required, shielding covers.
The flat ceiling was tapestried with finely woven straw,
dyed azure and fretted with stars of silver, with a broad
border done in yellow and crimson and ornamented with
designs of lizards and serpents.
There were tables and chairs, with copper frames,
the tops for the former being of colored marble; and
the latter were more like stools with spreading legs
and no backs, and with tapestried seats, on which were
loose cushions. Over some were thrown rugs of Vicuna
or Huanaco skins; and some had their covers decorated
about the borders with gayly colored feather work.
At one end of the room was a broad, marble platform
for a lounging place, with a facing of inlaid work
in silver, and a raised base wrought in squarely designed

PRINCESS AND PAGE. 21
human features. Over this was a rug made of chinchilla
skins, with a lining of crimson, woven of Vicuna wool,
and on it were downy cushions with soft, gayly-colored
borders of feather work, and surfaces richly done in
green and crimson designs.
At the other end of the room was a green marble dais,
the semi-circular step to which had its front carved with
serpents and lizards. On this dais was a throne chair of
gold, resting on a square slab of gold, and with cushions
of crimson ornamented with feather work of gorgeous
coloring. Over this was a canopy of feather work that
fairly dazzled the eyes with all the colors of the rainbow ;
and from its center, directly over the throne, hung a
beautifully wrought chain of gold, designed in the form
of a serpent, holding above by its coiled tail, and having
in its mouth at its full length downward, a jeweled net
work that stretched to, and held in a horizontal position,
a gold circle studded with diamonds, rubies and em
eralds, on which rested the crimson and tassled llautu3
of fine wool, the sacred insignia of Inearial sovereignty.
In front of the throne was a large table, and on the
far side from it, and fronting the royal seat, were feather-
adorned chairs, having scrolled arms, and, like the others,
no backs. In niches around the walls, on each side of the doors,
and otherwise effectively disposed about the room, there
were marble pedestals on which rested vases of gold and
silver, in which were designs of feather work and plumes,
fruits and flowers. Against the walls were lamps of gold
and silver, set in brackets that projected in the shape of
reclining Andean lions that held between their extended
fore paws the lamp-bowls, which were shaped like fruits
and flowers. The lamps had hand-adjustable wicks
which dipped through covering lids into fragrantly
scented copal oil.
Beyond the doorway was a court yard which was
paved with porphyry slabs, cut in uniform size and finely

22 UNDER THE SUN.
polished. Toward the four corners of this were circular
flower beds filled with palms and blooming plants. In
the center there was a low, large, circular basin, with
richly molded rim, of polished porphyry. In this, a
group of four dolphins poured streams of limpid water
toward the four quarters of the court. They were cut
from the same stone, with bodies clustered upward and
heads down, with open mouths resting on a central swell
in the basin. In the basin were colored fish, and around
it, near enough to feel the cooling effect of the gushing
streams and spray, were marble seats at intervals. There
were also other marble seats arranged about the court,
in the form of benches with scrolled arms at the ends;
and between those around the fountain, as at the ends
of each of the others, there were vases containing palms
and flowering plants, and stalks of maize, wrought in
silver and gold. Those of maize represented the stalks,
leaves and ears, silk and tassel, and even showed the
yellow grain of gold as seen through partly separated
shucks of silver, all in accurate shapes.
Near the fountain was a group of fifty maidens, some
playing on huayra-puhuras,8 pinculeus, chilchiles, chan-
ares, tinyas and huayllacas, and some singing in accord.
The court was of considerable size, and on to it opened
a number of apartments. Though this was the principal
patio, there were also smaller ones, but of equal beauty.
Here, through the open door-spaces of some of the rooms
could be seen richly attired attendants, courtiers, officers
and members of the household. There were no women
in sight except the maidens who were making music near
the fountain, for the women's quarter was apart from
that of the men. And over the roof of the palace, and be
yond the city toward the northwest, towered more than
seven hundred feet the hill, upon which frowned the great
fortress of the Sacsahuaman.
The palace was at the southwest corner of the great
square of the Huacaypata, near the center of the city.

PRINCESS AND PAGE. 23
Other buildings had been cleared away to make space in
this central location for it ; and it had been but recently
finished, twelve years having passed in its construction.
Every part of Ttahuantinsuyu had been ransacked and
rendered tributary to making this house of the greatest
of all the Incas, the handsomest and most beautiful ever
erected in the Imperial Capital. For it, the porphyry
was brought from the Valley of the Yucay, the marbles
from the famed quarries of distant Puno and Guamanga,
over-towering mountain passes, and some of the rarer
kinds from even more distant and less accessible points.
Since no timber grew on the lofty heights of the Sierras,
where stretched the hereditary dominions of the Inca,
except willows and smaller trees along the streams, the
light, tough Capirona wood, needed for long beams, was
brought from far down the Urubamba valley ; and since
that wood does not grow on elevations higher than two
thousand feet above the sea, it was a long reach from the
eleven thousand feet height of the bolson4 of Cuzco down
amid the hostile tribes of the Amazonian wilderness to
the lower lands where these trees could be found, so that
it was necessary to use an army to beat and hold back
the savages while especially fine trees were being felled,
hewn and transported to the capital.
When, in response to the Inca's order, Hillipo entered
the room, he touched one knee to the floor with a care
lessness of grace, an unawed "touch and go" ease, that
was quite different from the reverential deference which
marked the approach of bis betters to the sovereign.
There was a certain unconscious audacity with a comeli
ness of youth about him, a spontaneity in his movements
and a bright freedom in his smile, that were pleasing to
his master. He even dared to laugh audibly sometimes
at things that amused him in the imperial presence, when
his master chose to relax from state dignity, but, with it
all, he knew how to catch at his lord's humors and wishes
and do his service with an intuitive aptness that ren-

24 UNDER THE SUN.
dered repetitions and explanations of orders unneces
sary. He glided, as it were, on oiled surfaces, without
jar or rasp to the nerves, to meet any indication given,
almost before it was shaped into a command.
But the airiness and glide of cheery glibness that
pleased the Inca offended Atahuallpa, who liked to see his
orders bear with manifest impressiveness on bis servants ;
and, on one occasion, years before, when Hillipo, then a
mere lad, was delivering a message from the Inca, some
thing happened in the room which so amused him that he
began to simper, and then bubbled into a little laugh. The
haughty Prince, himself only a boy, indignant at what
he regarded as a lack of due deference to his lofty state,
struck the page in the face with a cane that was near;
and, noting with increased anger an ill-concealed expres
sion of resentment with which Hillipo drew himself up
at tbe blow, he ordered him severely flogged. So remorse
lessly was this done by the menial to whom it was in
trusted, in his eagerness to please Atahuallpa, whose
cruelty was well understood, that the little fellow could
scarcely wear his clothes on his striped back for days.
He dared not complain to the Inca, who never learned of
the incident. But from that day an instinctive feeling
of repugnance to Atahuallpa, which he had always felt
in his secret heart, deepened into hatred as intense as
the necessity for its concealment was imperative. When
ever the Prince was present, the page wore an expression
as near a blank as he could force his unusually mobile
features to assume— his deferential attitude would be as
exact as that of a soldier under the eye of a martinet.
And if, at times, he felt the glint of antipathy in his eyes
was becoming visible beyond control, he shaded it from
observation under down-cast lids, while shrinking into
the most unobserved positions possible.
Huayna Capac, knowing no special cause for it,
ascribed the change in the seeming of his page, when
Atahuallpa was present, to what he thought the former's

PRINCESS AND PAGE. 25
ready wit in perceiving and falling in with any situation,
—considering it adopted in deference to the austere dis
like the prince felt for any lack of formal reverence on
the part of his inferiors.
When the page presented himself, the Inca bade
him go and tell Atahuallpa that he should expect his
presence with him at dinner the evening before the be
ginning of the fast; and then to advise Hutimina that
he desired the honor of her attendance upon him after
the same feast, in the banquet hall.
The boy made his obeisance and withdrew to fulfill
bis orders.
He got through with his errand to the prince, and
away from his disdainfully cruel look as speedily as
possible. Then he lingered in the presence of Hutim
ina 's radiance, as some poor creeping thing, half frozen
by clouding shadows, might hug a temporarily sunlit
spot. She was sitting in the midst of a half-dozen female
attendants, listening to a song from one, while another
was playing an accompaniment on a tinya. A tray of
confections, with a gold goblet shaped like a lily, filled
with cocoanut milk, was beside her. She was as free
from arrogance as Atahuallpa was full of it, and as con
siderate of her inferiors as he was harsh and exacting.
Hillipo lingered a moment with wistful eyes after the
Princess had given her reply, as though waiting for
further orders, or a formal dismissal. But Hutimina
surmised he might be, perhaps, longing for some of the
sweets she and her maidens were enjoying, and she
ordered some placed for him.
"Truly," said she to one of her women, in the dis
tinctive Inca dialect of the Cuzco Court, which she as
sumed the page did not understand, "the boy is as
pretty as a maiden. My father pets him, and I would
have thee give him of the confections, for I venture,
from the liquidness of his eyes, and the gentle curves of

26 UNDER THE SUN.
his lips, he is as fond as a girl of them; and, while he
eats, we will have him tell us of himself, for he is not
of Cuzco, nor yet of Quito, but I have heard that he
comes from a place far down by the great water, where
the heat makes a soft climate and soft natures, and where
the trees grow large in a moist, sea-fanned air. ' '
Then when Hillipo bad taken a seat, and the sweets
were before him, as she commanded, the Princess added
in the Quichua, of general use : "Tell us, Hillipo, about
the sea and its border lands from whence thou earnest,
and of thyself and people, and how my father happened
to take thee as a page, and bring thee to Cuzco. ' '
"Little can there be in my life, or the fortunes of my
people to amuse my mistress," replied Hillipo; "but the
story is brief. I was born at Tumpiz, on a bay where the
great river Guayaquil flows into the sea; that is, near
the northern limits of what were the dominions of Cuzco
before my lord and master added the kingdom of Quito
to his empire.
' ' When my master, the Inca, was making war in that
neighborhood, against some subjects of the late Scyri of
Quito who bad persisted in refusing obedience to his
authority, I was a small lad. I was then with my father,
who was a chief among his own people and an officer in
the army of my master, much trusted by him. My
master, with some of his servants, including my father
and myself, were on a 'balsa' crossing the river, when,
as we approached the shore, my father was struck by an
arrow of the enemy from ambush, so that he died. Then,
because my master graciously remembered the services
and the devotion of my father, he took me as a little page
with him to Quito ; and there I was reared as the son of
a chief, in his palace. But, my lady, I have not for
gotten that the Quitoans were once the enemies of my
lord, and it was one of their people who slew my father.
I was glad, therefore, when my master brought me to
Cuzco; but besides, there is nothing so beautiful and

PRINCESS AND PAGE. 27
gracious in all Quito as my lady, and the people of Quito
are not so good and pleasing to me as those of my lady
here. ' '
"But what of thine own people, and the great water
and the things thou hast seen there by the sea?" ques
tioned the Princess.
' ' My people, ' ' replied the boy, ' ' are faithful servants
of my lord — brave and true, and ready to die in his
service, as my father did.
' ' As for the great water, I think the largeness of the
sea, so great that none of our people know of themselves
where it ends, its sunny expanse, and tbe great waves
that beat on our coast when the storms rage and the
winds sweep in over the waters to us from we know not
where, make large-minded and big-souled mem. There
is nothing like the greatness, the charm, the inspiring
influences of the great water, my mistress. To have been
born near it — to have lived in sight of its beauties, its
witcheries, its mysteries — to have seen the play of its
varying humors, from gentle salt breezes to swelling and
dashing storms, from the smile of its blue beauty to the
roar of its passion in dark heaving waves— make of life
elsewhere ever a hunger of the soul and a longing to be
there again."
"But," said the Princess, "have not thy people
traditions of the great waters ? ' '
"Aye, stories have come down from the ancients;
they tell, how the people called Chimus, who were in
early times giants, came to the coast south of Tumpiz
from over the water in canoes; how they established a
kingdom that extended so far north as Tumpiz, which
was finally overcome by the Lords of Cuzco, who, failing
to conquer by arms, did so by diverting from their
valleys the waters that came down in streams from the
mountains, on which, as no rain fell on that coast, the
Chimus depended for irrigation.
' ' Then there is another story which tells how a chief
named Namlap came over the sea from the north on a

28 UNDER THE SUN.
great raft, with many people and concubines, and with
the image of a god cut in a green stone ; how they built
a temple at Chot and put the god in it and multiplied
and prospered until they removed the god to another
place. This angered him so greatly that he brought rain
which lasted for thirty days on that coast, where none
had ever before come', so that great destruction was
wrought; and then for a time after that, there was a
republic which still later fell in turn under the dominion
of the Chimus who held the country until it was taken
by the Incas. ' '
"But," suggested the princess, hast thou heard of
two white men who have beards, who are now in our
country, who also came from over the sea; about whom,
and the stories they tell of lands and people like them
selves beyond the seas, so much is spoken?"
"Aye, and have seen them too, for my master had
those strangers visit his court at Quito, and they are now
by my master's wish in Cuzco. The people call them
Viracochas6, but whether they be children of the Sun
and supernatural, as many say, or only men, they seem
very wonderful; and they tell strange things and have
wonderful knowledge, and my master has greatly hon
ored them with presents and riches in silver, gold,
jewels and all comfortable things— as my mistress, who
is said to have all knowledge, may know."
"Truly, I know," replied the Princess;" they are
called Antonio and Marco; but we also have rumors,
other than through them, from the tribes north of Quito
concerning the white men who have landed from strange
'rafts* which they call ships, conquering and occupying
the country and teaching a new religion."
"Aye, my lady, the sea is great, and great things
proceed from it."
"Yes, out of it indeed proceed great things; yet of it
and of its possibilities and the forces that may be in its
midst or beyond it, we in our land know so little, ' ' said

PRINCESS AND PAGE. 29
the Princess, and her beautiful face grew serious to in
tensity, her great, soft eyes lit with a searching light
that challenged space for its puzzling secrets; and she
added, "Well, Hillipo, I will not detain thee longer now,
thou mayest go. ' '
When the boy was to himself he muttered: "She
did not think I understood, but I did, when she said I
was as pretty as a maiden. I love my master, but I
hate his half-breed boy, the upstart ! Oh, how I hate
Atahuallpa ! I detested him first because of his Quitoan
blood and because people of that race killed my father,
as I also detested him for his cruel, arrogant nature ; then
I hated him because he struck me, who could not strike
back ; and for that when my face told its scorn, he then
had me, the son of a chief, stripped and beaten by his
minions like a criminal or a slave, and eager to humiliate
and make me cry for mercy, though they failed in that,
they lashed me till I was all but fainting with torture
and reeking with blood. Then they only desisted lest
they should have to reckon with my master for my life.
But I did not understand all hatred could mean until
I saw Hutimina, and learned that he wished to claim
her to his cruel arms in aid of his schemes for power;
while I must pin the longings of my soul into such
secrecy, my eyes might not speak them with a look, or my
dreams shape them into murmurs. I hate Sun Worship,
because his proud heart finds flattery for itself in it.
Oh, I thank Pachacamac, I can hate ! What may not
happen for him who can love as I love the Princess
Hutimina, and hate as I do Atahuallpa.
"Love, as a motive alone, has withstood and overcome
even an Inca, his pride, and the law which makes it a
capital crime and sacrilege against the Sun for a subject,
not of Inca blood, to aspire to the love of an Inca's
laughter. For here in Cuzco has not the story of Ollanta,
who was of no better birth than I, and Cusi-Coyllur,8
daughter of the Inca Pachacutic, been sung, and the

30

UNDER THE SUN.

story, in drama, acted in the Great Square ? And does it
not tell of how this Ollanta, a chief of the Anties— in
the hour when as the Inca's victorious general be was
being awarded a triumph in the Huacaypata— he caught
sight of the Princess and was helpless to resist the glory
of her beauty ; how she loved him ; how, having his love
scorned, but his life spared because of his great service,
he dared rebellion and the assumption of the llautu7 of
royalty ; how, for ten years, he maintained himself in the
great fortress of Ollantaytambo, which he built in the
pass- way of the valley of Yucay; and how, when finally
captured through treachery and taken to Cuzco to suffer
death, the new Inca who had succeeded to the throne,
tbe son of Pachacutic and the grandfather of my master,
not only pardoned Ollanta, but consented to his mar
riage with the princess, his sister?
' ' Aye, with the death of Pachacutic, I suspect, began
the passing of the old order. I think from that time
the power of the old sun-worshiping laws hath been
shaken, and man and his needs, and not merely super
stition and the interests of the priests, are coming to be
considered as indications of what is sacred. Aye ! Aye !
Love did this; and for the last three reigns, people
are allowed to speak and to sing of Ollanta, and to act
the drama in the great square of this city. If love could
do so much, what may not love and hate do when acting
together toward one end, if I can back them with great
deeds? "But besides all this there is something else. Old
prophecies, which men are now talking about, say, as
the Sun completes one of his circles in his course through
the twelve signs of the zodiac, so this old political system
will extend only through the reigns of twelve Incas— and
my master is the twelfth. I have heard him speak of
these things and say he believes the old order is passing
and a new one is about to begin. But the prophecies
further say, that the founder of the Inearial system was

PRINCESS AND PAGE. 31
a white and bearded man, and it will be overthrown by
men of like kind. Such men are even now here, and
many more of them have been heard of over the sea and
in the countries to the north. Oh, the sea! The great
waters of my boyhood! Truly, as the Princess said,
what forces may not be in it and beyond it !
"I will never be subject of Atahuallpa, even should
he come to the throne in Quito or here ! Right well have
I attended to all that Marco and Antonio have told, and
to the rumors from the north, of the white men. Salva
tion may come out of the deep ! White men coming
from the sea may change all things! The impossible
may become possible ; and who shall say it may not be so
forme?"

CHAPTER IV.
VIEW THE OUTLYING OF THIS CUZCO.
Hillipo did not return to announce an answer to his
master's request from Atahuallpa and Hutimina, for the
expression of a wish from the Inca, however consider
ately phrased, could have no other answer than worship
ful compliance.
The period for the page's attendance on the royal
presence was over for the day, when be passed from the
audience of the Princess. With the plaited, scarlet cord
around his left wrist, which was the insignia of per
sonal attendance on the monarch, also serving as a
genera] passport, Hillipo walked through the portal
which led from the palace to the great square of the
Huacaypata. Near the round tower, just outside, he
paused a moment and then turned, perhaps instinctively,
toward the northwest, in which direction far away over
the mountains and beyond many intervening provinces,
lay his native Tumpiz. The thoroughfares were thronged
with picturesque crowds from the forty-five tribes- and
the four quarters of the empire, who were assembled in
the sacred capital for the approaching great annual
Feast of Raymi.
Though each tribesman was assigned to a section of
the city particularly designated for its people, the
famed wonders of the capital attracted the visiting
pilgrims of all descriptions to the central part; and
especially to the great squares of the Huacaypata and
the Cusipata, separated only by the noisy, rushing
stream of the Huatanay, now at its full, but over
which great flaggings of stone made a paved way con-
32

VIEW THE OUTLYING OF THIS CUZCO. 33
necting the two squares practically into one. Each
tribesman he met was distinguished by the peculiar head
dress of his own people. There he saw the garland-like
"pilu" of pilgrims from bis native Tumpiz. There
were Chachapuyas with their heads surmounted by slings,
bound around them after the manner of their north
western province. Mingling with these were picturesque
Canares, also of the North. The common people of this
latter province wore the hair long, done up in a knot on
the top of the head and sometimes capped by a gourd ;
while the nobles wore a sieve-like hoop a foot high, with
varied colored braids twined through the meshes, and a
fringe of like colors pendant around the head. Even
some of the rude tribe of Paltas, with their heads
flattened in infancy, front and back, were there ; and he
could see also equally rude Quillasencas, with rings of
the precious metals and copper, pendant from their
noses — both from recently subjugated regions of the
North; also Collars of the South, having long heads
flattened behind, and wearing "chueos, " or woolen caps
and hoods of peculiar make. In fact, people were con
gregated from every region and province of the country.
Hillipo made his way slowly over the Huatanay and
to the northwest corner of the Cusipata, from which the
great road of " Chinchasuyu " issued leading to the
northern and northwestern provinces, and which had
but lately been finished, in all its length over fifteen
hundred miles to Quito. Its name was that of the fourth
quarter of the empire, to which it led. He was in a
restless as well as a meditative mood, and he wanted
exercise. He sauntered out that thoroughfare into the
district of Huacapuncu, until he reached the street lead
ing eastward from there, back over the Huatanay to the
terraces of the Colcampata.
This point was on the lower declivity of the bill from
the top of which the great fortress of Sacsahuaman
dominated the city. Here, at the foot of tbe terraces,
c

84 UNDER THE SUN.
Hillipo confronted one of the white men, about whom
he had but so recently talked with the Princess, as he
was issuing from a narrow pass-way which connected
with the broad street that led from the Colcampata
southwardly to the central square of the Huacaypata.
Antonio, for it was he, was attired in the dress of the
eountry ; but his white and bearded face would not have
been needed to cause recognition by the page, and the
European also remembered the boy, whom he bad seen
in attendance upon the Inca, at the interviews to which
the monarch had summoned him.
Hillipo bowed low, and extending his wrist with the
scarlet cord on it across his chest, in a deferential tone,
asked: "Can my Lord Antonio, whom my master de
lights to honor, remember the humble page who stands
for service at the left of my Lord Inca ? ' '
"Aye, and well," responded the European, in the
language of the country, of which he had acquired a fair
knowledge; "and I remember hearing— for the stranger
in a strange land can not afford to be unobservant or to
forget— that thou wert addressed as Hillipo. I re
member also hearing that thou wert from Tumpiz,8 where
I was when ordered to Quito for audience with my Lord
Inca; and now I find thee walking in the highway that
leads to that quarter of the empire; does the instinct
that prompts one to turn longing eyes in the direction
of one's own land, when far away from it, tempt thy
feet into the road that leads toward Tumpiz ?"
"My lord's wisdom reads the heart well. May not
the same instinct be leading him in this direction also,
because it is that by which he must have come in his
travels from his far away country beyond the sea ? ' '
"Perhaps, but the less sacred feeling of curiosity
also is a motive. I have wandered through and observed
the crowds, until somewhat wearied of that; and so I
thought to climb this hill of the Sacsahuaman to some
point of vantage, from which I might view the outlying

VIEW THE OUTLYING OF THIS CUZCO. 35
of this Cuzco in all its curious features and extent. It
may be thou canst direct me. ' '
"If Viracocha will permit, I will not only direct to
such a point, but will esteem it an honor to lead the way,
provided my' lord may not consider the company of my
Lord Inca's servant an intrusion."
"lam fortunate, ' ' replied Antonio, " I am so greatly
interested in this country and city that I want to learn
all I can ; and I doubt not thou canst point out objects
of interest, and tell me much besides that I would like
to know." " If I can do so, it will be because one so wise as my
lord is a stranger in this land ; while, since a lad, I have
stood in the presence of my Lord Inca, listened to the
Amautas, Guipu-Camapus and Haravicus', and have ac
companied my Lord Inca on his journeys through his
dominions — thus having had great opportunities for
observation. I presume Viracocha must know that it has
always been the custom of the Lord Incas, not only to-
begin their reigns with personal inspection of the various
parts of their empire, but to make travels through the
land at various times afterward for the purpose of
learning its condition and the needs of the people. In
this way it has happened that, in personal attendance
upon my master, I have been in most of the provinces,
and I have seen much.
"But, my lord, we are now on the rise of the hill.
Those stone walls just before us form the terraces of the
Colcampata. They are said to have been built by the
first Inca. When he had established his authority in this
bolson, he built there his gardens and palace. There he
taught in his person, industry and husbandry; and on
those terraces still, at sowing and harvest, two of the
national festivals, the Inca puts his sacred hands to the
spade and the sickle, to give example of the divine origin
of agriculture to the people.
"Now, we are at the southwestern corner of the
walls. We turn here to the left. One of the ways up the

36 UNDER THE SUN.
hill to the great fortress of the Sacsahuaman leads along
this side until the ground becomes too precipitous for
buildings or gardens; then the way is a sharp climb to
the fortress at the top."
"Yes," observed Antonio, "there above the Colcam
pata, where the way turns a little to the left, is a seat
cut out of the rock. It must be fully half way to the
top. From there I should think we could see the whole
city and surroundings. ' '
"That is the very point to which I was going ; and my
lord had already selected it! How can I hope to serve
Viracocha who knows so much— whose eyes, like- those of
the sun, take in all things without teaching?" and the
young man bowed deferentially.
"Aye, Hillipo, I do not wish compliments, but in
formation, and thy companionship. I know well, as I
have said, thou canst tell me much. But this is a steep
grade, and we need our breath for the climb. Let us
gain a resting place on that seat. ' '
The point referred to was some three hundred and
fifty feet above the great square of the city. The stone
seat was only one of several near tbe place. It was im
mediately by the road-side, a way for only llamas and
pedestrains, for it must be remembered there were then
no wheeled vehicles or horses in the domains of the Incas.
There the road divided. One way led around the ribs
of the promontory by a more gradual ascent to the west
ern end of the fortress; while the other climbed more
directly up the bill, sometimes by steps cut in the rocks,
to the right or east, and finally surmounted the hill by
a flight of steps that landed on the abutting triple walls
of the fortress at the southern point of the promontory,
directly above the Colcampata.
Having gained the seat, after a breathing space,
Antonio, turning to Hillipo, said: "The Colcampata is
at our feet. The slope of the city away from it, to the
south, is very apparent from here, especially the upper

VIEW THE OUTLYING OF THIS CUZCO. 37
part on the peninsula between the streams of the
Huatanay and the Rodadero. I note that central part
ridges up into a tongue of land a mile or so long, between
those streams ; and it flattens as it extends down beyond
the great square to where the streams come together at
their confluence with the little river that flows across the
valley from the west. I should think the widest part of
the peninsula, where the first street crosses south of the
Colcampata, can hardly be more than a quarter of a mile
from stream to stream. ' '
"There," replied Hillipo, "on that tongue of land
is heaped together the greater part of the city's magnfi-
cence— its palaces, public buildings and the temple. The
less pretentious portions extend beyond the Rodadero
and Huatanay, to the east and west. ' '
"But," observed Antonio, pointing with open hand,1
"the suburbs spread far away. The whole valley is a
veritable garden, whose walling mountains are in turn
over-topped there, and there, and there, with still greater
upliftings of the sky line into loftier reaches, some
times jagging snow peaks into the blue. It is fine ! The
sight of this city is regal ! Its setting is enough to have
inspired empire building. ' '
This warmth rather took Hillipo by surprise; and,
while Antonio, for some moments, was absorbed with the
views, he observed a deferential silence. He did not
venture to speak until the white man turned to him with
a questioning glance; when, looking toward the central
part of the city, he said : ' ' That portion on the peninsula
is the original Cuzco. It is occupied by the royal race,
the priesthood and those who minister in the palaces and
the religious places— a great multitude. But, though
most of the great structures, the palaces in fine stone
work, the tall peaked and gilded roofs, and the lavish
works in silver and gold and jewels are there, the Lord
Incas would not tolerate that the other parts of the city,
devoted to the people, beyond and to the right and left

38 UNDER THE SUN.
of the streams, should be unseemly. There, also, the
streets are well laid out ; and though the houses in those
parts are mostly of mud and reeds, or uncut stone, they
are orderly. Many are plastered without; their street
walls are bright with dyes and paint, and within are
courts and many gardens.
"But, as my lord has noted, the glory of the empire
is the central city on tbe peninsula. This empire, more
than three thousand miles in length, comprised, as was
supposed, until my lord told of other great lands beyond
the sea, all worth considering in the world. With its
millions of people and vast riches, for hundreds of years
it has been made tributary to building and constantly
increasing the splendors of the imperial part of this city.
"There, a little to the southwest of the Colcampata,
and excepting it, the nearest of the great structures
toward us, is the building of the schools, fronting the
broad street along the east bank of the Huatanay; and
just beyond it, fronting on the great square, next to the
Huatanay, is the Cassana — called so because, as that
word signifies, its magnificence freezes one with astonish
ment. See, even the thatch on the high-pitched roof is
beautifully woven into diamond-like figures and gilded.
Next to the Cassana, on the left, also in front of the
schools, facing the great square, is the palace of the
Inca Rocca, who was the builder and patron of the
schools. He placed his palace adjoining, so he could
constantly supervise the educational work he had in
augurated. It is called the Coracora, because in ancient
times its site was a pasture. The space where now is the
great square, in front of it, was a morass, which was
filled and made as it now appears, and called the Huacay
pata to indicate ' the place of delight, ' for it is here that
tbe great national dances and festivities are celebrated.
When the Prince Huascar, who is the legal heir to the
throne, was born, my master had a gold chain made for
the Orajones10 to hold, instead of swinging to each other's

VIEW THE OUTLYING OF THIS CUZCO. 39
hands (as on other occasions was the custom), while
dancing at the festivities in honor of tbe event. The
festivities at his birth are said to have been of surpassing
splendor — and the links in this chain were as thick as
one's thumb and long enough to reach around the
Huacaypata. ' '
"And what is that to the right of the Huacaypata?"
interrogated Antonio.
' ' That is the palace of Viracocha. Next to it, on the
other side of the Antisuyu Street, and partly fronting
also the east side of the square, is the palace of the Inca
Yupanqui, called Hatuncancha. It extends southward
along the street leading to the Pampa Maroni. To the
west, between that and the Street of the Sun which leads
southeastward into the Yntip-Pampa is the Convent of
the Virgins with its northern end fronting on the south
side of the Huacaypata. Thou seest how long the con
vent is, and what great walls it has. It is so large that
fifteen hundred or more of the sacred vestals of the Sun
are kept there in religious duties. Then across the
Street of the Sun, on the south side of the square, and
between it and the street along the east bank of the
Huatanay, is my master's palace and tbe.Amaru-Cancha.
In the Amaru-Cancha and the palaces of Viracocha and
the Cassana, as my lord has seen, are the great open halls
fronting onto three sides of the Huacaypata. They are
provided for public ceremonies and festivals, so that if
the weather is too bad for their observance in the open
square, they can still go on under cover. These golpones*
will accomodate many thousands of people; and there
is one, though smaller, in the Colcampata, which my
lord must have observed on the way up here. This was
intended for a like purpose by the first Inca, while the
city was yet small, before those were erected on the
Huacaypata. "There are now twelve palaces, one built by each of
tbe twelve Incas ; and there is not room for more within

40 UNDER THE SUN.
the sacred limits of the central part, unless other build
ings are cleared away to make room. Some have said
that here is evidence that the old dispensation has
reached its limits, as certain old prophecies foretold it
would with the twelfth Inca," and Hillipo 's piercing
eyes searched Antonio's face for some indication on his
part as to the auguries of portended change, with an
eagerness he could ill conceal.
But Antonio appeared not to notice the significance
of the last remark, or the look ; and, pointing to six stone
towers on the hill to the right of the Huatanay, he
asked : ' ' What are those ? ' '
"Aye, my lord," answered the boy with pertinacity
of purpose, "there is again the significent number
twelve. Six of the towers are on that bill ; but tbe other
six, the other half of them, are on the hill toward the
Rodadero, to the east— twelve in all. They number the
twelve months, but now they number also twelve reigns,
foretold in the prophecy as completing the present cycle,
to be succeeded by a change. They are called Sucanca.
They are sun towers. The groups to which my lord
pointed are in the district called Huacapuncu."
"That means holy gate," murmured Antonio, as if
thinking aloud.
"They say the district is so named," continued
Hillipo, "because the Huatanay, with the wide street by
its side, enters there, and traversing the city, divides the
great square into the Hucaypata and the Cusipata. The
name indicates that this entrance is to a holy place. The
same stream and street leave the city in the district called
Pumapchupan.13 "But, my lord, I have heard that an old tradition was
different. It said, that district, 'pointing to the west
ern towers,' was called the 'Holy Gate,' while the
Huacaypata was still an unfilled morass, and that those
towers gave name to the district because the sun passed
to its setting through them into tbe unknown; and the

VIEW THE OUTLYING OF THIS CUZCO. 41
unknown mysteries into which he passes, and about
which he draws a darkness which can not be penetrated,
being holy, the towers that mark his setting, rather than
those that greet his rising, are holy. My lord knows
many things, and I tell him this story because some argue
that when the number of Incas who have reigned coincide
with the number of those towers over which the sun daily
passes into the western darkness, a new condition will
succeed, bringing a new light out of the east ; ' ' and again
Hillipo covertly scanned Antonio's face for some ex
pression that might give liberty to question him as to
what the future should hold.
The white man gave no sign. He only interrogated :
"But their uses?"
"The wise men know," replied Hillipo, "how to de
termine by the way their shadows fall, the periods of
the months, the solstices, and the completion of the year.
They are very skilled in their observations. The towers
alternating in height, three of each group being three
estadoes, and three twice that, they see not only how the
shadows fall from where they stand on the tall towers;
but they can, with practiced eyes, look down on the apex
of the lower towers, and tell from its corresponding
pillar when the sun rises and sets on the first day of each
month. The solstices are also told by noting tbe place of
the sun's passage between the towers."
"A while ago," remarked Antonio, "thou didst refer
to the Pampa Maroni. As thou mayst know, I am lodged
there, near the palace of the Inca Tupac Yupanqui, by
the Inca's order. That is about half way from the Great
Square to the Temple, and there is a wide way from the
Yntip-Pampa eastward into another square that extends
with flaggings of great stones across the Rodadero— what
is that?" "That is called," replied Hillipo, "the Rimac-
Pampa; for it is there many of the public orders and
laws of the Inca are proclaimed.

42 UNDER THE SUN.
"The Yntip-Pampa and the Rimac-Pampa mark the
limits in that direction of the district of Royal Palaces.
Beyond that is the Curi-Cancha, which is the district
sacred to the Temple of the Sun. Within that area, reach
ing to the point of the Lion's Tail, no one may go except
with bared feet. To the Yntip-Pampa the sacrifices are
taken for the temple, and there received from profane
into the sacred hands of the priests. The Temple of the
Sun, and its gardens, and the constant enhancement of
their riches and beauty, have been the central glory of
every reign— that is truly the place of gold !
"As gold typifies in its color the brightness of the
sun, and silver that of the moon, his queen, those metals
are sacred to the King and Queen of Heaven and their
children, the Incas. They can not be profaned by
common use. The temple inelosure has received with
yearly augmenting profusion, treasures in metals and
jewels which have been worked into every utensil of use
and thing of beauty into which they could be converted.
Even the steep and wonderfully woven thatch of the
roof is gilded, so it stands an apex of glory above the
whole city. The beautifully cut stone walls are corniced
with platings of gold a yard wide, and their interiors are
incrusted with decorations of gold, silver and jewels.
The grounds of its gardens, terraced down to the walled
banks of the river, are set with all manner of plants and
flowers, in which are all varieties of the feathered tribe
and insects — all in gold and silver marvelously wrought
— and these are interspersed with statues of all kinds
of animals in gold and silver. The very pipes that
bring water under ground from distant supplies, for
the fountains and uses of the sacred precincts, are of
silver. ' '
After a moment's pause, looking beyond over the
valley, Antonio remarked : ' ' There are four great roads,
extending from the city in four directions through the
valley and over the mountains; whither do they lead?"

VIEW THE OUTLYING OF THIS CUZCO. 43
"From the Great Square of this city," replied
Hillipo, ' ' those roads lead to the four several quarters
into which the country is divided.
"My lord knows that of Chinchasuyu, to the north
western provinces, over which he traveled from Quito.
That is it, leading over the hills to tbe right, beyond the
Huatanay. "That which leads to the southwestern quarter, and
even beyond the mountains and desert to the far off
province of Chili, is called Cuntisuyu. See, it leads into
the southwest corner of the Great Square from the
suburbs beyond the river Almodena, through that part of
the city whicb is between it and the Huatanay. From the
square it crosses the city toward the northeast and, pass
ing the Rodadero, becomes the Antisuyu Road. In that
direction there are deep valleys, and great streams, and
still further on, great trees and forests. It is not very far
in that direction to where delicious fruits grow, which
are brought for the Incas from the low, warm valleys to
this high bolson. Over there, too, deep down between
magnificent mountains, capped and peaked with snow,
along the cool waters of an ever-singing river, is the
beautiful valley of Yucay, to which the Lord Incas re
tire for repose. There they have their most delightful
gardens and pleasure houses.
' ' The road that leads out of the city by the Rodadero,
bearing slightly to the southeast, is that of Collasuyu,
the southeastern quarter. Each road bears the name of
the part of the empire into which it leads. In that direc
tion is the region of the sacred lake, Titicaca, which is in
a valley higher than this. From an island of the lake,
the popular faith claims Manco Capac, the first Inca,
came. But tbe road goes far beyond that, into still much
more distant provinces."

CHAPTER V.
IT IS RELATED.
"I have heard," remarked Antonio, "that this city,
from the first, was divided into Upper and Lower Cuzco.13
I presume that was because the part nearest us is on
higher ground, and that further down on the peninsula,
beyond the Great Square, is lower. ' '
"My lord may be right," responded Hillipo, "but
it is said there was another reason. It related to the
history and policy upon which the empire was founded.
Would my lord care to hear the tradition?"
"Aye, Hillipo, that brings us back to the beginning
and so completes our circuit of talk about the place. Tell
it by all means. "
"It is related," responded Hillipo, "that the found
ers of this city, Manco-Capac and his sister-wife, Mame-
Ocllo, were Children of the Sun, too sacred to taint their
blood, or to have that of their descendants contaminated,
by mixing their divine natures with those of mortals. It
is said, they came from the great mountain lake of
Titicaca, of which we have spoken, and were sent to re
deem the people from savagery. Their father, the Sun,
placed a golden rod in the hands of the Lord Manco;
and he was told to proceed northward until the rod
should sink in the ground, and at that place to build a
city and found an empire; that the city so founded
should grow and its power extend mightily through
twelve reigns, and then there should come a change.
"The Lord Manco felt his way with the rod, but it
did not sink from his hands until they reached this
valley. On that tongue of land it disappeared and was
44

IT IS RELATED. 45
never seen again. There they located, and called the
place Cuzco, which signifies navel; because this bolson,
which is as it were a dimple in the body of the mountains.
was to be tbe central point from which the life of a
system and an empire should develop a distinctive ex
istence. "At that time the people of all this land were not
only barbarous, but they ate human flesh, were un
clothed, and worshiped demons, and they had no respect
for women. On the contrary, it is said that these
Children of the Sun were fair, and that the Lord Manco
wore a long beard, and wherever they appeared their
presence inspired wonder and worship among the wild
folk, as just ones and ministers from heaven.
"It was agreed that the people whom Manco should
collect for the founding of the city,, should be gathered
in Hanan (upper) Cuzco ; and those collected by Mama
Oello should be located in Hurin (lower) Cuzco, that
both should be equal and form one community ; so typify
ing, while the city should endure, the equal reign and
dignity of man and woman in their functions and work
through one united life.
"Subsequent Incas have indulged themselves with
concubines without restriction ; and in case of barrenness
of the first wife, who is always the sister or nearest
female of the Pure Blood, legitimate marriage is re
quired with the next Blood Royal, until a male heir to the
llautu is born. Marriages may also be effected with
collaterals of tbe pure blood as a royal prerogative, as
occured in my master 's case, who was married to his two
sisters before the Prince Huascar was born, and after
wards to bis first cousin. Still tradition does not tell of
the first Inca having more than one wife. ' '
"This is interesting," remarked Antonio, "and I
understand it bas been the polity of the Incas that there
should be but one great city ? The other towns or cities
that I have seen impressed me more as dependencies of

46 UNDER THE SUN.
fortresses or palaces, or town groupings of agricultural
populations; so tbe absence of traffic in them, and the
co-operative mode of life and work, which I have ob
served, have not, somehow, seemed so striking. But here
is this great city absolutely without merchants or buying
and selling; and throughout the country there is no
money, no traffic, no competition, no rivalries. Yet, amid
all this diverse population, there is apparent content,
and no hand of want is extended. There are no charities,
and apparently no need of them. And here I see such
roads and streets as are not known in my country, though
there are no wheeled conveyances nor a mounted rider
for them."
"I can guess, if but dimly, the meaning of my
lord, ' ' continued Hillipo. ' ' True it is, here as elsewhere,
through this country — wherever the Inearial institutions
have fully succeeded others — no one makes a profit or
suffers a need of things necessary for life. All things be
long to the Lord Inca. His officers assign to every one, his
part of land, and places for each the labors and duties be
must perform. Each must do according to his ability
and receive according to his needs. In this capital, a
location is set apart in that quarter of the city which is
nearest in direction to their own land, for the people of
each tribe, whom the Lord Inca chooses to have dwell or
visit here. Each of these colonies, so to speak, retains
the dress and customs of its own province ; so every tribe
and custom of the whole empire is represented here,
under the immediate eye of the Inca. Each performs
what is required of him in works and arts and in return
is supplied from the public stores.
"But my lord should know, while the account whicb
I have given of the origin of the present system and the
first Inca is that commonly reported among tbe people,
in the secret traditions of the wise men, there are other
narratives which I have heard discussed before my
master.

IT IS RELATED. 47
"One of these, which has seemed to interest him
much, is in conflict with this. Shall I state it ? "
"Aye, surely," answered the other.
"It holds," continued Hillipo, "that the history of
mankind is divided into epochs, separated by great
cataclysms of nature, and revolutions in human concep
tions of things, which have resulted in separate and dis
tinct civilizations.
"About the lake region of Titicaca there are very
strange ruins, which belong to some period which pre
ceded the present. There, they say, in olden times, be
fore advance had been made to the present co-operative
and socialistic paternalism, people owned lands and other
property in their own right; and gold and silver and
copper, and even other things were used for a medium
of exchange. ' ' Then there was that which I presume my lord would
call traffic, and buying and selling. But it always hap
pened that a few succeeded in getting most of all that
was good ; and those few became very rich and powerful,
while the great multitude were poor, so that life became
with them a miserable struggle for the supplying of their
physical wants. Indeed, many could not even get work
by which to earn that which had power to purchase the
simplest necessaries ; so men and women, and even little
children often suffered greatly, and sometimes died for
lack of food and clothes and shelter.
"But, notwithstanding this, the rich finally formed
combinations with each other for the still greater control
of labor and products, so they could buy cheaply and sell
at prices which suited them. They permitted to the
laborers only such pay for their work and products as
might keep them sufficiently strong to work, and produce
the things they wished; while they took the rest and
added more and more to their riches. Then, if they let
another have the loan of some of their medium of ex
change, which they had their government make into con-

48 UNDER THE SUN.
venient forms and stamps with exclusive imprints of
value, they charged what they called interest or rent for
its use, and took obligations on whatever the borrower
bad, to secure payment with the profits. They made the
people believe that all this was necessary for the public
good, in order that each might hold bis own and stand
his chance of getting the fruitage of his labor and en
terprise. Thus they held out to every skillful and
ambitious one the hope of mounting to wealth and power
on the misery of the less astute or fortunate. So as there
were very few who did not have at least the element of
human vanity which made them hope, or at least refuse
to acknowledge that they must always be 'hewers of wood
and drawers of water,' the great majority composed of
the thoughtless and thriftless, the incompetent and the
unfortunate, were induced to unite with the masters of
wealth in maintaining what they called the 'right of
property. '
"At one time they had an oligarchy of the rich.
Then, when their oppressions became unendurable they
made kings to protect the poor against the rich. But
their kings soon became dependent for their own sup
plies upon tbe rich, and made common cause with them
in their policies. Then the oppressed people revolted,
and made a government of men whom they, from time
to time, elected to represent them. But these likewise
became subservient to the rich, who alone could supply
the means by which these representatives could secure
their elections; and in return they would permit the
wealthy to dictate the laws in their own interest.
"Yet, through all this, the people adhered to the idea
of the sacredness of private property, and the use of the
medium of exchange which became known as 'money.'
"Finally the power of the wealthy to always control
everything through the medium of money and organiza
tion—for the holders of these were always alert as to
their interests, whereas the people were slothful or only
spasmodic in their efforts at reforms— became so potent

IT IS RELATED. 49
that the less wealthy fell under the power of the richer;
and then they under that of those of still greater op
ulence ; until, with ever gaining of the greater from the
less, the rich became fewer in the ratio that individual
possessions became excessive. Then the masters of wealth
began to realize, as their numbers lessened, the risks, if
not the responsibilities, of riches, and that the good will
of the people must be conciliated by beneficencies in
order to protect themselves and their estates from the
brute force of the multitude — for from the populace
came murmurings and outbreaks from time to time, but
without adequate union of purpose to free themselves
from their oppressors ; though, of course, the people had
only to realize their power and exercise it upon an
agreed plan to overthrow the oligarchy of ' Money Kings. '
' ' Then a period set in of rivalry between the rich for
distinction and popular favor, through benefactions— the
ambition of the powerful having little else left for its
gratification, took that turn. Ultimately one who had in
creased his riches beyond all others, who had also become-
proportionately famed for his public benefactions and
reputed piety in founding of all sorts of charitable and
philanthropic institutions, boldly proclaimed himself
'the friend of the poor'— the title by which the Incas
have chosen to distinguish themselves. He demanded
that all the few remaining rich should co-operate with
him in forming a government, in which money and
private property should be abolished and a centralized,
industrial and communal monarchy, based on a uniform
distribution of all production, be established. This
dominant plutocrat had gained such ascendency that
none dared withstand his purpose; and in the new
regime, as he no doubt had planned, be became the
popular idol and dictator, and himself, as representing
the State, owner of everything.
"Before, there had been various religions, but this
founder of the new system declared that there was one
d

50 UNDER THE SUN.
all-powerful ruler of the world; and that the Sun was
his visible manifestation in the sight of man, to whom
all should give reverence.
"The government he established gave relief from all
actual want and a repose from the struggle for needful
things; which, in the fierce competition that existed be
fore, had made men beasts of prey, and life a savage war
for existence. In this way the founder of the new system
came to be regarded as a minister sent from heaven for
the benefit of men; and from the religion he preached,
and the benefits he bestowed, he became known as the
'Child ofthe Sun.'
"Thus, according to this legend, originated the first
Lord Inca and Sun Worship. The same legend claims
that Manco Capac was only one in a long line of such
rulers; that he and his sister-wife Ocllio alone survived
a great cataclysm that destroyed his country and people
south of the high knot of mountains there, where the
snow summit of Vilcanota" stands; and from the lands
beyond that dividing range they made their way into
this bolson, and founded this city.
"Whatever may be thought of these legends by the
learned, since the founding of this city by the Lord
Manco Capac, his divine origin and sacred personality
have formed the central idea in the political and re
ligious faith of the people. In the general belief, the
system he left is not only supreme, but infallible. It may
be well understood how any shock to faith in this in
fallibility, such as a violation of any of the always
revered theories and practices that have grown into the
popular heart, would likely shake, if not destroy, the
supremeness of the system. Hence, my master often
says— and in saying what I have about these things I
am only repeating what I have heard discussed by him —
that he is only a puppet, as it were, in this Cuzco, the
creature and instrument of customs and policies made
sacred before bis time. But in Quito he is himself the

IT IS RELATED. 51
founder of his own power, and the supreme ruler, whose
will alone the people look to or care for.
"Here, those of Inca blood are the nobility, the
commanders in the army, governors, civil officers and
favored ones. They are united by kinship and interest
in maintaining the sacred character of the Inearial
Family, its religion and its government, according to
strictest orthodoxy. Absolute loyalty and devotion to
the Lord Inca 's rule, as embodying the system prescribed
in the sacred laws and traditions, is the main-stay of
everything. The people do not consider it possible that
the Inca can do aught violative of these teachings. Even
this city is so sacred in the eyes of the people that
peculiar deference is given to the mere messenger or
traveler who proceeds from it. ' '
"Then," suggested Antonio, "what is the effect of
the present Inca's apparent departure from 'all prec
edent, in establishing a second capital in Quito ; and in
having given such favor to the Princess Paccha of that
country, who was not of Inca blood, and in so honoring
his son by her, the Prince Atahuallpa ; and of his making
their kinsmen chief generals and counselors? I have
even heard it said that he would like to make the Prince
Atahuallpa his successor 1 ' '
"Aye, my lord, I had that in mind, in what I was
just saying. These things are much talked about; but
not so much here as in Quito. The nobles here feel
grieved, but scout such ideas. They say the Princess
Paccha was but one of my master 's concubines, and that
Prince Atahuallpa is an alien to Cuzco, and not of pure
Inca blood; that he could never be considered by my
master as a possible heir to the throne. But in Quito
they talk differently. There they look upon Chall
cuchima as more favored by the Inca than any of his
officers. Nearly all of high influence there belong to
the Challcuchima Party ; and they look with great hope
to him. They say the Lord Huayna Capac is the greatest

52 UNDER THE SUN.
of all the Incas; and, being a newly acquired people,
without the veneration for the Inearial system in the
abstract, that exists here, they say he is more able to
make a new dispensation than was the original Inca in
Cuzco. "There, too, the prophecy relative to the twelfth
Inca being the last of the old order is more discussed
than here. The Quito faction assume to hope that the
transfer of power to their city, through favor to the
Prince Atahuallpa, is what tbe old prophecy refers to.
"But more than all else, it is considered that my
master loves the Princess Hutimina. She is his favorite
child, and is of the pure Inca blood. As she can not be
made successor to the throne here in Cuzco, where the
Prince Huascar is the legal heir, the Quito party
hope to have the Princess married to Atahuallpa; and
through my master's surpassing love for the two, to have
Atahuallpa decreed successor, at least to the throne in
Quito. With that much gained, they are willing to trust
to future happenings, devices, or force, for the chance of
universal power.
' ' The extent of these schemes is hardly guessed at in
Cuzco; yet sufficient was known to cause great anxiety
for the Lord Inca's return again to the sacred city of
his own race. Therefore, from the time my master left
Quito, until he reached this capital, the demonstrations
were such as were never seen before. Those of the newly
added kingdom of Quito strove by every display of love
and worship to make him remember them with favor;
and after he passed those borders, the people of his old
dominions tried to out-do what had gone before, and
make the return to his own land so honored as to win
back his preference for him. Thus the Lord Inca
traveled over flowers and was preceded and surrounded
by music and dancing of merry-making multitudes for
the fifteen hundred miles between the two cities. The
most beautiful maidens, in groups, waited the honor of

IT IS RELATED. 53
his pleasure at every stopping place, both by day and
night, offering chicha to drink, cocoa leaves, confections
and the tempting charms of their own vivacious graces
and beauty for his beguilement.
"My master, however, deigned only to bestow smiles
and presents, for he is growing old. But it was worth
one's while to see the keen eyes of the old General
Challcuchima, though he is older than my master, dance
in his head at sight of the luscious arms and limbs and
palpitating bosoms of the pretty young girls, whose garb
was mostly flowers, yet whose favor was beyond all
reach, except wedlock or an Inca's pleasure;" and tbe
boy's lithe frame shook as his voice rang with a keenness
of laughter, in which Antonio could but note an ill-con
cealed maliciousness.
Observing a quick, questioning look from his com
panion, Hillipo 's mobile features suddenly sobered, and
he added: "But perhaps all this taxes my lord; he
climbed up here to see the city itself. ' '
"All thou hast related," replied Antonio, "interests
me greatly. It is curious what civilization in these
mountains has passed through, and thou dost speak of it
having developed beyond conditions which are con
sidered in Europe, from whence I came, essential and
basic to all orderly society.
"With us it is almost impossible to conceive of any
advanced life without money, or any orderly government
that does not rest on individualism in enterprise and
the right of private property. Yet I must admit, this
country seems to have attained, under its monarchical
absolutism, a condition which exhibits co-operative
socialism as a realized fact to an extent unknown else
where in human experience. The people seem happy. I
am told, there are no paupers and no wantonness of
wealth ; that no such thing as theft or robbery is known ;
that there is not an impure wife in the land ;15 and that
everything is conducted with the greatest order in sub-

54 UNDER THE SUN.
mission to an authority that glories in ministering to the
needs of the people.
' ' But this system seems to aim at measuring life into
the material certainties of food, raiment, shelter and
prescribed routine. There are no volitions or chances
to animate and inspire. In shutting out fear of want,
it excludes hope of better. In subduing restlessness and
aspirations, it smothers the spiritual. It links the ma
terial in man to the mere matter of nature, and excludes
from his life nature's uplifting spirit whicb can not in
spire where life is measured down by certainties, instead
of being winged with the possible.
"Here is the difference between Christian civiliza
tion and all else, including what I see here. The spirit
of Christ in it has put spiritual tendencies into man's
life. It has changed brutishness and animalism into
soulfulness. With spirituality and love of our kind, it
has projected into this world the hope of limitless better
—immeasurable possibilities of good.
"If that vitalizing spirit could be infused into the
well-organized mechanism of the system here, utilizing
the relief this system gives from concern about material
necessities, without taking the atmosphere of personal
liberty and the inspiration of hope of better from life;
then the political idealisms of those who, with us, have
been considered but dreamers, might find realization. ' '
"My lord tells that of which I would know more. He
speaks of love, aspiration, hope. Oh ! my lord, I love and
aspire; and I would hope," exclaimed the youth with
eagerness in bis eyes and a clasping of his hands across
his heart. "But they say the glowing face of the Sun,"
pointing to the orb, then touching its receding rim upon
the western hill-tops, "is the visible sign and form of
our religion. What sign, for the sight, is there of my
lord's religion?"
Antonio drew a crucifix from his bosom and, rev
erently kissing it, he held it up, saying: "This is the

IT IS RELATED. 55
sign ! It is the image of suffering, through which alone
the best, real light can come to man. ' '
All the glow went from the boy's face as he answered :
' ' Then this land must suffer, and I, too, must be stretched
upon suffering ere the true light, and to me the happi
ness of love, can come ! ' '
"He on the cross suffered," replied Antonio, "and
the sign of his agony has been the inspiration of all the
best that has come into the world. But see, the sun has
dropped into the unknown. We must go to what we
know. ' ' And, in response to Hillipo 's eager questioning,
as they returned, Antonio briefly narrated to him the
story of the Christ.

CHAPTER VI.
WHY HE LEFT HIS OWN LAND.
It was well past the time for the evening meal, when
returning, Antonio and Hillipo reached the Huacaypata.
The Incas were light eaters, having but two meals a day,
that of the morning about nine o'clock; and in the
evening before daylight was gone. The crowd in tbe
square had disappeared for the latter ; but the youth was
so evidently reluctant to relinquish conversation, that
Antonio invited him to continue with him and dine at
bis house in the Pampa Maroni, which was near the
intersection of that plaza with what is now the Street
San Augustine. It was convenient to a guard station at
the corner, and under the eye of the district officer of the
watch, who always had a squad of soldiers on duty there.
Here, with diplomatic prudence, the Inca's order,
in the form of an invitation, had assigned the white men.
For since the monarch had taken cognizance of their pres
ence in the country they bad been practically State pris
oners, though he chose to claim them as bis royal guests.
He courteously represented that he esteemed their pres
ence too great an honor and good fortune to be willingly
deprived of it, for a while at least ; and he begged them
for the present to remain at his court, thus permitting
him and his wise men to learn of their Avisdom. He in
stinctively noted the higher breeding, and quickly rec
ognized the larger knowledge of Antonio, and accorded
him the place of honor in bis esteem. He had him classed
in the ranks of the nobility, and also as a haravec and an
amauta;1" and made such provision for him and his com
panion as was suited to honored visitors.
56

WHY HE LEFT HIS OWN LAND. 57
Marco was an easy, adjustable sort of character, a
lover of the good things of life; and shrewd enough in
knowing how to gain them— a natural money-getter,
where money was to be gotten. Where the obtainable
substances of wealth were only to be had in other forms,
he had constantly in mind the ratio of value they would
bear to money, when he should again return to where
coin was king.
It was in part his attachment, as a family dependent,
that had led Marco to join his fortunes with those of
Antonio, in bis exile and adventures; but not the less
lively was his purpose to get profits and better his own
future. He had been an excellent business partner, and
had rendered Antonio, whom he esteemed his chief, many
a service, by his practical traits, as well as having given
him comfort with his good fellowship. When Marco
found they must, for a while at least, forego the pleasure
of enjoying in a Christian land the treasures whicb they
had accumulated, he easily took to the idea of making
the most of his present opportunities with such good
things as were accessible. The Inca had offered to confer
upon his white visitors wives of rank, from tbe most beau
tiful women of the land, and with portions suited to their
state. Antonio had respectfully avoided acceptance ; but
Marco had made choice of a pretty girl, enlisting in the
matrimonial state for the time at least ; and while he still
attended upon Antonio with friendly and business con
stancy in the quarters assigned to the latter, the insin
uations of his new relations were not without appre
ciative response. This evening, when Antonio and Hillipo
arrived in the bouse, Marco had already gone to seek the
seductive graces of his new possession in femininity ; so
Antonio and Hillipo found their confidences untram-
meled by his presence.
The attendants had the evening meal in waiting. The
table was formed by four slabs of silver placed side by
side on low carved trucks. Each slab was about a foot

58 UNDER THE SUN.
wide and five feet long, and all were polished until they
shone like mirrors. The chairs were more on the order of
stools, suited to the height of tbe table. The meal itself
was simple. First there was chupe" of llama meat and
urpis,1* cooked with vegetables and tender quinnoaw
leaves, in which was mixed also the grain of tbe quinnoa,
and plantains, all highly seasoned with uchu." Then
there were homites made of the heart scraped from green
corn, mixed with eggs, milk and a little sugar, highly sea
soned, and tied in the green shucks and steamed. This
served as both bread and a separate dish— the Incas only
ate one dish at a time— and on the table throughout the
meal was boiled youca, which was used largely in the
place of bread. Then there was a salt-water corbeena,
said by those who have eaten of them to be the most
delicious fish in the world, and peculiar to the South
Pacific coast. This was served with boiled papas21 and
green lentils, and it was sent by the Inca's order, as an
especial delicacy, to the white men; for salt-water fish
were each day brought from the ocean, three hundred
miles distant, for the Inca 's table in Cuzco, by the relays
of fast runners, who were stationed at posts on the great
roads about half a league apart. Fish were started each
morning and evening, in the hands of these Chasquis.
One ran at his best speed toward the next station, and
when near enough threw his package, and called out his
message, to a waiting Chasqui*2 at the next station, who,
in turn, did the same thing ; and so, going night and day
along the valleys and over mountains, the fish arrived
fresh in Cuzco, about two days after they were taken
from the sea. After the fish was eaten, there was a salad
of paltas,23 green lupins, lentils and water-cress ; and then
confections and fruits. After all— for the Incas did not
drink while eating— chicha mixed with cordial made from
berries of the Mulli tree was served from a flagon of
silver into cups of gold ; the latter made in images of the
human figure from the waist up, on which the arms
served as handles.

WHY HE LEFT HIS OWN LAND. 59
Antonio had made Hillipo, against his protestations
of unworthiness, sit at the meal with him ; and when the
chicha was served, the boy, according to the custom
which was always observed among the Cuzcoans, dipped
his finger in his cup, and, looking reverently up, flipped
the pendant drop into the air. Then, turning to his host,
he said: "My lord knows it is our custom to toss a first
drop as an offering to the Sun before we drink, as it is
to present in sacrifice to him the best of all things ; but
I pray to do tbis in adoration of the great God of whom
my lord has spoken, for he must be superior to the Sun,
if he be not even the same with the invisible, all-powerful
Pachacamac, whom many believe to be the real creator
of the universe ? ' '
"It is well," said Antonio, "to have the Supreme
Being in mind in all we do, and to give thanks ; but the
Christian way of doing this is different. We use wine in
a religious ordinance ; but it is administered as a sacra
ment by those who are consecrated to God's service, and
as typical of the blood of his blessed Son, offered in suf
fering on the cross — as represented by the crucifix, which
I have explained to thee. ' '
"Will my lord pardon me if I seek to know why he
left his own land, where this religion which he loves, is
known, and came here among a people who are strangers
to it?" "Hillipo, if thou wilt be true to me, I will answer
this fully, lest it may seem that I left my country only in
the spirit of adventure, when in truth there were better
reasons. ' '
"I shall ever be true to my lord and obedient to his
wishes concerning whatsoever he shall do his servant such
great honor as to tell him. ' '
"It was this way," replied Antonio; "my mother
was the sole descendant of one of tbe wealthiest Jewish
families in Spain, the people from whom came the Christ,
but most of whom rejected his teachings and adhered to

60 UNDER THE SUN.
their old religion, which he came to supersede. My
mother 's father traced his lineage back to tbe Princes of
Judah, and for centuries his ancestors had been noted for
their possessions and for their importance in the commer
cial world. Finally my maternal grandfather became
tbe sole representative of the family and its fortunes.
He had but one child, a daughter, who was reputed the
greatest heiress in Aragon. She was beautiful, accom
plished, and of a noble disposition. Her father embraced
the Christian faith, which was not that of his people, and
became Corregidor of Barcelona, his native city. Yet
his wealth and power made him an object of envy. The
ecclesiastics fixed wistful eyes upon bis riches ; while his
Jewish blood, being that of a race hated as heretics by
Christians of Spain, added to this feeling and made him
mistrusted by the religious authorities.
"But my father was himself a grandee of high rank.
He was closely related to the last Count of Barcelona,
which title, when Barcelona was an independent princi
pality, was equal to that of a king. He was generous, im
pulsive and brave; and he fell in love with the Jewish
heiress, who had nevertheless been reared a Christian in
the Catholic church. He succeeded in winning her for
bis wife; and, upon her father's death, became one of
the richest noblemen in Spain.
"The spirit of independence had always been strong
in that part of the kingdom ; and when, many years ago,
there was established the Inquisition, an ecclesiastical
tribunal for dealing with religious opinions and punish
ing men for what it considered errors of doctrine, it was
bitterly opposed, especially in the great cities of Barce
lona and Saragossa. Failing to prevent its introduction
otherwise, violence was resorted to; and this culminated
in assassination of the Chief Inquisitor, Arbues, while he
was kneeling before the altar in the cathedral at Sara
gossa. My father had taken a prominent part in oppos
ing the establishment of the Inquisition. This brought

WHY HE LEFT HIS OWN LAND. 61
him under the dislike of the king and the religious
authorities. But no evidence appearing, to justify accu
sation against one of such station, my father passed to his
grave without any formal charge being made against
him. Before his death, however, thirty-odd years ago,
in my infancy, animosity against the Jewish race decreed
their expulsion from Spain. The race had made its ap
pearance in the land nearly three thousand years before ;
first as traders, then as settlers ; and, as time progressed,
they had later increased in numbers and riches, learning
and influence beyond what the 'Chosen People' have
known in any other land, save their own in the days of its
glory. "My mother, being a Christian, was not exiled by the
act of expulsion against her people; but she could not
shut her heart against pity for those of her race, who
without other fault than adherence to the faith of their
fathers, were being driven away in great suffering, under
circumstances that amounted to sacrifice or confiscation
of their all. Appeals from the persecuted wanderers
found response from her heart and purse ; and, this being
contrary to the edict, was eagerly seized upon for the
purpose of imposing heavy penalties against the estate.
Then, years afterward, it was found that one of those
who was accused of the assissination of the Inquisitor
Arbues, in his flight from Saragossa, had stopped at my
father's house in Barcelona. He was an old friend of the
family; my father did not believe him guilty, and he
aided his escape. It was long after my father's death
that this was discovered ; and the fact was greedily seized
upon to accuse him, before the Inquisition, of being an
accomplice, which, strange as it may seem, could be done
under the law even after the death of the accused. Our
possessions were still large ; this, together with enmity to
my mother's Jewish blood, and the fact that certain in
fluential people were largely indebted to her estate, who
would be released from their obligations as debtors

62 UNDER THE SUN.
through conviction and confiscation, easily secured con
demnation before the Inquisitors; and they, for such
action, were entitled to large fees from the confiscated
property. "My father's bones were taken from the grave for
sentence, so the confiscation could be decreed, by legal
fiction, in his presence ; and my poor mother was further
humiliated and reduced to poverty. She was left only a
comparative pittance for her own and my support; this
being allowed her in view of her own blameless character
and real Christian life. It was proven, before her death,
that the accused man whom my father had aided in his
escape was innocent, that my father's memory had been
wickedly wronged and his estate viciously despoiled.
But although this was made plain enough, exculpating
action was postponed from time to time ; and my mother,
since the confiscation of the greater part of our estate, be
ing without adequate means to push the matter to a
decree before the same men who had profited by the con
demnation, died without gaining redress.
"Meanwhile I had grown up, and I entered the army
in which I served for many years. But when the dis
covery of new lands beyond the sea seemed to be offering
new chances to those who would dare adventure, I left
Aragon for this New World, to try and regain fortune,
since there could be small hope of recovering it from
those who had profited by ruining my family estates.
"After being on the isthmus for some time, in com
pany with Marco, who is the son of an old family servant,
and who,|having been with me always, determined to join
his fortunes with mine, I begun trading along the coast
north of the Inca's dominions. We kept our own coun
sels, but pushed further south from time to time, gaining
considerable quantities of the precious metals and jewels,
until on our last visit there, we left at Panama in the
hands of friends quite a little fortune for safe keeping.
We have not revealed there from whence we obtained this

WHY HE LEFT HIS OWN LAND. 63
treasure, and we intended to pursue our course as quietly
as possible, so as to avoid discovery by others of the field
in which we were operating, at least for the time.
"As thou knowest the Lord Inca had heard of us
along the coast, even before we had come so far as his
dominions ; and when on our last trip we reached Tumpiz,
he sent for us to visit him at Quito. As he' was then
about starting for Cuzco, he was pleased to have us ac
company him. So we are here, beneficiaries of the hospi
tality and honors he constantly bestows. ' '

CHAPTER VII.
FROM OVER THE SEA.
Antonio paused, and lifting his chicha— -with the
elbow of his right arm resting on the table as his right
hand held the cup upright toward his mouth— he slowly
sipped the liquor.
Meanwhile Hillipo silently looked into his cup for
some seconds, then raising his eyes to bis companion, he
said : ' ' Two things that my lord hath stated seem strange
to me: that one's remains should be taken from the
grave to be condemned, after all human power over the
life hath ceased; and that, as I gather from his words,
ministers of this great religion, of which my lord hath
spoken, should force men to its observance in any par
ticular way, contrary to their own consciences, or force
them to relinquish another religion in which they believe,
for this, in which they do not believe. Such things are
not done in this country by those who are in authority,
under the Sun. Doth my lord find this religion of his
good, and doth he love it despite the wrongs done him by
its ministers ? ' '
' ' Yes ! Still such things should not occur anywhere, ' '
replied Antonio ; ' ' but, though some of the worst things
perpetrated among men have been done in its name, the
best of which this world knows proceeds from the religion
of Christ; and that religion, in itself, is worthy of all
love. Wrong and cruel things are not of it, but of the
evil in men who have not acted its spirit. Such have
misused its name to serve their own purposes of pride,
greed, or arrogance— purposes sometimes misunderstood
through self-interest, even by thesmselves. The highest
64

FROM OVER THE SEA. 65
evidence of its supreme excellence is perhaps shown
through these very things. The good features of other
religions represent the good in human nature, from which
they proceed. They do not in spirit rise above this ; they
do not extend beyond, or survive the types or conditions
of men or races that gave them birth— they depend on
the good, or fail by the evil of them. But the religion
of the Son of God, founded on suffering, as typified in
this crucifix, ' ' placing the emblem, he had already shown
Hillipo, on the table before them, ' ' and rising above suf
fering, and always giving out the glorious spirit of Christ
—as indicated in the halo of light imaged here about
his head— represents far more than the best that is in
any man, worshiper or priest. It is not dependent on
what, in any particular time or place, men may do in its
name. It has in itself the divinity of good that rises
above the crucifixion to which its truth and merciful
spirit is often put, even though it be done by those who
do the deed in the assumed authority of its own name, in
order to give semblance of sanctity to their evil purposes
or faulty judgments. Its superhuman character is shown
by its superiority to any type or condition of life, to any/
locality, time or race. In all times, since Christ camer
suffered and rose, it has stood superior to all evil, point
ing the aspirations of tbe best in man to things still
better and higher."
Antonio's expression lighted, his face glowed as he
proceeded, and Hillipo was swept along with the in
tensity of bis companion's feeling, and awed into some
thing of wondering reverence.
"But," continued the white man, "the authorities
of the Catholic church and Christianity are not always,
even to a Catholic, the same. Though the Church claims
that its priestly bead is the vicegerent of Christ on earth,
some of these Popes have been bad men. Some extreme
churchmen hold them infallible, as here the Incas are
held to be so in all things, being representatives of the

66 UNDER THE SUN.
Sun. Yet even those extreme churchmen do not go so far
that way as do the people here respecting tbe Lord Inca;
for they only hold the Pope infallible when acting in re
ligious matters within his authority as the bead of the
Church. Outside of this, he is held to be only a man, and
sometimes a very faulty one. The present King of Spain,
one of the most extreme churchmen, bas even held the
Pope a political prisoner for secular pretensions counter
to his own.
"Even the Inquisition does not, in its churchly char
acter, pass judgment upon life and property. It only
judges, ostensibly at least, questions of religious faith;
and, having thereby established their status, exculpates
accused persons, or excommunicates them from the
church; in the latter cases, turning the condemned, as
heretics, over to the civil authorities, who inflict fines,
confiscations and penalties, according to laws which have
been decreed in pursuance of tbe spirit of the times —
laws that are often very misguided, cruel and altogether
un-Christian. "In deference to the command of the Scriptures
against shedding blood, when turning over the accused to
the civil authorities, the Inquisition enjoins upon them
not to do that ; hence the civil courts in passing sentence
under the civil law, where death is the sentence, inflicts
it by fire. The Inquisition at Rome, where the Pope
reigns civilly as well as ecclesiastically, has never for
supposed errors in faith inflicted death on any one,
and no Christian power ever did, during the first
three hundred and eighty-five years of the Christian
Era— or until the civil state established a State Church.
When the first instance occurred, when Priscillian was
put to death in Spain because of his religious opinions,
at the instigation of the Bishop Idacious, the Church
was struck with horror, and the bishop was excom
municated and died in exile. Indeed these cruel laws
against so-called heretics, thou shouldst understand, are

FROM OVER THE SEA. 67
not general throughout the Christian world. They are
largely local and peculiar to the Spanish people, who are
only a small part of Christendom, and a part only of the
subjects of the present King of Spain called Charles V.
There these laws sprang from peculiar conditions which
resulted in a national feeling, growing out of wars be
gun more than seven hundred years ago, when Spain
was invaded and finally conquered in greater part by
enemies of the Christian faith, called Moors, aliens in
language, customs and laws, who came by sea from an
other land. ' '
"Ah," interrupted Hillipo, "as in this country, it
seems elsewhere great changes come from out of tbe sea !
Oh, the sea ! The sea ! and my lord came here from over
the sea! My love can only look with hope to the great
waters for the impossible to become possible! A new
people, bringing change, may mean everything to me!
My loid knows I came from beside the great water, and
prophecies of change point to it. But, my lord, pray
pardon me and let me know more. ' '
"Well," resumed Antonio, "these conquerors did
come from over the sea, though it was but a short dis
tance, not from beyond a water like that on this coast,
so great that it may, as it were, separate worlds. I was
about to say, after a conflict of centuries the whole Span
ish land was reeonquerored by its Christian people, many
of whom had taken refuge from their enemies in the im
pregnable, mountainous parts of the country. During
all those centuries of incessant war the Spanish Chris
tians saw their churches violated, their homes destroyed,
the fruits of their labors despoiled, their sons and daugh
ters slain and enslaved or worse, by the infidel Moors;
and they learned to associate all the possibilities of evil
with the idea of unbelievers. All that was patriotic,
national and racial arrayed itself with bitter enmity
against infidels; and all unbelievers and heretics became
connected in the popular mind with their foreign enemy,

68 UNDER THE SUN.
and with the Jews; for the latter, being numerous and
rich, as I have said, and generally inimical to the
National Church, constantly excited fears that they
would unite with the Moors to overthrow the Christians,
who, in the popular esteem, were one and the same with
Catholics and true Spaniards. So the feeling of tbe
Church, which was largely that of the people, having
taken form at first directly against the Moors and Jews,
was fostered by interested fanaticism and the greed of
priests and rulers until the fires of persecution flamed
about the Christians who dissented on points of doctrine
—all falling together under the sweeping anathemas
against infidels and heretics.
' ' In this proscription against those who differed from
them in religious views, the priests of the State Church
and the rulers found the most ready means, and that
most easily justified in popular sentiment, both to combat
danger from infidelity and to fill their coffers from con
fiscated wealth of the elements hostile to the Church ; for
it is generally the rich who are condemned. The officers
of the Inquisition receive good salaries paid from tbe
fines and confiscations that result from their condemna
tions; the Church gets a part, and the Crown gets the
remainder and greater portion. The debtor class are
also, to a large extent, directly interested through hope
of being relieved of obligations by the confiscation of the
estates of their creditors among the Jews and other rich
heretics. "I think now thou canst understand why such cruel
and coercive measures were adopted by the dominant
element in Spain against those who differed from them
in religion. "In this country, where there is no private property
as with us, where all wealth and all temporal and re
ligious authority belong to the Lord Inca, and where,
in tbe nature of the institutions, mercenary motives do
not prevail, naturally such things can not be done. Then

FROM OVER THE SEA. 69
here, with no property interests to excite greed and con
troversies, there are no sophistical lawyers or courts;
and, therefore, there is no call for legal fictions which,
with us, are often resorted to in order to reconcile the in
consistencies of plain facts and maxims with judicial
conclusions. "The Spaniards are really one of the most liberty-
loving and independent, though arrogant and intolerant,
of all peoples ; and they like to have reasons for public
acts. Often, rather than not attempt to be plausible,
very bad reasons are given for very good judgments, and
sometimes good reasoning is made to support a very bad
conclusion. It is because of this principle that when the
inquisitors determine to appropriate the estate of a dead
person by confiscation on a charge made after death, they
have his remains or effigy brought before them to receive
the sentence ; thus holding ostentatious regard for a legal
principle, that 'no one should be made to suffer in per
son or estate without being present at the judgment'
Likewise it is, that, while the Inquisition claims to shed
no blood, it practically causes the civil authorities, who
execute punishment upon the conclusions of its judges,
to kill in the most cruel way, by fire — thus assuming to
keep its own bands unstained, in deference to the Script
ures, which condemn the shedding of blood. ' '
"From what my lord hath said," replied Hillipo, "I
think I see that the Christian religion is not responsible
for these evil things; but that they are anti-Christian.
In fact they seem to proceed from this thing my lord
bath spoken of as private property, which debauches
everything to selfish interests, profanely seeking to sub-
serviate all to greed. It is very much as the legend I
have related says was the case in the country south of
the Mount Vilcanota, before the time of the Incas."
"It may be too sweeping," replied Antonio, "to at
tribute these wrongs entirely to private property; for,
as I have said, political conditions in Spain have been

70 UNDER THE SUN.
peculiar, and even the Inquisition bas not produced the
same results in other countries where private property
likewise exists. Certainly the teachings of Christ en
joined just the reverse of greed and selfishness."
Antonio arose, walked to a shelf-like recess in the
wall where there was a small and well-worn Bible, and
coming back to where Hillipo was sitting, be placed it
before them.
He said: "Thy people, Hillipo, have their quipus,
by which, with knots variously arranged and tied in vari
ously-colored strings, they can keep records and express
certain things ; but we have the art of writing by the use
of characters, and with it we can set down and preserve
not only things of certain kinds, but all that is worth
preserving for our information, and we can multiply any
particular writing into any number of copies by print
ing, such as thou seest in this book. ' '
Hillipo looked curiously at tbe volume, and banding
it to him, Antonio bade him examine it. He did so, and
was evidently about to ask questions; but Antonio was
not disposed to have any irrelevant interruption, and he
went on : " This contains the sacred precepts of our re
ligion, and tells us about tbe Christ, his life, and his
teachings, as related by the apostles who had the truth
from his own lips. ' ' Then he read passage after passage,
which enjoin unselfishness, preference of others, mercy,
kindness, forgiveness, charity and love; in which the
sacred appeal is to the hearts and consciences of men,
and not to force — making the merit of acceptance and
obedience rest upon the free will and love of those who
would follow Him.
' ' Often, as I have shown, ' ' continued the white man,
"those who are evil seek sophistically to subserve the
best things to wicked purposes; because evil likes a
shining mantle with which to hide her hideousness
and delude her intended victims." Then turning to
The Acts of the Apostles, he said: "We have re-

FROM OVER THE SEA. 71
ferred to the selfish and cruel greed of those in author
ity in church and state in Spain, in contrast to the al
most communal distribution of property under the Lord
Lica. But here, ' ' putting his finger on the thirty-second
verse of the fourth chapter of the book, "is an example
which will show that the spirit of tbe original church
was as different from that of the Inquisition as thy sys
tem here is from ours— there is no greed or rivalry
here!" He read: " 'And the multitude of them that believed
were of one heart, and of one soul ; neither said any that
ought of the things which he possessed was his own ; but
they had all things common * * * neither was there any
among them that lacked : for as many as were possessors
of lands or houses sold them, and brought the prices of
the things that were sold, and laid them down at the
Apostles' feet: and distribution was made unto every
man according as he had need. '
"It is said by priests and Christian statesmen that
there is no command for this. Grantingthisto be true, still
this was done under the sanction of the representatives
of Christ, just after his ascension, when the church was
inspired with the first fervor of devotion, and it is spoken
of in terms of commendation; but here is still higher
authority, in the words of the Master himself. " Turning
the leaves, and placing his fingers between them at Mat
thew xix, Mark x and Luke xviii, he continued : "When
a rich man, whom Luke says was a ruler, came to Jesus,
asking what should be done to inherit eternal life, and
was told that he should keep the commandments of the
law, and he replied he had done so from his youth up,
Jesus said : ' If thou wilt be perfect, go and sell what thou
hast and give to tbe poor.' But when the young man
went away sorrowful, because he had great possessions,
Jesus remarked: 'How hardly shall they that have
riches enter into the Kingdom of God,' or 'how hard it is
for them that trust in riches to enter into the Kingdom

72 UNDER THE SUN.
of God.' Here, by Jesus himself, great personal wealth
was at least discouraged as a hindrance, an almost insur
mountable obstruction to attaining tbe Kingdom of
Heaven. His own words were, according to Matthew,
that it is easier ' for a camel to pass through the eye of a
.needle than for a rich man to enter the Kingdom of
God.' "
Antonio laid down the volume, adding : ' ' This book
is full of wise and beautiful things, so it would take
weeks to read them to thee. ' '
Hillipo was silent a moment; then he said : "My lord,
these things astound me. I greatly desire to learn my
lord 's language and be able to read all this myself. ' '
"Thou mayst do so if thou wilt. If it please thee to
study some with me every day, I will try to teach thee
how to read in Spanish. My poor mother expended most
of what she had left her in having me taught. With her
help, and by aid of my own labor, for I have worked
hard, I have acquired what was considered a good educa
tion. The wrongs we have suffered led me to seek study
as a relief from myself, as it were ; and I have pondered
deeply what I have learned and have thought much
about all these things. I will try to teach thee from this
Bible, if thou wilt have it so, and I have several other
books with me. ' '
"I will, my lord. I will come, I shall study bard,
and I shall ever be at the feet of my lord, for his great
goodness to me;" and the youth was about prostrating
himself in expression of his gratitude and delight, when
Antonio stopped him, saying: "No, Hillipo, I shall
count thee my friend; be seated, I wish it so. Now, I
have told thee so much about myself, it is thy time to
talk. Thou hast referred to the sea, and to thy hope
being in what may come from it to make the impossible
possible for thee. Though I did not ask questions then,
wilt thou not tell me now more of thyself, and thy
hope?"

CHAPTER VIII.
THE CRIME OF LOVING.
"Ah, my Lord Antonio," replied Hillipo, "my life
is a small matter ; but if what I shall tell my lord were
known to others, it would not for long be even the
smallest thing.
"My eyes have seen the Princess Hutimina. My soul
hath worshiped her; not as the Daughter of the Sun
alone, but as a man having a heart must love the woman
as a woman whom he was created to love. That it is whicb
makes me, a poor page, dream, hope, aspire to the impos
sible ; though I can only feast hungering passion with a
sight of her— when sometimes serving my master's pleas
ure in her presence.
"For a mere mortal, under our law, to think with
love of a Daughter of the Sun is not only a crime ; it is
sacrilege. I now, for the first time, allow my lips to
speak this crime that is my heart's glory— that lifts me
from actual nothingness to the kingdom of hope, the
infinity of dreams. Aye, I have spoken and my lord
hath heard me without harshness, even with kindness in
his eyes — now my life is in his hands. I can give no
higher evidence of trust, of gratitude, of devotion, for
the honor he does me and for all the goodness be may
do. Aye, more, not only my poor life, but that of my
people and the existence of my native place of Tumpiz,
is in my lord's keeping; for if the acknowledgement of
such a love should be made known to the Inca, there
would follow not only my death, but that of all my rel
atives, and the destruction of the town where I was born.
Such is the inexorable penalty declared by our law for
73

74 UNDER THE SUN.
one, not of pure Inca blood, who dares to be guilty of
the sacrilege of lifting his desires to a Daughter of the
Sun. "But, my lord, there is something of ecstacy in tbe
abandon of recklessness! The mere assertion, before
one so wise and good, of this passion whicb bath been
so desperately imprisoned in the secrecy of my own soul
is a delight of liberty worth all the risk, even if there
were any in telling my lord. Does not love, such as mine,
place all hearts on a level of common kinship ? Is it not
a proof of the equality of human nature, at least before
the all-creating, all-loving, infinite God? My lord hath
done kindness in making it possible for me to find in bis
ear an audience for the cry of the heart ; there is abso
lutely no other to whom its cry could be made, except
as a self-accusation. To have my cause listened to with
something of patience, something of sympathy, is a relief
I would not have been deprived of, even if I were slain
for it."
' ' True, Hillipo, ' ' said Antonio, ' ' there is no kingdom
of hearts — the domain of feeling and love is a republic.
In it each creature rises to a common level of humanity.
In it there is only the royalty which elevates each man
and woman to that which in each is best. It is a com
munity of kings and queens, elbow to elbow with each
other in mutual kinship, because in supreme loyalty of
each to another there is a prompting of tenderness for
all our kind ! There is no leveling down in that domain ;
its grading is all upward. ' '
"That is it! That is it!" broke in Hillipo, "That
is what my heart tells me, only I could not put it into
such words. ' '
He had risen, and clasping his own hands, and wring
ing them, with eyes brightening and cheeks aglow, be
was about to go on; but Antonio interposed: "Still,
Hillipo, it is an intangible domain— that of the heart—
and we are in a tangible world, where we can not thrust

THE CRIME OF LOVING. 75
the intangible into rule over actual facts which neces
sitate laws, or an authority which must govern on some
general basis the relations of all, in order to secure the
best attainable for each. Thou shalt not find thy confi
dence misplaced in speaking to me as thou hast ; but thou
art very young, and this feeling is very imprudent. Thou
canst not even suppose that the Princess herself would
consider it otherwise than as it would be regarded by her
father ; or, at least, otherwise than as an extreme of folly.
"As yet, thou hast only indulged words; and I sup
pose not even looks have betrayed thy feelings where
they could injure thee. Talk to me as thou wilt about
this, if it is a relief to thee. Sometimes there is safety
in letting off one 's pent-up passions in words, where they
will not be repeated to one's harm; but guard thy lips
and looks. If this is such a crime against thy law, I
trust there is nothing overt yet; and I suspect, so long
as there is not, even the Inca would not consider it a
matter of life and death. ' '
"My lord must know," answered Hillipo, "that to
imagine or purpose sacrilege against the Inca blood is
treason of such a high degree, the greatest pun-
ments known in this land are proclaimed against it. The
rigors of the law against that are such, no severer penalty
is left for doing of what may have been in the heart.
"I know from what I have heard my master say;
neither he nor the Princess believes in all that is taught
in this land concerning the Sun as God, and the Inca
blood being divine, as that of Children of the Sun ; yet,
that would make no difference with my master in enforc
ing the punishment of the law on those who offend
against his majesty. He holds that the laws are for the
safety of the State and the inviolability of the Inca's
authority. The origin of that authority, does not matter
with my master. It is His Majesty, so far as his will is
concerned, that is divine ; and the law might as well be
divine when he finds it a useful agency, for it is said no

76 UNDER THE SUN.
Lord Inca was ever more regal in maintaining the su-
premeness of his own power and the dignity of his race,
notwithstanding his skepticism, as to their divinity.
' ' But I do not believe, so far as her own views might
go, the Princess hath any such reverence for the reputed
divinity of her ancestors as would preclude her from fol
lowing the divinity of love in her own heart, if it should
point for happiness to one outside of her own blood. For
myself, I believe the promptings of goodness and love
are about the highest elements of divinity any one can
claim, and that one is only more or less divine as those
elements are small or great. My Lord Antonio tells of
the only religion that bas ever stirred my heart, for it is
the religion of love. ' '
"Yes." replied the white man, "it is the religion of
love, and love overcometh all things. ' '
"I believe," continued Hillipo, "it would stir the
heart of the Princess Hutimina. 0 my lord! I would
thou couldst see her, and tell her some things thou bast
told me. I dare to pray that my lord may. ' '
"But, Hillipo," replied Antonio, "bow canst thou
hope ever to be able to tell her of thy love; or if thou
couldst do that, to overcome the interdiction against it
which no power that exists in this land could remove?
The fundamental principles of the Inca religion and
government rest on the inviolable divinity of the royal
race, as thou bast thyself shown."
"My only hope is from the sea. Thence came my
lord. The prophecies here tell of impending change.
My lord's words point to a people and a religion whicb
may bring that. What is impossible now may become
possible ; and why may not hope itself give confirmation
to prophecy that foretells a change? Do not, my lord,
forbid me hope! That is life! And has not my lord
said, love overcometh all things ? ' '
Antonio shook his head, and, looking very grave, he
asked : ' ' When did this begin ? How bath it happened 1

THE CRIME OF LOVING. 77
If thou wilt state the facts, I will give thee such conclu
sions as I can reach. ' '
"It is," replied Hillipo, "some seven years since
my master first brought me to Cuzco. I saw the Princess
then; and since then her beauty hath been in all my
dreams. This is the third time I have attended upon my
master in this city ; and each time her increasing charms
have furnished fresh fuel for the fire of passion which
at the first was kindled in my boyish heart. I have only
seen her in my master's court, or when acting as a mes
senger or page in her presence. She hath never given
me other notice than as such, until just before I met my
lord to-day.
"My master had sent me with a message, inviting
her to attend upon him after a feast whicb he will hold.
Then, my lord, when I had done so, I tarried a moment ;
for I was spellbound by the something about her which
entrances all whose eyes rest on her. I could not have
instantly withdrawn had every second cost me a sepa
rate death. I even stared beneath my downcast lids at
her beauty — at her heaving bosom, rising and falling
as she drew in and breathed out the air whicb, by the
magic of her contact with it, made heavenly all the atmos
phere around. I devoured the wizard-like appeal of her
sinuous movements as she placed confections between
the arched roundness of her ruby lips and the shining
pearls behind, and then lifted anon a golden cup of
cocoanut milk from its place on a stand beside her, to
shame its whiteness with that of those glistening teeth.
"She noted my pause, and surmising that I coveted
the dainties she was enjoying, she ordered some for me,
and bade me eat. While I obeyed, she questioned me of
the land from whence I came, of myself, of bow the Lord
Inca came first to take me into his service, and of the
great water beside which I was born. And then, my
lord, she asked concerning ' the white men, ' who had ap
peared in tbe land; and spoke of others like unto my

78 UNDER THE SUN.
lord, whom the Lord Inca had heard of as being on the
coast of the great water to the north of these dominions.
She spoke also of how little we in this land know of tbe
great water and the great things that might be in its
midst or beyond it. Then, with a grave look she dis
missed me.
' ' But from all she said, I know she is thinking about
what may portend, from the coming of my Lords Antonio
and Marco to this land, and from a race of similar men,
many of whom have already come from far over the seas.
And also, that she hath in mind the prophecies concern
ing change; for no one, my lord, in all this land, hath
more knowledge and discernment than the Princess
Hutimina. Her learning as well as her beauty is tbe
talk of all the people.
"Now, my lord must see the Princess for himself, and
tell her of these things of which he hath spoken to me.
I am sure she will send for him. When she knows how
she can best do so, she will not let an opportunity pass
unprofited. of learning from his own mouth the strange
things he can tell.
"I know one of the maidens who waits upon her—
not one of the royal blood— but still the Princess is fond
of her, and the girl, my lord, is fond of me; she was
present when the Princess talked with me to-day, and
herself was much interested. Now I pray that my lord
will allow me to let this girl know that my lord has done
me the honor to talk with me, and permits me to appear
in his presence, and that he is so gracious as to show
some interest in me, and tell me about lands and peoples
from whence he came beyond the great water. All tbis
I can do without disclosing anything personal of my
lord, or anything he would not have me tell. Then she
could make this known, in confidence, to the Princess;
and then I think, for the sake of the knowledge which
she covets, the Princess may have me bring my lord to
see her. In that way she may perceive she could more

THE CRIME OF LOVING. 79
fully learn of him without the formality of treating his
visit as a court matter."
"But, Hillipo," replied Antonio, "why should I see
the Princess? Then it does not seem prudent to arrange
a matter of that sort through a young girl. ' '
' ' I wish my lord to see the Princess because she is the
most beautiful and worthy creature in this whole land,
and because I worship her with the adoration of my love ;
and I would have my lord, who so honors me as to say
he makes me his friend, behold the object of my passion,
and say, after seeing her, whether he blames me as guilty
of imprudence or folly, or simply recognizes that I am
helpless to do otherwise than be guilty of the crime of
loving. "I would have him know, too, from seeing her, what
a pleasure he has permitted in allowing me to find a
considering ear into which my heart could have the relief
of crying its story. Then I would have my lord see the
Princess, and meet her through my poor services, be
cause I am sure it will give her a great pleasure to learn
what my lord can teach. And it will be a great privilege
for me, who otherwise could not hope to be of any service
to her Highness, if I may be the instrument through
which something so valuable reaches her in a way that
may be pleasing.
"My lord may think me very foolish in raising my
eyes in worshipful passion to her who seems so utterly
above the reach of any cry from my poor heart. But,
my lord, is it not true, save for a sometimes inspiration
of the heart of yoxith to attempt the impossible, through
its own ardor — which seems unaccountable indiscretion
to all others— few things beyond tbe ordinary, or except
those for which there is rule and precedent, would be
done in the world ? At least, my lord, I have beard my
master the Lord Inca say so much as that relative to
some of the great feats done in his youth, which aston
ished those times, and even now are talked about as mak-

80 UNDER THE SUN.
ing him one of the greatest of bis race ; and will my lord
not remember the drama of Ollanta, which hath been
acted in the Huacaypata, of which I think he knows from
the Amautas and Haravecs— among whom the Inca hath
caused my lord's name to be recorded?"
' ' I remember the story, ' ' said Antonio ; ' ' and it illus
trates how little men know what may result from the in
fluences they are setting in motion or aiding. I imagine
the Lord Inca had little idea, in admiring the beauty of
that drama, and permitting it to be acted before the
people, that he might be giving an argument to one of his
own servants for committing the crime of loving bis own
favorite child. But if thou dost this, before we go any
further, thou must promise me, so long at least as the
Princess may claim any service from thee or permit thy
attendance upon her in connection with myself —if she
doth summon me— that thou wilt neither by word or
act, without first consulting me, give to her or to any one
beside myself any expression or intimation of the indul
gence of this thy passion. ' '
' ' I pledge that to my lord, with my life and with my
every hope of happiness. ' '

CHAPTER IX.
MOONLIGHT AND SHADOW.
That night as Hillipo walked to his place, in the
attendant's quarter of the palace, bis steps were slow
and his mood pensive. He had much to think about, and
he was deeply considering all he bad just heard, and how
he could arrange to bring about a summons from the
Princess for Antonio. So deeply was he wrapped in his
own reflections, with eyes on the moonlit pavement, that
as he turned from the Pampa Maroni into the street that
leads at right angles from it north to the Huacaypata,
he almost ran into the officer of the watch who was just
coming from the palace, and was on his way to the police
station at the eastern end of the Pampa Maroni, with his
orders for the night.
The high wall of the old palace of the Inca Tupac
Yupanqui was on the right. The moonlight streamed
full against its sombre sides of squarely cut stones of
brown trachyte, that rose in tiers which diminished in
size upward to the top, perhaps some thirty-odd feet.
These stones, chamfered down to joints, so perfectly
fitted that the seams could hardly have been noted if
they had been finished to a smooth facing, rounded out
slightly from the grooves of their joints so as to present
a rough surface, whicb gave a rugged austerity to the
structure. This was heightened by the mode of building,
with a slight incline inward toward the top, and by the
cold light that suffused its weird sheen over the grim,
rough, yet perfectly regular walls. "
In front of him, in the shadow, was the dark frown
ing mass of the Acllahuasi, within whose convent seclu-
/ 81

82 UNDER THE SUN.
sion were gathered fifteen hundred or more maidens,
Vestals of the Sun, and their attendants. Those sacred
walls of massive and beautifully fitted stone stretched
their shadow-casting surfaces along the west side of the
street, from the corner of the Pampa Maroni for nearly
eight hundred feet northwestwardly to the Huacaypata.
In the clear, rarified air of these great heights the
contrasting effects of light and shadow under an un
clouded moon are sometimes startling; as much so as
the contrast between the temperature of sunlight and
shade, which may cause one to shiver in the shadows on
one side of a street, when if he pass into the sun on the
other, he may suffer from intense heat that beats through
the thin air, unsoftened by the atmospheric obstruction
usual in lower levels.
The officer was well known to Hillipo. He had been
walking in the shadowed street, from which the Pampa
Maroni extends at a right angle; and Hillipo had been
in the clear moonlight of the Pampa, from which he had
just crossed, passing over the sharp line of shade, when
confronted by the officer, who was about turning out of
it into the light.
The latter exclaimed, "Ah, my boy! Thou must be
dreaming of love and the beautiful Amancaya, to be so
abstracted. Thy moodiness, since we arrived in Cuzco,
contrasts sharply with thy usual vivacity — almost as
much so as does the light of Mother Moon24 with these
shadows. ' '
' ' The brightness of the heavenly lights be with thee,
Captain;25 but thou wert covering thyself with these
shadows, and my eyes were of little good; for I confess
my thoughts were elsewhere," observed Hillipo with
some confusion.
"To say the truth," responded the other, "thou art
not much to blame; for, next to the Princess Hutimina
herself, she of whom thou wert perhaps thinking, is the
prettiest slip of a girl I have seen in Quito or this city,

MOONLIGHT AND SHADOW. 83
or in all the travel between. And, thou lucky lad ! her
liquid eyes have been following thee ever since we came
here. To be both a favorite of an Inca, and adored by
such eyes, is too much good fortune for any youngster."
' ' Nay, Captain, thou doest me too uracil honor, even
to jest with me so," said Hillipo, somewhat coolly,
gathering himself together.
The officer appeared not to notice the intimation of
displeasure. He was of Quito, and, as a commander in
the personal guard of the Inca, had attended upon his
master in the recent travel from that city to Cuzco. He
was now on guard duty in this central ward; for the
honor of this service near to the Inca's person was-
awarded to the battalions of the monarch's household
troops. He was also a courtier by the fortune of associa
tion; and, in common with others who served near his
master's person, he knew that the boy was a favorite;
and he was not sorry to have an opportunity of cajoling
him. He continued, only countering Hillipo 's attempt to
check him by assuming a little more patronizing manner:
"Aye, Hillipo, modesty becometb both youth and good
fortune. I do not ask any confessions; but let me tell
thee this. As I came from the Commander's quarters
just now, the lovely Amancaya was sitting within the
women's court, near its entrance. She was alone, twang
ing her tinya and humming softly a love song in the
moonlight. I could but stand, unseen, in a shadow a few
moments, enchanted by her beauty and the witchery of
her voice. But I venture, my lad, she was there, hoping
to catch a glimpse of thee, if thou shouldst pass, as thou
must in going to thy quarters; and I further venture
that the song was a love call for thee. Now go ; I will
not longer stop thee ; and I had best not put my com
mission in danger, either, by tarrying more on the way
to my post. I should have been at the station yonder
when that shadow lined itself at the foot of the old

naa crept across tne street along wnicli he had come.
' ' See, it hath now climbed to near the top of the first tier
of stones; but the girl's face in the moonlight made me
forget time. I wish I had thy chance, lad. All happi
ness to thee, waking or sleeping," and without waiting
for response, he only caught from the boy, "a thousand
thanks, Captain ! " as he struck out on a run for his post.
Hillipo walked on ; but he had not advanced far when
a strange thing happened. A little way ahead of him,
toward the slight angle where the street bends somewhat
more to the left, on the darkly shadowed wall of the
Acllahuasi, near to the ground, clear light shimmered
from its setting of darkness, in the form of a crucifix.
Startled by this apparition, and recalling vividly all
Antonio had told him about the sacred emblem, Hillipo
was awed to a sudden halt.
As he gazed with excited mind, the general outlines
and form first noted assumed increasing distinctness, and
developed until the very lineaments of the cross and
crucified Christ were before the boy's wondering eyes.
Summoning all bis courage, he presently advanced ; but
as he changed bis position relative to the angle at which
be saw the apparition, it vanished. He, however, noted
well the spot. It was the same where, afterward, the
doors of the Church of Santa Catalina opened through
a remnant of tbe same old heathen convent wall into a
temple of Christian worship.
Still further ahead of him, to bis right, and pendant
from the cross piece of its staff, which was mounted on a
wall that inclosed a district barracks and a chapel of tbe
sun, nearly opposite the slight angle in the wall of the
Acllahuasi, a national banner caught the full light of the
moon. On tbis was emblazoned an image of the sun
in gold and silver, curiously wrought with radiations
from its central disc. Those immediately perpendicular
to and across the disc were of glittering silver, and more

MOONLIGHT AND SHADOW. 85
distinctly prominent in the moonlight; which, perhaps,
by a trick of reflection, had caught the telling features
from tbe banner, at the most effective angles from above
and one side, and projected them in light, at reverse
angles, backward and downward onto the shadowed wall,
in the general form of the crucifix. Tbis, the over
wrought mind of Hillipo probably aided in making into
lineaments that appeared more distinct than they might
otherwise have seemed to his vision— converting the very
insignia itself of the nation's idolatrous worship into a
shining representation of the Christian emblem, and
that, too, on the dark walls inclosing the vestal devotees
to the false religion.
Whether Hillipo discovered or reasoned out the ap
parent cause for what he had seen ; or whether, if he did,
that would have made the apparition seem to him less
marvelous ; the effect was to deepen his impression of all
Antonio had told him, and to strengthen the purpose
which was then in his mind.
"It is a sign from heaven," he mused. "It is a
prophecy that the religion of my Lord Antonio will take
the place of that which is now here. This people who
are now under the Sun will be under the Cross; and
white men will rule the land. This is what the old
prophecies mean, that have come down from the time
of the Inca Uira-Ccocha, whom tbe white God appeared
to and inspired for triumph over the Chancas, because
the time of the twelve reigns were not then fulfilled. But
the new order will come after my master is gone, who is
now very old ; and no succession of power in Atahuallpa
will survive. Oh, the sea! The sea, by whose waters I
was born, from which my Lord Antonio came — and, oh,
for the coming of his people !
"The Princess must know some of the things I have
learned; and she must know about the apparition. I am
sure no other testimony than mine about that can satisfy
her — that knowledge is mine alone— and when she learns

86 UNDER THE SUN.
of it, she will call for me, and, thanks to the cross, I shall
have an opportunity of seeing and talking to her, face
to face. Then, who can tell what may open up, when,
through this and my introduction of my Lord Antonio,
her attention is more attracted to me?
' ' But the girl, Amancaya, must serve in bringing this
about. It was she who was playing and singing for the
Princess to-day, when I delivered my master's message.
She doth follow me with her eyes, as the Captain said.
The Princess is fond of her and of her music; she has
access to her mistress at almost all hours. The girl is
wonderfully beautiful; I feel she is fond of me. Her
eyes, her blushes, her manner, do not let me doubt that ;
but my eyes have seen the Princess; they were made to
look upon her. For them and for my heart, there is no
other woman — there can be no other! Yet, I must
manage to see Amancaya, and have her help ; even if to
do so, I have to simulate love for her. She may be in
tbe courtyard still."
With this idea, and communing intently with himself,
the boy walked rapidly, in order to reach the palace be
fore the girl should retire. Indeed, it was this thought
which had helped give him courage to advance when
the sign appeared in the way before him, when, without
such a stimulus, he might have turned back and pro
ceeded by a more circuitous route.
As Hillipo approached the portal of the palace, he
caught the tinkling of her tinya, very faintly at first, but
on passing the entrance it became more distinct; and
then he heard a singularly sweet voice softly accompany
ing the instrument, as he approached the women's court.
He stood in the shadow for a moment, and there, all
alone, just within on a marble bench, partly concealed
from view by a row of flowering cacti and potted palms,
sat Amancaya.
Though she was singing very low, the notes were now
clear as the plaintive bell-like sounds of her tinya strings.

MOONLIGHT AND SHADOW.

87

He knew well the song; it was from the drama of
Ollanta, the story and acting of which, as has been seen,
had afforded him a precedent for daring to love the
Princess. In the gentle articulations of the subdued
voice, Hillipo caught the words of the tuya song— the
little black and yellow tuya bird that prays upon the
corn fields. She had just begun tbe words as he came
within hearing :
"Pray, O bird! forbear to eat
That whicb. is my Princess' food —
Do not rob, let me entreat,
Maize that's planted for her good.
Tuyallay! Tuyallay!
"Though the fruit in hue is light,
Though is tender, leaf and ear;
Yet, for you to perch on — slight —
Much too frail, I greatly fear!
Tuyallay! Tuyallay!
"Cut your saucy wings shall be —
Torn your nails, which seem enraged —
You, to harm, shall not be free,
But be seized and closely caged.
Tuyallay! Tuyallay!
"This, you naugthy bird, 'tis true,
When you eat my Lady's grain.
Shall be done to saucy you,
Then a grain touch not again.
Tuyallay ! Tuyallay ! " M
As the song ceased, Hillipo came into view. The girl
shrank behind one of the palms, startled at the appear-

Note 26 — The above is a free rendition by the author of the Indian
Bong into English — preserving, as well as he can, the form in versifica
tion of the original, of which the words are :

"Ama pisco micuychu
Nustallipa chacranta
Manan hina tucuichu
Hillacunan saranta.
Tuyallay ! Tuyallay !
"Panaccaymi rurumi
Ancha cconi munlspa
Nucmunaccmi uccumi
Llullunacmi raphinpa.
Tuyallay ! Tuyallay !

"Phurantatac mascariy
Chchusaccmi silluta
Puppasccayquin ccantapas
Happiscayquin ccantapas.
Tuyallay ! Tuyallay !
"Hinasccatan ricunqui
Hue rurunta chapchacctin
Hinac taccmi ricunqui
Hue llallapas chincacctin.
Tuyallay! Tuyallay!'

88 UNDER THE SUN.
ance of a man's form, before recognizing whose it was.
But Hillipo exclaimed: "Nay, Amancaya, thou art
there ! The plants have not encaged thee from my sight,
and the wings of thy song have not been cut so close that
its brightness did not reach into the shadow, to ears that
feasted on its sweetness. But pray, Amancaya, allow me
to speak with thee, for I am here to do so."

CHAPTER X.
VIRACOCHA.
The girl came forward, all in a tremor, her tinya in
ber hand hanging by her side ; then both stepped into the
shadow at the entrance to the sub-court of the women's
quarter. "Amancaya," said Hillipo, "it is concerning the
Viracochas, and something very strange which I have
seen, that I wish to speak. ' '
"The Virachochas ! " echoed the girl, "Dost thou
mean the white men of whom my mistress spoke in ques
tioning thee to-day?"
"At least one of them — but wilt thou listen closely
while I tell thee, so thou canst thyself relate correctly
what I say?"
"Aye," replied Amancaya, faintly; and she looked
Wonderingly with her soft midnight eyes.
' ' Thou knowest the Princess questioned me about the
sea, and the white men. It happenel just after that, I
met, by accident, the Lord Antonio. He was taking a
walk, in quest of a good sight of the city; and I offered
to be bis guide. When we finished it was late and he
invited me to take the evening meal with him. Then he
told me many things about lands beyond tbe great
waters, and the people who are white like himself, and of
the religion which they have, from which the people are
called Christians, because the Son of God, whom they
worship also as God, appeared on earth under the name
of Christ. The Lord Antonio says, this same God-man
can be a Savior for this people as for all others. Then,
Amancaya, when I asked what sign, for the sight, there
89

90 UNDER THE SUN.
was of this religion, he took from his breast an image of
this Christ nailed on the cross ; and he explained how He
bad allowed himself to be killed that way as a sacrifice
for the sins of all men, so tbe cross became the emblem
of men's salvation through his suffering.
"I was with the Lord Antonio, in his house, a long
time; and he showed me another wonderful thing. He
bad a package of thin, white sheets, which he called
paper— many hundreds of them — all bound together, but
so they could each be opened to the view. And those
white sheets were all filled with curious looking char
acters. With these characters words are made, so, by
means of them, everything can be set down and pre
served. From them one can, as he says, read and tell
all events that have been so preserved. It is somewhat
like our quipus, except that, by our knotting of strings
we can only record certain things; while by tbis other
means, called writing, the white man can record every
thing that a human creature can speak or think.
' ' This Bible, as the Lord Antonio called the package,
contains the history and laws of the religion of those
people who are called Christians. But he says there are
other books, many of them, and on all subjects; and he
is going to teach me the language of his country, and how
to read, so I can myself tell what is in this Bible, or in
any other book. All this tbe Lord Antonio told me.
"But on my way here from bis house a marvelous
thing happened. ,1 was walking alone in the street which
is on the east side of the Acllahuasi, near the northwest
corner of the Puea-Marca. The high wall of the Aclla
huasi was in the deep shadow, because Mother Moon was
much below the zenith in her descent westward toward
the unknown. Then, looking at tbe dark wall, which it
seemed to me had never been so black in the shadows
before, I saw on it a light, bright as burnished silver,
shaped into the form of a crucifix, like the image which
my Lord Antonio had shown me, only greatly larger—

VIRACOCHA. 91
standing the height of a man. It was such a wonder as
I never saw or heard of before, Amancaya, and presently
it disappeared, and the wall was all dark again. ' '
The girl's face had turned white as the marble near
which she stood— there was now only awe in those won
derful eyes; and as he closed, Hillipo noted a nervous
shiver pass through her frame, as she muttered, "How
wonderful ! ' '
"Aye," said Hillipo, "it was something unearthly.
We can not tell what all this portends, but I am sure it
bas a great meaning. This strange sign of light in the
darkness, imaging the emblem of the Lord Antonio's
religion, surely is a great mystery. And now, Amancaya,
it is said, as thou knowest, the Princess is wise in all the
learning of the Amautas : and I think that she should
know about these things and should talk with the Lord
Antonio, for he has wonderful knowledge. Besides, who
can tell what it may mean for us— for only thou and I
know about this apparition?"
"Aye, aye," muttered the girl, shivering now with
personal concern, "but what can be done?"
"I have a plan : thou art a favorite with the Princess-;
thou hast access to her presence ; and, as customary with
thee, thou wilt awaken her in the morning with music on
thy tinya. Now, the fast preceding the Feast of Rayma
is nearly upon us ; it will begin the second day after to
morrow, when, for three days, all fires will be extin
guished. The Princess with all her royal race will be in
deep seclusion for that time. These mysterious things
may have some bearing, which may make it important
that knowledge of them should be in possession of the
wise ones at once, before the fast imposes a delay. My
master is old and regards me as a boy— I dare not speak
to him; but the Princess is young and would listen to
thee because of thy ready access to her. I know of no
other way by whicb knowledge of these things can reach
the royal authorities, save through the Princess; or, in

92 UNDER THE SUN.
which they can reach her, save by thy aid ; therefore it
is I give thee this confidence and trust. Promise me thou
wilt divulge nothing of that I have said to any living
creature except the Princess herself — and to her only
when thou canst do so alone. She will give thee oppor
tunity, if thou seekest it, of speaking with her when she
awakens in the morning. ' '
The girl, with blanched lips and a frightened look,
clasping her beautiful arms across ber heaving breasts,
from one of which her mantle had slipped unnoticed in
her absorption, tremblingly replied : "I promise. ' '
"Then remember all I have told thee, and tell the
Princess so soon as thou canst in the morning. Add, that
I have asked thee to tell her, so she can know of these
strange things, and judge whether it may please her to
summon the Lord Antonio as well as myself to her pres
ence in order that she may learn all I have learned, and
probably more, before the seclusion of the fast begins.
"Mind thee, Amancaya, I dare to speak of myself in
connection with this, because, so far as the sign is con
cerned, it is I alone who know of it; and I know of it
in direct connection with the things the Lord Antonio
hath told, with which it seems related. Moreover, be
cause the Lord Antonio hath permitted me to consider
him my friend, it may please the Princess to make me
ber messenger, if she wishes to send for him.
' ' It would be a great honor for me, if I could be the
instrument of bringing to tbe Princess knowledge of these
things; for then, though I dare not directly volunteer
information to my master, if he should learn through
her that by my zeal valuable knowledge had indirectly
come to him, much credit might result to me. I can but
believe that things of great moment will come to pass
through the Viracochas, and it may be well to have them,
as well as the Princess and my master, for thy friends
and mine. ' '
"But why, Hillipo, are the white men spoken of as
Viracochas?"

VIRACOCHA. 93
"I suppose because people think they are more like
Children of the Sun and a god than ordinary men. Dost
thou not know tbe story of the Inca Uira-Ccocha, or Vira
cocha, as the name is now more generally called, and
bow he was so designated because the god of that name
appeared to him in a vision ? ' '
"No, Hillipo, I am only a girl, and not learned or
wise. I only know we worship a god, who is so called,
and who, being a Child of the Sun, is a protector of this
nation, and that one of the Incas was called Viracocha;
but tell me more. ' '
"Well, Amancaya, some say Uira-Ccocha means foam
or whiteness of the sea ; and these strangers are not only
white in color, but they came to this country from the
sea, and the god Viracocha is said to have been white.
These men are so different from us, they have so much
knowledge; and these things, with the fact that they
came from we know not where, make them not only seem
like gods, but like that white god, Uira-Ccocha, who ap
peared to the Lord Inca, afterward called by the same
name, and who is said to have predicted the coming of
white men, like himself, to this country."
"But, Hillipo, tell me all about this, if it may not be
wrong for a girl who is not of Inca blood to know of such
mysteries. For thou who dost serve the Lord Inca him
self, and who art about his person, must bear a great
deal whicb is only known to the learned. ' '
"True, I do hear much; for these things are now
talked about in my master's presence, which were not so
much considered when the times were not so nearly ful
filled. Even yet, the people generally do not know of
them; though they are more discussed in Quito than
here, because a faction there seeks to find in them sup
port for its political schemes to make that city super
sede Cuzco as the seat of empire.
"The accounts, as to who the god Uira-Ccocha was,
differ ; and there is some statecraft involved in the mat-

94 UNDER THE SUN.
ter which might make it unsafe for us, if it were known
that we ventured to discuss it ; so thou must guard well
what I say. ' '
"I shall keep all that thou dost wish unrepeated, in
my own heart alone, ' ' replied the girl.
"Then, Amancaya, thou must know that the Amau
tas as well as the priests are a part of the Inca establish
ment ; and all in this land rests upon the idea that every
thing is under the Sun, as God, and under the Lord Inca
as his child and vicegerent. Their especial function is
not only to know, but to use their knowledge for the
glorification of the Inca system. Where there are differ
ing traditions, or versions of things, they are expected
to favor that which is most calculated to inspire rever
ence for the Sun and the Lord Inca. Here comes in the
statecraft of the story about Viracocha, as generally
taught to the people.
' ' Of course thou wilt understand, these things do not
originate with me. I merely tell what I gather from my
elders. But, having heard these things talked about in
Quito, where there is a court faction secretly inimical to
the supremacy of this city, as well as here where faith
in the divinity of the Inca blood and institutions is in
grained into the lives of the people, I am able to see some
things from different points of view; and I get concep
tions about them that may be startling to thee, who hast
been reared in Cuzco under the strictest teachings of
the priests and the Amautas.
' ' But how can any one question the faith of our Lord
Inca ? If his wisdom be not divine, where shall we turn
for guidance?" murmured the girl, glancing around
nervously, as if fearing a hidden enemy. ' '
' ' I know enough, Amancaya, to tell thee in confidence,
that, but for the statecraft involved in this national
theocracy, I suspect my master himself would be about
the most outspoken in his skepticism of any one in all
Ttahuantinsuyu. This is more than suspected in Quito ;

VIRACOCHA. 95
and the greater freedom my master feels there, in indulg
ing his own ideas, and in counseling with those who ques
tion the authority of his own views of divinity of empire,
much less than they do the pretensions of this city, is
one reason for the preference he gives to that capital."
"And," commented Amancaya, "these white men
were first heard of, and called Viracochas there, were
they not?"
' ' They appeared on the coast before they were heard
of here, but I think they were called Viracochas before
they came up to Quito. I only meant to explain how
statecraft enters into the story to which tbe priests and
Amautas give their sanction, respecting Uira-Ccocha ;
and therefore that it might not be safe to repeat what I
relate. ' '
"And the teachings about Viracocha have a bearing
upon the appearance of these white men?" queried
Amancaya. ' ' One can but draw such conclusions from application
of the name Viracocha to them. ' '
"Go on, Hillipo; what thou hast told me makes me
afraid, and yet I want to hear more. I must know all
that may aid me in helping thee in what thou dost wish. ' '
"Well," said Hillipo, "it was this way. The father
of the Inca Viracocha, Lord Yahuar-Huaccac, said to
have been the seventh Inca from Manco Capac, the
founder of Cuzco, was a timid prince, whose birth and
accession to the throne was accompanied by ill omens.
In consequence of the evil prognostications whicb were
made about him, he was in constant fear of some mis
fortune, and therefore, they say, was always temporizing
with fate. He avoided vigorous measures, hoping, by his
conservative course, to escape tempting any great calam
itous fortune.
"But his son, whose original name is now forgotten
by reason of the more famous one of Viracocha which he
afterward acquired, was bold and turbulent, and very

96 UNDER THE SUN.
displeasing to his father, who feared that be had such a
harsh and cruel disposition as was quite out of keeping
with the gentleness and urbanity which had always char
acterized his race. This, in connection with the ill omens,
and the concern be constantly felt growing out of them,
caused grave apprehensions that, through his son, he
might bring upon the empire all the evils which were
being feared, even if be succeeded in warding them off
during his own reign.
"The efforts of the father to change the disposition
of the son, by admonitions and punishments, seemed un
availing ; and the Inca began to consider the idea of ex
cluding tbis prince, the legitimate heir-apparent to tbe
throne, from the succession, in favor of another son. This
was something not only without precedent; but, by
changing the law would have declared, in effect, that the
Inca blood could produce an heir to the throne whose
faults showed that he was not divine, and that he was un
worthy of governing.
"The mere thought by an Inca of such a thing was
a shock to the supposed divine stability of the system,
and it excited remonstrance from the family counselors.
However, so irritated was the Inca by the difference be
tween bis son's temperament and his own, that, with
these thoughts still fermenting in his mind, he banished
the young man from court, to oversee the royal flocks
on the high Plain of Chita, some three or four miles, as
thou dost probably know, to the east of this city. It is
said that the prince was there three years, or until he was
twenty-two years of age.
"While he was so engaged, he one day had a vision.
An image appeared to him in the form of a white man,
with a long beard in a long robe, holding in leash a
strange animal. Some say this man of the vision was
the great supreme, all-creating God, who made the sun
and moon and all else ; being tbe same who is worshiped
also as Pachacamac ; but the Amautas say that this god
announced himself as Uira-Ccocha, a child of the Sun

VIRACOCHA. 97
and a brother of Manco Capac. However that may be,
be revealed to tbe prince that the provinces of Chincha-
suyu were organizing a rebellion against his father, in
tending to drive him from the throne and destroy the
city of Cuzco itself. He directed the Prince to reveal
these things to his father ; and, promising that he would
be with him, he advised that he should not fear either
to undertake the mission to the Inca, or to do any other
great thing which he might be called to perform.
"The Inca at first refused to see or to listen to his
son ; but as the Prince declared he had been sent by one
as great as the Inca, and the Lord Yahuar-Huaccac
wished to know who this might be, he finally permitted
bis son to tell the story. Instead, however, of being
admonished by it, he was greatly enraged, denounced it
as folly and his son as a madman, and ordered the Prince
to return to the care of the flocks, and not again to ap
pear uncalled into his presence.
"In a short time other tidings came: that under the
lead of the Chancas, a very proud but recently conquered
people, many tribes had revolted ; and that they had con
ducted their uprisings so secretly that a large army was
already near the city.
"Unprepared for defense, and terror-stricken, the
Inca fled to Muyna, some forty-five miles to the south
of here, which was in a strong position and the only city
with walls in all Ttahuantinsuyu. Some of those who
do not credit the generally accepted story about Manco
Capac, but believe that he was only one of a long line of
rulers, say Muyna was a capital before Cuzco was
founded, either under prior Incas or some other dynasty,
and that from Muyna the seat of power was afterward
moved to Cuzco by the Lord Manco. Anyway, the Inca
took refuge there. Then there was the greatest terror
and confusion, and without a leader, deserted by their
monarch, the people were fleeing from the capital, not
knowing what to do or where to go.
9

98 UNDER THE SUN.
"In this situation of affairs, some of the chief lords,
remembering the Prince and his vision, fled to him with
the news. He hastened to his father, remonstrated
against his desertion of the capital, and urged bim to re
turn and defend his throne. Failing to stimulate such a
course, he announced his intention of facing the enemy
himself; and, returning, succeeded in inspiring the peo
ple to defend their city, its temple, and the vestals of
their religion against impending desecration.
"With such forces as he could muster, the prince met
the enemy, who, owing to their great superiority in num
bers, thought to easily overthrow him. But it is said
that the god Uira-Ccocha, faithful to bis promise in the
vision, was with the prince ; and be turned the stones of
the field into white men, who resembled himself, and
with the aid of these, terrified and utterly overthrew the
enemy in the great battle of Yahuar-pampa.27
"Astonished at the miracle, and rejoicing at their
deliverance, the people gave the name of the white god,
Uira-Ccocha or Viracocha, to the Prince, by which he
came to be generally known. After tbe victory he as
sumed the royal llantu, and, with a long reign, became
more powerful than any of the Incas who had preceded
him. He had a great temple built at Cacha, and in it
pla,ced an image of the divinity he had seen in the vision,
representing him in long robes, holding by a chain the
unknown animal. The animal typified the power of an
unknown race which he prophesied would in time ap
pear and dominate the country.
"The Amautas and priests, with their tendency to
ever magnify the royal race, came to confuse the prince
himself with the divinity of the vision, and they wor
shiped him as a god.
"But some say that the Viracocha seen in tbe vision
was no other than Pachacamac; that the story making
him the Child of the Sun, instead of the all-creating God
who made the sun and all else, was an after-thought. But

VIRACOCHA. 99
the statement as to bis being a Child of the Sun was
made popular, in order that through the glory of this
Inca Viracocha, the Inca race might be redeemed from
tbe damage which the father had done its prestige and
its claims to divinity by his weakness and flight. Yet
again some have said, that in building the temple
the Inca Uira-Ccocha intended to recognize a Supreme
Creator — a deity superior to the Sun and all else— those
who followed subordinated his work to their own views ;
also, that this is a striking illustration of how the
Lord Incas, without intolerantly forbidding the worship
of other gods, strive to make their worship contributory
to the exaltation, of the Sun as God, and of the Incas as
his children, either by making such other worships
secondary, or by allying them with that of the Sun.
For they hold, whatever may be the claims of other gods,
the Sun is that deity whom all men can see, and his
benefits are daily received in ways which the senses can
appreciate; as can be seen, benefits in tangible things
bestowed through the government of his children, the
Incas. "But, Amancaya, from what the Lord Antonio has
told me, I believe that there is one All-creating, True
God, toward whose worship the soul of man struggles,
according to its lights; and it seems to me the idea of
that Great Deity of which my Lord Antonio tells is
more nearly approached in the conceptions we have of
Pachacamac in one place, or of Viracocha in another,
than in the idea generally held of the Sun as God. I
suspect the Father-God of the Christians, Pachacamac
on the coast, and Viracocha in these mountains, are but
different names for the one Supreme Being who appeals
to the human mind very much in the same way, though
under different conditions of knowledge and environ
ment, in different parts of the world.
"But such is the story of Viracocha, and since white
men seem more like that white god who appeared in the

100 UNDER THE SUN.
form of a man to the exiled prince, afterward known
by his name; and since this Inca Viracocha predicted
that after a certain number of reigns a race of white
men would appear and succeed to the government, it is
not to be wondered at that the white men now here are
also called Viracochas; or that they were first called so
on the coast where the supposed meaning of the word
suggests the sea from whence they came."
"All thou sayst seems very strange," said the girl.
" I do not know what to think of it, except that because
thou sayst it, I know it must be wise; but thou canst
trust to me to do as thou wouldst have me. ' '
"Then try and bring about the interview with the
Princess to-morrow."
' ' I will do all I can, Hillipo, be sure of that. ' '
The boy lifted one of Amancaya 's hands, kissed the
tips of ber fingers and said, ' ' I have kept thee late from
sleep, good-night ! ' '

CHAPTER XI.
A FEARFUL MISTAKE.
The next morning Amancaya found a ready listener
in the Princess. She related the story concerning Antonio
and the apparition of the crucifix which Hillipo had
seen; and how, considering from what she had said the
day before that these things might be of interest to her,
Hillipo had thought she might care to learn of them be
fore the beginning of the feast.
Hillipo had not misjudged Amancaya's feminine
tact; for she revealed only so much, and that in such a
way as to rather stimulate than satisfy the interest of
ber mistress. When Hutimina questioned her closely,
with sweet expression of misgivings as to being able to
remember and state correctly such strange matters, she
urged: If her mistress cared to learn exactly all the
circumstances, that Hillipo, who alone had heard and
seen them, would no doubt give them fully; and he
could also fetch Antonio quietly with him, if her mistress
should but order her to carry a message to him saying
that she desired him to do so.
The maid had placed llama milk, in a gold cup, with
confections and fruits on a silver tray beside her mistress,
and she had scattered loose flowers around her where she
slept. It was customary to have the Princess awake in
the morning amid the perfume and brightness of flowers,
and to have fresh llama milk, confections and fruit
awaiting her, when the Sun's shimmering spears should
touch and restore her to consciousness of his smiling
light. Her couch of prepared llama skins stretched on
a silver frame and spread over with cotton brocade and
101

102 UNDER THE SUN.
vicuna rugs, was so placed that the glances of "ber
father, the Sun, ' ' if shinning, touched her sleeping form
through an open window at the hour she wished to be
aroused; and at the same moment her maid in waiting,
softly sang a cheerful greeting of friendship or of love
to the tinkling of the tinya strings.
Hutimina had been drinking the milk and pinching
off the confections, while Amancaya told her story. As
she became more interested the Princess put down the
cup, and turning from the delicacies, began to pick apart
and scatter the flowers, holding out shapely arms, and
with little waves of her arched wrists dropping the
petals from her slender fingers. Then she caught up a
double-handful of the loose blossoms, pressed the fra
grant mass to her face, hiding its beauty in their sweet
ness for a moment and moving her cheeks back and forth
in them; then rubbed her bare bosom and arms with
them, in a bath of fragrance, and, turning, threw what
was left of the bruised blossoms full in the face of
Amancaya, exclaiming:
"There, thou naughty girl ! Thou hast told me a fine
story, but not enough of it. I wish more, and thou canst
not or wilt not answer my questions."
Then, kicking tbe cover away, her mantle or vest of
softest, silky vicuna wool bung loosely from her arms,
down which the garment bad slipped, till its folds rested
on the upper edge of a broad, loose girdle — which, reach
ing from tbe hips to tbe bosom, alone confined it. With
the folds of the garment thrown open from the thighs
down by the quick motion, she stretched her beautiful,
lithe limbs straight in front, threw herself back with ber
arms braced at full length on extended hands behind her,
and rested a moment in this half recumbent position.
With expanded chest, and firmly rounded, projecting
breasts, she drew in and breathed out again several deep
inhalations of tbe fresh morning air; while, with head
thrown back, she gazed for the moment upward, and was
evidently reflecting.

A FEARFUL MISTAKE. 103
Then, suddenly turning, she bounded with one spring
upright to her feet, and throwing her arms around
Amancaya, she exclaimed, with a merry laugh, "Thou
pretty thing ! Thou shalt anyway have a chance to see
that bright-eyed, ruby-lipped boy! But I have been
thinking: he attends upon my father from the ninth
hour till noon. To get him word so he can arrange to
bring Antonio this afternoon, thou wilt, I suspect, have
to see him before he goes to serve the Inca. There is
little time to do that. But hasten ! Go ! and tell him to
try and bring Antonio here at the hour of the second
watch this afternoon, he accompanying, so thou canst
feast those midnight eyes on the lad, my sweet one!"
And kissing her maid first on one cheek and then on the
other, the Princess whirled her round, and giving her a
succession of quick Httle pats on the shoulder, and a
push, repeated, ' ' Hasten ! Go ! "
Amancaya found Hillipo as he was crossing the main
court on his way to his morning attendance on his master.
Excitement had reddened the dark olive of her cheeks
into a rich glow when she confronted the boy. She im
pulsively clasped one hand with the other and then
pressed the back of her right to the left side of ber burn
ing face, as she tripped one sandaled foot in a courtesy
and saluted him, saying, "A message from my mistress."
The boy bowed, then lifting his eyes, said softly,
"May the Sun bring thee joy! I think his shining doth
not make to-day clearer than doth the radiance of thy
happy face indicate success, fair Amancaya. ' '
"I have done as thou didst say; and my mistress
ordered me to see thee before thou shouldst go to thy
day's service, so thou canst arrange to bring tbe Lord
Antonio to see her. She desires that thou shalt try and
fetch him to an audience with her at the second hour of
this afternoon— thou to bring him, mind thee that!"
"Aye!"
The girl continued hurriedly : ' ' She would not allow
me to delay, and I hastened to thee without further

104 UNDER THE SUN.
orders; but I know she means that I am to arrange for
showing thee into her presence. I will meet thee at tbe
entrance to ber court garden, and there advise thee where
I must take thee to see her. ' '
"As soon as relieved, at noon, I will hasten to my
Lord Antonio ; and if on my part zeal can be so success
ful as tact and beauty have been with thee it will be
well." Glancing around, the girl saw an officer approaching ;
and bowing formally, she hastened away.
It was the captain of the watch whom Hillipo had
met the night before at the Pampa Maroni. Coming up,
he exclaimed : "And the prettiest girl in Cuzco not only
follows thee, my boy, with her midnight eyes, but with
ber usutas" also? Didst thou not find her last night?
And she with thee so soon again? Why, this would be
delicious if it did not make one envious ! ' '
Hillipo, having seen the captain before he reached
him, and suspecting, from his remarks on the evening
previous, some such sally, was prepared. Ignoring tbe
question as to his seeing Amancaya the night before, be
repbed with sufficient stiffness to indicate his lack of
relish at the liberty taken : "Captain, I do not question
thy taste in admiring the maiden's beauty; but thou
must not be envious— she attends upon the Princess
Hutimina, as I think thou knowest, and she brought a
message which her Highness orders that I, my Lord
Inca's humble page, shall deliver. Only that, my
Captain! Neither she nor I, who are but servant and
messenger, have the honor to serve our master and
mistress in ways to be compared with that of thyself in
commanding his majesty's guards. When she, whom
thou sayest is the prettiest girl in Cuzco, follows with
eyes or usutas, it could hardly be the humble page,
Hillipo. But I must say good morning, for it is time I
should be at the orders of my lord."
It was a high crime, punishable with death, for any
one, without due authority, to question or delay a mes-

A FEARFUL MISTAKE. 105
senger to or from the Inca; and what Hillipo said pro
duced the impression, as he intended it should, that the
Princess was sending by him a message to his master.
The officer desisted at once, with an abject apology for
any seeming intrusion. And Hillipo, with a gracious
bow and smile, and assurance that no inconvenience
would result, hastened to his duties.
The boy had scant time to find Antonio and arrange
for him to make the proposed visit by two o'clock. He
bad not meanwhile had opportunity for communicating
with Amancaya. But when he arrived a little before the
second hour of the afternoon, the girl with the necessary
authority from her mistress for admitting the two men,
was waiting in the women's court through which they
must pass to enter the private apartments of the Princess.
She had been, as usual, relieved from her duties about
the middle of the forenoon, and was not expected to
renew her attendance, unless she chose to appear sooner,
until the beginning of the second afternoon watch.
Amancaya conducted the visitors to the special
court-garden of the Princess, to which the entrance was
through a sort of corridor from the main women's court.
On this corridor the apartments of the Princess opened.
The court-garden was entirely inclosed by the sourround-
ing structure, and had no entrance save through the
corridor. The interior walls of the garden were re
lieved at intervals by niches extending from the ground
up about eight feet, each alternate one being re-entering,
that is, with a somewhat smaller one within the larger—
and all narrowed slightly toward the top.
Six of these openings, on the same side with the
entrance, though in size and shape like the others, were
doorways to small disconnected compartments; and, be
side their doors, these compartments had two long, nar
row slits in the thick walls, something like port-holes,
also opening to the garden— from which one within could
see, without being readily seen by any one at a distance.

106 UNDER THE SUN.
These compartments were used for various purposes, as
needed. They had stools and stone benches; and some
were being used by the gardener for the storage of his
implements. In the midst of the court-garden, there was a bathing
pool, with marble bottom and sides, large enough for
swimming, with steps on each side leading down into the
water. It was surrounded by a pavement of marble
slabs; and there were marble benches near the pool and
disposed about the court. Marble walks led between
beds of flowers and plants ; and there was here and there
a tree for shade and beauty ; while in front of each niche,
around the court, was set a large painted earthen jar,
in which, alternately, were palms and flowering plants;
and near each of these also was a marble bench.
Their entrance into the court had been unnoticed,
and Amancaya explained that Antonio and Hillipo
should wait there till she announced their presence to her
mistress; and then when she thought it was time, she
left them on a bench near one of the compartments used
for the gardening implements, while she started to an
nounce the visitors.
The men were so placed that they could not see into
the corridor, nor could one looking out from its interior
see them; but when Amancaya got near the entrance,
she was confounded by what she discovered.
Before she came in sight, she heard talking. The
Princess was saying: she had appointed the beginning
of the second watch, which meant four o'clock in the
afternoon, for seeing the Viracocha, Antonio; and she
would have ample time for a plunge in the pool, as well
as for making her toilet.
Then Amancaya carefully approaching the corner of
the portal, and looking through a crevice between the
partly opened door and the masonry to which it was
hung, saw the Princess with two attendants, evidently
having just stepped from her apartments into the cor-

A FEARFUL MISTAKE. 107
ridor ; and there she was apparently waiting for the ful
fillment of some order.
Now realization burst upon the girl that she had made
a fearful mistake. She also well knew that a mistake
from lack of attention or carelessness was a fault that
was apt to meet with serious displeasure in the Palace of
the Inca. She had, in her excitement, misunderstood the
hour the Princess had named for receiving Antonio and
Hilbpo; she had arranged for the second hour of the
afternoon, whereas her mistress had appointed the hour
of the second afternoon watch. Now she had the men in
the private garden of the Princess, where was her bath
ing pool, about two hours before the right time; and her
mistress was about entering the garden through the only
possible way of ingress or egress to take a plunge and
bath in the glow of the afternoon— the time of day for
an open-air bath in this ever-temperate climate, where it
is always sharply cool before tbe sun is high and after it
is low or gone down.
To make matters worse, she saw that one of the ac
companying attendants of the Princess was a girl who
would only be too glad to make any error of hers, how
ever innocent, as damaging to her in the mind of her
mistress as possible, for she knew that the girl, at heart,
was not only unfriendly to her in rivalry for the favor
of the Princess, but that she was like herself in love
with Hillipo.
Amancaya had been somewhat surprised at finding no
one, not even the gardener, in the court on such a beauti
ful sunny afternoon ; but without much thought she had
guessed that this was accidental. Now she understood
that the garden had been cleared for the privacy of her
mistress's bath.
She dared not approach the Princess, and confess
ber awkward mistake in the presence of her secret enemy.
The only other thing she could do was to take refuge in
the device that is ever first in seggesting itself to the

108 UNDER THE SUN.
weak or timid— to hide from pending danger. For
tunately, a hiding place was at band in the gardener's
compartment, in front of which the men were sitting;
she would take the chance of trying concealment there, in
preference to facing the situation more boldly.
There was little time to consider; she rushed back,
caught hold of both men, and pulled them toward
the compartment, exclaiming, "Get in there! — quick!
quick!" Not knowing what could be the matter, they auto
matically yielded ; and the girl, pushing them behind the
concealing wall, added: "There has been a mistake
about the time. Ye must not be seen now — ye must wait
until the Princess leaves tbe garden. Keep still! keep
out of sight ! It may mean ruin for us all if ye do not— I
will explain when there is a chance."
Just then the Princess, with her attendants, entered
the garden, directing their steps straight toward the
pool ; and Amancaya hurrying within the apartment, all
in a tremor of nervousness, threw herself on tbe stone
bench against the wall, buried her face in her arms, and
burst into a flood of tears.
A glance through the loop in the wall revealed the
cause of the girl's trepidation. For as tbe Princess ad
vanced from the corridor toward the pool, she was
followed by her attendant maids bearing raiment, towels
and other accessories for the bath. These were placed in
a small bathing-house, or booth, on tbe near side of the
pool. But the Princess evidently intended an unobstructed
enjoyment of the water, for she was now apparently dis
missing the girls, who, presently following ber indica
tions, withdrew from the court, and closed the corridor
doors, leaving the Princess, as she thought, the sole oc
cupant of the place.
Neither Antonio nor Hillipo could modify Aman
caya 's distress. She could not be induced to rise, but

A FEARFUL MISTAKE. 109
continued with her head buried in her draperies, with
her arms folded under her forehead, sobbing and sighing
softly by turns.
Seeing the hopelessness of doing anything to pacify
the girl, by tacit consent they presently desisted, leaving
her emotions to exhaust their violence undisturbed.
But after a while Hillipo was on the floor beside her,
where he remained mute as the stone on which Amancaya
lay— a revelation of loveliness that paled the glory of the
sunlight, with scarcely more than a moment of the vision,
had so overwhelmed the boy with rapture and excite
ment, that he turned from it, dazzled, and sank to the
floor against the bench where Amancaya was prostrated ;
so close was be to her, yet hardly conscious of her pres
ence, that his breath anon moved the dark, loose hair that
was falling over her arms, and fanned with its fervor her
tear-stained cheek. Still, his presence so near to her
seemed to have a comforting effect ; for, after awhile, the
sobs ceased, and though she continued with her face hid
den, only occasionally a long breath and a nervous tremor
indicated that she was still weeping.

CHAPTER XII.
WAITING UPON HER PLEASURE.
As to the Princess herself, I will here quote from tbe
diary of Antonio, his own description in his own words,
of what happened.
Tbe same diary— a valued family possession— has, it
is confessed, furnished a considerable part of the ma
terial for this history. But it has not before now been
quoted from at length, literally. However, in this con
nection, the author dares not omit, or venture aught out
side of the words of the record :
Antonio's narration is as follows:
After her attendants were gone, Hutimina walked to
the far side of the pool, where there was a profusion of
flowers in bloom, plucked a handful, and set a few
moments on a bench beside the clear water with a harvest
of whiteness and color in her lap.
She took the blossoms up in turn, toyed with them,
then taking her uncha" from her head, she twined it with
sprays of bloom, placed it again on her brow, and folding
her hands over the other flowers in her lap, regarded the
reflection of her beautiful face, so crowned, in the limpid
water for some moments. Then she began picking the
flowers apart, sifted the petals through her fingers, rub
bed them between her hands, and finally scattered them
on the water. Then laying aside her garlanded head
band, she took out the gold, emerald-headed topu,™ with
which was pinned together across her bosom, her Uiclla,0,
or long, outer enveloping mantle of vicuna wool. This
garment, with arm openings that were adorned with flow
ing folds of woolen lace-work gathered together in a
110

WAITING UPON HER PLEASURE. m
bunch of plaits on the shoulders, also with jeweled topus,
reached to her sandaled toes; and now, standing, she
slipped the opened garment from her shoulders down
over her round tapering arms, and dropped it in a soft
mass of bright, vari-colored folds around her feet. From
this she stepped— as she did so, lifting, nearly to her
knees, her under tunic which reached the instep— re
vealing feet and ankles which a sculptor might have
traveled across the world to model and found art's full
reward in the arches, curves and symmetrical roundings
of their perfect shapeliness.
Then she loosened the broad chumpi," passementeried
with jewels, from the delicate circle of her waist, stuck
back in it the gemmed pins with which it was fastened,
and laid it aside. After that, shaking loose the nether
garment of oddly figured crimson and blue material, she
withdrew from it the gold and pearl topus by which its
wide opening, extending its full width, was gathered
across her breast in plaited folds on her shoulders.
There were short sleeves in the straight sides of this gar
ment, embroidered with gold and silver threads in geo
metrical figures, as was also a broad border at both the
top and bottom. Lifting this under-garment over her
head, she withdrew her arms, and placed it on the bench
near ber.
So, with only her usutas covering the soles of her feet
and ber heels, and their gold and crimson braids em
broidered with emeralds and pearls meshed on the feet
and interlaced around the limbs as far as the knees, she
stood for a moment while her attention was caught by
her uncovered loveliness as mirrored in the pool.
Had there been naiads present, however beautiful,
they must have shrunk, chagrined, from comparison with
such perfection of form; and however charming their
own shell-like colorings, they would have seemed faulty
when contrasted with this olive, richly veined and sub-
tinted skin. The sight was enough to have struck down

112 UNDER THE SUN.
an immature, enamored youth like Hillipo with over
strained rapture.
But she stood only a moment so; she quickly bent,
unnetted tbe jeweled braids from her limbs, cast them
with the usutas aside, and standing erect for a moment,
stretching her arms over her head with palms and fingers
flattened together, she bent, and with hands together
splitting the way, head foremost, leaped into the water,
and was clothed about with its glowing sheen.
The little bath-house was on the side nearest to
where we were concealed. Its floor was nearly on a
level with the water, the surface of which was some feet
below the garden pavement. When on that side she was
sheltered from view by the pool walls, as well as by the
house itself where her bath accessories and fresh raiment
had been placed; so when Hutimina next appeared, it
was from the little bathing-house, fully attired — her gar
ments being of richer stuffs and her jewels more gorgeous
in their hues than those she had left on the opposite side
of the pool.
She had timed her orders for the return of her
maidens so well, that she could hardly mo?e than have
gotten into her lliclla when they appeared with a tray
on which were confections and a gold cup of cordial,
made from the berry of the mulli tree. This was carried
into the bath-house, some little time before the Princess
re-appeared. When she, with her maidens carrying tbe removed
garments and the tray, were gone, I ventured the sugges
tion to Amancaya, that it must be time for the Princess
to have finished at the pool; and she had perhaps best
see if her Highness bad not withdrawn from the garden
—which suggestion was of course made in that form, to
place the girl under the impression that we had not dared
to see or know anything she might have wished un
observed. She then rose, with still flushed cheeks ; but seemingly
somewhat comforted by the remark, she reconnoitered

WAITING UPON HER PLEASURE. 113
the garden, and formally advised us that no one was in
the place. Then, as there was yet some time until the
beginning of the second watch, she bade us remain where
we were until she should make sure of an opportunity to
leave unnoticed, and return for us.
The situation was still too trying for much disposition
to talk ; but when the girl was out of hearing I could but
remark :
' ' Hillipo, I truly pity, but I can not blame thee. The
sight of her is enough to craze a young heart with love—
ber beauty is maddening. For myself, if there be a justi
fication for Sun-worship, this garden vision furnishes it
to-day; for the beauty of this reputed Daughter of the
Sun surpasses all I have heretofore conceived as human. ' '
"But I, my Lord Antonio," replied the youth, "on
the contrary, am from this hour prepared to renounce
Sun-worship ; for beauty such as hers could not be placed
before the eyes of man, unless he might be permitted to
aspire to its enjoyment; and, moreover, it so far sur
passes the glory of the Sun itself, she could not have been
created by him — only a God whose splendor is such as has
never been revealed to human eyes could have created
such a being. ' '
Near the entrance from the corridor to the garden
there was a sort of reception hall, which Amancaya knew
was apt to be unoccupied at this hour of the day— as
were the approaches, except for occasional passing. Now
she realized that her mistress likely bad this fact in mind
in naming the time she did for the reception of her
visitors; so their coming and going might be as free
from observation and as little subject to question as
possible. As we had gone into the garden apparently unnoticed,
Amancaya now succeeded in getting us from there into
the reception hall without being observed. There she
left us until she could see the Princess and announce
that we were in waiting upon her pleasure.
h

114 UNDER THE SUN.
We were ordered into ber presence promptly. She
was in the same room where Hillipo had seen her the
day before.
After greeting us cordially, she said : "I have heard
strange things concerning my Lord Antonio, and the
knowledge he hath brought of other lands unknown to
us; and I have learned through Amancaya of what he
hath told Hillipo, about the art of setting down and dis
cerning from characters, on films made into what he calls
books, all manner of knowledge; and of the religion of
his people as set forth in one of these books. Therefore,
I have ventured to send for my lord, hoping, by bis in
dulgence, I may learn from him directly of all these
things; and then from Hillipo, the particulars concern
ing the apparition of- which he told my maid."
I replied, if I might be pardoned a suggestion, it
would be best, at the start, that we should learn from
Hillipo himself what he bad said, by having him repeat
to her Highness what he reported to Amancaya.
The Princess assented ; and Hillipo then related what
he had told the girl the night before.
"This is a wonderful thing," said the Princess, "but
this art which my lord calls reading and writing in
terests me so much ; before he goes on, will not my Lord
Antonio show me the book called the Bible and explain
to me somewhat more about it ? "
I replied that, knowing the desire of her Highness
for knowledge, I had brought with me my Bible, and,
taking it from under my mantle, I unclasped and handed
it to her.
She took it eagerly, began turning over the leaves,
feeling the paper and scrutinizing the print. Then she
asked bow long it would take me to read to ber every
thing that was in the book.
I replied, that if I read as rapidly as I usually talked,
I thought it would require probably about one hundred
and fifty hours ; or perhaps, two or three weeks of all-day-
reading.

WAITING UPON HER PLEASURE. H5
"And all those hours of talk," replied the Princess,
' ' are in this little package that I can hold in one hand ?
That is wonderful ! ' '
' ' The art of printing is truly a wonderful device, ' ' I
assented. ' ' And what space does my lord suppose, ' ' she added,
"would be required to contain our quipus, if they could
express so much ? ' '
"The quipus, or system of keeping records by knots
of different kinds, with their various groupings and
colors, as I understand them," I replied, "can only con
vey certain elementary ideas, and the numberings of
things; when their use is extended beyond that, it is
merely in a suggestive way to aid the memory of trained
experts in recalling expressions which have been already
impressed by memorizing, and associated at the same
time with the particular knottings and colors of those
cords. The quipus can not, by themselves, convey ex
pression of thought and descriptions, in words. So, of:
course, the things that are in this Bible, or in any other
book, as the words of your Highness have indicated,
could not be recorded in the quipus. But so far as the
quipus could be used in connection with trained memories
that were first made acquainted with the contents of this
Bible, to recall its records, narrations, and descriptions—
if it could be so done at all— it would probably require
more space to hold the knotted cords than could be made
available in all this palace."
"This book expresses all that it contains only in my
Lord Antonio's language, and to understand, or as my
lord says, to read it, one must know that language?"
"Yes, your Highness," said I, "that is true as to
this particular book. But the contents of this book are
written and printed in other languages; and this art of
writing and printing can be applied to any language so
as to convey the same substance. By translation, any
book can be rendered from one language into any other

116 UNDER THE SUN.
as readily as I am now expressing my ideas— conceived
in my own, the Spanish language— in tbe language of
this country, which I have but recently imperfectly
learned. ' '
"How long has it taken my lord to learn our lan
guage ? ' '
"I can hardly say how long," I replied, "but I have
learned it by picking it up, very gradually, without any
instruction, of course, and only by somewhat long asso
ciation of sounds with things; as there were none who
could tell me what words in the language of your High
ness correspond with words conveying the same idea in
Spanish. I had been for years frequenting the coasts
northward, where I bad acquired some knowledge of
other native dialects, in a measure akin, before I began
to learn the pure Quichua, and tbis helped me somewhat.
Yet I have been much longer in learning the languaga
than would have been the case if I could have had some
instruction, or if there had been books from which I
could have studied. "
' ' How long does my lord suppose it would take me to
learn this Spanish language, and how to read this book,
if I studied hard for six hours each day, and if I had
instructions from one who knew both the language in
which it is printed and my own ? ' '
' ' Of course I have heard of the great intelligence and
aptness for learning possessed by your Highness, since it
is spoken of everywhere throughout the land ; and, should
your Highness do that, I presume hardly more than from
three to six months would be required."
"Hillipo said that my Lord Antonio promised to
teach him this Spanish language, and how to read it— did
he not?" "It is true— I did promise him to do so, your High
ness, if I should remain here sufficiently long."
"And, I understand from what my Lord Antonio
said to Hillipo, in bis country gold and silver and jewels

WAITING UPON HER PLEASURE. \yj
are greatly valued ; and the people there have a medium
•f exchange made of silver and gold which they call
money, by which the value of everything is measured;
also that individuals can there acquire and themselves
hold riches?"
I bowed assent.
' ' And it seems my lord came to this land originally,
to acquire by barter and trade these riches in gold and
silver which are so greatly valued in his country — is this
not true?"
"It is," I replied.
"Now, my lord is doubtless aware that my father,
tbe Inca, has great riches in gold and silver ; and my lord
has said he would teach Hillipo, if he should remain in
this country sufficiently long, just for the kindly interest
he feels in him — would not my lord extend bis kindness
to me also, and teach me his language, and the art of
reading, so I can learn all there is in this book about that
whicb my lord calls the Christian religion? And could
not my lord be induced to surely remain here for the
needed time, of at least six months, to teach me; pro
vided my father should reward him with silver and gold
sufficient to make him as rich as he might desire to be
when he shall return to his own land ? Then, during the
same period, he can be teaching Hillipo, also."
With much self-suppression, but fearing to trust my
self with saying more, I replied : "I should consider it
a great pleasure if her Highness would have me to teach
her." "Then," she said, "I shall have it arranged at once."
"But," I suggested, "it is not necessary that your
Highness should know all there is in this book to under
stand the Christian religion. The essential parts of the
story of the Christ and the plan of his salvation can be
told in a very little time, if your Highness would hear it
—even now."
"I wish to bear all my lord will tell to-day; though
I will also know everything that book teaches, in the

118 UNDER THE SUN.
next six months. But tell me the story of tbe Christ."
I stated in an hour, as much as I could from the
Gospels of Matthew and John, concerning the divine and
human character of the Savior of men, and his atone
ment for the sins of the whole world; and when I con
cluded, the Princess, who had given absorbed attention,
sat for a moment in grave silence, with her beautiful
hands in her lap, one resting in the other, with upturned
fingers. Then turning her great, soft eyes full on me, she said,
" It is wonderful— beautiful ! I thank my Lord Antonio !
I shall see my father, and my lord shall be my tutor for
the next six months, or until I can myself read all the
marvelously impressive things in that book. If my lord
will so favor me, I shall begin to-morrow; and he can
come again then, but earlier; instead of at the second
watch, come at the second afternoon hour ; for to-morrow
evening the Inca holds a feast and he may wish my lord
'present, as well as myself. The day after, all fires are
extinguished in the evening, with the going of tbe Sun
out of sight into the unknown, and the seclusion of the
fast begins ; if I continue my lessons during the fast, it
will be necessary, meanwhile, to obtain the royal per
mission, in order to have my lord admitted to the palace,
even for the purpose of instructing me. ' '

CHAPTER XIII.
DISCOMFITURE.
Here there is a long dash, appearing as if thrown
upon the paper with an impulse of desperate effort at
trying to stay the sweep of something overpowering.
But Antonio's diary did not break from the subject
with the dash, as is shown on the next page ; and he con
tinued :
When we left the presence of the Princess I was not
in a humor to talk; and, upon approaching the palace
gate, I availed myself of tbe pretext that it was getting
late, to follow some brief admonitory words to Hillipo
with a somewhat precipitate ' ' good evening. ' '
I was indeed in a doubtful mind whether to feel
grateful or resentful, that the boy had brought about
the interview.
The sight of her, the enchantment of her personality,
had intoxicated me with delight. But for a man to meet
a woman who affects him so, and then have to realize
that for him she is the impossible, is enough to make
him almost savage toward the author of such chaos of
ecstasy and hopelessness.
I suppose I felt this savageness toward Hillipo in a
measure that made me fear to trust myself in conversa
tion with him ; and this was augmented by the bonds of
honor his confidence respecting his own infatuation had
put upon me. I felt that the enchantment I could but
confess possessed me, however stoutly I refused to
acknowledge that it could be more, was nevertheless dis
loyalty to the friendship I had invited.
119

120 UNDER THE SUN.
As this self-accusation hurt my self-respect, I was all
the more tormentingly angry ; and the further humilia
ting fact that I must absolutely dissimulate my humor
did not help matters. Nor was the situation at all alle
viated by the reflection, with which I tried to somewhat
console myself, that Hillipo 's passion was a wild infat
uation which he should not, and must not feed with
hope ; that if she was the impossible for me, she was— if
that could be— even more so, the impossible for him.
Then my mind recurred to the old adage that ' ' every
thing is fair in love and war;" but I could not so far
forget the principles of honor which were my heritage
from parents whose hearts never throbbed with a truth-
shaming impulse, as not to answer back with the reflec
tion : that he to whom everything is fair in love will only
require a sufficient temptation in some other connection
to find anything fair in that, too.
Anyway, I felt I must get to myself and have time
for considering the situation alone — to gather myself to
gether, as it were.
The boy evidently wanted to talk, and as evidently
hoped I might again ask him to accompany me to my
house; but just then, his presence with me alone was
torturing. The very sight of him in that moment of self-
struggle was unendurably hateful. Consciousness of my
own fault enraged me with his innoeence ; so leaving him
still standing in evident discomfiture, I hurried away.
I felt I must be in motion— my restless, if not dan
gerous humor must be given relief in physical exercise.
I felt I must have more outside air and movement than
that afforded by the short walk to my bouse ; so, without
any definite aim except to counteract the fermenting
emotions of my mind with physical motion, I struck
across the southeast corner of the great square of the
Huacaypata, which I had entered from the palace. From
there I passed into the broad street which leads eastward,
between the golpon of the Viracocha Palace— which was

DISCOMFITURE. 121
afterward occupied by the Spaniards when the Indians
beseiged them in the city, after they had taken possession
—and the Hatun-Cancha.33 I followed this thoroughfare
over the little stream of the Rodadero, for about half a
mile, beyond where is now the Church of San Bias, till
near the eastern suburb, where it becomes the Antisuyu
Road. Then I turned to the right, near tbe limits, and
followed the somewhat circuitous thoroughfare leading
southward, in which I had never been before; proceed
ing for near half a mile, till I found myself at the Rimac-
pampa" by the Rodadero again, not far from my house
in the Pampa-Maroni.
Still I did not feel like going in doors, though the
shadows were gathering and the cool evening air was be
coming sharp ; and crossing to the western bank— for this
pampa, where the public proclamations were made, span
ned the stream by a paved way its whole width— I con
tinued my walk. The street on the western bank of the
Rodadero leads to where that little stream, by its conflu
ence with the Huatanay, ends the peninsular — on which
is the central city — in the tongue or point of land called
the Pumap-chupan, south of the Ccuri-cancha ward and
the Gardens of the Sun. At the same point the larger
Almodena, flowing from the west and forming the south
ern boundary of the wards west of the Huatanay, joins
the two smaller streams in uniting the waters of all three
with those of the Cachi-mayu85 River. I did not stop
until I had reached this 'point,' more than the third of
a mile from the Rimac-pampa ; not even pausing to look
through the bars of the inclosure, where, in the district
of Pumap-chupan,88 the lions and other wild animals
Which had been presented to or selected by the Inca, were
kept. But there on 'The Point,' at the extreme end of the
great city of Cuzco, I sat down where I could see the
coming together of the four streams and hear them
pledge their union in rippling music.

122 UNDER THE SUN.
The exercise and time allowed by my walk, together
with the isolation of it, had not been without results. I
had become more composed; but, if my thoughts were
less perturbed, they were not less serious.
I reflected: I have promised to be a friend to tbis
boy. Aye, he has put his very life in my bands ; and I
have required from him a promise not to divulge the
secret of his heart to Hutimina without first advising
with me. Even if I could indulge love for her without
virtual madness, every consideration of honor would
prohibit my coming between these two ; as in fact, since
it would be vain to indulge any hope of her love, every
consideration of common sense and prudence should for
bid a single thought of her, beyond rendering such serv
ice as I must. Yet, my very existence surrendered itself
captive, on sight, to the witchery of her person !
Now I see that love is either not reason at all, or it is
reason of such high or inspired quality that it makes
folly of all those processes of rationalizing by which we
ordinarily reach conclusions in other things. As the
boy suggested : if youth reasoned and cast up the sum of
chances, concerning marriage with its incidents of un
knowable cost in all that goes to make the sum of life;
and if the inspired fervor of the lover did not answer all
objection with the simple and conclusive heart logic, ' ' I
love!" — who would wed?
Still I am not a boy; and divination from impulse
and desire, in place of common sense and reason, is not
allowable to one who has passed the ardor of budding
life, when, in the majesty of mere assertiveness, the
heart's desire of youth can defy fate, and by simple force
of feeling and daring make her serve instead of rule.
I must leave that sort of thing to such as Hillipo ; for I
can not make the plea of inexperience in tbe practical
affairs of life, as an excuse to after years, for what those
years might adjudge unpardonable folly.
But how about my strength? Can I daily see this
divinity of girlish loveliness, daily come within the sweep

DISCOMFITURE. 123
of her magnetic personality, daily feel the enchantment
of her manner and voice, daily endure the glory of those
midnight eyes; and live on through those days till they
become weeks, and tbe weeks months, and still preserve
my self-control both in heart and head? Yes, I must do
it; at least, as to head— whatever the heart may feel or
suffer !
Then this is not all. I am to these people a strange
creature— it may be, as I suspect, a threat and a prophecy
of what is to come. They hardly know whether to con
sider me god, demi-god, devil, or a man of an unknown
variety whose limitations they do not understand. I am
sure, any way, to their humanity I seem something
super-human. Their estimate of me is so uncertain, so
undefined, that they claim me as a guest because they
hardly dare to assert that I am a prisoner. They heap
honors upon me because they fear to put me in a dungeon
or my grave. They hardly know whether to adore or to
despise me; but they compromise by detaining me with
ostensible hospitality, gifts and promises.
If I am to be a daily visitor at the palace as a tutor
of the Princess, I am liable to become the object of envy,
suspicion and maliciousness. Any imprudence, any
seeming weakness, any lack of self-poise or courageous-
ness might prove my ruin.
I must not only control myself, but I must control
Hillipo and guard him from indiscretions. Any folly of
his might not only ruin him, but me also ; for one thing
would lead to another, and the sum of his doings, if dis
pleasing, might, through my relations -with him, involve
me. I must keep up my prestige— must seem fearless
above all things, even to daring anything that contingen
cies may require ; and by superiority, discreetly or boldly
asserted, as tbe case may need, I must dominate their
wonder, admiration and reverence. They already asso
ciate me with one of their divinities, by calling me Vira
cocha ; which is a point in my favor.

124 UNDER THE SUN.
I do not know how long I remained, watching the
water, as I indulged these reflections ; but the lengthened
shadows had given place to twilight, twilight had yielded
its indistinctness to the hosts of the night, and the stars
were spearing the river with their points, while the fub1
moon was throwing the sheen of her brightness through
the clear atmosphere on the water, when, beginning to
feel uncomfortable in the crispness of the night air, I
arose. As I did so, I saw something peculiar in the water.
The silvery form of tbe moon was there, as I had seen it
reflected before; but successively there appeared about
the disk three circles, and in a moment, with the appear
ance of the last and outer one, there came a quiver of
the earth, and then three sharp shocks more decided than
any I had felt since leaving Quito; for, though earth
quakes are frequent in this land, they are not felt with
pronounced distinctness at Cuzco.
Then glancing from the reflection on the water to the
sky, I saw there three circles about the moon. The first
and nearest was unmistakably red, the next was dark, and
the outer and the last was smoky in appearance. I gazed
for a moment, and wondering at tbe phenomenon, I
turned my steps homeward ; but not until I was further
startled by cries of the inclosed beasts not far off— fright
ened by the earthquake, perhaps, though the people be
lieved that their cries were more in alarm at the ominous
appearance in the sky.
Presently the moon began passing into the shadow
of a total eclipse.8' I paused to look only a moment, and
then hastened on my return. But by the time I was op
posite the animal inclosure, I saw the shadow had made a
pronounced cut into the disk of the moon; and as the
umber deepened, the cries of the animals became more
distressed, adding no little to the general consternation
in the city— at least in the parts near to them, where I
was.

DISCOMFITURE. 125
When I got to the street that cuts across the penin
sular at the lower end of the Garden of the Sun, I
turned into it at my left. People were now everywhere
flocking into the public places in wild alarm.
At the southeast corner of the Garden I turned to my
right, up tbe way that leads from this cross street along
the eastern side of the garden and temple wall to the east
end of the Yutip-pampa, and thence across that and on,
into the midst of the Pampa-Maroni, to nearly opposite
the house where I was lodged.
When I reached the Yutip-pampa at the temple, it
was full of people with bare feet — for no one may go
there, or within certain limits bounding the Ccuri-
cancha,88 sacred to the Sun, without first removing his
sandals. In their midst were a number of priests, who,
with the people, were beating gongs, blowing horns, and
making all the noise they could in every way, and crying
aloud prayers that their Mother Moon should not die
and fall upon the land and destroy it. For these people
believe when an eclipse of the moon occurs, she, the
Mother of the Incas and wife of the Sun, is sick; and
should the sickness continue so that she die, she would
fall upon the world and destroy it.s°
I was not noticed in the general confusion, and get
ting to my house I found the attendants in terror.
Above all the noises immediately around I could hear
the wails, songs and prayers of a thousand or more of
women's voices— those of the Vestals of tbe Sun within
the walls of the Acllahuasi, only a short distance away
at the western end of the Pampa-Maroni.
My own composure astounded the household; and
their veneration for me was markedly increased by it,
while they called upon me, as Viracocha, to use my
powers to stay the threatened calamity. Knowing about
the utmost time a lunar eclipse could last, I bade them
to be comforted, and assured them that the moon would
re-appear fully restored in all her brightness within a

126 UNDER THE SUN.
time I named. They rushed into the streets, telling the
people that the Viracocha said they should cease to be
alarmed, for Mother Moon would recover and soon shine
upon them again.
This was passed from mouth to mouth; it was even
reported in the palace at the period of greatest obscura
tion. Soon afterward, the thin crescent of silver light
reappeared, and gradually broadened into a bright seg
ment, and this augmented to a half, and then perceptibly
was increasing to a full orb, when the cries of distress
everywhere were turned into songs of thanksgiving.
Then the people thronged about my house, saluting me
as Viracocha with demonstrations of gratitude and
adoration : for they were satisfied that I bad been instru
mental, at least, in saving them from destruction ; and if
not a god in the full sense, I was possessed of power that
had influence in heaven.

CHAPTER XIV.
SIGNS AND AUGURIES.
Upon the appearance of the rings, a llayca4" had
rushed into the presence of the Inca, and in terrified
voice, trembling so he could hardly speak, exclaimed:
"Sole Lord, know that thy Mother Moon announces to
thee that Pachacamac, the creator and sustainer of the
world, menaces thy royal family and thy empire with
great plagues which are about to befall ; for there is one
circle around thy Mother of the color of blood, which
must mean, that after thou hast gone to rest with thy
father, the Sun, there will be a cruel war between thy
descendants, and much shedding of royal blood. Then
there is a second circle, of black, which menaces us with
destruction of our religion and policy, through wars;
and still another circle that appears like smoke, signifies
that all our system will vanish in a cloud of destruction. ' '
The Inca was much moved, but he refused to credit
tbis interpretation; and he appealed to all tbe sooth
sayers of the court, and especially to one of the tribe of
Yauyu who was looked upon as their chief, and who spoke
for them; but he also confirmed what had been said."
The Inca then dismissed the seers; but when the
eclipse was over, having meanwhile heard report of what
I had told the people, and of the sensation I had caused,
he sent for me, and having all others to leave the room,
be questioned: "My lord, wilt thou not tell us what thou knowest
of these signs which have just occurred in the heavens ? ' '
I replied that in my country we had knowledge of
sciences by whicb we could tell when ecUpses should
127

128 UNDER THE SUN.
come, and how long they would last. That such darken-
ings of tbe heavenly bodies were periodic ; but since His
Majesty regarded the sun and moon as gods, it might
seem a profaning of sacred ideas, if I should enter into
details as to how, according to our knowledge, these re
puted gods of his people were governed by natural laws
in their movements through the heavens.
"But," inquired the Inca, "what about tbe sign of
the three rings around the moon, and their meaning?"
I replied that I thought such appearances were also
attributable to natural laws.
"Aye, but as auguries, what do they prophecy con
cerning our family and nation ? ' '
I replied that I did not think appearances which re
sult periodically or in certain ways from the fixed laws
of matter must needs have any meaning as auguries or
prophecies. ' ' But the earthquake at the same time ? ' ' went on the
Inca ; ' ' see, there was first the three rings around Mother
Moon, then her total obscuration, and just before that
the earthquake — all three most remarkable in seeming to
us, so that the animals, as well as people, made tbe night
horrible with their cries of fear. ' '
I answered: "It may have been a coincidence; or
the approach of the eclipse may have caused the earth
quake through natural laws, by which one celestial body
affects another."
"Each one of these things was strange in itself,"
commented the Inca; "and all coming together, was
most remarkable and well calculated to strike terror in
man and beast. Hast thou not heard the interpretation
given by the magicians ? ' '
' ' I have not, my lord. ' '
' ' Still, when the darkness was greatest, they say thou
didst assure the people that within a certain time, the
Mother Moon would reappear in all her brightness, as she
•has done ?

SIGNS AND AUGURIES. 129
"That shows thou hast knowledge which we do not
possess; and all thou sayest seems to rest on reason. It
commends itself so far as I can understand, though I
do not comprehend thee fully ; and I am ready to believe
that thou mayest possess more wisdom concerning tbe
future, as well as the present, than our seers with all
their arts of divination. Still I believe some great
change, affecting this empire, is impending; and these
signs, with others that are of late constantly reported—
the unusual frequency and violence of earthquakes, ex
cessive fluctuations of the tides of the sea, indeed many
singular happenings— are ominous: and there are old
prophecies, from ages past, which predict that strange
things are to happen soon — succeeding my reign."
' ' I would not gainsay, ' ' I replied, ' ' the belief of your
Majesty, nor set up knowledge concerning physical laws
against prophecies as to the future course of human
events. The world, and every country and people on it,
change with the progress of time ; but all change is not
evil. Indeed, most changes are for tbe better in human
development. Might one not find consolation in tbe re
flection, that what may be dreaded in advance as a threat
of evil, because something unfamiliar, may prove only
growth or development into higher and better con
ditions?" "That seems wisely said," responded the Inca.
' ' There is comfort in such reasoning, truly ; and it justi
fies me in having acted on my daughter, Hutimina 's re
quest, in sending for thee. What a girl she is ! Oh that
she were a man, and my eldest son ! Then might there
be an heir to my throne who would be equal to any
change that might come. It is always safe to consider
well what she says." The Inca said this abstractedly,
more as if reasoning with himself than addressing it to
me. "But," he went on, "she asked that I consult thee
about these things. She said that she had sent for and

130 UNDER THE SUN.
bad talked with thee this afternoon as to the learning
of thy people ; and, as a result, she believed thou hadst
more knowledge than our wisest men, and couldst tell
me more that it would be useful to know about these
things than could tbe seers from their auguries.
' ' She was the only one in the palace to-night who was
not wild with terror, and who was not making outcries,
according to the superstitions of this country, to arouse
our Mother Moon, as they say, from her sleep and sick
ness, that she might save us from destruction, which
would result if she should die and fall on the world.
She does not believe in such stuff, as she calls it. While
the others were beside themselves with fear, she sug
gested sending for thee, saying that if the Almighty
Deity wished us to understand something concerning his
will, she did not believe be would have recourse to signs
so uncertain that a meaning could not be made out from
them, save by the guess-work or divination of sooth
sayers. She argued, there must be some more rational
explanation of such phenomena than assuming them to
be merely signs. She said: 'Even if death and destruc
tion does impend, our end has to come some time; and
what is the use of people turning themselves into cowards
and fools over the inevitable?' The girl is all courage.
She hath no weak spot in brain or nerve.
"Then she added that, if this old world did stand
a while longer, she wanted to know more about it. And,
since the Amautas said she already knew as much as
they, and she believed thou couldst teach her more, she
wished me to induce thee to remain here at least six
months and instruct her from thy knowledge, especially
in that which she says thou callest, 'The art of letters.'
If thou wilt do as she desires, and gold and silver can be
any compensation to thee, thou needest only to name the
amount, and thou shalt have it ; so when thou returnest
to thine own country, where thou sayst such treasure
is desired, thou canst have so much as pleaseth thee.
Wilt thou do us this favor?"

SIGNS AND AUGURIES. 131
I replied that I could not decline, even were the
honor less, in view of all His Majesty's goodness; but as
suredly it would be a great privilege to have for a pupil
the Princess Hutimina, whose far-famed brilliancy of
mind was equaled only by her desire and aptness for
knowledge. "She wishes thy instruction to begin at once," ob
served the Inca. ' ' Knowledge is sacred for all times and
places; and it should have a passport to my daughter
even during the days of the fast. She never postpones
for conventional observances the acquisition of learn
ing upon which her mind is set; and thou wilt find the
palace open to thee without obstruction by the fast. This
string of twisted black and crimson, placed around thy
left wrist, will be a passport understood by all the palace
guards." And the Inca handed me a simple woolen
cord which could only be conferred by his own hand, and
which no one would have been bold enough to wear un
less so given. It meant the privilege of the palace, and
the right of the wearer, not only to enter the general
courts, but to send through the authorities on duty any
request the wearer wished considered by a member of the
royal household.
After I had placed the cord, by a slip-knot with whicb
it was adjustable, on my wrist, the Inca continued : "But,
my Lord Antonio, I have referred to other signs than
those of to-night. Beside these, and flaming creatures
seen in the heavens that are believed to be the forerun
ners of great calamities, I have been distressed by events
such as have never occurred until my time.
Until later years, excepting the revolt of the Chan-
cas which was overthrown by the Inca Viracocha, and
perhaps that of Ollanta, rebellions have been unknown
under tbe Incas ; for conquered peoples had usually be
fore only to know the rule of the Incas, to consider them
selves blessed by it.
"Yet, in my time the people of Puna, the Chancba-
puyas, and the Caranques have made grievous rebellions.

132 UNDER THE SUN.
Such crimes were committed by the Caranques and the
people of Puna, that fearful punishments by the horrible
deaths of thousands had to be inflicted when they were
subdued, because the safety of the nation would not
permit mercy. I spared the Chanchapuyas when they
submitted, because a woman of that people, old and
greatly beloved, whom my father had so honored as to
make her one of his concubines, came with all tbe women
in ber train and pleaded for tbe forgiveness of her
people. "The memory of these horrors, taken together with
the old prophecies concerning the overthrow of the em
pire after my reign, and the ominous signs that are oc
curring, and another event I will now tell thee of, fill me
with forebodings and sadden my old age.
' ' The last event is this. Some years ago we heard of
people like unto thee, who were sailing along the north
ern coast in a craft they called a ship, inquiring what
country this was, and seeking gold and silver.42
' ' That boat was wonderful to our people. They were
much puzzled to know whether it was a live thing, or a
more skillfully contrived craft than our balsas. The peo
ple on it had strange arms, and animals they called
horses; and implements like one thou possessest, from
which they sent what our people thought thunder and
lightning, and with which, like thee, they could strike
and kill an object at a great distance without using an
arrow or anything that could be seen moving from it ex
cept fire and smoke.
"The craft was full of these strangers; but after a
while they disappeared, going northward from whence
they came, without doing us harm. Then it happened
that thou and thy companion came, peaceably treading
along our coasts ; and when lately thou wast at our city
of Tumpiz, I sought that thou shouldst visit me at Quito,
and then, that thou accompany me here.
"Now, I am sure these white men whom the people
call Viracochas— because they are more like gods than

SIGNS AND AUGURIES. 133
the men we know, and for that they move on the white
surf of tbe sea, under white wings that catch the wind
like the sail of a balsa, only more skillfully and beauti
fully—will come again. And I think thou and they are
from the same lands, and speak the same language and
know the same knowledge; therefore, it is that I would
learn of thee.
' ' It had not occurred to me until my daughter Huti
mina desired to have thee teach her ; but I at once recog
nized that she, by reason of her knowledge and aptness
of mind and perhaps still more by her boldness of
thought whicb rejects all trammels of superstition that
might be in the way of liberal learning, is most suited
of any one in all this land to learn what thou canst teach.
Then, she can best aid me with her knowledge and coun
sel; for I have great confidence in the clearness of her
wisdom. "I am sure the time will come when what she may
learn will be sorely needed in this land— and perhaps
by some of mine own household. I trust thy people will
come in peace; but, whether they come in war or peace,
I well known that knowledge- is power. And just as that
power, possessed by the first Inca and his wife more
largely than by any one among the peoples of these coun
tries, easily gave the founder of our empire dominion;
and like power in his descendants has, through these hun
dreds of years, given them ability to acquire ascendancy
and rule, from time to time, over more ignorant people
and other countries, in ever increasing dominions; so
now will these new people, who know so much more than
we, acquire ascendancy and rule over these countries.
Therefore, when that time comes, I desire that through
my daughter Hutimina, we should possess all thou canst
teach; and that thou shouldst be my friend and the
friend of my house and people. Now I have opened my
heart and given my trust to thee ; and I pray thee, there
fore, to deal truly and kindly with me and mine.

134 UNDER THE SUN.
"Moreover, I understand thou and thy people have a
religion which we do not know; but it seems that thou
dost worship the Supreme God who made all things ; and
in this same confidence and trust I may tell thee, that
while I accept to a certain extent the religion of my
fathers, I have my own belief that our Sun Worship of
to-day is not the same as that whicb was first taught.
As I consider, much has been grafted on it, to serve the
purposes of the State and the interests that are involved
with the supremeness of my race — on which depends all
privileges and stations that exist. For this reason, it
was most expedient to magnify Sun Worship and rever
ence for the Incas as Children of the Sun.
' ' How much of truth I believe there is in this, I need
not now say ; but I may tell thee, I do believe there is a
power in the heavens which surpasses that of the Sun—
a Creator who made and appointed to the sun and moon
and all the heavenly hosts their offices ; and that deity,
of whom the wise get some conception under the name of
Viracocha and Pachacamac, may be the same to whom,
under another name, thou ascribest praise as the all-
powerful, all-creating God. I can but conceive that the
Supreme God must be a great Lord, who performs his
works with leisure and lordliness; while the Sun never
rests from his course, and a thing so unquiet can not be
the creator and master of the universe. Therefore, our
father, the Sun, must have another Lord more powerful
than himself, who orders him to make his journey, day
by day, without resting ; since if he were Supreme Lord
he would occasionlly go aside from his course, or rest
for his pleasure, even though he might have no necessity
for doing so.48
' ' Still it served well to make the sun conspicuous as
God before the people, since he gave them, in his con
stant movement, a great example of industry; and my
ancestors fully understood that the peace and content
ment of the people must rest on their being occupied, for

SIGNS AND AUGURIES. 135
idleness breeds danger and vice. In their system there
fore, they permitted no one to be idle. As those in
power, under the Sun, they themselves set the example
of industry by placing their own hands to the spade and
the sickle in sowing and harvest ceremonials. They gave
needed variety to the occupation of ordinary work, with
festivals, hunts, and at least one war in every genera
tion ; so the restlessness of the human hunger for change
might find it under their direction, for their glory and
the public good, instead of mischievously against the
peace and order of the State.
"In their system they simplified and systematized
everything. By requiring all to labor, none were op
pressed with overwork. By precluding excesses in pos
sessions and living, none were without sustenance, shel
ter and raiment ; and, by providing each tribe one simple
and uniform make of dress, they did away with one of
the greatest temptations to disquiet and excess, which
formerly was found in fashions of attire.
' ' But, ' ' added the Inca after a pause, with a gesture
of his open hands as if motioning away his meditative
humor and words, "I have been led by my reflections
into talking longer than I expected. Coming back
from these digressions, notwithstanding prophecies and
prophets, signs and auguries, we must live while we may.
"I intend having some of those who are near to my
heart at feast with me to-morrow evening ere the fast
begins ; and I beg that thou be with us. I am old, but I
still sometimes like a merry company. We will be stout
hearted, as brave men always should, for our brimming
cups and for the good things we have ; and notwithstand
ing the rings around Mother Moon to-night, we will leave
the future to what facts may make it when it becomes the
present. ' '
Here the quotation from Antonio's diary ends.

CHAPTER XV.
AT AN INCA'S FEAST.
At Cuzco, only about thirteen and a half degrees
south of the equator, the variations in length of days and
nights are not very great at different seasons, and under
the Incas about five to six was the hour for beginning the
evening meal, or dinner, the year round.
The table of the monarch was always profusely
served, and there was always present a number of guests
from the royal kindred, the Orajones" of the capital, and
visiting chiefs from the provinces; and the dining was
usually over before the light of day was gone.
The Incas did not take their beverages with the meal,
but afterward; and the flipping of the liquor from the
finger which had been dipped in it, in adoration toward
the Sun, with whicb the enjoyment of their cups began,
generally took place before their God withdrew his light
from their presence into the unknown of the west.
The Lord Inca bad said he would feast with those
near to his heart that evening; and this meant some
thing different from the ordinary meal with customary
guests. It did not imply a larger company or a longer
dining; for tbe monarch's board was at all times sur
rounded by a full company of relations and guests, and
supplied with the best the realm could contribute; but
this was to be an exceptional gathering.
Tbe dining hall was a great room with a lofty ceibng.
The walls of perfectly cut stone were covered with gor
geous workmanship in bronze, silver and gold, repre
senting vines, insects, lizards and birds ; wrought in the
metals in which the objects could be made best to
136

AT AN INCA'S FEAST. 137
simulate the true colorings of tbe things represented.
There were niches in the walls at intervals of a few feet
around the room, all reaching to a uniform height of
about eight feet, but each alternate one extended only
to within about three feet of the floor, while the others
reached all the way down to it. In the latter were large
silver and bronze vases, some containing natural plants,
some gorgeous decorations in feather work, and some
plants, flowers and fruits, worked in gold and silver;
while those that did not reach to the floor were twice
the width of the others, and were filled with platters,
drinking cups and other articles of table service, all in
silver and gold. Between the niches there were brackets
of bronze projecting from the walls. These were in the
form of monkeys, holding between extended paws lamp
bowls filled with perfumed oil.
The ceiling was of gold and silver strips, inter-
wrought like basket work. The floor was of yellow and
white marble blocks, in squares, harmonizing with the
gold and silver decorations of walls and ceiling.
In the midst of this dining hall there was a long
white marble platform, the top extending a foot or so
over the solid base, forming a great table. The base was
footed with a broad molding inlaid with gold and silver,
in a design of geometrical figures. The top of white
marble had an inlay along the center of yellow marble.
Around the edge in the white marble of the top there
was a gold border, in a design similar to that of the base ;
and through the center of the yellow marble there was
inlaid work of silver. At intervals along the center of
the table there were gorgeous gold vases filled with
flowers, while loose flowers were thickly strewn over its
surface between the platters and other articles of service,
which were all of gold and silver.
Around this table, on seats that resembled gorgeously
cushioned stools, the Inca assembled his guests.
It was not the custom for the women to be at the
table with men during a feast, any more than to partic-

138 UNDER THE SUN.
ipate in cermonial dances, though they often made part
of the company after the meal was over.
The Inca was at the center of one side of the table,
and around it were arranged fifty of his subjects. On
his right, as he had promised, was Challcuchima. On his
left was Auqui Amaru, his eldest legitimate brother,"
and the father of bis third wife Mama Runtu, who was
the mother of Hutimina. To the right and left, accord
ing to family and official prestige, were the Inca's other
four legitimate brothers, in the order of seniority: first,
Quehuar Tupac ; next, Huallpa Tupac ; next, Titu Rima-
chi, and last, the Auqui Mayta. Directly opposite tbe
Inca was Antonio ; and to his right was the Prince Huas
car, the heir apparent, the Inca's eldest legitimate son
by his second wife who was his sister, Rava Oello. As
elsewhere remarked, he had no children by his first wife
and eldest sister, Pilca Huaco; and this was assigned as
the reason for his making his only other sister, Rava, and
his cousin, Mama Runtu, his second and third wives,
with the right of succession in their order, to their sons.
The Ccoya" Rava had only one son, the Prince Huascar ;
and by Mama Runtu he had also but one son, Manco.
This Prince being the second legitimate son, was in front
of the Inca to Antonio 's left. Huayna Capac was a bold
innovator, and a self-willed monarch; but he was not
daring enough to place Atahuallpa, tbe son of the
Quitoan Princess, whom those of the pure Inca lineage"
regarded, in comparison with themselves, as only the son
of a concubine, among those of the pure blood who were
in the legal order of the succession. So Atahuallpa was
seated at one end of the table, with some of the most
honored chiefs and officers of his own people; while the
old Quitoan Chief Ruminaui and the brilliant young cap
tain and counsellor, Quilaco, also of Quito, with the
General Atoc of Cuzco, Anco Colla, chief of the Canaris,
and Quilaco Yupanqui— who was afterward one of the
Inca's executors, and whom Huascar, when he sue-

AT AN INCA'S FEAST. 139
ceeded as Inca, put to death on a charge of treason— all
trusted and beloved by their sovereign, were at the op
posite end of the table.
These were the greatest notables, and from them were
ranged the others, according to family and official
prestige. It was permissible for the Inca to place two guests
of honor where he pleased at table, regardless of his own
family, though only two could be given preference over
the latter, in the places customarily theirs, at any one
meal. So this great distinction was conferred, on Chall
cuchima — as the most noted representative present from
Quito, except Atahuallpa — and on Antonio, whom as has
been seen, the Inca had especial reasons to favor.
Atahuallpa was quite a young man then, about twen
ty-three, while Huascar was considerably older, and the
Prince Manco somewhat so; but the appearance and
bearing of Atahuallpa was more serious and impressive
than that of the others, though all three were handsome,
and of princely bearing, as were all of the Inca blood.
Huascar was, however, only a royal appearing and
well favored man of amiable manners. When he spoke
there was no special impressiveness in his words, and no
seeming of reserved power behind his utterances or de
meanor. Manco was much brighter, and his conversa
tion sparkled. Still, at that time, there was nothing
especially commanding about him— but afterward, in his
leadership of the native uprising, when the Spaniards
had taken possession of the country, he displayed emi
nent faculties for command and all the qualities of the
hero. He was not one of those who would, in the
ordinary course, develop early; for though possessed of
immense latent forces, these needed maturer years for
development, or some stirring occasion to strike fire into
them. Little did any one then present think of the dar
ing and relentless energies that lay dormant under his
bright, happy, careless seeming.

140 UNDER THE SUN.
Atahuallpa was prematurely serious and stern look
ing. There was authoritativeness in the cold glint of
his black eyes, which, being blood-shotten, made bis
strong face cruel looking. His head was large and well
poised on shoulders square and broad, and its ample mas-
siveness topped a tall and robust body. His manner was
haughtily self-poised. When he spoke it was with a
deliberation that made his words seem a concentrated
distillation of his thoughts into low, well modulated
sound, and the utterance was such as to make every
syllable sink into the listener's mind, which was made
expectant and attentive by the impressiveness of his ap
pearance and address. He was as prematurely de
veloped, as his brother Manco was unripened in qual
ities ; and one lost consciousness of the fact that he was
a young man while he spoke, even when something like
gayety capped the crest of a thought or mood, as it often
did. His lighter humors no more impaired the feeling
he produced, that there was something strong beneath,
than the foam-capping of waves in sunlight dispel con
sciousness of the ocean 's might.
There was the fascination of command about him;
and yet, while yielding to this, the Inca and his old
general, Challcuchima, as well as those who feared and
dreaded his power of gaining ascendency over others,
knew that he lacked wisdom. They knew also that he
possessed a cruel pride, and an element of viciousness in
his calculating nature ; though he could cringe when his
interest required it, and give it the appearance of
gracious condescension.
But the interests of the Quito faction— in the lead
of whicb were Challcuchima and Quizquiz, if it was not
unconsciously headed by the Inca himself— were cen
tered in Atahuallpa; for in him alone could be founded
any substantial hope of making Quito a permanent seat
of power, and of keeping the Quito leaders at the head
of the state when the old Inca should be numbered with
his fathers in the mansions of the Sun.

AT AN INCA'S FEAST. 141
Though it was not customary for women to be pres
ent as table guests of an Inca's feast, it was in the main
served by maidens ; and of the two-score musicians, who
contributed with instruments and song to the pleasure
of the occasion, half were young women whose graces
and bright attire added that charm which can only be
given to any assemblage of pleasure by the consciousness
of woman's presence, and the appeal made to the mas
culine senses by the peculiar mysticism and beauty of
her person and dress.
AVhen the meal was over, at a signal, and to a burst
of music, fifty of the most beautiful maidens of the court,
in richly colored garments, singing in accord, and with
swaying bodies, and a minuet-like step, advanced from
the court into the hall. All held aloft garlands of bright
colored flowers, and filing around the board, each stood
behind a guest, and held her wreath, while still chanting,
over bis bead until the song had ceased. Then, with the
closing notes whicb voiced a refrain in honor of the
Inca's achievements, as with one movement they placed
the garlands upon the beads of the diners and stepped
backward. This was the signal for each guest to dip the second
finger into the glistening chicha, which had been already
poured into the cups, and flip a drop in air toward tbe
setting sun as a silent praise-offering to bis god, before
lifting the contents to his lips.
Meanwhile the maidens— to whom small burning
brands with ends soaked in oil had been handed by other
attendants, as they left their places behind the guests-
ranged themselves around the room, and with the pre
cision of a drill, all at once lit the bracket-held lamps on
tbe walls. With the burst of light all— musicians, the
maidens present, and guests— repeated in a chant the
refrain of the song, while each one who sat at the table
lifted his clip and waved it slowly before his face to the
measure of tbe music.

142 UNDER THE SUN.
While the cups were still lifted in this motion, as
the song was closing, the Princess Hutimina, with trip
ping steps, a tambourine in hand, and with a saluting
dip of the head and movement, came dancing into the
room. A little within the doors she paused, and, poised erect
with heel to heel, stood with both arms extended upward.
One of her shapely hands was open aloft like some mate
rialized benediction; the other held the tambourine,
bright with decorations and colored streamers, like a
raised ensign of beauty's majesty. Then, striking the
instrument with her knuckles of the free hand, still hold
ing it above ber head, she joined in the words of the re
frain—while just behind her stood Amancaya and half
a dozen other young girl attendants.
The spectacle was one that struck admiration, if not
astonishment, into all present — for this idol of the Inca's
heart, the court, and all Ttahuantinsuyu, wherever the
affairs of the capital were discussed, was the only young
girl in all the history of tbe realm whose beauty,
originality, independence and intellectual brilliancy had
combined to command such general recognition and
deference that she might dare to innovate upon the gen
eral ideas of feminine attire and manners, and find in
all she did, worship, at least for her own personal loveli
ness. She had gathered up under a gold cord above the hips,
her lliclla48 of crimson and subdued green interwoven
with gold and silver threads, and worked with gold braid
studded with emeralds. The cord was tied in long loops
with hanging silver tassels; and there was a ruffle-like
drop of the goods doubled over it in a fold— so the gar
ment that otherwise would have reached the instep was
raised to the height of the knees. Long folds of the
goods feel in loose sleeve-like fashion from tbe shoulders
where they were gathered with emerald-jeweled topus,
so the arms stood out in all their perfect shapeliness.

AT AN INCA'S FEAST. 143
The under tunic was of black." It was caught up with
the usual broad girdle, which showed between a parting
of the lliclla, around the waist, but hung slightly longer
than the outer garment, showing the black worked with
a silver border several inches wide, edged Avith gold of an
indented geometrical pattern.80
Her usutas were edged with a gold cord. From them
interwoven gold and crimson lacings extended between
the toes and from the sides of the foot up over the instep
to a broad gold band around the ankles, which was set
with emeralds; from this, the lacings continuing with
intercrossings up around the smooth and beautiful
curves of the distractingly exquisite limbs, till lost to
view under the black and silver bordered garment. These
braids, as those in the uncha around her head, were
studded with pearls and emeralds.
The head-band was of gold and crimson braided
strips, intermeshed so as to make it a check- work ; and in
the crimson squares were sewn the emeralds, while in
the gold were the pearls. All the pearls possessed in the
royal household, and there were none elsewhere in the
realm, were presents from the coast tribes northward of
Quito; for the Incas would not allow their subjects to
gather pearls, because they considered the danger of div
ing for them too great to be required of their own people,
merely to obtain ornaments.
Instantly with the ring of her tambourine, all eyes
not already facing the Princess were directed to her ; and
quick as there could be realization of her presence, with
one accord the company arose, and turning with de
ferential bows, after waiving their cups toward her, they
drank the first quaft in her honor— the Inca himself
turning in his place and leading in tbe toast.

CHAPTER XVI.
HER COMMAND SHALL BE THE LAW.
Hillipo had been standing at his master's back, on
the side of the table nearest the entrance ; and when the
company arose there was a general movement in that
direction. This was the first time Atahuallpa had seen the
Princess. Evidently he was at sight enthralled by her
beauty, for he had eagerly moved forward, too, and was
near the Inca— while Anco Colla, the Chief of the
Canaris, was on the monarch's one band, and Hillipo,
still nearer his master, on the other.
Then Anco, with an impulse of the moment, took the
garland from his head, and bowing low, threw it on the
floor before the Princess. The act of enthusiasm was
infectious, for in a moment all had advanced as near
as they could to the same spot, and every garland, in
cluding that of Atahuallpa, was at the feet of Hutimina.
Hillipo had no garland to offer in homage, as being
only the Inca's page, he had neither sat at the table nor
been crowned like the diners with flowers; but as some
of the wreaths had fallen short of the mass, he quickly
stooped forward on one knee and pushed those that were
scattering, including that of Atahuallpa, toward the
Princess. Observing the boy— of whose recent attendance on
her in connection with Antonio, Atahuallpa knew noth
ing—the Princess gave him a gracious smile in kindly
recognition of his intended homage.
Atahuallpa was perhaps too intent on what he con
strued the impertinence of Hillipo to note Hutimina 's
144

HER COMMAND SHALL BE THE LAW. 145
condescension, or if he did so, it only served to anger
him more; for under an impulse of passion he caught
Hillipo and pushing him aside, exclaimed: "Touehest
thou with thy unworthy hands the garlands which have
rested on the heads of these noble chieftains, and the one
that has been on my brow, offered in worship at the
feet of the Princess? Leave them where these nobles
placed them, till there is due authority for moving
them!" Hillipo turned, and from the hips bowed low to the
Prince, but without bending a knee. He then straight
ened himself to his full height, and flashing the indigna
tion of his great, dark eyes full into those of Atahuallpa,
he said :
' ' 0 Prince ! Our Sole Lord, ' ' 51 bowing to the Inca,
' ' did not know it ; but once when I was a helpless lad,
unjustly thou didst strike me; and then, when my eyes
flamed a resentment my lips could not speak, thou didst
have me cruelly beaten. That was many years ago, when,
a helpless little boy, I was at the mercy of a Quitoan
Prince. The quality of his mercy is still in marks on my
back that are likely to remain while I live.
"Now I am in the presence of our Sole Lord Inca
and the princes of the pure blood, and, ' ' bowing toward
Hutimina, "this most noble and legitimate Princess. If
I have offended, be it with these to condemn me. As for
thee, these noble ones can judge whether a true Prince
of the sacred blood would deem it fitting, wantonly, to
insult the humblest subject, who can not give battle in
return. But, if our Sole Lord would permit, it would
please me well to give thee, 0 Prince of Quito, a chance
to show whether thou wouldst dare to be as free with thy
weapon in fight as thou hast been with thy insults ! ' '
Hillipo was one of those who, in anger or peril, are
quickest and clearest of mind and coolest in purpose;
whilst Atahuallpa, notwithstanding his perfect self -poise
under ordinary circumstances, was, when angered, liable
j

146 UNDER THE SUN.
to be swept beside himself with passion. Hillipo was
steadied to absolute self composure by the very abandon
of his desperation. No one could have known more fully
the risk in what be was doing ; but this was his chance,
and, seeing the full scope of the matter, he was deter
mined to stake everything on forcing conclusions with
the Prince.
All fell back aghast ; they were so startled by the dar
ing of the page, so astounded by his boldness, so sur
prised by the suddenness and unexpectedness of the
situation, that Hillipo was left uninterrupted to have out
his say. On the other hand, his unheard of audacity
actually paralyzed Atahuallpa into a momentary inabil
ity to move, while he was choking with rage. But as
Hillipo threw his closing words of defiance and challenge
into his teeth, the Quitoan 's blood-shot eyes flamed like
burning coals, his tongue loosened to a stammer of,
"thou dog!" and, more staggering than stepping for
ward, he struck Hillipo in the face.
Then Hutimina seemed to expand with a stateliness
and intensify with a purpose that dominated the whole
room. The transformation from the gracefully tripping,
singing beauty of a few moments before into all she now
seemed of supreme, commanding womanly dignity and
power was marvelous. Guessing Atahuallpa's purpose,
she had moved forward almost simultaneously with him ;
and the blow had scarcely more than reached the page
when, pushing in front of him, she confronted the Prince.
With queenly dignity she raised ber hands before
him, saying, with an intensity of steadiness that was
petrifying in its command: "Stay, 0 Prince! What
folly is this thou doest before the eyes of the legitimate
Children of the Sun? Stand thou back, and listen!"
Then, without giving him a chance to speak, seeing
he obeyed, she wheeled, faced her father and continued :
"0 Inca, Sole Lord of Ttahuantinsuyu, I know this
to be the Prince thou hast brought from a foreign city,

HER COMMAND SHALL BE THE LAW. 147
and from a birth strange to the legitimate lineage of this
sacred house, for no pure Inca ever committed such an
unworthy act as thou hast just Avitnessed. Thou shouldst
have placed Atahuallpa under an instructor of manners
here in Cuzco, if such are unknown in Quito, before in
troducing him into the company of this palace ; but now,
and until he hath learned behavior suited to this place,
he is not worthy to be classed even with thy other
kindred of part Inca blood. He hath in thy presence,
and in that of all this company, unworthily made a broil,
and Avith his own hand struck this servant of thine,"
pointing to the page. "By his own act, he has forfeited
all right to be regarded on a level Avith princes, and hath
placed himself on a footing with thy page. This is
therefore an indignity to thee and all this company. It
is also a shameful wrong, and thy justice must see it
punished. Do not, at least, permit our unworthy brother
from Quito to shoAV himself more unworthy by with
holding, behind the cover of pretentious pride, satisfac
tion for the affront he hath placed upon this injured one.
Sole Lord and Father, I demand that Atahuallpa be con
sidered as only the equal of Hillipo, since he hath volun
tarily lowered himself to that level, until he hath settled
this affair in such way as shall satisfy thy page."
During this speech, in the surprise and confusion it
occasioned, all those of Quito drew together about Ata
huallpa, and all those of Cuzco congregated around the
Princess and Hillipo.
Hutimina knew that the page, although a smaller and
weaker man than Atahuallpa, was reputed one of the
most agile fencers and expert handlers of arms in all
the land.
Hillipo fell upon his knees before the Inca, and,
touching bis head to the floor, exclaimed: "0 Sole
Lord : I worship thee for listening to this most just plea
of the Princess, the praise of whose wisdom is on all lips ;
and I pray that thou wilt grant me justice ; or, if I have

148 UNDER THE SUN.
been in fault, that thou wilt do justice upon me. I do
not wish to live, my master, to bear my wrongs unre
dressed. I am only thy page, and this Prince is thy son,
but it hath always been esteemed by thee, as by each of
thy ancestors, a distinguishing glory to be considered
'the friend of the poor,' and to be so perfect a judge that
thine own children should be held equally accountable
with thy meanest subject to the demands of justice.
Grant my prayer, 0 Sole Lord, I pray thee ! ' ' and the
boy, when his words had ceased, did not rise, but con
tinued prostrate with his head on the floor before his
master. Meanwhile Atahuallpa's explosion of violence had
served to lower his rage within restraining bounds, while
Hutimina 's words bad made him somewhat realize the
situation in which be had placed himself ; and he stood
silent and sullen among the Quitoan leaders.
The Inca was himself of such heroic temper, that he
could but feel a sympathetic admiration for Hillipo 's
daring, while his judgment lent its approval to most of
what Hutimina had said; but his affection for Ata
huallpa and his pride of the sacred blood which he con
ceived had flowed from his own veins, jointly with that
of the dead Avoman he had so passionately loved, into
the being of her son, resisted the idea of making that son
place himself on an equality in mortal combat with a
mere page, however fondness for the latter and sympathy
for his heroism might appeal to his heart for justice.
Then too, there arose with assertive force, fears for Ata
huallpa's safety, and dread of what might result from
such a conflict, first to him, or if not, then to Hillipo,
who now seemed more to him than he had before
realized ; and the monarch hesitating, turned bis eyes to
his trusted Challcuchima, saying, "Thou mayest be
spokesman for thy countryman and kinsman. What
sayest thou ? ' '
"Our Sole Lord knows this is our native Prince,"
said the old man. ' ' That is much, yet not so much as the

HER COMMAND SHALL BE THE LAW. 149
favors and honors which have come to him, and through
him, to our people from the Lord Inca himself ; but the
countryman and mere kinsman must be silent in the
presence of the father and the sovereign of all Ttahuan
tinsuyu; to him the Prince's dignity and life is even
nearer than to us. ' ' Then bowing low toward Hutimina,
he added, "Moreover, I would be but a poor and un
worthy one to stand in argument against the Princess,
whose words are ahvays so deservedly weighty with my
master — as must be potential with all, any expression
from such embodiment of divine beauty."
The intense weight of his old general's remonstrance,
though but implied in this declining to speak advice, had
more influence with the Inca than any vehemence of
opinion or argument. Huayna Capac was evidently
much moved.
Then Amancaya fell on her knees beside her mistress,
exclaiming, "0 my Princess, he will be slain. I pray,
do not allow him to fight with the Prince who is so much
greater and stronger ! ' ' And lifting her appealing face
toward the Inca, she clasped her hands in silent suppli
cation, and covering her tear-wet face with them, she
bent forward before the monarch, the personification of
distressed beauty. He seemed unusually affected by the
charms of the girl thus brought absorbingly in ber
alarm before his attention. _
Hutimina only noticed her maid to say : ' ' The fears
of a lovelorn girl can not be considered in this matter,
Lord Inca. True, she places a woman's appeal before
thee; and it is said thou hast never denied a woman's
request, whatever it might be ;82 but O Inca, in this same
matter my appeal is before thee already. My maiden's
words were addressed to me, even if her action appeals
to thee. I can not yield weakly to sympathy for her,
where more, even thy justice and this man's own plea
for redress, are before thee. Wilt thou, 0 Inca, deny
the prayer of thine own daughter, when thou art known

150 UNDER THE SUN.
throughout all thy realm as never disregarding that of
any other woman? As choosing between this girl's silent
appeal and my prior and open prayer, where shouldst
point thy clemency and duty?"
Then wheeling to face Challcuchima, she exclaimed:
"And thou, trusted counselor of the Sole Lord Inca.,
and most noted representative here of thine own and thy
Prince's people! will he, thy Prince and our brother,
bring further shame on the Inca blood, of which he
claims to be so proud, and on thy people who look to him
also as the descendant of their old kings, by showing
himself not only rude and unjust, but a coward, also?
I appeal to thee and to him. ' '
This taunt was electrical. Its effect was visible on
the whole company. Atahuallpa, raising his eyes with
an indignant start at the word coward, saw Anco Colla,
the Chief of the Canaris, a neighboring tribe of the
Quitoans, who had placed himself with the Cuzco group,
boAving asent, and heard him exclaim, " It is well said ! ' '
Anco had taken the lead in throwing the garlands
at the feet of the Princess, out of which act the trouble
had sprung. He was a proud, daring man, and Ata
huallpa bad never liked him. Now, in his eyes, he stood
out most conspicuously in what he conceived to be the
affront that was being put upon him, and from that mo
ment dislike became implacable hatred. On the other
hand, be could bear all Hutimina said, for she was more
than bis equal. Really what she was now enacting added
fire to the infatuation whicb her grace and beauty had
inspired at sight, and he was saying over and over to
himself, as this scene revealed her poAver: "If I might
only gain her to my cause and bed, what a Ccoya she
would make ! ' '
Anco's outspoken approval of what Hutimina had
said was all that was required to start from tbe Cuzco
group a general expression responsive to the impulse
stirred by the Princess; and his exclamation, "It is well

HER COMMAND SHALL BE THE LAW. 151
said," was taken up and repeated until the room rang
with acclaim.
Then Atahuallpa stepped forward, and directing his
eyes to his father, he responded in a steady voice : ' ' Sole
Lord, thou hast not called upon me for any expression ;
but if I may speak, I too, say the last words of our sister
were well said. I have allowed passion to lead me into
an unworthy indiscretion; but since the word 'coward'
hath been spoken, there remains nothing I can do, save
to show to this company, and especially to our sister,
whether coAvards can yet be born from the loins of an
Inca, or from the old royal stock of Quito. I beg to
make acceptance of the challenge, and I ask that thy
page may name the weapon ; and that now, in this good
company, the issue be fought to a conclusion. ' '
This put the matter beyond further discussion. There
was an exclamation of approval from those of the Quito
faction; while those of Cuzco repeated in murmured
satisfaction, " It is well. ' '
Turning in a last appeal to his brothers, and to An
tonio, the Inca questioned: "What sayest thou to this?"
Arqui Amaru, the maternal grandfather of Huti
mina, being the oldest brother next to the Inca, speaking
for them all, said : "I approve what the Princess bath
uttered," and the other brothers bowed their heads in
assent. Then, addressing himself especially to Antonio, the
Inca said: "And thou— thy wisdom brought joy to
Cuzco last night, when thou didst assure her people that
Mother Moon would recover and give her light again to
the world— what sayest thou now?"
"Lord Inca," replied Antonio, "in my country,
where both parties claim vindication by battle, it can
not be refused them. ' '
"Then," said the Inca, "be it so; but since Ata
huallpa is larger and stronger, the small battle-ax may
give him the least advantage. Shall that be the
weapon?"

152 UNDER THE SUN.
"I am content," replied the Prince.
"And I, my master," responded Hillipo.
"Now," continued tbe Inca, "gather the garlands
whicb have been thrown at tbe feet of the Princess. My
fame for not refusing the request of any woman shall be
continued by making my consent to this combat a re
sponse to her plea. Therefore, as these garlands Avere
offered to her, let them be made into a ring in her honor,
on this floor, within Avhich this combat shall be fought. ' '
The ring was swiftly made on the marble floor with
the flowers in an oblong of sufficient size. Then the
battle-axes, of the kind called champis, with shields, were
handed the combatants; and as they stood facing each
other from opposite sides of the ring, the Inca said:
"Now stand here, Hutimina, by my side, and thou shalt
be umpire." Then to the company: "Whatsoever the
Princess declares, that both combatants shall do— I shall
only give the signal for beginning of the fight by rais
ing my right hand. After that, her command shall be
the law. Dost thou, Atahuallpa, consent?"
"Aye, Sole Lord."
"And thou, Hillipo?" asked the Inca.
"I do, joyfully, my master."
Then Hutimina placed ber left band in ber father's
left, and the right arm around his neck, and kissed his
cheek. She faced the ring of flowers and tbe Inca raised
bis right band.

CHAPTER XVII.
FOR THE CREDIT OF THY BLOOD.
At the signal, Atahuallpa and Hillipo threw up their
shields to a guard, and by a common impulse bowed;
then waving their axes toward each other, partly in
defiant courtesy and partly as an invitation to begin,
they stepped forward.
The axes had handles about eighteen inches long,
with blades the width of a hand on one side, and with a
pike-like point on the other. These were of copper— as
Avere most of the Inca implements for cutting— hardened
by an art peculiarly their OAvn, Avhich, in absence of tbe
knoAvledge of iron and steel, served to give a material
that would bear an edge nearly as tough and sharp as
steel. They applied this process likewise to putting an
edge on instruments made of silver, and even of gold.
The shields were small and round, about fourteen
inches in diameter, made of wood, with coverings of
skins from the necks of llamas, rendered very tough in
tanning, and these were covered with scale-like plates of
copper and silver mixed, of great resisting power.
Atahuallpa made the first rush, aiming to thrust
Hillipo 's shield, which he was holding well to his front,
from its guard with his own, shock into uselessness his
antagonist's weapon arm, and annihilate him with a blow
of his own ax. He guessed he could force the page to
bring both shield and ax into action against the superior
strength and weight put behind the impact, and with
the momentum of his powerful physique, he could get in
a blow which would either kill or put bis fighter an
tagonist out of the combat. 153

154 UNDER THE SUN.
It was a play for a quick victory, from bold action,
superior size, weight and strength— all of which he knew
he possessed. The shields rang together with a clash that struck
sparks from them. Hillipo felt the muscles of bis arm
give, and his shield driven back upon his breast under
the bloAv. The force projected against the one side of
him so Avrenched from poise the other as to annul his
right arm's efficiency to use the ax— as the Prince had
calculated — and, so disadvantaged, he saw the edge of his
opponent's weapon flashing to his left in a downward
slanting stroke at his neck. Evidently he could neither
Avard off the bloAv or get beyond its reach to his own
right, or backAvard.
Realizing, Avith ready wit, the full import of what
had happened and what was coming, and that all now
depended on his agility, he dodged down and forward
toward Atahuallpa's right, under his weapon arm and
back of him, and the ax, barely missing his scalp, swung
doAvnward to the Prince's left with such force as to
wheel its user partly around with its momentum.
This was fortunate for Atahuallpa, as the swing gave
impetus to a turn, which he made just in time to parry
in part the force of a blow, which Hillipo, on rising
from behind him, and wheeling back, was aiming at bis
head. The blow, however, struck the shield of the Prince
on a slant; and, while it only gave a scalp wound to his
head, the glancing blade nearly lopped off an ear — which
together with the enormous gold-stopper ornament in it
that distended the lobe of that member to a prodigious
size, hung partly dissevered to Atahuallpa's shoulder.
This staggered the Prince, but recovering he made
another rush and struck at Hillipo with such viciousness
that the page, receiving the concussion on his shield, was
nearly sent to his knees. But Atahuallpa tripped in the
movement, and Hillipo recovered himself upward as his
antagonist fell against him, and, throwing up his ax,

FOR THE CREDIT OF THY BLOOD. 155
caught the ax of the Prince with a blow that sent it from
his loosened grasp, away beyond the ring of flowers. At
the same moment he sprang backward, and stood con
fronting his disarmed enemy; who, quickly getting on
his feet, Avas, nevertheless, about to make another rush to
close with the page for a hand to hand, life and death
struggle, when Hutimina cried, ' ' Cease ! ' '
The Inca could not refrain from a confirming excla
mation that clearly indicated his relief at Hutimina 's
command for ending of the fight, before a conclusion
which it seemed would inevitably have been fatal to Ata
huallpa. The movements of the combatants had been so rapid,
and each one so desperate, that the onlookers had caught'
their breath in excitement; and Hutimina could hardly
have deliberated on the situation, or in the tumult of
anxious interest, have controlled her powers of speech
sufficiently to give a command before she did. Ata
huallpa's violence had made such a rush of the whole
conflict that the sensations of the Princess, and the Inca
too, were something like those of a dreamer in a night
mare, who feels that life and death may depend on
making bis call of need heard, and yet be can only
breathe hard -with distressing, smothered efforts, without
being able to adequately cry out.
Hillipo, on the other hand, was perhaps the coolest
person in the room; and bis self-possession had enabled
him to overmatch his antagonist's strength and im-
petuousity at each turn, with bis superior skill and
quickness of action.
Atahuallpa's large gold ear-stopper had been left
hanging by the bloAv of Hillipo's ax, only retained loosely
in place with an attenuated strip of flesh. Feeling the
disrupted and bleeding ear banging and sticking against
his neck, the Prince impatiently shook his head, and the
slight retention giving way, the ornament fell and rolled
on the floor till stopped by the flowers. This ornament,

156 UNDER THE SUN.
the size of which was graded by the rank of tbe wearer,
was shaped and fitted very much like a stopper in the
large hole of the ear whicli was gradually developed to
the correct size for it.
Atahuallpa stepped forward, picked it up, and with
a grim smile, and a bow almost as grim, he banded it to
Hillipo, saying: "Take it as a trophy." Then ad
dressing tbe Inca and Hutimina, be added, "Since my
lord and sister forbid further conflict, my appearance
just now can hardly be suited to this occasion; there
fore, I beg permission to retire: but before going I as
sure my friends that my hurt is only a trifle which need
not cause any concern whatever; and I pray that the
festivities and good fellowship of the evening may not
be further interrupted by me."
Then indicating his desire for a cup of chicha, it was
quickly handed him by one of his Quitoan friends. Lift
ing it first toward tbe Inca and Hutimina, then toward
his recent antagonist, and then circling it toward the
whole company, be said, "I beg to drink to tbe health
and joy of all present." He took a long and deep quaff
— protracting it as if be bad been moved to call for tbe
drink not only to refresh himself, but to gain time -be
hind tbe refuge of his goblet for collecting and re-
composing himself more fully before leaving the room.
All the guests who bad sat at the table took their
tankards of mulli and chicha, and in cordial response
drank to the Prince, who then turning, was about to
leave, with all his wonted dignity and stately assurance
restored, when Hutimina exclaimed :
"Nay, stay for a moment! Only that, for thy hurt
should have attention— Yet," turning to her father, "0
Inca! it should not be that one who by thy order hath
been placed upon the equality of combat with the Prince
of Quito, and who is victor, should be a servant. He who
bath triumphed in such a contest henceforth should be
as nearly on the level with the royal class as may be per-

FOR THE CREDIT OF THY BLOOD 157
mitted to a subject. Let this page, Hillipo, after this be
classed with the nobles of this imperial city to whom the
honorary title of 'Inca by privilege' has been given— for
the credit of thy blood, as well as for his own merit ; and
thus, our brother, a Quitoan Prince, will be saved the
mortification of having it said that be who triumphed
over him is only a servant. It would be more creditable
to have it said that a noble of thy household, and of
sacred Cuzco, was he who caused our brother, the
Quitoan Prince, to show such valor as he hath dis
played. ' '
Notwithstanding the cutting irony of this speech, it so
well stated the logic of the situation, in addition to being
a request from a woman and his favorite daughter, that
it could not be disregarded by the Inca, who responded :
"Be it so. For, besides what hath just happened, the
father of this youth was a faithful servant and a gallant
soldier, who fought by my side and fell in my service,
with this Hillipo, then a little lad, standing by him.
From the dead father's side, and even at too tender an
age really to leave his mother 's arms, I took the boy for
my page, because I loved his father, who was a chieftain
among his own people ; and loving the lad also, I wished
to raise him near my person to some suitable station of
honor. He hath served me with all faithfulness and zeal.
For a subject to be called by the name of Inca is a dis
tinction that hath seldom been conferred since first
granted as the highest mark of his favor by the first Inca,
Manco Capac, to those who gave him their allegiance in
founding tbis city and empire— and to their descendants.
I now confer the title upon Hillipo."52
The youth threw himself at the Inca's feet, saying;
"Sole Lord, and 0 my master! I am whatsoever thou
wilt; but there can be in this land no honor for me like
unto that of being thy servant, near and faithful to
thee." Meanwhile the remarks of Hutimina bad given a
climaxing blow to the haughtiness of Atahuallpa. It was

158 UNDER THE SUN.
humiliating beyond anything be could have considered
possible, to be triumphed over by a servant, whom he
had disliked and cruelly mistreated— it was almost
stupefying. But this emphasing of his defeat by raising
Hillipo to something near his own station, with a con
trast of the credit accorded him as a victor of imperial
Cuzco, in comparison with himself as a defeated Prince
of Quito, the subject city, was overwhelming. All
seemed to reel about him ; he became faint ; the secondary
effects of his shock and wound too were telling on his
strength ; and tbe proud son of the Scyri could only say
faintly, "I am ill, I beg to leave," when he staggered,
and was saved from falling by being caught in the arms
of his countryman, the old General Challchuchima, who
steadied him and started to lead him from the room.
All attention was now turned from Hillipo to the
Prince, the page standing respectfully aside.
Hurriedly saying, ' ' We will consider the feast ended,
friends," the Inca started toward Atahuallpa. But
Hutimina was before him. The challenger and punisher
of a haughty prince's pride— the champion of a wronged
servant and the vindicator of his rights as a man against
arrogance and cruelty— she who had boldly told an Inca
that he "must" see that wrong was punished — the will
ful beauty and pampered pet of court and people— the
fairest among the realm's maidens and the most brilliant
among its wise— was now all woman. Now that she bad
had her way, there came the reaction of relenting kindli
ness, and the divinity of her girlish heart was as much
touched for the proud son of her father in his distress,
as it had been imperious but a few moments before in
resenting and resisting his aggressive arrogance.
She was first beside him, ready for ministry to his
needs ; and she had him carried, herself leading the way
—while the Inca gave place to ber direction— to where
he could be made comfortable on a lounge platform
against the wall.

FOR THE CREDIT OF THY BLOOD. 159
Then turning to the confused company, who did not
know whether to stay or go, she said: "Thanks to
all ; but it is best that the Prince be alone with only those
who can be of service; and I take the liberty, for my
father and lord, of saying, good-night— only asking the
Lord Challcuchima and those he may choose, to remain.
My maidens will wait for me. ' '
She stood for a moment while the company was dis
persing, and the old general indicating who of his own
people should stay. Then she kneeled beside the stricken
man, clasped his hand for some seconds, and as he Avas
about to respond by putting his arm about her, she grace
fully eluded him, arose; and saying, "Now our brother
is better; I and my maidens will leave him in the
good hands of our Lord Challcuchima and bis friends, ' '
she made a movement to go.
Atahuallpa looked appealingly at her; but she only
raised his hand, lightly kissed it, and adding: "I am
sure thou wilt be the best part of thyself again very
soon," she withdrew.
If the Prince Avas chagrined and humbled in his per
sonal pride, the old General Challcuchima Avas even more
so. Reflections were croAvding on his mind like these :
"I have seen my kinsman, the proud scion of the old
Quitoan kings, to Avhom my eyes AArere hopefully turned
for a restoration of our race to poAver, set at naught in
the Palace of the Inca. I have seen this daring page not
only permitted to hold our Prince to account in combat
before the dignitaries of the court, but as victor over
him, receive, at the demand of Hutimina, the title of
Inca by privilege™ placing him on a footing in this im
perial city with those who have inherited the great favor
of being so called from ancestors who aided the first Inca
in establishing the empire— an honor, which, not-with
standing my sovereign's love, he has not granted to me
or any one of Quito. Indeed, it hath never occurred
to me to expect such a thing,

160 UNDER THE SUN.
' ' But more than all this, my eyes have rested on one,
whose qualities are evidently equal to any emergency
or demand, whose will is all-conquering, who can say
'must,' with impunity, to that Inca whom I always so
deferentially address: and then, marvel of marvels,
without any apparent realization on her part or on that
of the monarch that there is anything very strange in it,
I have seen the Sole Lord of all Ttahuantinsuyu do her
bidding. ' ' Here is a force whose potentiality we of Quito have
not taken into proper account. This girl's wish hath
more weight with my master than all my skill in diplo
macy and statecraft. It is more than a menace to all our
hopes of ultimately making Quito supreme. After what
hath occurred this evening, after seeing her set the
Prince, who is so near the Inca's heart, at naught; after
seeing the scornful irony with which she spurned his
pride by referring to his being a foreigner and a stranger
to the sacred lineage, can any one doubt— though she
may smile at the sacred tradition concerning its origin
and religion— but that this incomparable Princess will
stand for the dominion of Cuzco ?
' ' I am true and loyal to my master, who hath honored
me perhaps more than a Scyri of my own house Avould
have done. I love him as one of my OAvn race. But be
yond that, as to this proud mistress city who sets her foot
upon the neck of all the world Ave know, my heart be
longs to my native land and people ; and I would honor
Cuzco first, only to have her bring the greater honor,
afterward, to my own Quito.
"Evidently two things must be done. The Prince
Atahuallpa must be gotten away to Quito, for which
some plausible pretext must be found, lest some an
tagonism or imprudence resulting from his presence here
should spoil all ; and the Inca must be gotten away from
the magic which the Princess, when present, exercises
over him. But neither of these things can be accom-

FOR THE CREDIT OF THY BLOOD. 161
plisbed until after the Feast of Raymi. My lord could
not leave Cuzco till after that great national Festival of
the Sun, upon Avhich his attendance is so eagerly ex
pected by his people ; nor could Atahuallpa leave before
that time without exciting injurious reflections.
"Meanwhile, and always, every effort must be made
to win the favor of the Princess— at least so long as she
hath such influence over ber father. For, as I have
learned, even the greatest character is dominated by
some personality, though it may be, and generally is in
most things, Aveaker than its own — I now fully recognize
that for the Inca Huayna Capac, that dominating per
sonality is his daughter Hutimina.
"Yet, she is a woman, and she hath a heart ! Therein
lies the possibility of anything. That makes in this case
a present 'won't,' always a possible future 'will.' "

CHAPTER XVIII.
KNOWEST THOU THYSELF TO BE THAT?
With the going down of the sun on the following day,
the great city of Cuzco assumed a solemn mien. It had
been a cloudless afternoon, and the orb limned itself
through the haze on the mountain tops in a great red
dened ball.
Thousands who had gathered in the sacred city for
the three days' fast and succeeding Feast of Raymi, col
lected in the squares, on the declivities leading to and
above the Colcampata, and on the near elevations to the
right and left northward of the city, to reverently wit
ness, beneath bands folded and arched over their brows,
tbe last disappearance of their God behind the hills be
fore the three days of fasting should begin.
The public mind was much given to superstition con
cerning unusual appearances of the sun at times of par
ticular ceremonies in his worship; and more especially
so now, because of the earthquake and eclipse of the
night before.
A reddish appearance in the sky a little above
the undulated and jagged mountain tops, deepened as
tbe god of light sank toward them. This became blood
red when the great orb touched, and then gradually cut
itself into the diminishing segment of a great circle
on a swell of the billowed and hazy cordillera, while the
colors faded upward until Avith paling tints they gave
place to blue, and the blue intensified toward the zenith
into such richness and depth as is only known in the
Southern heavens.
The overwrought popular mind saw omens of evil in
162

KNOWEST THOU THYSELF TO BE THAT? 163
the reddened disk and in the unusually deep tinted sky,
at which all could" now so plainly look Avithout having
their eyes wounded by spears of light with which their
god usually guarded his person from human gaze.
Before their deity had sunk to the hills, tbe priests
of the temple had already concluded that the color of his
face, deepening to that of blood, was an augury of his
displeasure; and they turned from their observation to
fall on their knees in suppbcation before his great gold
image that covered the western wall of the temple.
The news of this passed from whispering lips to
listening ears with such rapidity that but a few minutes
sufficed for it to become known in every group of excited
watchers; so before their god was wholly withdrawn
from sight few were sufficiently stout-hearted to con
tinue their watching, and the crowds were everywhere
prostrate, with their faces on the ground toward the
luminary— in fear and supplication.
Thus began the great Fast of Raymi in the sacred
city. But notwithstanding the crowds which were congre
gated there, many from the Cuntisuyu and Chincha-
suyu quarters had been delayed beyond the Apurimac
by landslides in the mountains, and by the unusually
strong winds which had prevailed up the great gorge
of the river, damaging, or making impassible with their
swayings, the suspension bridges that spanned its
canyon. The earthquake which had shocked Cuzco loosened
tbe segment of a mountain, causing precipitation of enor
mous masses of earth into the gorge, and dammed the
river so that the flow of Avater was stopped until it rose
above and over the obstruction. Meanwhile the bed of
the stream for many miles below the obstruction became.
dry, and the people living in the little valleys that
skirted the base of the mountains along the gorge, see
ing such a deep volume of water so suddenly disappear,

164 UNDER THE SUN.
and not knowing at once the cause, were in such terror
that they feared the world was coming to an end"
Tbis obstruction occurred between almost perpen
dicular mountains, a little distance below tbe lower
bridge, which is the one that crosses the river on the
highway from Cuzco to the "City of Kings"85 and to
provinces of the north. It was built by the Inca Roca.
There was a second bridge higher up, built by the Inca
Capac Yupanqui, at Huaca-Chaca ; and a third, the first
one constructed, was built by the Inca Mayta Capac,
still higher tip the river at Accha, on the route to Cunti-
suyu. All the bridges were suspended across chasms of the
river, on cables made from oiser wisps, stretched from
bluffs at great heights above the water. The first men
tioned, near the village of Curahuasi on tbe road leading
through Abancay, en route to the City of Kings, Avas
some fifty-odd miles westward of Cuzco.
These bridges afforded the means of crossing the
Apurimac from the provinces beyond, nortlrward and
Avestward, to Cuzco; and over all passage had been de
layed by damages from wind, rains, or earthquakes.
The Apurimac flows with a deep stream between
mountains that rise to enormous heights on each side,
and in places, as at the Roca bridge, between sheer
precipices. With its rush of waters hemmed into a nar
row channel between the rocks, it makes a roar that can
be heard a great distance— hence, the name, meaning
the ' ' great speaker. ' '
Curahuasi, the nearest town to the Roca bridge, is on
a high upland, with still higher mountains on three sides ;
and a short distance from it, to the eastward, the descent
begins to the bridge. The way is down a precipitous
mountain side, and it is partly cut out of the cliffs and
partly built up against them, in curves and zig-zags. In
places it is very narrow, and in other places it is a series
of ledge-like steps cut in the rock. Near the bridge the

KNOWEST THOU THYSELF TO BE THAT? 165
way penetrates the perpendicular cliff by a tunnel, which
has window-like openings that look out from the side
of the mountain wall, onto the precipices of the opposite
side of the gorge nearly as stupendous. From Avhere
the road emerges from the tunnel downward there is a
short, narrow, steep descent to a small shelf of the mount
ain, from which the bridge is strung, one hundred and
fifty feet above it, to another shelf of rock on the other
side. From this, the route is very broken, precipitous,
and difficult for leagues, before it reaches easier ground
again. It was over this route, the belated pilgrims from
Chinchasuyu — who had been camped at the town of
Curahuasi, or on the plain between the town and the
beginning of the descent to the bridge, in their recent
delay — had to make their way to the sacred city. The
highway of Chinchasuyu in many other parts of its
course trails along profound precipices, sheer cliffs and
mountain sides, so it is always subject at various points
to danger of landslides ; and much of the time the bridge
of the Apurimac is whipped and swayed by, and is sub
jected to impairment from, the strong winds in the
canyon. Unusually heavy rainfalls in the Sierras had
added their agencies to the frequent earthquakes of late
in the delaying and discomfiture of pilgrims along the
roads as Avell as at the bridges.
So it happened, owing to the detentions on the west
side of the river, though these people had expected to be
in the sacred city some days prior to the beginning of the
fast, it Avas not until the day before that they succeeded
in getting over the stream — with yet fifty-odd miles be
tween them and their destination.
While the worshipers at Cuzco were watching the
ominous signs which attended the descent of their god
behind the western mountains on the evening that pre
ceded the fast, there was a large company who, having
finally crossed the river, were anxiously watching from

166 UNDER THE SUN.
the heights of Lima Tambo, overlooking the gorge of the
Apurimac, the same sunset. While those at Cuzco were
prostrating themselves toward the declining orb, these
pilgrims, in their evening camp on the terraces near the
Inca temple and storehouse88 at Lima Tambo, under the
lead of some priests from the Temple of the Sun in
far-off Tumpiz, together with those of this provincial
sanctuary, were doing the same.
In this group was a woman from Tumpiz, not yet old
and still esteemed beautiful, whom the priests and others
from that city regarded with marked consideration. She-
was the widow of a curaca of that province, Avho had
been a trusted officer of the Inca, and had died in his
service. She was making her way with tbe little com
pany from that place to be present in the capital at the
feast ; but more potent than any desire to participate in
the ceremonials of fast or feast, was that of again seeing
her boy, whom she expected to find in the city, and whom
she had not seen for more than three years.
He was in the personal service of the monarch; and
this circumstance aided that of her exemplary and dis
tinguished widowhood in securing to her especial esteem
and attention; for, to be near the sacred person of the
monarch in any trusted capacity was an honor of such
enviable character that it not only distinguished the in
dividual, but also his relations in the eyes of the people
of the city or community where he was born.
This woman had traveled every few years to Tume
bamba, the most favored residence of the Inca in the
North, to see the boy. There, in the south of the territory
of Quito, and nearly westward some hundred and fifty
miles from Tumpiz, Huayna Capac had constructed a
most magnificent palace for himself, and extensive sup
ply depots for his army. It was both headquarters and
luxurious residence, where the sovereign delighted to
spend much of his time, convenient as it was to the gov
ernment and military operations of the North, which had
occupied so large a part of his attention.

KNOWEST THOU THYSELF TO BE THAT? 167
Now that the company had gotten over the Apurimac,
the impatience of this woman allowed no needless delays
in moving forward; and, as the mountaineers of the
Sierras are surprisingly expeditious in getting over the
roughest country, and those from the coast are forced to
learn much of the same hardiness when traveling inland,
the party reached the capital the last day of the fast.
The woman from Tumpiz was not long after arrival
in appearing at the palace in search of Hillipo. Upon
finding him, suitable quarters were speedily assigned
her; and the surprised and delighted boy— who had re
ceived no prior intimation of her coming — and the fond
woman, were soon in affectionate discourse.
' ' It was, ' ' said she to him, ' ' reported in Tumpiz that
the Inca Avould probably be long in Cuzco; that the
people here had become so restless at bis continued
absence from the sacred capital, that he would likely
have to reliquish his supposed preference for Quito and
Tumebamba, and spend the remainder of his days among
his hereditary subjects here.
"This seemed to threaten an indefinite separation;
and already I had not seen thee for more than three
years. I was sure thou wouldst be here with our lord,
at the feast ; but after that I Avould not know where thou
couldst be found. Then the omens and signs, about
which every one is talking, made me more uneasy; and
there are, too, things which thou shouldst know, now
that thou art a man, which thou canst only learn from
me. So I determined to make the long journey here to
see thee. Truly my boy, thou hast grown much since
I saw thee last! But for the instincts of my heart, I
might not have known thee. ' '
"Aye, mother, there is truly that instinct of the
heart in us, and it would always make me know thee.
How anxious I would have been for thee, since learning
of the troubles from earthquakes, floods and winds on
the road, had I known that thou wert coming. How
hast thou stood the long pilgrimage and its hardships?"

168 UNDER THE SUN.
"Well enough. Our tents were good, and protected
us when we had to use them through default of other
shelter. The Inca's storehouses along the route, from
which people are provisioned on such journeys as this,
were at all necessary points and abundantly supplied,
so we suffered for nothing. The excellence of the high
way over the mountains Avas simply amazing to me;
what a work our lord hath caused to be accom
plished in the completion of this road from the north
over the Cordillera to this city! The organization for
its maintenance is such, notwithstanding we were much
delayed by damage from earthquakes, floods and winds,
that repairs were immediately set about in every case,
and quick restoration was always made. ' '
"And, mother, hadst thou traveled on south to the
region of Lake Titicaca, and beyond even to Chili, thou
wouldst have found the roads all in the same admirable
condition. In the mountains and valleys they are of
stone .and concrete ;87 and in the sandy barrens where
they can not be paved or Availed in, or planted Avith trees,
the way is well marked with posts and kept in good con
dition. Along all the great highways there are post-
houses, or cabins, every few miles, for the couriers who
carry the Inca 's messages in relays ; and at suitable dis
tances there are depots for supplies, well filled for our
lord's service."
"I suppose no other Inca," responded the woman,
"hath done so much in his time, in constructing great
public works, roads, palaces and fortresses; and under
no other have such large armies been raised, and so com
plete a public service been maintained."
"It is owing to these things," said Hillipo, "together
with his great personality, that my master can indulge
so much partiality for Quito, and still maintain himself
in the affections of all his people ; they glory in his glory.
Although, to the great mortification of Cuzco, he has for
years shown his preference for Quito, all see he does not

KNOWEST THOU THYSELF TO BE THAT? 169
neglect any part of his empire; and the general con
dition of the people in every quarter was never better,
if so Avell cared for.
' ' All other Incas have linked their fame and author
ity inseparably with that of this sacred city, exercising
all authority from it as their residence ; and from A\Thich,
except for urgent necessities, no Inca ever remained
long absent. But the Inca Huayna Capac prefers that
his authority should rest on his own personality— though
he acquiesces in the public faith and traditions, as parts
of established conditions, when they do not interfere
too much with his own will. He cares much more for
that deference of his subjects which proceeds from his
being esteemed as having great personal force, than for
veneration accorded him as one of a number of divinely
born Children of the Sun, exercising majesty by circum
stances of birth, under the regulation authority of a
sacred theocracy."
"But, my boy, tell me of thyself— of thine oavu for
tunes. ' '
"Dear mother, it is my fortune to be very A\'ell, as
thou seest; to wait upon my master and to do his bid
ding. Is not this as much as a page may expect? Unless
he should have the fortune to fall in love, which might
prove his misfortune ; since the girl might not love him,
or if she did, our master might have other designs for
him or her, than their own heart's desire."
"Aye, Hillipo, as a little lad thou wert always fond
of thy jest ! I see thou still dost like one. But.be seri
ous and tell me how thou standest in our lord's favor."
"There is little jest, mother, in what I said; and thou
must admit such a situation, if I fell in love, would not
be an unlikely one. ' '
"Well, my boy, thou art too good looking for any
girl to love another, if thou didst care for her; and, it
would be no small fortune either for any girl to have
such an one as thee, whom the Inca favors, for a lover."

170 UNDER THE SUN.
"Aye, if the Inca favored the love affair— assuming
the girl were willing."
"But, Hillipo, of course he would not continue to
have thee for his page if he did not regard thee with
favor. Tell me all about thyself. I noticed Avhen I in
quired for thee, those about spoke of thee with more
deferential manner than formerly."
"The breath of an Inca, with a word, can make
people see Avonders in a man. Perhaps they spoke of me
differently from what they would have done even yester
day. I fancy I notice myself some difference between
having the chief court sweeper carelessly say, ' get out of
the way, Hillipo, or we will cover thee with dust,' and
having the Governor of the Palace bow till he is in
danger of falling forward and say, 'My Lord Hillipo,
thou art covered with honor ! I beg to join all the city
in giving thee good will and reverence, ' though this poor
flesh and blood is just the same to-day as it was yester
day." "What does this mean? What is the change since
yesterday ? ' '
"Yesterday the Prince Atahuallpa spurned and
despised me. To-day, if I have not ready access to his
ears, I have, at least, from his own hand as a trophy of
his condescension, the gold ear-ornament that adorned
the ear of His Highness. Yesterday no one here cared
whence came poor Hillipo, the Inca's page. To-day all
Cuzco knows by the Inca's own words, for news from
the palace flies fast, that Hillipo 's father was loved and
honored of His Majesty; and that the page hath received
commendation from the monarch, who hath declared he
reared him near his person because he intended for him
some suitable provision. In short, mother, yesterday, I
was simply 'Hillipo the page;' to-day, I am tbe 'Lord
Hillipo, Inca' "
"Hillipo, Inca! Knowest thou thyself to be that,
and now dost thou call me mother?" Then the good

KNOWEST THOU THYSELF TO BE THAT? 171
woman shrank back, burst into tears, and burying her
face in her hands, she sobbed: "It is enough! Even
if he will now despise me, it is enough ! ' '
Hillipo embraced her, tore her hands from her face,
and, kissing her over and over again, exclaimed: "Why
should I not call thee mother? What is the matter, my
dear one ? Put thine arms around thy boy, and now tell
him more about thine own dear self, and what hath hap
pened to thee in these years."
' ' So thou lovest me, as of old ? ' ' said the woman, not
knowing whether to be most happy or miserable ; and as
Hillipo fondly re-assured her, smiling through her tears
and hugging him close to her heart, she added: "But
first tell me how it came about, wilt thou not? Then if
thou carest to have me, I will speak of myself, or of any
thing that I can tell. ' '
' ' All right, mother, I will do as thou sayest. ' '

CHAPTER XIX.
HE IS THE CHILD OF LOVE.
Hillipo told of how Atahuallpa had always disliked
him, of his mistreatment and the merciless stripes; then
of the Princess, of his master's message to her, sent by
him; of her attendance at the feast in response, and of
the ovation given her. He could but dwell, though with
manifest unconsciousness of how much interest he Avas
showing, on her appearance and its effect on the com
pany, climaxing with the incident of the garlands and
what followed.
When he came to the narration of how he had defied
the Prince in the Inca's presence, tbe woman caught her
breath in amazement at his audacity. Then she mur
mured, recovering herself, "And why not? Thou art
as good as be ! " But Hillipo, ascribing tbe comment to
her cherished pride in her own people and her partiality
for him, did not notice these words especially.
' ' Thou hast won tbe title of Inca by thine own cour
age and address," said she, "To me, that is more than
to have been born to it. ' '
Then she seemed to be thinking intently for some
seconds, and added: "Yet, in the eyes of others, that
is not the same as being a real Inca— one by descent
from the pure royal blood. I thought when thou saidst
thou wert Hillipo Inca, that thou hadst even more to
tell than thou hast related."
The boy's eyes fell with evident chagrin, but he was
silent. The woman went on: "Courage is the most neces
sary of human virtues, but it is perhaps also the least ;
172

HE IS THE CHILD OF LOVE. 173
for it is probably the most general— so common, that
to be called a coward is everywhere an insult, because
it not only accuses a man of lacking something essential,
but of wanting that virtue which even most of the lower
animals possess.
' ' Courage in man is the rule, not the exception, ' ' she
continued, as though in abstract communion with ber
own thoughts. "It is so common a quality, and hath
been in reality shown so equally by all peoples when put
to the test under equal conditions, I have sometimes
wondered that so much ado is made on public occasions
over the courage of this popular hero, or that particular
lot of men; since when men show desperation, usually
there is nothing else left for them to do— it is simply
making the best of the situation. When excited by that
which can no longer be endured, or when the incentive
is great enough to dominate one's nature, or when the
shame of showing cowardice or shrinking from what
must be would appear very conspicuous, most men can be
daring as well as seemingly brave. If he must any one
can bear great suffering; for one can stand anything
up to the point where unconsciousness comes to his relief
—and then what follows doesn't matter! So, men bear
the torture of enemies in whom they know there is no
compassion or relenting, with defiance, and generally
criminals face their fate with composure.
"I have guessed thy heart, my boy. Thou hast not
succeeded in concealing a motive whose force, even to
an ordinary man, is more potent than fear. I think
the eyes of the Princess flashed into thine the incentive
that was supreme, and dispersed for the time at least,
fear, prudence and all else but the consciousness that she
Avas there, and thou must prove thy manhood before her.
That was natural. It was daring, audacious, to defy the
Prince ; but to lift thine eyes with love to her, even with
a mere self-consciousness of it— that was more ! That
makes me anxious, indeed ! ' '

174 UNDER THE SUN.
The boy looked up, startled; but quickly composing
himself he replied: "I trust I have not exhibited, by
word or offensive act, such as that of which thou accuseth
me." The woman shook her head doubtingly, but Hillipo
went on.
"As for audacity toward the Prince, I grant thee
that in its indulgence, gratifying an eager desire to as
sert myself against him was so sweet to my selfish pride,
I should claim no merit for it. I think that feeling Avas
absorbing enough to compel my action even had the eyes
of tbe Princess been elsewhere."
Again the woman shook ber head slightly, as in
doubt; but again the boy, seeming not to note it, pro
ceeded: "I once heard my master tell one of the
amautas, in deprecation of some displeasingly extrava
gant praise : ' Some one person is usually the accidental
or maneuvering beneficiary of the fame that results
from great events or epochal circumstances— He may
not have been so potent as another, or others, in bring
ing about the event ; but that fortunate one, in such con
nection, is be whose conspicuousness secures to him the
focalizing of attention.' I admit it is so with me.
Through an unwillingness of the Inca to disoblige tbe
Princess, people who thought nothing of Hillipo before,
now concede some consequence to the same Hillipo with
tbe word Inca added to his name. ' '
"Nevertheless, we know to be an Inca is the supreme
honor," replied the woman; "and my coming here has
to do with that. I might as well tell thee now, my boy,
what I have come especially to say; but first, I want a
promise that thou wilt not disclose what I wish to tell
to any one without my consent. Wilt thou promise?"
"Surely, that shall be as thou wilt, mother."
"Then, Hillipo, give me close attention throughout."
The boy had been restlessly pacing the floor for some
seconds— indeed, since the woman had indulged her com-

HE IS THE CHILD OF LOVE. 175
mentary on what he had told concerning his combat with
Atahuallpa; but now, seating himself, he assumed an
attitude of respectful waiting for her to proceed.
' ' Thou art now past twenty years of age, ' ' she began.
"About a year and a half before thy birth, the Lord
Auqui Mayta, the youngest brother of the Inca, was
placed in military command at Tumpiz.
"After the conquest of the coast country to the
north, our Lord Huayna Capac decided that great es
tablishments of the national religion should be erected
at Tumpiz— both to impress its grandeur on his new
subjects, and especially to honor the people of the dis
trict who had welcomed his authority, and zealously
aided it in his wars with the tribes about the Bay of
Guayaquil. In consequence, the Temple and the House
of the Sacred Virgins there had just been completed.
"In the House of Virgins at Tumebamba there was
a daughter of the Inca by a concubine of the pure royal
blood,88 whose father was an uncle of the Inca. She was
a girl younger than thou art now. She was very beauti
ful and of a joyous nature. To especially honor the new
convent, our Lord Inca sent this daughter of his to
reside in and give greater repute to the establishment.
"At that time my husband, the Curaca Chauqui of
that country, was with the Lord Auqui69 Mayta at a mili
tary station near the foot of the mountains, when the
Princess Pilica, for that was her name, arrived on the
way to Tumpiz to join the virgins in the new convent.
The place was not very far from Tumpiz, and the
princess with ber attendants had to stop there for the
night. "I remember well Chaqui's account of Auqui
Mayta 's meeting with the Nusta.m He had never seen
her before. It was twilight, and she was at the door of
her tent, surrounded by her attendants who were mak
ing music for ber entertainment.
"The Auqui had called in person, as was due to a

176 UNDER THE SUN.
lady of such high rank, his near kinswoman, to see
whether aught could be wanting for her comfort.
"It was fascination at first sight for both; and there
upon the Auqui availed himself of his privilege as an
Inca-commander to seek a private interview for the next
day, ostensibly to consider the affairs of the convent at
Tumpiz. He begged her to stay a few days for rest and
refreshment before going on. When she did so, love
found a voice in defiance of everything. The Auqui
made a pretext of amending certain features of the con
vent, which he claimed it was advisable should be ar
ranged for perfecting of the establishment before tbe
Nusta should go into it. He said the heat at Tumpiz
and the coolness and mineral baths near tbe post, should
afford good reasons for tbe Princess to delay proceeding
on her mission, for a time.
"Good arguments were found afterward for still
more delay— as good reasons can generally be found to
warrant the doing of what one wants— and both Nusta
and Auqui wanted that she should stay. The Auqui had
a house arranged for the Nusta at the baths, a secluded
spot near the Bay of Guayaquil— a little distance from
the military post. There he spent much of his time with
her. Meanwhile be bad Chauqui send for me to attend
on the Nusta as chief lady of honor. The movement of
passion was too dominant and rapid for prudence to
stay it.
' ' The Nusta had taken a great fancy to me from the
first — for thou shouldst remember, my boy, that was
some twenty years and more ago. Then I was young,
hardly eighteen, and people said I had beauty, with
womanly charms of mind and manner, as well."
"As thou still hast," interrupted Hillipo.
"Indeed," continued the woman, "life was then in
the sap with us all. The Auqui himself was young and
handsome, while my husband was hardly more than
thirty, and was accounted as comely a man as could be
found in tbe province.

HE IS THE CHILD OF LOVE. 177
' ' Ah, boy, those were sweet days"! In them song and
music and happy strolls made the hours accord with the
bright sunshine and the soft airs that came from the
west over the bay ; and at night there were gentle whis
perings, the sounds of tinya strings, and notes of the
pincullus.81 Then when sleep came it was guarded by
tender arms and made beautiful with loving dreams;
for my Chauqui had not forgotten how, in being my
husband, to be my lover.
"Before us stretched the slumberous waters far to
the north, in which the sky pictured its blue beauty ; and
beyond, rose the hazy shores of the islands that gave
another shade of loveliness between water and sky. Be
hind us the forest deepened into the mountains that
reach westward from the Cordillera along the south side
of Guayaquil Bay and River to the sea— drawing the
line of heights that guide the rains to the north, making
the land there rich with verdure and fencing them
from the south, where extends the desert coast. Where
we were, the verdured bills reached back and upAvard
with green misting into blue, to meet the blueness of the
sky. "It was a delight to sit beside the sun-lit waters in
the cool shade and give our eyes to its beauty, while
the heart was all tenderness with love — and sing and
talk and listen ; and then at night to watch tbe beauty
about us in the moonlight, and let the heart have its way
—ah ! truly those were sweet days and tender nights.
They were so both for the Nusta and for me. I loved
without stint and she without count. Thou hadst a
mother, boy, who kept no account in lavishing the treas
ures of her heart. And I have known what it was to look
at the world and see nothing in all its hopes and fears, re
wards and penalties, that seemed as aught unless they
aided love.
"Thy mother loved as a woman sometimes can, with
that ardor which delights in giving self and all, with no
I

178 UNDER THE SUN.
place in ber heart for doubt. The world, to her young
eyes, was made for love. The sun ruled in heaven only
to make the earth warm and bright for love; tbe moon
was queen of the night only to smile on love; and all
the stars glistened and twinkled in the blue above and
cast their enamoring radiance on the earth and the blue
of the sea, only to brighten and give approving eyes on
land and water for the ways of love. For her the
southern breezes blew to fan the lover's cheeks; the
seasons and weather changed82 to give variety and re
freshened strength for love's more constant humor; the
days were for love 's discourse, and the nights for caress
ing of loving arms; to eat and sleep were for renewal
of vigor to love the more ; and all life, in air, water, and
on the earth, existed to' give object lessons in love, and
help, with voice and strength and fruit, tbe ardor of a
lover's heart.
' ' I have seen this : I know what it means. Thou art
the child of love like this ! Thine own existence testifies
to what may be this overpowering impulse of love in the
blood thou dost inherit, Avhen aroused— I suspect thou
hast not failed of receiving with thy blood some like
capacity for this blinding, driving passionateness of
devotion ; and I suspect, too, the beat of that land beside
the ever summer seas, where thou wert born, bas helped
to burn into thy nature the fervor of the climate.
' ' I have not dwelt on this, my boy, simply to indulge
fond memories, of days that are gone, though the thought
of those days is a joy; but I speak of them more to shoAv
thee why I fear thou mayst have a too recklessly ardent
nature, when thy heart is concerned; and also to show,
at the same time, how well I can sympathize with it.
Aye, and that thou mayst understand better, the fear I
expressed respecting the influence on thee of tbe eyes
whose spell I surmise, notwithstanding thy wrongs,
chiefly impelled thee to defy Atahuallpa. Dost thou
understand me?"

HE IS THE CHILD OF LOVE. 179
"Sweet mother, I trust thou couldst hardly think me
so stupid as not to understand that."
"Well Hillipo, one evening in the twilight tbe Nusta
was sitting with me beside the river. We had watched
the god we worship dip into the western waters; had
seen the glow of flame-color edge the sea and redden
above, and fade into the blue; and then the colors be
came tints, and the bright tints darkened into gray over
tbe waters, while the dusk of a brief tropical twilight
gathered on the hills behind us.
"We had for some time sat in silence, the Nusta and
I, both gazing over the waters from whicb tbe reflected
richness of sky-coloring had faded.
"A refreshing breeze was coming from tbe bay out
of the west, stirring its surface into scurrying ripples
that were lapping the sandy incline of shore near us—
each inflow leaving little ribs of sand, that were soon
washed higher up, for the breeze was stiffening and the
water getting rougher. The last few minutes we had
been watching this play of the waves with the sand,
when the Nusta, turning to me abruptly, said : ' I must
tell thee something. Knowest thou I have been think
ing that this great water and those little ridges of sand,
sent higher by each forward rush of those wavelets, are
like what is going on in my heart ? The great movement
of love there is sending Avith every motion, tbe mark of
its power higher on my life, as each succeeding inflow
of the waves sends those sand ridges further toward our
feet.' But not waiting for response she hurried on:
' Oh, my friend ! I love ! How I love ! My love is as
limitless, as deep, as that great water that reaches be
yond all sight or measure; and my life is but as the
sands there to the sea, to register its power and move
ments, higher and higher, on all the outspread of self I
knoAV. And yet there are undreamed of forces in its
extent, from which all within me that I do not know only
awaits a call, to register another higher mark in loving.

180 UNDER THE SUN.
" 'Sweet friend, thou lovest; and yet no child hath
come to thee— if that love should put forth a yet higher
movement, in the conception of another life, then thou
couldst know what I do now. With me love bath made
a higher marking than heretofore of its movement— a
higher call for response from my life. It hath put some
thing new into my being from the beyond, the limitless.'
" 'When, my Nusta— for I must still call thee that,
though now a Palla*— didst thou discover this? I ex
claimed. '
" 'For certain, only a few days since,' she replied.
'We have now been here more than five months, and
thou knowest the Auqui became an Ataucbi,§ by taking
me for bis wife nearly as long ago.'
" 'Oh, my Nusta! But the Inca — what shall be said
to him, and what shall be done about the House of the
Virgins ? '
" 'Thou knowst I am the Inca's daughter. My
mother was also a Palla83 of pure Inca blood. I Avas in
the House of Virgins at Tumebamba because such a
place is considered the only suitable home for a Nusta
of the pure blood royal, unless she is given in marriage
to a husband of the same pure stock, and she can not
marry any one of less sacred lineage. Tbe Auqui might
have asked the Inca to give me to him as Avife, for he
was unmarried; but my father desired that the House
of Virgins at Tumpiz should receive the highest venera
tion, for considerations of state, and he thought this
would be aided by having one of his own daughters as
an honoring inmate.
" ' Of course the Auqui knew this. But the sanction
of the Inca to a marriage in the sacred lineages is a mat
ter within his own discretion; and we feared, as he had
•Nusta, used alone, meant legitimate daughter of the blood royal,
unmarried, hut here used loosely to indicate virgin princess: Palla
meant married princess of blood royal. — Note SO.
|Auqul meant unmarried man of the blood royal ; and Atauehi or
Tnca meant a married man of the blood royal. — Note 59.

HE IS THE CHILD OF LOVE. 181
another purpose for me, to whicb he had been con
siderate enough to ask my consent, which was duly
given, be might withhold his sanction, or delay it. If we
had asked his consent, of course we could not then have
disobeyed bis wishes; and, in any event, it would have
required an indefinite delay to get the facts before him,
and secure his sanction, even if he would have given it
at all. And then we must have waited, according to tbe
custom, until he could place my band in that of tbe
Auqui, with his own royal bestowal, at tbe time ap
pointed for the annual wedding festivals.84 But love
is impatient of hindrance or delay, and we were deter
mined : so, as the Auqui and I are of the sacred lineage
equally with the Inca, and according to the theory of
our Sun Worship, which is even more sacred than tbe
marriage custom, such an one can not do wrong,86 we
thought it surer to assume and establish our married
relations first ; and then, when it was beyond forbidding,
make our appeal to the Inca. No punishment was ever
inflicted on an Inca of pure blood; and the worst that
could happen would be the sorrow of having the Sole
Lord Inca's displeasure. But we hoped not to incur
that very seriously, or if we did that he would be recon
ciled in time at least.
" 'Meanwhile if we denied ourselves to love, the
world were dead for us, and we dead to all its joys. So
it was, in the presence of the priest of the post, thy hus
band and a few devoted friends— all of whom wer'e
bound to secrecy— the Auqui took my hand in his, and
looking up to the Sun, our God, declared that he took me
for his sole, true wife, and invoked his blessing upon
us. " 'We intend to make it known to the Inca, after a
time— when the child is born ! But we would not even
give him a chance to interfere with our love till then—
and what need could there be to speak till then? I
might not live through that time; and if nature ends

182 UNDER THE SUN.
my life then, I will go with joy that these months of love
have been mine. I would not give one moment of them
for a thousand years without the love I have known. If
I do live, Mayta will claim me, by bis right as a true
Child of the Sun, if the assertion of right be necessary.
" 'As for the House of Virgins at Tumpiz, as I have
said, I shall never be its inmate. My place shall be in
my grave or in my Mayta 's arms. While he is in com
mand here, no messages can be sent to the Inca without
his knowledge ; and bis authority is sufficient to prevent
any troublesome curiosity finding expression about me.
As to Tumpiz, the priests of the temple, and the Mama-
cunas88 of the virgins, it is enough for them to be
advised, at least for some time to come, that the Auqui
finds tbe state of my health requires a residence here
at tbe baths— which, in view of what I have told thee,
is true enough.
" 'And if this should get to the Inca, it would likely,
also, satisfy Mm for the present, especially as be is just
now much occupied with a distant campaign that may
claim his attention for a year or two. '
"Well, my boy, we did continue at the baths, until
the time was full, and a son was born to the Princess
Pilica; but shortly after that new life came into the
world, her own, beautiful and devoted, went out.
"She knew that her young life was about to close;
but she lived to look on the face of her new born Inca
child, of as pure blood royal, in direct descent from
Manco Capac, as is that of the Sole Lord of all Ttahuan
tinsuyu. ' ' I was by her in that hour. But a short while before,
tbe Auqui had been summoned by the Inca. When he
left he expected to return in a short time, but afterward
tbe Inca ordered him into a distant field of active opera
tions. His absence seemed her only regret; for she
longed to place tbe child in his arms, as her last and
supreme offering of love.

HE IS THE CHILD OF LOVE. 183
" 'He is the child of love, my friend,' said she. 'I
give my life for love. Its delights in the days spent here
were worth more than life— every moment of bis hand
in mine, of bis lips in touch with mine, was worth a Ufe.
It was all too sweet to last long. With such joy here,
unbroken, we would not care for the happy mansions
of the Sun. I have had more than a mortal life of joy
in a few months, and I go willingly. Now that my
Ataucbi is far away, I turn to my trusted friend; and
I have the most a woman, a wife, a mother can ask, to
beg of thee— wilt thou do it?'
' ' I could not speak for my sobs, I could only bow my
head and cover her hand with kisses.
"She continued, 'I see thou wilt, dear one. I know
I can trust thee fully. Thou hast no child. Take my
boy, and let him be as thine. I know my Mayta would
rather trust him to thee than to any other one on earth,
for thou hast been with us in our love, and he loves thy
Chauqui as I love thee ; let nothing separate him or thee
from my boy ! ' She was nearly exhausted now, but with
a great effort, and very faintly, she added: 'Promise.'
"I was choking with my grief, but I managed to
gasp : 'By all that is sacred I promise both for him and
me.' She understood me, and smiled her own sweet
smile, a smile more from heaven than of earth ; then in a
AA'hisper, for her voice was now too weak for more, she
said, 'his name is Hillipo.' It was the last word she
uttered. I remembered then having heard ber say, tbe
Auqui had told her, when a boy he was called Hillipo
as a pet name ; and I knew she often endearingly called
him that. So it was, the Nusta 's last breath whispered,
when it could no longer speak, an offering to that love
for which she counted ber life as naught, in giving thee,
boy, true Inca, as thou art by right of blood as by right
of love, the pet name by which she called thy father,
'Hillipo.' "-

CHAPTER XX.
THIS COMPLICATES MATTERS.
Toward the last of Tomaya's story — for that was the
name of Chauqui 'sfwife— Hillipo 's interest was deep
ened by mystery, and mystery became more interestingly
a personal puzzle, until the ending sentences, like the
throwing of light from a reflector on an object hitherto in
darkness, disclosed his identity as the son of the Auqui
and the Nusta.
He was hardly prepared fully for tbe denouement,
even when it came in the announcement of his name ; so
when Tomaya paused he sat mute, astounded with eon-
tending emotions.
Tomaya looked at him, earnestly, pityingly, almost
pleadingly, and then added: "I have, as best I could,
fulfilled my vow. I have tried to be a mother, as my
Chauqui, in pursuance of the vow I made for him as
well as for myself, was in affection a father to thee.
Recovering sufficiently to perceive the call of the
situation for some response, Hillipo exclaimed: "And
truly thou bast not only been a mother, but tbe best,
most tender of mothers ! ' ' and bowing before ber, be took
both her arms and placed them about his neck, and then
with his arms around her, and gazing fondly into ber
eyes, he added: "Wilt thou not be to me always as
mother ? To be an Inca, even, could not in anywise com
pensate for the loss of thee, my dear, dear, blessed
mother!" Tomaya kissed him, but she felt she must not yield
to emotions that would prevent the coherency of what
she still had to say; and struggling with a choking
184

THIS COMPLICATES MATTERS. 185
throat, wiping away tears that Hillipo was trying to stay
with kisses, and bringing all her efforts to steady herself
into composure, she went on : "But I must tell thee, my
boy, somewhat more, and thou must listen even a little
longer. I promised that nothing should ever separate
me from thee, and so far as depends on me, unless for
thy good, nothing ever shall; but, to go on with tbe
facts: When thy father left the Tumpiz district, my
Chauqui was placed in command, and he continued so
until he went on his last campaign, in which be died by
thy side, in the presence of the Inca. The Auqui never
came back to Tumpiz. Soon after thy mother's death,
he was sent on a mission to far-away Chili. But be
fore that, as promptly as was possible, he was informed
through a trusty messenger sent by my Chauqui, of the
Nusta 's death; of thy birth and Avell-being; and of thy
mother's charge, placing thee in our hands to be reared
as our own son, believing that would meet with his ap
proval; and of our acceptance of the trust, of course
impliedly subject to his orders.
"In reply, he confirmed the trust to us, requesting
that tbe facts should not be disclosed by those who knew
them, until he should himself have opportunity for an
nouncing them in person to the Inca.
"Both Chauqui and I loved thee, almost from the
first, as our own. The priest and the few persons about
us who knew the circumstances, could, we were sure, be
trusted. So Chauqui and I continued our absence from
Tumpiz for some six months longer ; and then, upon our
return, allowed it to be understood that thou wert our
own child. This seemed the only way in whicb, pursuant
to thy father's wishes, we could conceal thy real parent
age; while, at the same time, it well accorded with our
affection for thee.
"Thy father was continued in Chili, as tbe Inca's
representative for many years.
"We informed him of what we bad done; and the
message reached him at Moyobamba— near which place

186 UNDER THE SUN.
he had been in command of operations against the tribes
beyond the Huallaga— just before he started for Chili.
The trusted messenger employed for both communica
tions was Hanco, who, as priest of the post, was at the
baths when thou wert born, and who also was present
when tbe Auqui took thy mother's band as that of his
wife. Hanco came with us from Tumpiz, and is now
in the city.
"I suppose thy father loved thy mother as a man
may love, but hardly as she loved bim. Yet be never
married in the recognized legal way, and as his relations
with thy mother were never known at court, he con
tinued to be called 'Auqui.' I have heard that be is
even still designated so, because be is reputed the most
famed Prince of Cuzco. Though he had never seen
thee, he knew thou wert in the charge of those whose
hearts were wrapped up in thee; besides, his other in
terests may perhaps have so claimed his life that be was
tbe more willing to leave his son with me— and it would
have been really a cruelty to have separated thee from
me. After bis return from Chili, it seems his employ
ment did not take him near tbe Inca's person; and I
presume after so many years bad passed without the
Inca being informed, the Auqui thought he had best not
take the chance of losing favor with his sovereign by
telling him of the circumstances which had become so
old. Anyway, so far as I know, the Auqui bas never
made known the facts of his first marriage and thy birth
to his sovereign brother and thy grandfather.
"Meanwhile, the world believes that thou art my
child. My Chauqui 's fondness for thee led him to take
thee with him wherever experience could be gained that
would be of value to thee. And so it was thou wert with
him in his last campaign, although then but a lad.
"After my Chauqui fell, when our Sole Lord desired
to take thee into his service near his person, I hoped
from his favor much good; and I could not, with due

THIS COMPLICATES MATTERS. 187
regard for thy future, seek to prevent his wish. But no
one can tell the anxieties and longings I have suffered
in these years of separation, nor the perplexities of mind
and heart, as to what should be done concerning the
story of thy parentage. I have waited in vain for thy
father to make the disclosure. But, since he bas not,
I determined that my promise to keep the matter secret
should not be held as applying to thee— that promise
having been made on the assumption that the Auqui
himself would, in some reasonable time, declare tbe facts.
' ' The evidences should not be lost with my fife ; and,
now that thou art arrived to near man's estate, thou
shouldst know all I have told, whether the Auqui desires
it or not. So I have sought thee first ; and now I shall
seek him. The Priest Hanco came with me, at my desire,
so if needs be, he could testify also. Meanwhile, keep
the matter in thine own heart. ' '8T
"Dost thou know, mother, that the Auqui Mayta is
accounted the most brilliant general and skilled states
man, not of tbe Quito party, in the Inca's service— that
be stands highest in our Sole Lord's favor of any
Cuzcoan?" "Aye, I have heard so; and also that the Quitoans
dread bis abilities and influence more than that of any
of the Cuzcoan leaders. ' '
"And dost thou not see, mother, that the Quito
faction watch no one as closely ? Both Challcuchima and
Quizquiz would be overjoyed to find out anything which,
by fair or foul means, they could turn to account against
him with the Inca."
" I do not know much about court intrigues, my boy. ' '
"But thou canst guess what a power these facts con
cerning my birth might be, if they could get them, with
tbe proofs, before the Inca. Think what they might do,
if they could make it appear that this most honored
kinsman and servant had betrayed the trust placed in
him, bad appropriated to himself not only an own

188 UNDER THE SUN.
daughter of tbe Inca, his lord and brother, but a Virgin
of the Sun, without the Sole Lord's consent; and bad
moreover, through all these years concealed the facts,
while I, bis son, of the pure blood, have been in the royal
service as a mere page, unrecognized by him."
"And should not the Inca know all this?"
"Not if it would give an advantage to the party of
Quito. But first, mother, does the Auqui know that his
son is tbe Inca's page?"
"I think not, for thy father's absence in Chili until
recently, prevented any communication from us after
my Chauqui 's death."
' ' He knew bis son Avas called Hillipo ? ' '
"Aye, by the first message Ave sent."
"But tbe name is not an unusual one; and even if
he knew the Inca had a page with tbe name, it might
excite no great questioning, unless something more sug
gestive than tbe name itself, in connection with it, ap
pealed to bis attention."
"Has tbe Auqui ever seen thee, my boy?"
"Never, I think, until I encountered Atahuallpa at
tbe feast."
"Did he then take any special note of thee?"
"All the Cuzcoans then took note of me, for they
were evidently delighted to see the Quitoan Prince
humbled." "But it seems to me a father's instincts would sug
gest kinship when his own son was before him. I am
sure a mother's would. Did he indicate in any Avay
more interest than others, then or afterward?"
"Thou shouldst remember be is a skillful diplomat,
as well as a cautious statesman and an able soldier. He
must understand the Inca's devotion to Atahuallpa;
and he would hardly do anything to antagonize his
sovereign brother. Then, too, he must know that as
he most eminently stands for the supremacy of Cuzeo
by reason of his nativity and renown, be could not afford

THIS COMPLICATES MATTERS. 189
to injure his influence with the Inca; since that influ
ence must be considered more for tbe interest of his
people, who look to it with hope, than for serving mere
personal inclinations. ' '
"I had not thought of that," remarked Tomaya.
"But," continued Hillipo, "having learned from
what was said at the time, that I was from Tumpiz, it
seems he afterward made some further inquiries; and,
through one of his officers, he sent me Avord that he
would like for me to call and see him this evening. I
had supposed, boAvever, he did this merely because of
interest excited by my combat with Atahuallpa, oc
casioned by dislike, common with all the people of Cuzco,
toward tbe Quitoan influence for which Atahuallpa
stands. ' '
"Then," said Tomaya, "thou wilt see him before I
can; and that is well. Thou canst then advise with me
better as to what the indications are ; and we can better
determine what is to be done."
"And if an opportunity presents, shall I let the
Auqui know that I am informed about tbe story of my
birth, and that thou art here?"
"Thou wilt have to judge from what transpires in
the interview, whether that is best, or whether it will
be best for me first to see him. It will depend on how
be leads the conversation, the questions he may ask, and
the disposition shown. Thou shouldst not do so unless
he invites a statement, and with such kindly interest
as may indicate that what I have told thee would not
be unwelcome to his heart."
"Of course I understand that my conduct in the
conversation— what I should say, how, and how much-
will require discrimination, and cautious judgment,"
said Hillipo. "I shall be very careful. But I wanted
to know whether thou wouldst trust me as to what I
should say, if it should seem best for me to speak of tha
matter before thou canst see him."

190 UNDER THE SUN.
"From the thoughtfulness thou hast already indi
cated, I see thou dost not lack caution, or the ability to
look at things from more than one side — I am sure I can
trust thy judgment. ' '
"I thank thee, mother," said Hillipo; "but there is
a further reason why I should prove my discretion to
thee." "What is that?"
' ' It is suggested, mother, by the apprehension thou
bast expressed, concerning tbe incentive that thou be-
lievest was excited in me by the eyes of the Princess
Hutimina. ' '
"Frankly, my boy, dost thou love her, as I fear?"
' ' And wilt thou be patient and tender with me, dear
mother, and trust my words fully, if I tell thee?"
"I will be patient and tenderly faithful to thee in
that, as in everything else ; and I will trust the present
intention of thy words. But, my boy, a man may be
discreet, and bis expressed words be relied upon in every
thing else; and yet in love he may be a travesty of
everything judicious, and all previous caution and resolve
may melt down before a woman's eyes. Many a man
who is wise in all things among men is an arrant fool,
if thou wilt pardon so strong an expression, where some
woman is concerned. Aye, boy, truly it is when the
feminine appeals to the masculine impulses, that a man
needs to pray most earnestly that Pachacamac may
make him to know the possibilities of his own heart!"
"I know that, mother; yet one trained as I have
been, by attendance on the Inca's person, to the caution
and prudence Avhich is in the very atmosphere of the
court — who is habituated to considering action as related
to consequence— is surely less prone to do foolish things,
whatever may be bis impulses, than most others."
"Well, if I can not trust fully thy youthful impulse,
I shall hope the best, at least. Go on— dost thou love tha
Princess?" "Aye, mother, Avith all my soul!"

THIS COMPLICATES MATTERS. 191
' ' I knew it from thine eyes, thy voice, the expression
of thy manner when thou spakest of ber. This compli
cates matters even worse than before! And she — doth
she love thee ? ' '
' ' I dare not even hope such a thing, or that she will,
save from tbe inspiration which consciousness of my
love for ber bas put into my life, to believe that such a
force awakened in me can not be wholly lost for all
time ; yet I live, mother, on the hope that she may some
time, somehow, love me. Till then I only worship in
my own heart, without daring to lift my eyes even, in
silent adoration to the face of her I love. Meanwhile
I pray — aye, mother, I pray to a poAver greater than that
of the Sun or Pachacamac — to the God of Antonio, for
the change which may come from over the sea — from
white men, like Antonio, who may revise all things as
we know them, and make a future of love possible for
me." "Is this the Antonio, who, with another like unto
him, landed at Tumpiz, and was taken to Quito by the
Inca's orders?"
"The same."
"Tell me about him, for I did not see him— I only
heard of him and his companion ; and that their strange
appearance and knowledge caused the people to regard
them almost as gods, so they called them Viracochas."
Then Hillipo related the story of how the Inca had
honored the white man and brought him to Cuzco ; of his
own meeting with him, and what he had told him con
cerning the art of reading and Avriting, and what he
had taught him about the story of the Christ and the
Bible. Then he told of the apparition of tbe cross on
the wall of the Acllahuassi; of the meeting with Huti
mina and how the Princess had sought Antonio's teach
ing; then of the earthquake and eclipse, and how An
tonio had excited public veneration by foretelling the
re-appearance of the moon from obscuration of the

192 UNDER THE SUN.
eclipse; how the Inca had, at Hutimina 's request, se
cured the white man's promise to remain at least six
months in Cuzco to teach ber bis language, and how to
read and write it; and how Antonio bad promised to
include him in his instruction, and what happiness he
expected from being admitted to the presence of the
Princess; and finally bow be had already been in her
company with Antonio at three lessons, how she grasped
everything as if by intuition, and the rapid progress
they expected to make. Then he told more fully con
cerning the Inca's devotion to Atahuallpa, of Chall
cuchima 's influence, and of the Inca's wish to place
Hutimina and Atahuallpa on tbe throne of Quito.
When he had come to an end of the narration,
Tomaya said: "And thou hast loved in secret and
cherished thy love with hope, while yet thou couldst
consider thyself as only a page, of common human88
origin, whose love, if known, would mean the highest
crime against the sanctity of the Inca system?"
"Aye," replied Hillipo, "and I realized fully not
only how this would be considered; but also how vague,
and too uncertain for any reliance in ordinary affairs,
are the only circumstances upon which I might base my
hope — those concerning prophecies and signs of coming
change, and the possibility that a new governmental
system might come through white men from over the
sea, and in such form as to make it possible for me to
seek the heart of the Princess. I realized all this; and
yet — as thou saidst about men being desperately
courageous when there was nothing else to do, and that
it meant simply malting the best of the situation— I
loved and dared to hope, because I could not help my
self ; and it was better to hope, Avhether Avith or without
reason, than to despair. ' '
"But, my boy, now that thou knowest thyself to be
of true Inca blood, while the situation from one point
of view, that of origin and rank, may seem less impos-

THIS COMPLICATES MATTERS. 193
sible ; with the knowledge of that origin are coupled cir
cumstances which make the case no more encouraging.
I have heard otherwise, as well as from what thou hast
told me, that the two persons most loved in the world
by the Inca are Hutimina and Atahuallpa ; and it is his
desire, not only personal, but for reasons of state dear
to his heart, that these two shall be united. If be will
place the Prince on the throne of Quito, he can at the
same time place Hutimina there as queen. It is not,
therefore, to be considered that the Inca would consent
to a defeat of his cherished plans, through the predilec
tions of two young people— even if it could be supposed
that the Princess might come to love thee. But, on the
contrary, Avhen a threat to his wishes in this direction
aggravates the circumstances of thy birth, his resent
ment may reach to thy ruin, as well as that of the Auqui.
It was this that made me express such apprehension,
when I guessed from the manner of thy speaking of the
Princess that thou hadst become fascinated by her. I
feared the Auqui would consider with dread the effect
of all this, not only on thy fortunes, but on his, and in
consequence, that he would refuse to acknowledge thee
before tbe Inca, or do Avhat otherwise might be done for
thy interest. As I said, this complicates matters. ' '

m

CHAPTER XXI.
SHRINKING FROM THE CEREMONIES.
When Hillipo called to see Auqui Mayta, in obedi
ence to bis request, he was informed that the latter had
been summoned to an audience with the Inca, which
would prevent his being seen that day, and until after
the morrow's function.
Recent events had very much disconcerted the sov
ereign, and as the time for his appearance at the feast
approached, he found himself, not only physically in
poor condition for it, but with an almost insurmount
able shrinking from the ceremonies. The great Feast of
Raymi was the most important of all the religious festi
vals; it was the chief celebration in honor of the Sun,
and of the trust of all authority under him into tbe
sacred bands of the Inca, as his divinely appointed vice
gerent. Although there was a general high priest for lesser
occasions, also of pure Inca blood, at this most solemn
and important feast, the Inca himself, if not absent from
the capital was expected to officiate as the supreme
authority in church and state.
It was an occasion when the monarch renewed in
personal adoration his allegiance to his God and father,
before the eyes of all subjects and worshipers, gathered
from every part of the empire in the sacred city; and
when all present, joining in this worship, gave homage
to their Inca as the Sole Lord by divine sanction on
earth. Huayna Capac was a man of intellectual honesty
and directness; and having come to largely discredit
194

SHRINKING FROM THE CEREMONIES. 195
the sacred teachings on which the theocracy of the state,
and his authority in the eyes of the Cuzcoans, rested,
he had for many years made it convenient at the time
of the feast to have important duties elsewhere.
No other Inca had ever absented himself so per
sistently from this great national ceremonial, that em
phasized each year the dignity and supremeness of the
capital— with the importance of which the Inearial
authority was considered as essentially and inseparably
identified. The people, not only of Cuzco, but of all
Ttahuantinsuyu, except those of Quito and its depend
encies, had long since become very restless about the
matter ; and, since now there was a general rumor that
the faction of Quito was basing hopes and ambitious as
sumptions on the Inca's reported preference for that
city — at the head of which were the Quitoan Generals
Challcuchima and Quizquiz— the discontent had become
so manifest that it could not be safely ignored.
Realizing this, Challcuchima — more diplomatic than
Quizquiz, whose combative nature would have been de
lighted to see the Inca defy the Cuzco sentiment— bad
added his influence in prevailing on the Inca to set the
public discontent at rest, so far as he could, by appear
ing at tbe feast. He had argued with Quizquiz that it
would do Quito no harm, and would allay antagonisms
which could not be adequately met otherwise.
Upon the Inca he urged, that as things stood he was
the head af the theocracy, and to disturb faith in it, by
seeming indifference, Avould be to impair his own author
ity, Avhich, by the dearest traditions of the Cuzcoans,
rested in it. He suggested that the Inca's own skep
ticisms should not be allowed to stand in the way of the
public peace or content, unless he was ready to discard
all the old traditions and proclaim his authority as
resting simply on his own will and might. And he
argued that the present, at least, did not seem propitious
for so revolutionary a course.

196 UNDER THE SUN.
With himself, Challcuchima reasoned that the Inca
was old, "too old safely to excite opposition in Cuzco;
and that tbe cause of Quito and Atahuallpa would be
injured by open attritions. He considered that the
hopes of the Quitoan Prince depended much on the
peaceful and affectionate adhesion of all the country
under tbe Inca's authority, as supported by the re
ligious belief of the people. He preferred trusting for
the present to the Inca's revered influence, generally be
loved as be was, for securing a position of power and
semi-independence for Atahuallpa, aided, if possible, by
a marriage with Hutimina. Then, in time, after the
Inca had died, leaving the seal of bis approval upon
Atahuallpa's station, -he hoped the Quitoans might work
out their destiny to supremacy over Cuzco, when the
government there should be in the weaker hands of the
Heir Apparent Huascar.
Huascar's good natured weakness he understood, as
indeed it was generally understood, and he feared little
from him, or from any of the Cuzcoans except the Auqui
Mayta. The Auqui had some time before returned from
Chili, and was at Cuzco. His commanding qualities and
his successes had raised him high in the monarch's
favor; and he bad become also a popular favorite. It
was chiefly the Auqui whom the Quitoan dreaded as his
rival in the Inca's confidence.
The monarch's second legitimate son, Manco, had
thus far been so little considered in affairs of State, and
be had indicated so little as to his qualities, that Chall
cuchima gave himself small concern about him; while
he esteemed his own influence a match for that of any
of the monarch's brothers, or against all of them. As
for Hutimina, he had not before coming to Cuzco taken
her into account at all, except as a girl who, with her
pure blood and idolized personality, was to be won and
secured to strengthen Atahuallpa's position of vantage
in the Inca's heart, and to aid him as a possible future
contestant for supreme power.

SHRINKING FROM THE CEREMONIES. 197
The influence and arguments of Challcuchima had
much to do with inducing the Inca to make the trip to
Cuzco with the view of being present at the feast. But
how much the monarch's fondness for Hutimina and his
consideration for the Auqui Mayta had influence, the
old general had not appreciated until he made his own
observations in the capital.
Tbe Inca's disinclination to appear as supreme priest
was deepened by what had happened after arrival in
Cuzco. What Hutimina told him concerning Antonio
and the teaching of the Christian Bible relative to one
Supreme God, so accorded with his own trend of think
ing that his previous skepticisms as to the national Sun
Religion became, to those who had an opportunity of
observing, ill concealed disbelief.
An incident that had occured since the setting in of
the fast, indicative of the Inca's drift of thought, had
been especially noticed and widely commented on in
the high religious circles of the court. He was standing
at a door of the Palace with Villaoma,89 the High Priest,
his only surviving uncle, when, in a lull of conversation,
he looked up at the sun as directly as its piercing rays
Avould permit. The priest observing the unusual action,
remonstrated, saying: "Dost thou not know, 0 Inca,
that what thou doest is unlawful, not only in venturing
such disrespect to the Sun, thy God and Father, by look
ing so boldly into his face; but that it is an injurious
example to thy court, and to tbe whole empire which is
assembled in its representatives here to show their ven
eration and worship ? ' '
Then the Inca Avithdrew his gaze, but soon renewed
it. Upon the priest remonstrating again, Huayna Capac
said, ' ' In answer to what thou sayest, I will ask thee two
questions. I am thy king and uniA^ersal lord— is there
any one in my dominions, however rich or powerful, who
would order me to arise and proceed on a journey?"
The priest answered, "Truly none Avould be so auda-

198 UNDER THE SUN.
cious. ' ' Then said tbe Inca : "Is there any one in my
dominions, whether he be curaca or prince, however rich
or powerful, who would not obey, if I were to order him
to arise and make a journey, even to far-off Chili?"
Tbe priest replied: "Truly, Sole Lord, none would
dare disobey thee, or tarry in going wherever thou
mightest order, even to the end of the world. ' '
"Then," said the Inca, "I tell thee there is some
greater lord than the Sun, who orders his goings; or
else he would not proceed daily on the rounds of his
journey without deviation or rest."™
So it was that on the eve of the great festival,
Huayna Capac had reached a state of mind in which he
seemed determined, after all, not to appear in its
ceremonies ; alleging, for pacifying of public feeling, the
inadaquate condition of his health.
Challcuchima and the Quitoans were alarmed. The
incident of the combat between Hillipo and Atahuallpa
had given a very unfavorable turn to their interests. It
had become generally known, together with Hutimina 's
part in resenting the insolence of the Prince, and her
seconding the appeal of the page for satisfaction. The
affair was on every lip, with the result of making a
popular idol, far more than ever, of the Princess, and
to a considerable extent, of the page, whom now, as an
Inca by title, every one was eager to salute and honor
with praise.
In this condition of the popular feeling, aroused as
it was, to almost open assertion against the Quitoan in
fluence, Challcuchima saw, if the Inca should fail to
fill his part at the feast— after his long absence, the an
nouncement everywhere that he was to be present, and
the extraordinary gathering of people in greatful ex
pectations of his doing so— popular suspicion would be
leveled against him and the Quitoan schemes with a
bitterness he feared to contemplate. Yet, despite all he
could do or say, the Inca seemed at this last moment

SHRINKING FROM THE CEREMONIES. 199
determined not to yield bis own inclinations, or to falsify
his convictions at the bar of his own judgment, by an
exhibition of himself in personal sanction of that which
he had come to hold in contempt.
He said: The fools, bigots, and the populace must
be satisfied with the excuse of his illness, and the sub
stitution of a representative to act in his place— to
whicb, in view of his high station and popularity with
the Cuzcoans, he would appoint the Auqui Mayta.
In this state of affairs the old Quitoan general, as a
last resort, determined to appeal to the Auqui, as the
recognized chief of tbe Cuzcoan influence, to try and in
duce the Inca's appearance in the ceremonials of the
morrow. The Auqui desired this from his own point of view ;
and when he was sent for by the monarch, with the
purpose of delegating the performance of the royal
functions on the occasion to him, he made such a strong
presentation of the reasons, and was so urgent against
any substitution, that at last the Inca yielded.

CHAPTER XXII.
THE FEAST OF RAYMI.
The morning of the 23d of June, 1526, the day fol
lowing the last of the three shortest days of that year at
Cuzco, was clear, except for the haze that rested on the
mountains. As late as six o'clock the stars were glistening with
a brilliancy peculiar to the frosty, thin air of these
heights. There was no moonlight to dim with its more
pervasive effulgence the piercing brightness of their
beauty; and the great Southern Cross bung low to the
Southwest, not far above the horizon, with a distinctness
of glory among all the constellations, which caught the
eye and excited the admiration of even the casual ob
server. Although it was yet more than an hour till sunrise,
the city had long been astir; and in each person of
the hustling and waiting multitude there was anxiety,
hope, or fear, according to the temper of each soul, but
eagerness in all.
At this hour the Inearial procession was forming for
its march into the square of the Huaycapata, where ex
pectant thousands had long since gathered.
In front of the Amaru Cancha were drawn up five
hundred imperial guardsmen in a double line, facing
the square ; and behind them, also in a double line, were
five hundred musicians waiting, instruments in hand, for
the signal of tbe Inca's approach.
That golpon itself was filled Avith officials and dig
nitaries from all parts of the empire. With those near
the front was the widow of the Curaca of Tumpiz, and
200

THE FEAST OF RAYMI. 201
her friend Hanco, the priest, with several other of her
attendants; for Hillipo had seen to the providing of
space for them.
Streamers, rich in colorings, Avere flying from all the
walls around the plaza, and along the streets leading
from it to the Temple; and the multitude, along with
the more distinguished and noble, were habited in gayly
colored garments, brilliant feather work, and shining
metal ornaments.
At last the head of the Inearial procession appeared
at the Palace Gate, and upon a signal from the round
tower in the square near it, the five hundred musicians
pealed out in the thunder of drums, screaming of pipes,
and blare of trumpets, the opening notes of a solemn
chant. At the same time five hundred more musicians
on the opposite side of the Huacaypata joined in the
strain with stringed instruments, timbrels and voices.
One hundred of the waiting guardsmen filed from
their line into three sides of a holloAv square, in front of
and flanking both sides of the Palace Gate; into this
rectangle the Inca entered, surrounded by the high and
attendant priests of the royal line, the Heir Apparent,
Huascar, the Prince Manco, and the Inca's brothers— of
whom the nearest him on one side was the Auqui Mayta
as the ranking official of the occasion, while at his elbow
on the other side was the High Priest— and with these
were grouped tbe nearest princes of tbe pure blood.
After them came all the Inca Princes, and then the
counselors, distinguished generals, and other notables.
There were no women in the procession; but places
were provided for those of the Inca's Family and some
other favored ones, in a space set apart in the Amaru
Cancha. When the Inca 's company was well into the rectangle
made by the guardsmen, they moved forward ; and then
other troops from each wing of the general line in front
of tbe Palace fell into tbe flank lines, preserving and ex-

202 UNDER THE SUN.
tending an avenue of soldiers from the Palace Gate to
the center of the square ; thence tbe guarding files turned
at right angles to the point where the Inca was to stand
during the ceremonies.
This was on a slightly raised platform on the paved
way over the stream Huatanay, midway betAveen the
northern and southern limits of the square. From here
the monarch could be equally seen by the crowds in
both the Huacaypata and the Cusipata, really two
parts of one Plaza; but being so divided, the priests,
princes, and distinguished visitors, with the residents
of Cuzco, occupied positions of honor in the Huacaypata,
while the Curacas and the people from the provinces
filled tbe Cusipata.
On the platform which the Inca was to occupy were
his gold chair on a square plate of gold, large golden
vessels filled with aca,n prepared by tbe Virgins of tbe
Sun, and a number of gold and silver cups— among
which were two of especially beautiful designs in gold,
of great size, on a stand of silver. By the side of the
stand was a small marble basin, and from this a hand
somely wrought stone conduit led down the street along
the Huatanay to the Temple of the Sun, where it was
connected with a gold pipe that led into the sanctuary,
emptying there into a magnificent gold and jeweled vase
that stood in the western end, before the great image of
the God.
Only the monarch, his two legitimate sons, Villaoma
the High Priest, and some others of the pure Inca line,
occupied the platform ; while most of the royal race, high
dignitaries, officials and the attendants in waiting, stood
in the plaza around them.
When all of the Inearial cortege were disposed in
their places, the guardsmen who had attended their
march, formed a closed square about them, separating
them from the mass of people, now accumulated to some
two hundred thousand, in the plaza and thronging the
streets leading into it.

THE FEAST OF RAYMI. 203
The guards and musicians were gorgeous in colors,
and glistening metal work of burnished gold, silver and
copper; the former wearing silver helmets with fronts
imitating tbe heads of animals— each company having
a different design— and having on their long pikes
streamers of crimson; while the latter wore with their
tribal head-dress, garlands Avrought in silver. The func
tionaries were arrayed in Avonders of color and glisten
ing metals, and their heads were topped variously, each
with the peculiar head-dress of his tribe, Avhich gave an
infinite variety of brightness; while the heads and
shoulders of the multitude shone gayly Avith materials
of every imaginable dye.
The Inca, the central feature in the midst of this
vari-hued and gorgeously shining multitude, was the
only dark figure seen. He was clothed in black, for
black was his sacred color, and that in which he was
usually attired. But his uncu and yacolla72 had their
own brightness in the trimmings, for the latter Avas
bordered with a scale work of gold, and the former with
gold embroidery ; Avhile his sandal ties, laced to the knees,
were of intertwined gold and black cord, and his large
gold ear plugs, and the gold bracelets on his arms added
other brightening effects. His head was circled by the
vari-colored and gold intertwined llautu, with its crimson
fringe pendant, extending from one temple to the other
and down to below his eyebrows. This was topped with
a scalp covering of black; and in the llautu were stuck
upright, but leaning apart, two wing-feathers of the
sacred Coraquenque bird, each pure white except for its
single patch of black.™
Those who had seen the Inca upon his entry to the
city so recently, and remembered him as he appeared
when in Cuzco last, years before, were struck with the
aging effect of the intervening time ; but these same per
sons, as they looked upon him in the light of this morn
ing, were still more impressed by the change in the last

204 UNDER THE SUN.
few days. The struggles v/ith himself, intensified with
the nearing of the occasion that demanded a sacrifice
of his intellectual independence to public policy, had
told severely on the monarch.
As he stood, with all eyes on him, in the midst of the
multitude, be was nervous and very pale. When tbe
light became bright enough for it to be noted, the pallor
appeared more striking in contrast with his black attire.
For the first time tbe public reabzed, from the testimony
of their own eyes that their sovereign bad become an
old man— that his splendid physique was fast yielding
to cares and years.
The sun in his annual course had reached his ex
treme southern divergence from bis mien round at the
equator ; and then for three days his rising had been at
the same minute, as if hesitating to turn northward
again. The time of his appearance had been carefully
noted by the position of the stars each day. Now the
moment was near for the God to again lift his brow over
the eastern hills.
The exact point of his last evening's setting over
these had been observed, and now, with intense suspense,
the attention of every one was fixed on that spot.
The strain of anxious waiting was telling severely on
many of the watchers — would their God appear again, to
begin another annual travel and daily round? All the
recent ominous happenings ; the prophecies ; the Inca's re
ported lack of the old-time veneration for his father, the
Sun, for which the High Priest had taken him to task,
and his reply that there was a greater lord than the Sun
in heaven; the two white men and the rumors from the
north of many more, and their new religion in which
the luminary had no place as god— all these things noAv,
in a supreme moment, suggested questioning reflections,
cencerns, doubts. And these, coming Avith many of the
noble and more devout as a climax to the strain of the
past night of preparation and waiting, made their anx-

THE FEAST OF RAYMI. 205
ieties and fears all but unendurable. By that subtle in
fluence, through whicb the feelings of leaders and the
strong are apt, even unspoken, to communicate them
selves to the weak, this state of nervous apprehension
had been transmitted to the common people, though they
reasoned less about the causes of their alarm.
But now a tinting of faint rose color was calling for
more acute expectancy through the haze from over the
hill-tops. It was the harbinger of dawn! There were
audible prayers and murmurs of praise ; their God would
not refuse his face and light to the world! He was
coming in the majesty of another rising !
The tinting deepened and widened and spread, and
then segregated into strata of varying shades, and the
pallor above grew paler and more striking in contrast,
as it forced its invasion higher in struggle with the
indigo coloring toward the zenith. Now the starlight
was fading fast, and the illumination from the mountain-
top was asserting its succession to the night, even in the
valley. It was nearly two minutes later than when the sun
began to show over the hill the day before ; and all bent
over on knees and elbows, with uplifted faces, and hands
spread apart, blowing kisses with their lips to where the
increasing brightening of color was strongest. Through
that patch of brightness presently uprose a slight curve
of red which rapidly defined itself into the segment of
a circle. Then from thousands of throats came groans of dis
tress and terror. Their God was lifting his brow with
its shining veiled in the color of blood !
The superstition of the people saw in this an omen
of evil that needed no proclamation of the priests to
excite terror. Thousands of heads were prostrated to
the pavement ; while from thousands more, already prone,
came groans and murmurs of, "Blood! Our God is
putting blood between his light and us ! Blood ! Blood !"

206 UNDER THB SUN,
The monarch arose and stood upright. He evidently
did not know what should be done; and yet something
must be done to stay the public terror, or the panic
would break up the feast with demoralizing effects on
all public confidence in the authority and power of the
Inca and his government.
The Auqui Mayta stood by his nonplused brother's
side amid the swaying, panic-stricken and prostrate
thousands, as the sun rounded out his form above the
hills, while the coloring about deepened into crimson,
and the terror of the people was intensifying. An idea
had come to him. He spoke it to the Inca: "It is
crimson, the sacred color of thy majesty ! As thou art
the chosen Child of the Sun, speak out with bis authority,
and tell the ignorant multitude this : That thy God and
father, as a sign of his favor, is decorating even the
heavens with crimson — the color he hath made holy for
bis conquering children."
What tbe Auqui said was overheard, the substance
was seized upon, and flew from lip to lip : " It is crimson,
the sacred color of the Inca— a sign of favor!"
The monarch promptly grasped the suggestion. He
spoke out : "0, My People ! do ye not see our God and
father habits himself in crimson, the sacred color, the
emblem of his children's power; that he may thus show
his favor with the beginning of this notable day? Cease
the sacrilege of thy fears, and give praises to the Lord of
Heaven! Behold this favoring sign calls for adora
tion!" Now happened a transition which illustrated the
sometimes whimsical character of public impressions.
All eyes were turned to the Inca, and his breath was
scarcely more than fully shaped into the utterance of
these words, ere fear and despair were changed by them
to praise and joy; and the Huacaypata rang with
prayers for pardon of the fears that were being voiced
tbe moment before, which were now conceived to have
been a wicked offense against the goodness of their God.

THE FEAST OF RAYMI. 207
An order for music was called, while the people still
bowed, and instantly a thousand musicians made the
morning air vocal with the sounds of instruments and
song in a hymn of praise ; while the great multitude, in
the excess of re-action from despair to delight, joined
with their voices and gesticulations in demonstrations
of joy. Meanwhile the sun was dispersing the mist with in
creasing spears of light; and when the music ceased,
from well above the hills he had conquered darkness
and shadows, and valley and city were suffused in the
triumph of his clear shining.
Then, while the people prostrated themselves, the
Inca took the two especial gold cups of aca from the
silver stand, and lifting one in his right hand toward
the sun, he emptied it into the marble vase, whence it
flowed along the stone conduit to the gold vase in the
Temple, as the drink offering of the Children of the Sun
to their father and God. Then he raised the other cup
in his left hand to his lips, and drank from it in succes
sion with his two sons, Huascar and Manco, then with
Villaoma and all his brothers, in the order of their
seniority, touching his cup to theirs. This was the
adoration and fraternizing of the sacred family of the
Sun. After this the Inca drank, according to seniority and
rank successively with other princes of the blood royal
and his chosen counselors. Later he sent a representa
tive to the notables of Hanan and Hurin Cuzco, to drink
in his name with all the captains and certain honored
curacas. Afterward all of those whom the Inca bad in
vited especially, came and in turn offered to drink
with their lord, approaching with worshipful reverence ;
and the monarch, in their order, touched his cup to theirs
and then touched the liquor to his lips.
The same ceremony was observed by the nobles whom
the Inca had authorized for him, as Incas by title of

208 UNDER THE SUN.
Hanan and Hurin Cuzco, to drink with curacas and
others, but not in his own name ; those who were invited
drinking in turn with those from whom the invitation
came. Meanwhile vessels were brought into the Huacaypata
containing cancu, the sacred bread prepared by the
Virgins of the Sun the night previous, at fires started
after sundown— for there could be no fire in "the House
of the Virgins" any more than elseAvhere until the three
days of fasting preceding the feast had ended. And
these pones, or balls of baked maize, were distributed
among the privileged, to be taken like aca as part of the
celebration. Neither were used on any other occasion
than the sacred feasts.
The same kind of bread, but made in vast quantities
by a host of women, not Virgins of the Sun, in like Avay,
was used by the multitude, with the drinking of great
quantities of chicha.
Thus a good part of the morning was consumed, until
tbe sun was high and his heat strong.
When the drinking bouts were over, the High Priest
took from his arm a bracelet, with a concave polished
metal mirror attached; and first placing some cotton
fiber on the silver stand, held the mirror toward the
sun so as to gather its rays and focalize them on the
fiber until it was afire. From this holy flame, lit by the
God himself, the sacred element was taken to the
Temple, and from it the sacrificial flame was relighted,
to burn there throughout the year, until the next Fast of
Raymi;71 for when all fires were put out at the be
ginning of the previous three days' fast, that in the
Temple was likewise extinguished.
After this there was music and dancing, until it was
known that the fire on the altar was ready for the sac
rifices. Those of each province appeared in the garb of
their own people, of which, the peculiar tribal bead-dress
was generally the most distinguishing feature. Many of

THE FEAST OF RAYMI. 209
tbe tribesmen had their own native musicians and in
struments, to the playing of which their dancing was
conducted— the whole making a romping confusion of
costumes, sounds and music.'6
The Inca sat under a canopy of gorgeous feather
work, that was held over him after the dancing began,
giving his countenance to the proceedings.
While the merriment was at its height an eagle, the
royal bird of the Incas, was seen flying from the east,
pursued by several hawks and as many kestrels, that
were in succession constantly darting at him. He was
evidently in much distress.
A moment after tbe first observer called attention to
the singular combat — or pursuit, rather, for the king
of birds was making but faint resistance otherwise than
by flight— thousands of eyes were directed to it. The
dancing and frolicking ceased— for many who did not
dance had been making merry in divers fooleries, much
in carnival fashion — and all watched the birds with
breathless interest. As they approached, nearer and
nearer, the eagle with failing strength was resisting
more feebly and flying lower, as first one and then
another hawk or kestrel would soar above and then dart
downward, giving him a bloAv with beak and talons;
until, when nearly over the royal group, under the shock
of several blows delivered in quick succession, he came
plunging to the ground near the Inca's feet. He was
still alive, and when instantly taken up at the Inca's
command and brought to him, he was found to be suffer
ing from something like scurvy, his flesh being bare of
feathers in places and scaly with scabs.™
The interest and confusion of the people turned now
to dismay. The import of the flight and fall of the im
perial monarch of the air, the emblem of Inearial power,
under the vicious attack of a dozen or so small birds of
prey, at once struck the superstitious people as an omen
so fearful that they stood aghast in muttering, paralyzed
wonder, n

210 UNDER THE SUN.
Again tbe Auqui Mayta came to tbe rescue ; he spoke
to the Inca aloud, so that all could hear: "0 Sole
Lord, tbis is a wonderful thing ! Even tbe birds of the
air recognize thy power and greatness ; so when this eagle
is pursued by his enemies, and is disabled by sickness
from defending himself, he flees to thy feet for protec
tion and succor. Command, 0 Inca ! that tbis afflicted
bird be taken to a proper place and cared for, as behooves
in such case, when appeal of the poor and unjustly
afflicted is made to thy benevolence."
"Thou sayest well, my brother," replied the mon
arch; "and let my people learn a lesson from this in
cident which hath been wrought in their presence, of tbe
power and mercy which even a speechless fowl of the air
ascribes to their monarch. For their Inca's carefulness
and goodness is ever ready, wherever it is desired. ' '
Faith in their lord was such, that the turn which be
thus gave to tbe matter somewhat modified the terror of
the people and reassured them; but there was much
shaking of heads and many murmurings of apprehen
sion, and the faces of the amautas and magicians were
ominous of evil interpretations, which they in their own
minds and secret confidences gave to the event.
As to the Inca, the effect of the incident was most de
pressing ; his public interpretation of it was a sad belial
of bis real thoughts. Indeed this was the greatest shock
he had yet received from any sign which had appeared,
and it severely taxed his qualities to maintain his self-
composure and act as he was doing.
But now it was announced that the sacrificial fires -
at the altar were ready, and the wearied and sorely tried
monarch resolutely fell into his place in the progress
from the Huacaypata down the Street of the Sun to the
Yntip-pampa, in front of the Temple.
When within tAvo hundred paces of the entrance all
save the Inca took off their sandals, and, the way being
made clear, the monarch walked into the Temple. There

THE FEAST OF RAYMI. 211
he kneeled before the image of the sun, and offered to the
God the vases and cups of gold which he had used in per
formance of the ceremonies in the Huacaypata.
Then the High Priest returned to the Yntip-pampa,
where, before the door of the sanctuary, he received the
offerings of the curacas from all parts of the empire.
These consisted chiefly of small gold images representing
birds, animals and plants; and then there Avere offer
ings of cloth, food and drink from the Houses of the
Virgins in the provinces, as well as from the Acllahuasi
in the capital.
But before the auguries and the sacrifices of animals
were made, the monarch — now overcome by the effort
of holding up before the people, despite the depression
under which he was laboring, especially since the in
cident of the eagle— retired in a state that made his go
ing imperative. His condition could not have been Avell
concealed from the multitude, to the further great dis
turbance of the public mind, had he remained longer;
and when again in his palace, free from observation so
he could relax from the strain of self-control at all, there
was a complete temporary break-down.
He had rallied but slightly when neAvs of the
auguries, which were generally bad, was brought to him.
The most important was that from the sacrifice of the
black llama." When, according to custom, it was being
held down alive without tying, while the priest cut open
its side to tear out the vitals, it struggled to its knees
despite the strength of four men who Avere holding it.
This was one of the worst omens knoAvn in the sacrifices ;
but the second Avas almost as bad, for when the priest
tore out the Adtals, through the cut, the heart had already
stopped beating. These signs were so potent of evil that
they were concealed from the people; and when they
Avere knoAvn in the royal council, there was such dismay
as could but have had a most aggravating effect on the
Inca, even had his nervous condition been less strained
than it already was.

212 UNDER THE SUN.
But when, in addition to all this, it was reported on
the following day that notwithstanding every effort to
save the stricken eagle, he had died, the monarch's rest
lessness at being in the capital was such, and tbe im
portance of getting him away from observation there
and doing something to arouse and divert him seemed
so urgent, that his counselors determined be must go
at once. But where — was the question.
Of course he could not return to his beloved Quito or
Tumipampa,78 in tbe present state of public feeling;
neither was it considered advisable that his depression
in this crisis should be virtually confessed by taking him
for avowed rest and retirement directly to his palace in
the valley of Yucay.
But in his earlier days the Inca had been extremely
fond of hunting, and it was generally known that his
fondness for witnessing the great national and provincial
hunts bad never entirely abated. This was the year for
one of these in that part of the Cuntisuyu division, em
bracing the province of Chumpi-uillca south of Cuzco,
and extending from the most southwesterly tributary of
the Apurimac to the head waters of the Urubamba;
which stream is first called the Vilcanota, then the
Yucay, then the Urubamba before becoming the Ueayli,
and finally the Maranon or Amazon. On the part called
Yucay, only some twenty miles from Cuzco, is the beauti
ful valley in which lay the famed gardens and Palace of
the Incas.
The location of the hunt Avas favorable, for it was
south of the capital and not in the direction of Quito,
toward which just then any movement would have been
regarded with suspicion; while the knoAvledge that the
monarch was participating in a hunt not far from the
sacred city Avould in itself be reassuring to the people.
After the sport was over, the Inca could retire for
a season of repose to his palace at Yucay; from which,

THE FEAST OF RAYMI. 213
after a time, he could be at greater liberty to return
northward, if occasion should so require. And it was
arranged to leave the Auqui Mayta in command at
Cuzco, and Atahuallpa was to return at once to Quito,
while Challcuchima and the other Quitoans should ac
company the Inca. So the old Quitoan General reasoned
and planned, hoping adroitly to get his lord away from
the Cuzco influences again, that he and the Quitoan
Prince might the better exercise their influence over him.
What was his astonishment, Avhen, so soon as it was
known that the Inca was to accompany the hunt, Huti
mina appeared in his presence and announced that she
intended going also.
This was something unprecedented, but the Princess
cared little for precedents; and the venerable courtier's
astonishment became all but mental paralysis, when, at
the end of Hutimina 's reasoning in the matter, tbe Inca
consented that she should have her way.
And, further, he was not long in finding that ber way
included having Antonio go in her suite, so she might
not lose even for a time his instructions, in which she
had become deeply interested. Not only so, but with
Antonio Hillipo must go also, because he was as deeply
interested as she in Antonio's teachings.
As for the Inca, be was rather inclined to encourage
all available opportunities for gaining knowledge from
the Avhite man, of which he considered it might be worth
while to have as much as possible against future con
tingencies.

CHAPTER XXIII.
A CHILD OF THE TRUE BLOOD.
The day following the Feast of Raymi, Hillipo re-
ceived a message again summoning him to the Auqui
Mayta. ' ' Thou hast been greatly honored, young man, by our
Sole Lord, ' ' said the Auqui after greeting ; ' ' and I learn
thou art from Tumpiz ? ' '
"I was born not far from there, I think, my lord."
"And I was formerly in command there— not far I
should say from the time of thy birth."
"I ha\'e heard so, my lord."
' ' The two circumstances considered alone Avould make
me feel an interest in thee ; but more when taken together
with thy bold action in the Inca's presence relative to
Atahuallpa, and the favoring of thy cause by my niece,
the Princess Hutimina, in securing thee redress. I know
not another in this whole empire Avho would have dared
such a thing against Atahuallpa. Hadst thou any knoAvl-
edge or intimation that the Princess avouIc! countenance
thee in what thou didst?"
"Nay, my lord, truly I had none whatever."
"Then tell me more of thyself, for we must esteem
thee now as an Inca. by title or privilege, since our Sole
Lord hath done so unusual a thing as to grant thee such
honor." "There is not much, my lord, for me to say. I was
only a page before ; and now if I am more, I do not pre
sume it is for my sake chiefly, but as an indulgence to the
Princess Hutimina, and in response to her reasoning."
"But of thy parentage and thy childhood before thou
214

A CHILD OF THE TRUE BLOOD. 215
wert a page? These now, if they were not before, are
worthy of consideration."
"I was taken into our lord's service very young.
Before that I only knew myself as son of the Curaca of
Tumpiz, Avho Avas a captain in our lord's army and was
killed in bis sight. The Avidow of the Curaca is noAV in
this city, and of all that concerns my childhood she
could tell better than I. If my lord Avould care to have
her summoned, I shall feel honored to be his messenger. ' '
"Hoav long hath she been here, and wherefore came
she?" ' ' But two days. She came to be at the ceremonies of
the feast, and that she might be with me, for it hath been
three years since she saw me last."
"Did she come directly from Tumpiz?"
"Aye, my lord, as directly as she could make the
journey. But the delays of travel hindered her, along
with others, from reaching this city in time for the fast,
preventing her till the day before the feast. ' '
"See her at once," said the Auqui, with indications
of emotion, "and if she can make it convenient, return
with her, for thy suggestion as to her was well. She can,
no doubt, tell us much concerning things and events
there that will be of interest. Present to her my earnest
regards, for the Curaca was my successor in that com
mand. I knew him and his wife Avell, and loved them
as most trusted friends. It will be best for thee to be
present ; so mark that I wish thee to return with her. ' '
Hillipo bowed and was about to go.
But the Auqui, as if still considering what he had
just said, in the mental process of confirming it in his
own judgment, called out with more feeling than before :
"Aye, I wish to see thee with her!"
And when the boy turned and had bowed again his
assent, and was about to pass out, he exclaimed : "Hold !"
Then walking up to bim with rising excitement, ha
seized him by both shoulders and with an intensity that

216 UNDER THE SUN.
was almost fierce, he said: "Look at me— in the eyes!"
Then, oblivious of his odd behavior in the absorption
of scanning the boy 's every feature : ' ' Yes ! Yes ! " he
muttered, more to himself than to Hillipo, "thine eyes
are thy mother's! Thy features tell of her— I can not
mistake." Then Avith more intention of his words being
for tbe other: "Yes, thy mother was very precious in
my eyes, as was the Curaca. Tell the widow of the
Curaca she will be welcome, and to come at once. ' '
Then as Hillipo turned a third time to go, the Auqui
exclaimed: "Nay, but stay yet a moment. Dost thou
know more than thou hast said?" And seizing him
again with decisiveness, be commanded, "Tell me truly,
dost thou know whether, really, the Curaca of Tumpiz
and his wife were thine own parents?"
"My lord, I know what I have been told— I veritably
believe every word spoken to me by ber whom I have
always loved and honored as mother. ' '
"Thou meanest the Curaca's wife?"
"Aye, my lord."
"But tell me what she told thee of thy birth and
childhood." "Dost thou command me to tell thee— and wilt thou
fisten fully, in patience and kindness?"
"Aye, aye, I command thee to tell me all thou
knowest, and be- sure neither she nor thou shalt be the
worse for it. ' '
"Then, my lord, that thou mayest know my loyalty
to her, I would first say; I would not tell thee, even
under command, aught of what the Curaca's widow hath
related to me, except with her consent. She knew thou
hadst sent for me, and she said I should use my judgment
whether to tell thee what she had just disclosed to me,
if an opportunity offered, or wait for her to do so. For
to see thee, and make me known to thee, and have me
know the story of my origin, were the chief purposes that
induced her long travel from Tumpiz to Cuzco.

A CHILD OF THE TRUE BLOOD. 217
"From her I have learned since her arrival here,
that I am thy son by a daughter of the Inca. The priest,
Hanco of Tumpiz — whom thou hadst present at the
declaration of thy marriage with the Nusta— also came
with her. Shall I say more ? ' '
"Aye, say all."
Then Hillipo related fully the story whicb the widow
of the Curaca had told him; and, as his memory was
excellent, little of it— of Tomaya 's reasons for making
the facts known to him, or of the feelings she had ex
pressed was omitted.
The Auqui sat silent and pale, at times evidently
forcing himself to composure with great effort; but
Avhenever there was any hesitancy, he encouraged Hillipo
with his manner, which said, "Go on," even when he
did not speak the words, Avhich he however did several
times. And when the narration had ended he replied :
"I am satisfied, even before seeing Tomaya. Thy
narration is so close to the facts, and is so much like what
I know she would say, no doubt remains in my mind.
The story is a true one ! Thou art my son! But I will
not ratify it with an embrace, my boy, until I have
spoken. Thou must know that it is most difficult, and
generally impossible, except by accident, to get private
news from one part to another of this great empire ; also,
that none may question or delay obedience to an order
of our Sole Lord. While every part of this empire is
connected by post runners who convey public news by
word of mouth or signaling for the Inca, no private
messages can be communicated in this way for a subject,
although he be a brother of our lord, except to or from
him as a commander within his own territory; and no one
can travel from one part to another, outside of his own
jurisdiction, without the royal permission. Further, tbe
obligation of obedience to our Sole Lord, by the law of
our bouse, is more imperative, if there is any difference,
on a member of the Inearial Family than on other sub
jects.

218 UNDER THE SUN.
"These things should be borne in mind, for they
explain much. They will make it more easily understood
that non-communication concerning thee, through all
these years, with the widow of the Curaca was not from
indifference. "In the first place, thy mother and I took such
chances in our marriage as perhaps only lovers would
dare. We hardly, I think, realized then what the risks
of the Inca's displeasure might be. Love largely blinded
us to everything, in comparison with its own assertive
ness in each one of two congenial souls for its mate.
That appeal seemed then, as it has ever done with lovers,
to embody the highest law. Under its spell tbe only
thing worth considering was the right to throw ourselves
into each other's arms.
"The fact that our monarch and the Nusta 's father
intended her for the service of the Sun, as a chief orna
ment in the religious establishment at Tumpiz, in aid of
an important state policy, and that he had placed me in
a position of command and trust there, in which I was
expected to be the faithful minister of his will, seemed
but minor affairs compared with the call of our own
hearts for each other.
' ' But Tomaya has told thee how we loved and wedded
—wedded by a ceremony novel in itself, but which to us
sacredly established the relations of man and wife.
I believed then that it would not do .for me to inform
the Inca, and therefore arranged the secret retreat in
which we lived, allowing him for the time to believe
that my Nusta was at her intended place in the House of
the Virgins at Tumpiz ; still, I fully expected at tbe first
available moment to announce the facts. Then I ex
pected to claim her openly before him as my wife, even
if I had to incur our lord's displeasure, and assert my
right as a pure Child of the Sun to have my own way
in such a personal matter.
"However, I wished to exercise prudence; and as the
Quito faction was even then becoming strong, I con-

A CHILD OF THE TRUE BLOOD. 219
sidered it a duty, involving my Nusta 's well-being not
less than my own, that I should reserve the placing of
our case before the Inca until I could present it in
person. I considered I should be on the ground to coun
tervail prejudicial influences and intrigues. I had cause
to think that the Challcuchima Party and the Quitoan
Princess— Avho had borne Atahuallpa to the Inca, and
who was then alive— would be only too glad if they had
a chance to use the circumstance against me, and to
the detriment of the supremacy of Cuzco, of Avhose in
terests I was regarded as a formidable representative.
"In this state of affairs I was ordered by the Inca to
more active service, in the field. Of course a soldier
could not decline such a call. I hoped the separation
Avould be only temporary, and that I might return soon ;
but it was not so.
"The war beyond the Huallaga had its difficulties—
I was in command, and there were delays; but in that
campaign my success was complete in a short while. It
was, however, a success with a bitter sting. My conduct
of operations in that war so increased my reputation that
the Inca determined to send me as his representative and
commander to Chili, where disturbances and an aggres
sive movement by the Araucus™ threatened much evil.
' ' The Quitoan faction had observed my military suc
cesses and the growing esteem in which I was held with
much concern. There was some talk of my being placed
in command there, and that was the last thing they
desired. "They seized upon the idea of getting rid of me by
sending me a thousand miles and more from Cuzco, be
yond the great deserts, to far aAvay Chili. There I
would be beyond all possibility of personal touch Avith
tbe Inca, and my hindrance to their schemes would be
minimized. There I could not even communicate with
any one beyond that province, save by means of the
government couriers, and any message so sent could only

220 UNDER THE SUN.
be delivered practically through the Quitoans themselves
to the Inca.
"The need for one of tbe ablest and most trusted
generals in Chili, made more pronounced by the renewed
active hostilities of the Araucus, gave a more potent in
fluence to these counsels — that I was above all others the
one who should be sent.
"It has always been considered a post of greatest
honor; and the isolation from the home government
makes the Inca's representative there almost an in
dependent sovereign. It was urged that not only my
services were needed for that important post, but that
the honor was due me.
' ' I Avas at Moyabamba at the time, and the Inca was
in Quito. I could not by messenger urge effective objec
tions—indeed, I did not then fully realize the depth and
scope of the Quitoan schemes, and did not until after I
got to Chili.
"But once there, every suggestion that I be allowed to
return was met with some reason in reply for my con
tinuance a while longer in the post. And so I was kept
aAvay for some seventeen years ; until less than two years
ago, at my urgent request that I be allowed service
nearer home, I was transferred to Collasuyu, in com
mand of the region around and beyond Lake Titicaca,
while the Inca was still in Quito.
"I had succeeded in Chili as I had done elsewhere,
and my government in the Colla was also successful. In
trying to get rid of me, the Challcuchima Party in each
case unwittingly forwarded me to gain greater credit as
a commander — with the Inca and the people— causing
me to be looked to more and more as their leader, by
those opposed to the foreign or Quitoan influence.
"Yet only recently have I been allowed to return to
this city. But my urgency was so imperative that I be
permitted to meet my brother on his return here for tbe
Feast of Raymi, it could not well be refused, in view of
my position and services.

A CHILD OF THE TRUE BLOOD. 221
"When these circumstances are considered it can
be better understood how impossible it bas been during
these years for me to hold any communication with
Tomaya, or of a confidential, personal nature with the
Inca. Meanwhile, when the scheming was first going on
at Quito to send me to Chili, I received at Moyabamba
the message brought by Hanco the priest, telling of thy
birth and the death of my Nusta, and of her leaving thee
to the care of my dear friends, the Curaca and Tomaya.
"No provision for thy care more in keeping with
my own wishes could have been made for thee, save the
impossible one of having thee -with me. I trusted that
I would not be long absent in that remote country, and
that I might have thee Avith me soon. But, to say the
whole truth, when the news came of my Nusta 's death,
I was so distraught by it that I felt the less disposed
to make a fight against being sent to Chili, or anywhere,
in fact; and perhaps absorption with my personal
distress and the restlessness for distracting change made
me less keenly concerned about the Quitoan schemes than
I might otherwise have been.
"In vieAV of the Curaca's position, and that in which
his wife would be in case of his death, I knew there could
be no question concerning provision for thy necessities.
It was through me he was made my successor in the com
mand at Tumpiz, and that carried with it also ample
provision for his family establishment.
"While in Chili, I heard through an officer who had
been in Tumpiz, from whence he came south, of the
Curaca's honorable death; and that his son, who Avas
Avith him in the Inca's presence at the time, had been
taken into the royal service as a mark of our lord's
favor. Since the Inca's arrival here but very recently,
I have known of thee by name as his favorite page ; yet
my inquiries had to be made very cautiously, and oppor
tunity seemed not yet ripe for pushing them through
an intervieAV with thee; but when I Avitnessed the fight
AAith Atahuallpa I determined to send for thee.

222 UNDER THE SUN.
' ' I have always looked to the time when I could gain
such a position in the Inca's esteem that I might defy
the Quitoan schemers and have a commanding personal
influence in his affections. My public services have
gained me a strong position officially, but intimate and
habitual association, such as I have not had since the
Quito faction became so poAverful, is needed to secure
me the personal and family influence I wish.
"I would not do thee a barm; nor would it be right
to do harm to the cause of our house by impairing my
influence as a leader, to whom all the anti-Quitoan in
terests look— as might result were I precipitately to
declare the history of thy mother's marriage and thy
birth. Thy condition has not required, and it has not
justified any such action. In thy boyhood, the best that
could be was done for thee, and this assured every ad
vantage and provision for thy person. When the Inca
took thee into his personal service, to these were added
the highest advantages of association and the most use
ful opportunities for practical education in affairs, Avith
exceptional opportunities for advancement. And noAv
that our lord has so favored thee as to name thee an
Inca by privilege, and has so opened the way to distinc
tion for thee, small if any personal advantage could
at this time come from announcing thee as my son. On
tbe contrary, if I did so, I might anger our sovereign
and kinsman, and give such an advantage to our enemies
that all Avould be spoiled for thee and me — yet more,
great detriment might be done to the interests of all who
oppose the Quito faction.
"But moreover, in view of recent happenings, tbe
Inca is not in a state of mind to be further excited by
such a disturbing announcement— indeed, this Avould
seem the most inopportune time possible for such a
knowledge to come to him, either by my statement or
otherwise. Yet I have the fairest prospect of gaining
so in the Inca's personal confidence, that I will be able

A CHILD OF THE TRUE BLOOD. 223
to keep near his person, counteract the Quitoan influ
ence, and a little later under auspicious circumstances
claim for thee thy rightful place among those of the
Inca blood. So, thou mayst be sure, I shall not be satis
fied to deny myself and thee open recognition as father
and son longer than both good judgment and good feel
ing seem to demand. ' '
The Auqui embraced Hillipo tenderly, and added:
"Now that I have spoken, thou canst tell Tomaya all I
have said. Then bring her with thee, and also Hanco
the priest, to see me. But I wish Tomaya to be the guest
of my house. She must remain here sufficiently long for
rest, and until a convenient season for return ; and thou
shalt come at will to see her and me. It will be sufficient
to disarm curiosity or comment, to have it known that
she is the Avidow of the Curaca, my former personal
friend and companion in arms, and thy mother."
Later, after a conference in which the Auqui, Hilli
po, Tomaya and Hanco all participated, the views of tbe
father were concurred in ; the Auqui exclaiming in con
clusion: "But thou art the son of an Inca Prince— a
child of the true blood— and truly as such, sprung from
tbe Inca's daughter, thou shalt yet be known!"

CHAPTER XXIV.
THE SACSAHUAMAN.
It would have excited marvel for the Inca to leave
the capital before the nine days of tbe Feast of Raymi
Avere completed. The sacrifices and auguries belonged
to the first day ; the remainder of the period was devoted
to feasting, drinking, dancing and general merry-mak
ing. These latter features were looked forward to with
happy anticipations, not only by the people in and about
the capital, but by thousands who had journeyed from
far away provinces.
The multitudes, despite crop failures in large areas
of the country, were supplied from the Inca's stores
with food and raiment. Thus provided, and stimulated
by the city's excitements incident to the festal period-
pageantries of royal splendor, tbe dances in the Huacay
pata, and enlivening music in eA'ery quarter — the people
soon abated apprehensions concerning the omens which
had at first so alarmed them ; or they were glad to find,
in mitigation of their fears, explanations of the evil
signs in the various ideas that were advanced, aided by
the plenty and pleasures that were at hand.
Not so, however, with the monarch. He remained
depressed in the seclusion of his palace while tbe merry
making was going on among his subjects ; and since the
diversion of the hunt had been agreed upon, be was im
patient for it to begin.
He appeared in public only twice after tbe first day
of the feast : once at the formal dance of the Inca nobles
in the great square, an official function from whicb his
absence would have been noted with general concern;
224

THE SACSAHUAMAN. 225
and again at the military revieAv whicb was customary
at the royal inspection of the Fortress of the Sacsahua
man. Through three generations this review had taken
place as an incident of the great annual feast, and at it
the Inca always presided when in the capital. Tbis
latter event occurred some days after the beginning of
tbe festival.
Antonio, as has already been stated, in company with
Hillipo had climbed part way up tbe hill Avhich is
crowned by the fortress, on the steep path wastward of
the Colcampata, to obtain a vieAv of the city ; but he did
not then go so far as to get an idea of the Sacsahuaman
itself. The eminence on which it stands rises between
the streams of the Huatanay and Rodadero, abruptly
above and to the northwest of the city. Its front at the
southern part, from which it widens northward is
rounded, and there is its greatest elevation. At that
point it is seven hundred and sixty-five feet above the
central square of the Huacaypata.
This rounded point is terraced up with retaining
walls near the top, and at its summit is surmounted by a
single independent wall of finely cut stone. Along the
declivities that flank the top of the bill, though these
descents are practically impregnable of themselves, there
are also retaining walls, and Avithin them independent
walls. Those on the side of the Rodadero extend back
some seven hundred feet to AA'here the hilltop dips in a
saddle-like depression to about one hundred feet below
the highest point at the front. There the great Cyclo
pean triple walls— each a little behind and above the
other, and each built in nearly parallel lines with the
other two in a succession of salient and re-entering
angles— extend across the eminence to a point opposite
on the abrupt declivity descending to the Huatanay,
some fifteen hundred feet northward from tbe extreme
southern point of tbe summit.
These cross walls— the most stupendous part of the

226 UNDER THE SUN.
work— are about eighteen hundred feet long. The in-
closure thus walled in makes a sort of triangle with its
hypothenuse resting on the declivity toward the Huata
nay, and its shortest side on that of the Rodadero.
These cross buhvarks formed the north front of the
fortress, the only side from which attack Avas practicable.
The outer and greatest of these walls contains stones
of such tremendous size, and though of irregular shapes,
fitted at their chamfered edges with such marvelously
accurate workmanship that the structure bas been con
sidered one of the world's wonders. As one historian
has said, the whole might be more easily attributed to
magic than the devices of man. In this wall, stones
fifteen feet long, twelve wide and ten thick are common.
From these they range up to twenty-seven feet high,
fourteen broad and twelve in thickness. This wall is
also twenty-seven feet high. The ascent of the hill be
tween the parapet of the outer and the base of the next
wall inward was filled in with stones and dirt to within
six or eight feet of tbe top, with parapets on the inner
side, and with a step on which the defenders might
mount and discharge their weapons. From each of these
salients the men on its rampart could cover the next
salient at near right angles— raking its whole side with
tbe fire of their missiles.
Thirty-five feet within the outer wall, and above it,
rose the second wall, eighteen feet high; and eighteen
feet within the second, and above it rose the third wall,
fourteen feet high.80 All three were constructed on the
same general plan of zig-zag salients, one Avithin the
other, with the spaces betAveen leveled up from the para
pet of one wall to the base of the next inner one. And
the Avhole rose to near sixty feet above the saddle-like
dip of the hill ; while within all, the hill rose nearly an
other sixty feet higher to its greatest eminence near its
rounded front.
Outside of these great walls were others of slighter
construction, which inclosed a much larger area, includ-

THE SACSAHUAMAN. 227
ing all the plateau in front, northward, the hill of the
Rodadero and beyond as far as the higher hills, which
themselves are the escarpments of remoter and still
loftier punas.
Within the triangle-like inclosure of the great walls,
on the higher part of the bill, there Avere three tall
structures connected by other walls and by subterranean
passages, forming a citadel Avithin a citadel. The central
one, called the Moyoc Marca," was five stories high.
Deep below the surface, it is said, there were intricate
and extensive chambers and a tunnel way connecting
it with the Inca 's Palace and the Temple of the Sun.82
This tower was fitted up like a palace, ready for the
use of the Inca when he had occasion to be there. The
walls of some of the chambers were decorated and inlaid
with silver and gold. In this tower was also an inex
haustible stream of water, led there by underground
conduits from some secret and distant source for supply
of the garrison. In front of the first Avail, some three
hundred feet distant, across the dip of narrow plateau —
made more level by art so as to be easily SAvept by de
fenders on the great Avails— rose the hill called the
Rodadero. This was cut into platforms and steps. Here,
each Inca of the last three reigns, in order to Avatch the
progress of the work on the fortress, sat from time to
time on a seat carved in the stone, having his attendants
at his feet on the large step-like platforms, likewise cut
in the rock. On this great work of the Sacsahuaman it
is said tAventy thousand men Avere employed for fifty
years. From the step called the Inca's seat on the hill of
the Rodadero, there could be had a commanding vieAv
of the Avhole structure; it AA-as here that each Inca Avit
nessed the annual concourse and ceremonies in honor
of the undertaking. At one of the last of these,
Huayna Capac AA'aiving his disinclination for public ap
pearing presided. The public function was to precede

228 UNDER THE SUN.
his particular inspection of the strategic features and
mysteries of the structure, whicb had been progressing
during his years of absence, under Acahuana Ynca, the
last of the four great architects whose lives had been
devoted to this work.85
The Inca was to spend that night in the Moyoc Marca
Tower ; and there he chose to have with bim some mem
bers of his court. Among these were Hutimina and her
personal attendants, including Amancaya, Antonio and
Hillipo. Though none were permitted to know the secrets of
the place, save certain princes of the pure Inca lineage ;
it was the highest tribute yet paid to the Auqui Mayta 's
influence that he succeeded in dissuading his sovereign
brother from revealing to Atahuallpa the most sacred
mysteries of the stronghold — which he had seemed bent
on doing. Though tbe Inca was little inclined at the time to
show himself to the Cuzcoans, on this occasion it was less
disagreeable than at the sun-worshiping ceremonies ; for
being a military function, it was more to his liking.
His route to the fortress was the usual one: out tbe
street that runs along the rivulet Rodadero to the
northern limits of the city, across one of the loAver ter
races at the Colcampata, by the western gnomons, or
Sun Towers, and up the gorge of the stream by a steep,
narroAV road, in places ascending by shallow steps cut in
the rock. On one side, the cliffs towered to the retaining
walls of the fortress; and on the other, the precipice
sheered down to the rocky bed of tbe stream, which now
rushed boisterously over steep stony descents, again
swirled along smoother runs, and in two places tumbled
its little torrent down considerable leaps, called "tbe
Lower and the Upper Falls."
When the monarch, in his palanquin— gold-seated,
jeAvel-adorned, and richly canopied Avith colored feathers
—was carried across the little plateau at tbe top to bis

THE SACSAHUAMAN. 229
seat on the Rodadero hill, he saw that all the unreserved
ground immediately northward was aglow with the
colored garments of waiting thousands, who had gath
ered in their brightest attire to again see their Inca and
Avitness the review. This gayety of coloring contrasted
strikingly with the brown hills and dun soil, and espe
cially so with tbe grim walls of tbe fortress that frowned
on the left.
Above the battlements of these triple-tiered walls,
and those of the inner citadel higher on the bill, the
shining banners of tbe Sun fluttered in the clear, breezy,
mountain air. Numerous sentinels, in bright-colored
doublets, with head frontlets of silver blazing in the
light, and their polished copper-tipped spears flying
crimson streamers, aided with contrasting brightness in
making the weather-stained walls seem more somber.
Opposite, beyond the reserved level ground, a long
picket line, in skirmishing order, stood within spear-
reach of each other to keep back the crowd.
Within tbe fortress, near the nine entrances— three
in each wall— and in front of the inner citadel, were
ranged in compact masses tbe five thousand picked sol
diers of the garrison, all of Inca blood or descended
from "Incas by privilege."
As tbe monarch took his seat tbe people blew kisses
in the air toward him and bowed revently; while the
soldiers lifted their spears high, and dropping each on
one knee, rested the ends of their spear staffs on the
ground, till a command called them to their feet again.
Then, to the music of a thousand instruments, the
troops filed in Iavor and twos doAvn the steps, through the
narroAV gateAvays of the Avails, and formed compactly,
Avith close, double ranks of fifties, into battalions of one
hundred , and these into commands of one thousand,
each. So Avhen the signal was given to move forward,
and tbe compacted mass opened into marching order,
five commands, of ten battalions each, advanced with the

230 UNDER THE SUN.
precision of one machine-like body in front of their sov
ereign, and counter-marched in the same order. Tbe
small plateau, some three hundred feet wide, did not
more than allow comfortably for the maneuver. Then,
with the same precision, they wheeled into files and
swung into masses of various orders successively.
The manual of arms Avith their spears was executed
during the marches, and with swords and axes while at a
stand. The uniforms and arms were all alike; the helmets
were of silver, topped with gold serpents ; their doublets
of red and yellow checks ; their sandals tied with yellow
and red strings; while broad, yellow belts ornamented
with silver, held their loose garments in at tbe waists,
and on their bare arms were silver bracelets. Their legs
were bare to the knees, except for the sandal cords
around the ankles ; and in their ears were the privileged,
large, gold ear-plugs of Incas. Each wore a sword of
copper at one side, and a single-handed battle ax in his
girdle, at the other. On the left arm was a small copper
and silver plated shield, and in the right hand a copper-
pointed spear eight feet long.
A finer sight could hardly have been presented on
any field of military exercise; and with each perfect
turn or shift from one marching order to another, and
at each triumph of expertness displayed in the manual of
arms the martial spirit of the on-lookers manifested itself
in peal after peal of applause.
During the manoeuvers the Inca continued seated;
and conspicuous among the members of his court, and
assisting in directing the review, was the Auqui Mayta.
The old Quitoan general, Challcuchima, could hardly
restrain bis delight at the perfection of the marches,
and at the precision Avith which the spear points Avere
ranged, bristling above the moving columns in the sun,
whose light they flashed as from a mirror with each
move. For the moment the instincts of the soldier dom-

THE SACSAHUAMAN. 231
inated pride of section and faction ; and in his admira
tion he seemed to forget that these troops were the
especial pride and guardians of Cuzco.
Hutimina with her maidens was near, and too much
interested in watching Challcuchima 's enthusiasm, along
with the beauty of the maneuvers, to observe any other
incidents not directly confronting her. But tbe beauty
of Amancaya had caught the Inca's eye, and his gaze
was resting on her as often as on this the most perfectly
drilled body of men in his empire.
The girl had felt his gaze, and restless from she knew
not what, involuntarily turned her eyes sufficiently to
see that the master of all Ttahuantinsuyu had his atten
tion bent upon her. Wondering at the presumption of
her own questioning glance, her eyes fell abashed to the
ground. There was a strange trepidation in all her
nerves, and a faintness in her breast, as from some dread
to which she dared not give shape. Then the blood
rushed, crowding so into her dark cheeks, that Hutimina
happening to turn in search of Challcuchima 's expres
sion at a particularly beautiful movement of the troops,
saw her flushed face, and was startled to ask: "Why!
what is tbe matter, my pretty girl?"
"Oh, my mistress," whispered Amancaya, "I had a
little faintness and a dizziness; but it is passing off — I
shall be all right now."
At that moment Hutimina 's attention was diverted
from her maid by a remark of Atahuallpa, who was
looking coldly on the movements of the troops. Reply
ing to an admiring comment of Challcuchima upon the
skill shown in a difficult maneuver in progress, he was
saying: "Well enough, doubtless! But all this is too
much like dandies on parade— show-soldiers of luxurious
barracks ! I like better our real fighters of tbe North. ' '
Hutimina turned upon him proudly: "Knowest thou
not, Prince of Quito," said she, "that the spirit of such
as these it was that made the conquerors of the North

232 UNDER THE SUN.
what they are, ere yet there was a recruit from the
Scyri 's country in our armies? The Son of an Inca,
even if not of all Inca blood should, I think, show less
coldness for the military perfections which have made
Cuzco the mistress of the North, and of all the known
world besides ! ' '
Atahuallpa flushed deeply at this reference to the
conquest of his mother's people by those of Cuzco, and
his OAvn apparent lack of sympathy Avith the spirit of the
capital; but he bowed deferentially as he replied: "I
hope my sister may not find it hard to remember that I
have been a soldier, trained from a lad under tbe eyes
of our Sole Lord, in Inearial tactics; and I trust, in
actual service, I have shown small lack of the military
spirit. Pray, do not thyself the injustice of being unjust
to me. My comment was that of a soldier proud of our
Sole Lord's service ; but of one who is fonder of the field
and its practical realities than of mere dress parades."
"Pardon me, Prince!" replied Hutimina, somewhat
ashamed of her sharp words ; for she well knew that Ata
huallpa's spirit and qualities in the field had not only
endeared him to her father, but to the army wherever
he was known. So soon as her uttered reflections on him
had given vent to her vexation at his remark, she felt
her mistake; and she considered hoAv natural it was for
him to think of the Northern troops AA'ith which he had
undergone the hardships of real war— and which she re
called were really no more recruited from Quito than
the South — in contrast Avith these gorgeously appareled
crack guardsmen of the capital.
Willing to make amends by some show of affability,
she continued: "If my gallant brother of the north
will condone my hot temper, in whicb I perhaps miscon
strued him, may I ask if he knoAvs the story that is told
to explain the building of this fortress?"
"It is not unwelcome," replied Atahuallpa, "to be
abused a little by the most delightful maiden in the

THE SACSAHUAMAN. 233
world, in order to get the more than compensation of
such gracious amends. I have never heard the story—
which ignorance should be charged to my having been
reared far away from this city— and if my more fort
unate sister will tell it, I shall be delighted. ' '
' ' In tbe first place, ' ' Avent on the Princess, ' ' the de
fense of this capital by a -great fortress seems never to
have been considered until the time of our ninth Lord
Inca, Pachacutec.
' ' In his reign occurred the revolt of the Antis chief,
Ollanta. He had pushed the Inearial power further
into the rich eastern valleys and forests than had any
other general ; but he was not of the Inca blood ; yet Avas
awarded a triumph in the Huacaypata.
' ' In the hour of his greatest glory he saAv a daughter
of the Inca ; and then he dared to love. Discovered, his
pretentions were only spurned by his master, Avhere any
other would have suffered a disgraceful death for such
sacrilege. He fled in rage to raise his Antis in rebellion ;
but he paused on this hill, and from it, looking back over
the city, in the words of the drama called by his name,
he exclaimed:
"Ah, scornful Inca! Thou, my haughty foe!
I to my Antis with my wrongs will go —
I will review their ranks, victorious,
With arrows sharp, and deeds all glorious.
And on this Sacsahuaman's lofty height,
Like clouds they'll gather; here to show my might!
And here for them and me, they'll light a flame,
And thence, like torrents, downward sweep; my name
Upon their lips, a terror which shall smite
Thee to thy knees, a suppliant in fright." *
"He persuaded his army, assumed royalty, and
actually began his march on this sacred city. Neither
he nor his rude people seemed to understand that an
*A free rendition into English rhyme. Though the author has for
purposes of this story repeatedly referred to the reputed Quichua drama
of Ollanta, said to be the best specimen of Inca poetry extant, he by
no means Indorses its claim to genuineness. He thinks It was likely
composed after the Conquest.

234 UNDER THE SUN.
Inca, a Child of the Sun, can not be made by men.
Intercepted, after ten years of resistance in his strong
hold of Ollantaytambo, he was taken prisoner by strat
agem and brought here to suffer death. But mean
while Pachacutec had died, and our great grandfather,
Yupanqui, touched by tbe provincial warrior's story of
love, not only pardoned him, but consented to his having
the Princess in marriage— so runs the gist of the play.
"However, the threat and the danger, and the
strategic advantages of this hill for a great fortress, sug
gested by them, gave shape in the Lord Pachacutec 's
mind to plans for these superb defenses of Cuzco.
"He left the plans and a model, and had many great
stones gathered for the work; but the Lord Yupanqui
began the construction. And though thousands of men
have been constantly working here for some fifty years,
and though the fortress has long been in use, it is still
not completed in all its contemplated features. Yet a
love affair, according to the story, is responsible for this
greatest of all military works of the empire.""

CHAPTER XXV.
SUGGESTIVE TO A STRANGER.
"The narrative is a pretty one," commented Ata
huallpa; "but it is the more charming, told in the music
of thy voice. It has also added interest as a singular
precedent, such as I did not know existed — it shows at
least in one instance, that a pure lineaged Inca Princess
hath been permitted by the Inca to marry a lover who
Avas not even partly of the royal blood."
Then the Quitoan Prince argued to himself: "What
one Inca can permit, another can also. The story of
Ollanta shows, not that the Inca blood is less sacred,
but that it is sacred enough, where there is any of it, to
sanctify the human;85 and that the Inca should be all
poAverful. The human blood of my mother can not de
tract from, but it must be sanctified by, the sacred blood
of my father. If the Lord Yupanqui gave his pure Inca
sister to the barbarian chieftain of the Antis, why should
not my Inca father give my sister Hutimina to me,
whose veins are half filled with his own sacred blood, and
the other half with that of the proud old Scyris of
Quito?" So ran Atahuallpa's thoughts in the secrecy
of his own mind.
But, whateArer Hutimina might have suspected as to
the unexpressed drift of his reflections, appearing to
ignore any personal pertinency in what he had said, she
answered : "Yet our laws make it a crime, not only pun
ishable with the death of the offender, but with the
extirpation of his family and the destruction of his
toAvn, for one not of pure Inca blood to make pretensions
to an Inca's daughter." 235

236 UNDER THE SUN.
"Yes, assuming, of course, that the lover acts with
out the Inca's consent," responded Atahuallpa.
"Thy suggestion is, that the Inca's will after all is
the law governing ? ' '
"Doubtless. Can not the power that made, unmake
a statute ; or explain or ordain its scope and limitations ;
or decree an exception? Is not the authority and
sanctity in one Inca the same as that in another— so a
later vicegerent of the Sun can at least construe the
especial application of a predecessor's ordinances?"
"Suppose that were so," replied Hutimina, con
fronting the Prince with a challenging look, whicb
plainly meant— beware! "What then?"
"Why," responded Atahuallpa deprecatingly, "thou
hast related the story, and referred to tbe law— may I
not justify both ? ' '
"Go on," said she, "let me see how thou wilt man
age it."
"I only suggest:" he answered, "when, for special
reasons that probably took Ollanta 's case out of the
general purpose of the statute, our great grandfather
Yupanqui forgave him what had passed, and gave con
sent to his marriage with the Princess, I suppose he did
not sanction a violation of the old law ; but, in possession
of all authority under the Sun, he made a new law for
that case which was not less sacred than the old, more
general one. Is it not reasonable that the authority
which is offended should have power either itself or by
its representative to pardon, or to judge whether the
general law— intended, as all general statutes must be,
for average cases— really does evil in an especial case
to the individual ? And AAdiat is the poAver to pardon
itself, but that to make an excepting law for the in
dividual whom the general statute would viciously de
clare criminal ? Did not our Sole Lord make a law for
my Lord Hillipo here, when, at thy solicitation, he made
him an Inca ly privilege— a thing which hath rarely, if

SUGGESTIVE TO A STRANGER. 237
ever, been done since the first Inca created the excep
tional reward of being considered Incas by title or priv
ilege for those natives about this city who co-operated
Avith him in founding his original state? I take it, the
Avill of the Inca. was the determining judgment in the
case— that is all !"
' ' Thou art ingenious, Prince, ' ' said Hutimina. ' ' One
thing, however, is more apparent I think than the sound
ness of thy logic. ' '
"Aye, may I ask what?"
"Why, the forwardness thou wouldst show, if thou
eoulclst be Inca, in construing precedents and the laws
to thy liking! Thy willfulness would not find in any
laAV or precedent insurmountable obstructions to its pur
poses, Avhatever they might be."
"As I said," responded Atahuallpa Avith a shrug,
"all laws are for the average mortal, not for those
created to command."
"I suppose thou wouldst argue that the Inca is mak
ing a new laAV for the distribution of provisions from
bis royal stores," protested Hutimina, nettled at the
Quitoan 's assumption, "because he hath decreed the
sending of trains of men and llamas loaded Avith maize
from far northward, beyond Tarma, to supply food for
the people in the southern region around Lake Titicaca,
where such direful failures in the potato crop, Avhich
supplies the staff of life there, have never before oc
curred to make this necessary."
' For the sake of argument, I will admit it, ' ' replied
Atahuallpa; "though I think such an illustration is less
to the point we discuss than to that of displaying thine
own ingenuity at reasoning, my sister."
Really, tbe passing of these commissary trains re
peatedly within the year through Cuzco, from remote
sections to the southward, as well as the scenes of merry
making, feasting and plenty in the capital, illustrated
some striking phases of tbe Inearial system. Notwith-

238 UNDER THE SUN.
standing the absence of all seeming care of the populace
relative to such things, the potato crop in tbe Colla had
failed; and for several years there had been shortages
of the maize product through large areas of the central
and southern portions of Tthuantinsuyu, which, but for
the wise provision of the government, must have caused
the sufferings of famine. Yet those from the stricken
districts were as merry as any at the festival, and the
many of them who were witnessing the review, were as
well-seeming and happy as any others in the delighted
and cheering crowd of onlookers. Indeed, they had felt
no want even in their homes, and were not apt to feel
any— only an easily borne curtailment in the quantity
supplied for their needs; but there was not even that
to any noticeable extent at this great national festival.
Antonio had been much impressed by these things;
and, observing the controversial spirit which the re
marks of Hutimina and Atahuallpa were assuming, he
ventured a diverting comment on the ample provision
ing of the multitudes in the city, the lack of anxiety,
and the merry temper of the people notwithstanding the
crop failures.
The Princess, answering him, said: "Yes, I suppose
this is suggestive to a stranger. It emphasizes in a very
noticeable way one of the most important features of our
system— indeed, that which is at the foundation of it.
Dost thou not understand its operation, my lord ? ' '
Just then Atahuallpa received an order from the
Inca to inspect the drill of some of the commands in an
other part of the field. He bowed and hastened away.
The interruption was momentary, and Avhen he was
gone, Hutimina turned to Antonio for an ansAver to her
question. "I presume I do not— at least not fully," replied the
AA'hite man. "True, I have observed along all the high
ways I have traveled, and in all the towns, storehouses
filled with provisions of various kinds and clothing

SUGGESTIVE TO A STRANGER. 239
which I know to be the property of the Inca, and I have
seen distribution made by his officials when there ap
peared need, but I have not learned the plan upon which
these stores are accumulated and used. Indeed, I have
not considered it judicious to seek information concern
ing such matters beyond what has been volunteered to
me." "Thou must, nevertheless, have observed," said the
Princess, since coming from the newer provinces of the
North into more ancient parts nearer to this city that
many of these storehouses are very old ? ' '
' ' That I have noted, ' ' replied Antonio.
' ' From this thou mayest see, ' ' continued the Princess,,
"that the system is not a new one?"
"Aye," assented Antonio.
' ' It dates back to the Lord Manco Capac, credited by
our traditions as being the first Inca," pursued Huti
mina. "But the newer ones in the North are not less
ample," suggested Antonio.
"That is true— perhaps they are more so," replied
the Princess; "for they have been constructed in the
light of long experience and in response to the develop
ment of ever-expanding national greatness; yet I think
the older ones are more interesting, for they, more than
most anything else, mark the change in conditions that
came with the birth of Inearial power.
"Wilt thou not particularize?" queried Antonio.
"Aye," continued Hutimina. "As Avith the estab
lishment of Inca rule, internal wars and tribal conflicts
were practically to cease, our ancestors considered that
the industrial war of competition should also cease— for
so far as there were any prior industrial conditions in
any part of this country they amounted to that— and
that co-operation should succeed competition. They
held it wrong that any one should have to wage battle
with arms, or skill, or wit, to destroy or starve others,

240 UNDER THE SUN.
or to make another want, in order that the survivor, as
the spoilsman, might live and have enough himself for
subsistence. Also, they held it even worse that any
should make a Avant for the helplessly needy, by bis un
limited and selfish accumulations. So one of the very
first measures of the Lord Manco Capac was to adjust
the people into groups of tens, hundreds, and so on, with
lands equally proportioned to families, and communi
ties ; and finally, for more general government, the coun
try was arranged into provinces, Avith local and provin
cial officials. In this system the lands are divided into
three parts : one for the people, in which each bead of a
family has a portion in the nature of a life estate, which
is proportionately enlarged as the family increases; a
second part is devoted to the Inca and his royal race;
and a third is set apart for the Sun, or the religious es
tablishment. "Each householder contributed so much labor in the
year for the portions of the Inca and the Sun ; and there
is provision made for the cultivation by the community,
of the lands of the sick and helpless. But a certain part
of the products belonging to the Inca are set apart each
season in the Government storehouse as a provision
against years of want and famine. This accumulation,
in years of plenty, is made sufficient to provide for the
needs of the people through six or seven years of bad
crops; therefore, under this provision, there has been
no famine or great suffering in this land under any of
the Incas. Assurance against this in any section is
made more secure by the roads which have been built in
every part of the empire. Supplies can be transported,
as needed, with great facility from any source of pro
duction to any place where they are required ; and ac
curate records are kept by the quipus of the population
and supplies in each district, so want can be forestalled
in any community before suffering can begin.
"There are now in this city some five thousand men
and llamas with loads of supplies, ready to proceed, at

SUGGESTIVE TO A STRANGER. 241
the ending of this feast, to tbe districts of Collasuyu
where the potato crop hath failed, and where the people
must be fed from other sections. This commissary
train is but one of many that have been and are being
employed to supply, from the store-houses where there
hath been surplus, those of the needy districts, and
through this co-operative provision adequate distribu
tions is made to individuals.
"Before this co-operative arrangement was effected,
each person could hoard or waste his surplus as he
pleased, and as few are provident there could be no
general provision for bad years. Impossible as such a
thing may noAv seem, there were times when men
wronged and fought and slew each other in the struggle
after things needed for life ; and sometimes famine with
resulting hardships and disease slew whole communities,
while, perhaps a few hundred miles or less away, there
was super-abundance— but no way by which those who
suffered could get any part of the surplus.
"And even in the same community, incredible as it
may now appear, individuals were permitted to hold for
themselves, beyond their ability to rightly use, all their
superior powers and wits could get; or at will to
viciously misappropriate great aggregations of things,
while others suffered or starved in their very sight— help
less, from need of those very things. Couldst thou be
lieve such things, my lord? And yet in those old days,
it is said, people talked about competition being the
life of industry and economies, and 'the natural law'
of what they considered a 'sacred system of private
property,' by which a few might gain limitless stores,
while for a living part of needed things tbe many might
helplessly hunger and suffer, or even perish. But these
storehouses stand as monuments to the later order,
Avhereby the Lord Manco Capac made co-operation take
the place of such monstrosities.
"As of old, men have aspirations for the gratifying
P

242 UNDER THE SUN.
of which they are ready to rival each other in most stren
uous efforts— as for favoring gifts, a decoration, or even
a distinguishing plaudit from the Inca or his trusted
representatives— but they can not minister to greed,
arrogance or ambition by monopolizing to themselves
undue proportions of those needful substances, upon a
fair distribution of Avhich, happiness, tbe chances for
usefulness and the life itself of all tbe people depend.
For of food, clothing and shelter, as of light and
air, all have a right to their necessary part, if they have
any right to life at all.
"My lord, did any such unreasonable thing as this
competition, and the limitless right to gain and hold
needful things in excessive aggregations, from others
Avho Avere suffering for them, ever exist in thy country ? ' '
Antonio was abashed. He dared not shock Hutim
ina 's high idea of the justice and wisdom of his people,
based upon the good opinion she had conceived of him,
as in a sense representing them. He feared to hazard
his prestige in her esteem by telling her that what she
referred to as the old system, unworthy of any but an
almost inconceivably crude people, was the very same
that prevailed in Europe; and that it had the ardent
support there of all who were not considered dreamers
or impracticables. He could but blush at the question-
he only trusted himself to assent: "Aye, such hath
been the case in my country, however difficult it may be
for your Highness to conceive it."
" Is it possible ! I had not thought it ; since my lord,
from thine own knowledge, I assume that thy people
have wisdom and arts so much greater than ours. In
view of these, it is hard to think that they could ever
have been on such a low plane of life. Yet from tbis
very fact we may take hope that our people may in
time attain to tbe knowledge AAdiich thy people must
have acquired." >
"But," observed Antonio, Avilling to change the sub
ject, "the community provision for all against want,

SUGGESTIVE TO A STRANGER. 243
through general industry, as represented in these public
magazines, has not surprised me more than other things.
Not less significant, it seems to me, is the building of
this great fortress and the other grand public structures
which I have seen everywhere, by which the Lord Inca
finds employment for all his people not needed in the
fields of husbandry or war.
"But perhaps more wonderful than all else seem
to me the irrigating systems in this country, by which
the Avaters are gathered where they abound and are con
ducted in marvelously and substantially built channels
along mountain heights, sometimes over gorges, and in
the rocks as well as in the valleys ; and then so equitably
distributed for the common use, or wherever needed, on
pasture regions, as well as on cultivated fields."
"Aye," said the Princess, "in all this co-operation
is made to work both abundance and equity.88 But more
than protection against want is accomplished; for, by
forbidding idleness and enforcing rational employment
in public works on a general, harmonious plan, content
and freedom from cruel contrasts are secured for all.
Then these public employments bring men together with
fraternizing sympathies in common purposes, and en
large their conceptions beyond mere local things, to
national ideas and patriotism."
The conversation was brought to a close by the end
ing of the review, when Hutimina, with the Inca's suite,
proceeded within the fortress.

CHAPTER XXVI.
THE PERSUASIVE LIPS OF BEAUTY.
It was late in the afternoon, having finished his in
spection of the fortress, when dinner was served the Inca
in the Moyco Marca Tower.
Those who had in charge the monarch's comfort and
pleasure had omitted nothing whicb they conceived
might aid in his entertainment. The royal apartments
in the citadel were as luxurious as those in bis Palace.
The meal was elegantly served. There was music and
dancing, athletic and military sports within sight of
the sovereign's place at the table, and liquors for the
usual bouts after the meal.
- When the Inca retired from the dining hall with the
attendants who waited upon him to his private apart
ments, on each side of the approach were young maidens
attired so as to display most pleasingly their charms of
person, who scattered fragrant blossoms in bis way and
sang praises of bis triumphs.
It was hoped that the Inca might be impressed by
the glances of some beautiful pair of eyes, and fall suffi
ciently under their charm to desire seeing more of their
owner, so he might perhaps call for her to beguile him
with the vivacity and delights of her youth while in his
relaxed privacy, after the taxing duties of the day. But
Huayna Capac 's blood had become too sluggish in his
aging veins to be so easily stirred by feminine fascina
tions. The offers of beauties of the land, in solicitude
for some chance of administering to the refreshment of
his vitality and stirring some responsive humor, were
too common to excite ordinarily even his imagination
244

THE PERSUASIVE LIPS OF BEAUTY. 245
For him, whose favoring desire was the highest honor
to whicb any woman in his empire could aspire, since
those who could gain it had with it most venerated dis
tinction and fortune,8' there was none of the appetite
excited by seeking— the relish of the chase was absent.
He passed, without noticing the waiting maidens
otherAvise than by enfeebled smiles, and the courtesy of
manner with which he always treated woman, whether
young or old, high or low.
Yet the embers of passion had recently, and the only
time for quite a period, found a provocation strong
enough to stir them into a glow that might become a
flame. Amancaya with her unusual beauty had at
tracted his eye several times, though his attention had
first rested on her with more than a passing look at the
feast, when she had appealed to him through her fear
for Hillipo to prevent the combat with Atahuallpa. At
the review he had looked at her more admiringly; then
he had been provoked into more concentrated and re
peated observations, and finally he was stirred into a
keenly felt interest by her manifest evasion and shrink
ing from his pronounced notice.
She Could shoAV but slight deprecation, though real
confusion was undisguisable, at being singled out by the
Inca's gaze; but even this much of an indicated wish to
avoid him Avas something so novel, it afforded the excite
ment of a strange sensation. It was an experience that
had seldom fallen to the lot of an Inca.
True, Huayna Capac had knoAvn it, in having had
to win the first reluctant favor of the Quitoan Princess,
who bad in her time made such an impression on his
life; but then it Avas a princess of the proud people who
had dared to defy the power of Cuzco whom he sought.
Now his look of passion was finding rebuff from a simple
maiden of his court, whose only majesty was in her
girlish witchery and beauty. Such a thing as this was
unheard of. The unprecedented novelty, the unac-

246 UNDER THE SUN.
countable whimsicality of it, was positively refreshing;
it was actually putting the appetizing fire of youth, the
zest of passion, back into his enfeebled blood and send
ing it with quicker pulsations tingling along his old
veins. With his usual astuteness in noting and studying
his master's humors, Challcuchima had not failed to
observe the Inca's interest in Amancaya. He Avas on
the watch for such a thing, for he had repeatedly caused
traps to be set for enthralling the monarch in the
meshes of some fair one's fascinations, through whom
he might hope to exercise added influence over him.
The venerable Quitoan general was not less wily
because a devoted subject, while at bottom be had the
instincts of a patriot for his beloved Quito ; and he had
learned the potentiality of a woman's grasp on the
Inca's confidence and passion, through his lord's in
fatuation for Paccha. He recognized it was that passion
and his relationship and influence with her that first
brought bim and his people into shining favor with
the conqueror, resulting in his subsequent great fortunes.
Challcuchima knew his master was not a gross sen
sualist or profligate; that he liked, even in his desires,
to think there Avas foundation for what he Avished, in
reason, high motives or exalted ideas. This had been
manifested in his passion for the Scyri. When it pos
sessed him, Huayna Capac argued that he would be doing
commendable justice in restoring the beautiful Quitoan
to her birth-right among her own people, and that by
thus making her regal in his acknowledged favor, he
would be serving a Avise public policy in welding the
new Northern acquisitions of empire into one with his
hereditary dominions.
Challcuchima knew also that Huayna Capac 's first
attraction to Paccha was fanned into a flame of lasting
devotion by her coyness and reluctance, which gave a
srest to pursuit that made possession, finally won with

THE PERSUASIVE LIPS OF BEAUTY. 247
difficulty, most highly valued. For the Inca Avould not
brutally appropriate the defeated princess to his de
sires by merely forcing her with his command ; be would
only have her by winning her consent. When that was
given, Challcuchima knew that Avith Paccha's persuasive
lips of beauty to whisper his advocacy, Avhen needed, at
the Inca's ear in his seclusion and on his pillow of rest,
he had an influence more potent than all the forces of the
Quitoan nation at his back in bis monarch's court.
Since her death, the old leader of the North bad
tried to secure some other feminine influence, which
could be dominated by his will in his master's private
chamber; but the Inca had never yielded to any other
Avoman as to his Paccha, and now for a long time it had
seemed impossible to excite passionate interest in any
fair one.
' ' Ah ! ' ' once exclaimed the monarch, sadly, to his
favorite, "the fires of youth have burned too low for
resuscitation. ' '
"Think not so my lord," replied Challcuchima,
for nothing can so rejuvenate one's aging years as
association in intimate relations Avith the beguilements
of girlish vivacity and tenderness."
"True," replied the Inca, "if there is any capacity
for impression and excitement left, but I have none. ' '
Yet, since Challcuchima had been forced to recognize
that be must count with a rival in the Auqui Mayta, and
Avith the potent womanliness of the Princess Hutimina,
for the Inca's favor, as affecting the fortunes of his be-
loA^ed Quito, he considered it more needful than ever
that some offsetting feminine influence should be found
Avhich he could play against those antagonizing forces,
and especially against the power of Hutimina.
"Coyness, tantalizing indifference," reflected the
Quitoan, "might stir an interest in my master; but who
among his subjects could know how to avail of the sug
gestion? Who could, even at first, appear indifferent

248 UNDER THE SUN.
to an Inca as did our Paccha? Then too, coyness in its
winning features can not be taught to a woman— it is
born, not imparted. Besides Paccha, Amancaya is the
only woman I have ever encountered who has indicated
such carelessness to the Inca's favor as to suggest that
she might have to be won ere she could be enjoyed. Here
are possibilities worth considering."
Since Challcuchima had observed the girl at the
banquet, her interest in Hillipo, and that the Inca's
eyes then rested on her with unwonted suggestiveness,
he had not been slow in his own adroit and quiet way to
inform himself about her. He found that her partiality
for Hillipo had not been unnoted on other occasions
than at the banquet; and, making up his mind that he
must gain influence with both, he had already found oc
casion to distinguish them with some flattering con
sideration. He was not therefore altogether unprepared, when
his master, after retiring to his private apartments in
the tower, invited him to remain with him for a few
minutes ; and then suggested that he had reason for con
ferring in private with his daughter's maid, Amancaya,
and he would like for him to find the means of advising
her confidentially, that he would be pleased if she could
make it convenient to come and see him alone.
How to execute the commission confidentially was a
problem; yet such was his master's desire, and without
daring to question, he must somehow find a way.
He determined boldly to seek Hutimina 's apartments
and beg for himself, from the Princess if necessary, the
privilege of speaking with the girl. But upon inquiry
of a page at the entrance, he found the maid had gone
out to walk in the garden of the citadel. He sought her
at once, and in flattering terms made known bis master's
wish. "But," stammered the girl in her confusion, "what
can our Sole Lord wish with me?"

THE PERSUASIVE LIPS OF BEAUTY. 249
"None, fair maiden, dare question our Sole Lord as
to his desires, any more than to disobey bis orders ; for
as thou must know, his slightest request is none the less
an order for being indicated as a wish. But thou
shouldst observe my master enjoined that I should
advise thee confidentially, that he would be pleased if
thou wouldst make it convenient for him to speak with
thee alone in bis apartments. That must mean some
great good fortune for thee, as it is a surpassing honor
that the Inca should send to thee a message of such
kind through one of his most trusted officials; it shoAVS
great consideration for thee, otherwise his simple order
to thee would have sufficed. However, to obserAre the
confidence he enjoins, perhaps it may be Avell that thou
shouldst on some plea of indisposition get thy mistress
to excuse thee, if there is any probability of ber calling
for thee whilst thou art away — say, during the evening
or night. ' '
The girl shivered. Then she muttered : " I am Avait-
ing the appearance of the Lord Hillipo. He is within
where the Viracocha is teaching my mistress and him.
The review and the other ceremonies prevented the
lesson earlier, and my mistress would not miss for a
single day her instructions from the Lord Antonio in
the language and religion of his people. But I was
weary, and I came away from the other attendants to
wait until they get out, and I can not see my mistress
alone till they leave."
"Aye, it is of Hillipo she is thinking," thought
Challcuchima. "She could not help letting that appear,
notwithstanding the after sentences with which she tried
to cover it." But he answered: "Yet the Inca's
message— thou canst not delay responding to that, and
thou canst make thy plea of indisposition to the
Princess." "But must I go? Wilt thou not, my lord, plead ill
ness with the Inca for an excuse ; really I do not feel
well."

250 UNDER THE SUN.
' ' So thou mayst wait here, fair one, in preference for
Hillipo? I dare not. Thou couldst better plead thine
own excuse, if the Inca should wish to detain thee. It
is said he Avas never known to refuse a woman's request
in anything." The girl flushed deeply at reference to Hillipo, but
the suggestion of the Inca's deference to woman afforded
a ray of hope.
"Yet," continued Challcuchima, "wilt thou permit
a Avord of advice?"
"Aye, gladly," gasped Amancaya, seizing at any
thing which might possibly suggest relief, or even delay.
' ' Thou must swear that thou wilt keep what I say in
thine OAvn heart alone, in faithful confidence between
thee and me, if I venture to suggest advice where my
lord is concerned."
"I do, I do," replied the girl with frightened
eagerness. "Then, thou must know there is no honor for a
Avoman so great as that of being preferred by our Sole
Lord for his intimate favor. I must declare truly to
thee that my master hath not stated to me what he de
sires Avith thee, and it may be impertinence for me even
to guess; but thy beauty and guilelessness doth interest
me as an old man— older than my master, and too old to
have any selfish feelings of passion — though if I were
younger, even I might not be safe from the enchantment
of thy beauty."
"Nay, my lord, thou knowest I am as nothing before
thee, only the servant of the Princess!" protested
Amancaya in blushing confusion.
"Yet thou hast that which may be greater fortune
to a woman than a princedom. Aye, there is no heritage
for a girl like beauty and feminine loveliness— and
thou hast these!" Challcuchima stopped an effort of
Amancaya to deprecate his statement, by hurrying on:
"Nay, listen! Do not think that one of my station and
age would care to flatter, or to speak so, save as it is

THE PERSUASIVE LIPS OF BEAUTY. 25l
pertinent to the weightier matter to which, in thy in
terest, I am addressing myself. Dost thou desire me to
be frank, in going on; and wilt thou heed, not for my
mention of thy personal attractions, but for the reasons
that prompted me to speak of them as bearing on Avhat
should follow?"
"Yes," answered the girl, with downcast eyes and
heart throbbing like the surging of an osier thicket
under the beating of the Avind in a river canyon.
"Then, though of course I may mistake, I suspect
my master, who for a long time hath given no woman
the honor of selecting her from among the many for his
special favor, hath it in mind to offer thee such dis
tinction as will make thee envied by every girl in
Ttahuantinsuyu. Now, to the point! All, save thee
perhaps, from the highest to the lowest, Avould be eager
to fall on their knees in worshipful thanksgiving and
delighted submission to our Sole Lord's pleasure; and
if it were knoAvn tbis evening that the Inca had done
so much as only to indicate a wish for thy presence in
his private apartments— through the words of his gen
eral and counselor, Challcuchima— thou couldst not
pass a man or woman in this citadel, or in the whole
empire, without receiving a bow of deference or an
envying glance— yet thou wouldst he excused?"
"Surely, surely, my lord," exclaimed Amancaya.
"Only one other woman," persisted Challcuchima,
"so far as known, ever sought even for a time to avoid
an Inca. That Avas the Princess Paccha of Quito. And
it was such a novel experience— it afforded such a
fascinating sensation, it whetted my master's desire into
an eagerness, which, though he would not force her will,
made him the most impassioned Avooer, and after he had
Avon her heart the most devoted lover throughout her
life in all the land. With a woman's wit thou mayest
learn a lesson from this."
"I do not long for such honor. I only wish my
lord's kindness," murmured Amancaya,

252 UNDER THE SUN.
"Still, I would add, if our Sole Lord should desire
thy love, it is impossible to suppose that thy heart
couldst long refuse a favorable response, though I am
sure the Inca would not force submission. Meanwhile,
thou mightest make his homage more ardent and fixed
by not yielding fully, too soon ; for I suspect thou canst
know how to play the magic of coyness, without being
unkind. ' '
' ' But, ' ' replied the girl, dumf ounding the old courtier
with unmistakeable evidence, in tone and manner, that
her words were sincere, "I do not wish to yield at all;
yet, if I must go, I thank thee, my lord, for letting me
know that the Inca would not likely force a girl's in
clinations. ' '
"But thou wilt go to the Inca, and also keep faith
with me?"
"Aye, my lord— but without excuse to my mistress
for my absence— I think I now have courage to go,
hoping to return ere she may want me; for thou hast
said the Inca Avould not force a girl to aught she would
not. If he will not do that, he will not harm me and
I will return soon ; but if he detains me, and my mistress
scolds, she shall knoAV the cause. Yet I shall be true to
thee in keeping to myself all thou hast said, save that
the Inca's message came to me through thee."
The old man smiled Avhen the girl turned away,
thinking, ' ' Aye, Paccha was just as sure of her purpose
not to yield. Hoav little can a young girl know what
she may do! Paccha also loved another, even as this
child loves her Hillipo; but—" and the old man could
hardly restrain his laughter from bursting into voice,
as he held his shaking sides Avith his hands— "the idea
of a little waiting maid saying nay to an Inca— and for
love of the Inca's page! Youth's confidence and ignor
ance of self hath shown a novel example of excess, else
Pachacamac hath been devising a new creature under
the sun."

CHAPTER XXVII.
ON AN ERRAND TO THE INCA.
When Amancaya turned away, Challcuchima re
mained on the terrace, thinking over the possibilities
that might be involved connected with the girl; but he
had little more than recovered his equanimity Avhen
Antonio and Hillipo appeared at the portal on their
way out.
He accosted the two with an affability whicb sur
prised them, and when they had deferentially returned
the greeting, and were surmising what humor could
have caused the unusual display of graciousness shown
them by the old general, whose native haughtiness did
not ordinarily melt into commonplace courtesies, they
were fairly confounded by his adding: "I have been
regarding the view from this point of vantage in the
moonlight, and Avas just thinking to protract the en
joyment of the keen night air in the open by taking a
little turn in the garden— will ye not lend me the pleasure
of your companionship ? ' '
They could not, of course, do otherAvise than wonder-
ingly accept the invitation; for a consideration so
marked was not to be lightly esteemed in the Inca's
court, where the conspicious favor of the Quitoan chief
was little less than a guarantee of consideration from
the monarch himself.
The entrance to that part of the citadel in which
were the apartments of Hutimina and her attendants,
was distinct, and passage to it from other portions of
the toAver could only be made by going outside the struc
ture and re-entering it at the separate doorway near
253

254 UNDER THE SUN.
which Challcuchima was. This opened on the terrace
or portico whicb overlooked, to the southward, a garden
under the walls.
The "Moyoc Marca" was at about the highest point
within the stronghold. From its terrace a sweeping
view could be had of all the southern part of the fortress,
of the portions of the city that were not too closely
under the precipitous steepness of the hill, of the valley,
and of the mountains surrounding which were over-
peaked Avith the far-away, ever-shining snow-summit of
Vilcanota, as an emphasizing point to the grandeur of
the vieAv. The moon, hoav past the full and in a sky of
scattered clouds, gave her light obscurely or with start
ling brilliancy on this height — shining with hidden face
behind the cloud-masses, or sAveeping out into the clear
blue Avith the beauty of her lineaments undimmed. There
Avas mist in the valley, and a haze that softened outlines
was on the surrounding hills; but the Nevada of the
overtowering Asungata in the southeast, pinnacled Avith
the nipple-pointed dome of Vilcanota, glistened above
the indistinctness of the nearer and mist-veiled scenes,
as the A'indicating brightness of eternal right may be
yond and over time's beclouding errors.
The fountain of clear, cold water that issued at the
tower from subterranean conduits, Avhose remote source
Avas higher up in the Sierras, gave not only an abundant
supply for the garrison, but sufficient to irrigate the
beautiful little garden under the Avails of the Moyoc
Marca, to Avhich Challcuchima had referred.
After treading the walks amid the natural flowers,
interspersed here and there at conspicuous points Avith
images of others, and of animals, in metal work, in Avhich
silver and gold largely mingled, Challcuchima led the
Avay to a stone seat near a pool on the terrace. This Avas
Availed and bottomed with cut stone, and it served as a
reservoir to receive the Avater, which from it was dis
tributed by channels and pipes to various parts of the
fortress and to the garden,

ON AN ERRAND TO THE INCA. 255
The terrace terminated against one side of the
reservoir, and the wall of the tower formed one end ; but
the pool was divided into two parts— that next tbe
terrace, which supplied the garden, being the smaller—
and it Avas used also for a bathing and SAvimming pool.
Challcuchima had referred to the hunt on Avhich the
Inca was to start the following day; at which Antonio
said : "I have, my lord, only a very indistinct idea of
these hunts; but I understand they are very extensive,
and quite a feature in the national life. ' '
"Wouldst thou know more fully about them, before
this one is begun — their purpose and the way they are
conducted?" asked the Quitoan general.
' ' Most gladly, if my lord should graciously see fit to
have me," replied the white man.
"Then," Avent on Challcuchima, "if not yet too
much of a stranger to our laws, thou mayest have learned
that except at the Chacus1* the great royal hunting ex
cursions, no kind of game can be taken or killed, save
partridges, doves, pigeons, and other small birds, for the
tables of the Incas, governors and curacas— and then
only in small quantities and by authoritative permis
sion — for our Lord Incas have not considered it wise to
permit their subjects being carried away by the pleasure
of the sport, lest it lead to idleness and neglect of duties,
the existence of which they will not tolerate. Yet our
Sole Lord esteems properly directed diversion and a
well regulated measure of excitement as periodically
necessary for the people; and few things gratify the
spirit of adventure so much as the chase. Suitably
guided under the royal authorities, it supplies in a
measure an antidote for other dangers, to which rest
lessness and discontent often give rise. Therefore at
certain times of the year, after the breeding season, the
Inca himself— guiding by example in this as in all else
that he institutes— goes for the hunt to any province he
may choose, according as the affairs of peace and war

256 UNDER THE SUN.
make it convenient. There he orders out a great host,
sometimes twenty or thirty thousand men, according
to the space which is to be covered. Then this body of
men are divided into two parts, one going one way,
the other another, spreading out into a great circle
of twenty or thirty leagues in circumference. The rivers,
streams and ravines serve as boundaries from which the
hunt begins, and from which it proceeds toward one
center ; and these demarcations are fixed— even the most
noted haunts of the animals within them being marked,
so that no infringement is made on the lands to be
hunted over in another year.
"The hunts in each district only take place once in
three years. This interval is allowed for the game to
multiply, so the animals may not become too wild from
more frequent disturbance, and that the fleeces of the
vicunas may grow full length; but the people of every
province can look forward to a bunt each year in some
quarter of their territory. For this purpose, the prov
inces are divided into three or four parts, and. the
annual hunts take place in the several parts successively
in their order. In this way the increase and usufruct
of the animals are protected, the beasts of prey and
vermin are killed, there is amusement for the gov
ernors who attend and direct the chase in their own dis
tricts, and there is both benefit and amusement for the
people, Avho not only feast joyously at the time, but
who receive their parts of the wool taken and the meat
killed for future use.
"But to the method of the chase— after the men
have extended their lines according to the bounds of the
district AAdiich is to be hunted over, forming a cordon,
they gradually close in, shouting, beating the thickets,
and driving the animals of all kinds before them toward
the designated central spot. The men closing up as the
animals are gathered within smaller limits before them,
form successively into several surrounding ranks ei

ON AN ERRAND TO THE INCA. 257
none of the game can escape. Finally, when all the
animals are penned into a small space, hunters go within
the cordon and kill with spears, axes and clubs, or they
take them with their hands, in the order that may be
necessary. "The lions, bears, foxes, Avild cats, and other vermin
are first slain to rid the country of them. In doing this,
men are apt to get hurt and sometimes killed by the
more ferocious beasts before they can be destroyed.
Then, the younger female deer are set loose, Avith the
pick of the males; the vicunas and huanacus are taken,
shorn of their fleeces, and then let go, and sometimes
these number 20,000 to 40,000 head in a single district.
The flesh of all the game killed, when divided among the
people, is carefully preserved; and as charqui, or dried
meat, it keeps until the next hunt, being much valued
though abstemiously used.88 During the hunt and at its
conclusion, before separation for return to their homes,
there is great merry-making among all the people who
have in this way been familiarly brought together in a
common interest and diversion, and the various events
of the occasion furnish much material for talk, story
telling and reminiscence afterward in the homes and
social life of the people."
As he concluded, under some impulse, probably
having on his mind Amancaya 's visit to the Inca, and
knowing the apartments occupied by him were overhead,
Challcuchima glanced upward. He caught his breath
and strained his gaze, for there in the indistinct light
on the Avail of a parapet was poised, with apparent in
tent of plunging doAvnward, a girlish figure. Its identity
could hardly have been recognized in the dimness even
by his keen eye and wits, yet his suspicions translated
the uncertain swaying form into its certain self.
Hillipo, attracted by the unwontedly disconcerted
movement of the old general, glanced in the same direc
tion, only in time to see a female figure plunging
q

258 UNDER THE SUN.
downward, and springing up with the agility of a cat
he caught the descending object, only noting it was tbe
form of a woman; but standing as he was on the edge
of the reservoir, the momentum of the body as be grasped
it, though he broke the fall, carried both it and himself
over into the deep water of the pool. Hillipo was a fine
swimmer, and the cold water quickly revived the girl
from her half stunned and swooning condition. He soon
had her out of the pool and lying on the stone seat, where
looking at her closely for the first time, he exclaimed,
"Why, Amancaya, is it thou? Art thou hurt?"
Amancaya struggling up, said faintly, "No— and
thou Hillipo?" and was about to fall back, when catch
ing a sight of Challcuchima, Avith a great effort she re
covered her poise. Regarding him fixedly she added:
"My Loid Hillipo has prevented harm to me— let me be
quiet a few moments till I get over the shock. ' '
Counting on the girl catching the cue from his in
dications, and feeling sure he alone had seen her on the
parapet before the plunge, Challuchima said, soothingly :
' ' All Avill be well ! See, I think that is our Sole Lord
looking from above!"
Then with a deferential gesture upward, and with
his hands at his mouth to serve as a speaking trumpet,
he called in a well-measured tone: "My lord will find
there is no serious hurt— I will report soon, personally
in my lord's presence." Then turning to his companions
he added : "The maiden went on an errand to the Inca,
of which I knew, for I had to give her the crimson cord
for her passport. I suspect, while awaiting bis orders,
in some spirit of adventure, she got on the wall of tbe
parapet ; for when I first saw her she seemed to be losing
her balance— perhaps tripped— then fell forAvard— then
the plunge down! But mind, all!" continued he with
an authoritativeness AAmich could not be mistaken, and
which none AA'ould have cared to disregard, "We three
alone saw the accident" — emphasizing accident— "and

ON AN ERRAND TO THE INCA. 259
as the maiden is not hurt, it can only be blameAvorthy to
make an unnecessary commotion or sensation in our
Sole Lord's household over an accident from which
there appears no serious injury. Let no one speak of
tbe incident, unless by the Inca's order. Meanwhile we
will take the maiden to her mistress, and merely have it
stated to the Princess that she fell into the pool on tho
terrace, from which we rescued her ; for I think she Avill
soon fully recover from the shock, which seems to be
the only hurt received. Then I will go to my master
and report. I venture to believe he will give to our Lord
Hillipo gracious commendation for the brave act we
have just witnessed."
Then addressing himself particularly to Amancaya,
Avho with startled, wide eyes, had been taking in and
evidently considering all he had said, the old Quitoan
questioned: "Have I not, my pretty maid, spoken what
is best, and is not my explanation Avell ? ' '
The girl was transfixed by his piercing eye, and
overawed by the impressive authoritativeness of the
words and manner which he now employed so easily
toward her; for the venerable courtier, who had learned
so well how to bow in apparent deferential subjection to
his royal master, could himself be masterful in seeming,
as well as in adroitness of influence, when he wished.
Amancaya, covering her confusion with silence, bowed
her assent, for she realized there could be nothing but
obedience in the way he indicated, at least for the
present. Indeed, while Avondering at the old general's
shrewdness and ready resourcefulness, she herself rec
ognized that what be proposed Avas best.
She Avas at once taken to her mistress, with the state
ment Avhich Challcuchima had suggested, or rather— as
all really understood— had ordered. And from the girl's
own treatment of the matter, shoAving that she had Avell
appropriated his indications, the old general felt sure
be could count on both her discretion and Avits to avoid
unnecessary disclosure of the real facts.

260 UNDER THE SUN.
On his way to the Inca, Challcuchima made tbe at
tendants who might have seen Amancaya going to his
master's apartments understand that the girl had gone
on an errand to the monarch by his authority ; that some
how she had fallen into the reservoir below and had
been rescued and taken to ber quarters, without serious
hurt ; but that no reference must be made to the incident,
since his master could not tolerate that an unimportant
accident in his household should be given tbe notoriety
of any mention, save as be himself might choose to
warrant. This, from the Quitoan favorite, sufficed to seal all
lips ; for reckless Avould have been the tongue that could
have hazarded its OAvner's head by disobedience to such
an injunction from such a source. Challcuchima found
the Inca a good deal agitated, though with no disposition
to talk— only silently attentive — therefore he did no
more than venture a simple report of the facts as they
had occurred and of the precautionary orders he had
given. When be had finished, the Inca simply replied : "It
is well ! Thou didst act with thy usual discretion, my
Challcuchima. And now thou mayest leave me, for I
would rest."

CHAPTER XXVIII.
WE SHALL SEE.
Many thousands of men, enough to make a great
army, were gathered in the royal hunt southward of
Cuzco, between the head waters of the Urubamba and
those of the Apurimac. These streams, from being some
hundred miles apart near a hundred miles south of the
city, approach at one place not far from it to within
twenty miles of each other. South of them rose the
lofty cross chain that reaches from the towering Nevada
of Coro Puna in the Western Cordillera to the great
Andean peak of Vilcanota on the east.
Here the eastern and western chains cross-tie in one
of those knots of tremendous uplifting, which occur1 at
several points in Ttahuantinsuyu,"0 where both ranges
seem to combine in outdoing the individual efforts of
each at piling earth toward heaven in transcendant
peaks. In these great heights, near the snow summit of the
Vilcanota, is the lofty pass through which travel must
trace its shivering and labored way en route from the
Collasuyu region of Lake Titicaca to Cuzco. In this
pass, more than fourteen thousand feet above the sea,"
is a darkly, mountain-shadowed tarn, which is the source
of the true parent stream of tbe Maranon. From it
flows south the Pucura into Lake Titicaca; and north
ward from it goes the little stream, here called the
Vilcanota, which finally becomes the Amazon. A breath
of wind, blowing either way, might send a twig thrown
into the middle of the small body of ice-bordered
water fed by snow meltings from dominating mountains
261

262 UNDER THE SUN.
around, on its way either to Lake Titicaca or to the
Atlantic. Along the northern declivities of this cross chain
were the southern limits for the chase. It had lasted
now for some days, and the hunters were narrowing their
great cordon, with thousands of confused animals be
fore them, on to the lofty barren plain of Chicarque,
where was pitched the Inca's camp, in waiting for the
final of the round-up.
This high plateau stretched in a general level of
barrenness from the upper waters of the Urubamba, here
called tbe Vilcamayo, westward to those of the Apuri
mac. The plain was only broken here and there by sand
dunes — SAvept together by tbe wild whirl of contending
winds — and occasional great boulders or protrusions of
metamorpbie rock; but the general effect here Avas a
sweeping level, extending Avestward. And a river which
cut deep down between ditch-like declivities was quite
overlooked in scanning, at a little distance from it, what
appeared to be an unbroken plain. It is one of the strik
ing features of the upland deserts of this land, that the
watercourses sometimes cut through them so sharply
down that the observer may not note any sign of a
break in the surface — save perhaps a color line on the
far upper side of the canyon— until he approaches near
enough to look into a yawning chasm, dissevering the
plain on whicb be stands. Yet, thousands of feet beloAV
there may be smiling in startling brilliancy of green a
delicious narrow valley along a coldly flowing river or
purling stream, where a rich soil responds benignly to
the irrigating waters that stimulate it into glad fruit-
fulness at the touch of a simple husbandry.
Here, the canyon did cut downward some thousands
of feet to the little river, where a valley, a quarter of a
mile or more in width, glistened with emerald verdure
in its deep setting ; and the camp of the Inca was on the
high plain, near the precipitious down-cut of the gorge.

WE SHALL SEE. 263
The declivities, almost hidden from view as they were
at a short distance in the stretch of desert, when ap
proached, revealed in places, slants and projections suffi
cient for descent from the heights into the valley. On
the sides of the valley irrigating channels coursed along
the rising ground footing the cliffs, distributing life-
giving waters on the slants toAvard the river, and making
of them a garden Avhose greenness they sharply de-
marked from the brown, bare sands and rocks that
reached grimly upAvard.
The valley supplied water, vegetables and fruits —
even delicious pineapples and figs — for the Inca's table,
on the cold heights thousands of feet above.
The western segment of the inclosing cordon had
already been formed in triple ranks in front of the
Inca's camp, which Avas between them and the canyon.
The line of men stretched far north and south, and
circled eastward on the plain, thinning further away to
double ranks and then to a single line, as they stretched
beyond sight, in the far distance, leagues around. the
game. The hard-driven and weary animals scattered singly,
by twos or in frightened lots, and those of a kind some
times in huddling groups, were now beginning to appear
in sight of the camp and tbe triple ranks of men in
front of it. They stared wonderingly or distressed, as
being driven from behind they confronted the men be
fore and to right and left, who closed every way of
escape. The frightened recollection, if not the actual
hearing of the shouting and the sounding of horns by
their pursuers behind, deterred them from turning back
as decisively as the sight of those now facing them con
founded and intercepted continuation of forward flight.
As the AA'ild creatures gathered and were brought to a
halt, or Avere terrified into futile dartings to and fro
Avithin eA'er narroAving limits, they glared as wonder
ingly or fearfully at the unusual concourse of their own

264 UNDER THE SUN.
kind and at that of their dreaded, wild, natural enemies,
appearing in such numbers and plight as they did at
their human pursuers. Some timidly sought refuge be
hind the sand dunes and rocks, quite insufficient for the
numbers that would so skulk in hiding ; but even these
soon discovered that on no side were they concealed from
man's sight. For quickly most if not all the wild beasts
within the range of a third part of the province were
crowding an area of about a mile and a half in diameter,
with the hunters surrounding them close enough to hold
each others hands; and then other lines formed succes
sively around this, rank upon rank, and though not in
such close order, yet sufficiently so to prevent any escape
of the animals should a break in the first line be threat
ened. This was the order on the final evening of the chase
that brought the vast concourse of hunters under the eye
of the Inca within so small a compass, with practically
all the game and wild flocks of the district coralled in
their midst.
That night they camped in their positions, keeping
unbroken vigils around their prey. It was part of the
plan to familiarize the wild creatures Avith the proximity
of the men, so as to gradually tame and subdue them be
fore drawing closer, or breaking in upon them to
slaughter and shear; therefore the hunters Avere en
couraged to indulge in all the noisy merry-making pos
sible. Fires and torches were lit, from the dry dung and
other scant materials that could be found, between the
inner line of men and their victims ; and feasting, danc
ing and all sorts of merry-making to all kinds of music
were taken up by numbers successively, who gathered
within the cordon for the purpose. This was continued
far into the night, so when quiet finally fell upon the
plain there were few who had not participated to their
full in the tumultuous antics and dancing.
The Inca Avent the rounds of the army of hunters on
his litter, encouraging the men in their sports and ap-

WE SHALL SEE. 265
plauding them for their success in ' ' rounding up ' ' such
a vast quantity of animals. The numbers were unusual
even for the most extensive hunt, and among them were a
notable supply of deer, and also of bear and large beasts
of prey, including several pumas and a pair of jaguars.
These last would offer rare sport, if not adventure, for
the first day of the encampment, at which time such ver
min were to be slain.
The low valleys, equally with the open plains, had
been scoured by the hunters. The pumas had been driven
from the deep, bottom lands, to which they had made
their way from far down in the Montana of the Antis—
probably first started up the gorges of these rivers by the
wild hunters of the hot wilderness. The jaguars were
fine specimens and were thought to be a fierce pair which,
when good sized cubs, had been sent as a present to the
Inca by a chief of an allied tribe called the Musus, in the
remote eastern wilderness of the river Amaru-Mayu."
They had never been well tamed ; and, when grown, be
coming enraged by the goading of their keeper in trying
to remove them into safer quarters, they had killed him
and made their escape from Cuzco. Following the waters
of the Cachimayo from the southern part of the city into
the gorge of the Apurimac, they prowled along to the
deep valleys higher up the stream. There they had
escaped all efforts of the local authorities, who had been
instructed to capture or kill them, and had become a
terror to the neighborhood.
When the Inca had finished his round, he was tired
enough to withdraw to the quiet of his own quarters.
Meanwhile Hutimina had watched the animals and the
revels till weary. She could see from her tent more or
less of the Avhole field occupied by the hunters; for the
location of the Inca's camp, inclusive of her quarters,
Avas on a rise of ground, the highest on the plain— and
noAV she had retired.
But Amancaya still lingered alone on a seat near her
mistress7 tent door, though apparently more abstracted

266 UNDER THE SUN.
in ber own reflections than interested in anything her
eyes rested on.
The Inca had made due inquiries about Amancaya,
through Challcuchima, the day following the plunge
from the tower; but upon being satisfied of ber well-
being by his report, as well as from seeing her in attend
ance on the Princess from time to time, he had not at
tempted to have her visit him again. He felt some
chagrin over the incident, and did not care to do any
thing that might lead to its being spoken of. Now, how
ever, when in passing to his quarters he saw the girl sit
ting alone outside of her mistress' tent, he was seized by
an impluse to, at least, speak with ber, and ordering a
pause of the litter be had her called to him.
"Fair maiden, hath thy mistress retired?" he in
quired. Blushing, and dropping her eyes to tbe ground,
Amancaya evasively replied: "My lord, she is within."
"Tell me," pursued the Inca, "hath she been wearied
with the day's events? I fear the experiences of this
hunt are rather overmuch for ber. ' '
"My lord, not wearied overmuch. My mistress hath
been much interested watching the actions of the animals
and the hunters. It is a wonderful sight! And the
pumas; and those two great spotted creatures — I think
they call them jaguars— that are crouching under that
big rock now! They make one afraid!" answered the
girl, wondering with some confusion at her boldness in
venturing to the Inca a comment of her own, when he
had questioned as to her mistress.
' ' Ah ! is the fear hers or thine ? ' '
"Mine, my lord; my mistress seems to fear nothing."
"And thou?"
' ' I, my lord, have many fears ; and one is that I have
been too forward in speaking to my lord for myself,
when Avhat I think can be of no account to any one. ' '
"Women's fears have a large part in making courage
for men, and her fears in one direction may make her too

WE SHALL SEE. 267
daring in others. I know, not long since, a young
woman's useless fears caused her to recklessly plunge
herself into a real danger— at least beware of such man
ner of fear ! ' '
Amancaya bowed her head to hide a flush the admon
ishing allusion put into ber face; for she knew Chall
cuchima as well as she understood the reference to her
plunge from the tower.
"But," continued the Inca, "assuming thou hast
gained from experience wisdom sufficient for that, now
look thou into thy mistress' tent, and see if she be awake
or sleeping. I wish to know. If she sleeps, disturb her
not — mind thou! and be careful to let me know truly."
The girl, glad to withdraw her down-bent, flushed
face from the Inca's piercing eyes, turned and lifted
back the flap of the tent entrance.
A small light was burning in a gold lamp near the
head of the Princess as she lay on her silver-framed
couch, with a vicuna robe draAvn over her, for the air was
cool. She was evidently sleeping peacefully, resting on
her left side. Amancaya stepped in and up to ber mis
tress; but she did not move. She watched her some
seconds, hoping the Princess might give some sign of
waking, and when she did not she was tempted to
secretly disobey the Inca by doing something to arouse
her, for wild thoughts were rushing through the girl's
mind. Antonio had loaned the Princess his Bible, to study
out some simple sentences, of which he had furnished a
translation into the Quichua on a slip of paper. The
book was on the bed— her right hand, at arm's length,
was resting on it as it lay open where she had dropped
it, and ber middle finger rested on I John iv : 7, at the
AArords, "for love is of God," which were also translated
on the paper. Her left arm was doubled up partly under
ber, with the hand holding in sleep-relaxed grasp a
bunch of flowers close to ber face ; so close that her lips—

268 UNDER THE SUN.
just a little apart as if speaking caressing Avords to the
blossoms as she fell asleep— rested against them.
Amancaya knew the flowers. Two days before, An
tonio and Hillipo had worked their way down into the
valley for the exercise and adventure, and Hillipo had
gathered them, and when they came for the daily lesson
with the Princess, he had offered them to her in such
way as an inferior may make an offering to his superior.
Amancaya had uneasily noted the act at the time, as
the Princess had accepted the offering Avith a gracious
smile and had seemed to have her interest much enlisted,
for she made the men tell of their stroll and Avhat they
bad seen. When they finished, she said she almost had a
mind to take them as her guides and go down into the
canyon herself, to see the verdant and blooming things
growing there. But the girl had aggrievedly thought,
Avhen her mistress referred to them as her guides, she had
looked only at Hillipo — then, however, she hardly dared
admit even in her own heart that her thoughts were
colored with jealousy.
At first, in her nervousness about the Inca's command
and in the confusion of wondering Avhat it might really
import, she did not realize the connection between Hilli
po and the blossoms that lay against her mistress' lips-
accustomed as she Avas to seeing the Princess, in ber great
fondness for flowers, toy carelessly with them — yet on
this high remote desert they could only be had by some
such effort as Hillipo had made. When, upon fixing her
attention, she realized that these were Hillipo 's, while
there Avere other and fresher flowers in the tent — for zeal
to please the Princess made all the possessions of the land
and the efforts of many tributary to her tastes — she
caught her breath, and questioning with herself as to the
preference given, as she thought, to Hillipo 's offering,
she stood as one transfixed.
"They are his," she muttered; "his! She dismissed
me— aye, that she might take them from tbe vase un-

WE SHALL SEE. 269
seen and gather them to her bosom, and go to sleep with
—perhaps kissing them ! Oh, if I could but waken her
to knowledge that I have seen her so ! " And all the worst
of the woman in her rose in rebellious jealousy that in
tensified as she continued : " It is not fair ! It is not fair
for her, the great Princess, with all the world bowing be
fore ber eagerly waiting upon her pleasure, to take the
heart of Hillipo who is my world and hope from me
—from me, her poor helpless maiden, who hath nothing
to cherish for the making of life worth having, except
my love for him and hope of his love. It is not fair ! It
is not fair ! ' '
Pausing in her muttered exclamations, from the very
intensity of the outburst, as her eyes moved away from
Hutimina 's features they fell upon a mirror of polished
copper, bordered around with a contrasting vine wrought
in silver, lying on the stand near the lamp. The light
fell strongly upon the shining surface, and she caught
a sight of her own lovely face in it. She was struck with
its charms as never before; for the rich flush that had
mounted with the unwonted excitement to her cheeks and
brow, the distended eyes, the look of wondering and
pathetic distress and contending passions working with
varying play — all combined to make her more beautiful
than ever.
There she could see her mistress' tranquil face lying
on the pillow, and almost side by side with it, her own
reflected in the mirror. She could compare — contrast
the two.
' ' True ! ' ' she muttered, ' ' She is beautiful. She bath
a beauty peculiarly hers. Yet — yet is her sleeping face
so much more beautiful than tbis?" turning from that
of her mistress to her own in the mirror; "is not her
prettiness now enhanced in sleep by Hillipo 's flowers?
Perchance there may be magic in them! For truly,
beautiful as she always is, she never seemed so lovely as
now. Oh! I am glad Hillipo can not see ber as she is

270 UNDER THE SUN.
there! But the flowers! the flowers! Sleep bath
loosened her fingers from around them. She always
sleeps soundly ! I can take them from ber. Yes ! take
them from her, and place them against my own cheeks,
and then see how I look in comparison with her— aye!
and afterward put them back in her hand without her
ever knowing what hath passed. I Avill — I will do it ! I
would dare even her waking— dare death itself to do it;
for what care I for life, if Hillipo be not in it— but she
will not wake. And the Inca— he waits ! But neither do
I care for the Inca — he can only kill— or he can wait!
Iwill-I will!"
And Amancaya stealthily, dexterously lifted the
flowers, kissed them passionately again and again, then
laid them against her flushed cheeks, and turning, looked
at herself once again in the mirror, exclaiming, ' ' Aye !
she without them, and I with them — which is tbe most
beautiful now ? Oh ! that Hillipo could see me just now,
as I seem in this mirror — perhaps he might not think her
more beautiful than I. Does the mirror flatter? Nay!
Did not Challcuchima say I had that which may be
greater fortune than a princedom for a woman — that
there is no heritage for a girl like beauty and feminine
loveliness— and that I had these? Then did he not also
say: he suspected that the Inca, who for a long time
hath given no woman the honor of selecting her for his
especial favor, had it in mind to offer me such distinction
as would make me envied by every girl in Ttahuantin
suyu? Yet Hillipo, a page — now only of Inca rank by
privilege — loves me not ! And that night in the tower — ' '
and the girl's face flushed still more deeply at ber
thoughts — "when on entering our Sole Lord's room, and
finding myself alone Avith bim I begged that he would
dismiss me, did he not say that I was too beautiful to
permit my going until he had at least feasted his eyes
on me for awhile ? Then, when I urged, he had the fame
of never refusing any woman — even though so lowly and

WE SHALL SEE. 271
helpless as I, an orphan girl, the daughter of a curaca
who bad died in bis wars— he pleaded with me— aye, the
great Inca plead with me ; and, when I would not be per
suaded, he said it Avas also true that no woman had ever
asked that be deny himself the enjoyment of such loveli
ness, and that I should wait still awhile and listen to bim
further. "All that time I was thinking of Hillipo, not of the
honor the Inca might do me — yes, of the tenderness, even
graeiousness, Hillipo had denied me. For that evening
when I left him and the Viracocha with tbe Princess, he
bad not given me even an indifferently kind look. Then,
when I could not endure his coldness, and in fear of
breaking down at it in a cry, excused myself from the
room, but in passing out had a chance to touch his hand
unobserved, and did so, he drew it back without more
than a disapproving glance at me. So I was waiting on
the terrace, hoping for a chance to see him again, when
Challcuchima came and made me go to the Inca. Still,
while the Inca was talking to me, I Avas thinking of all
this; and when he would have seized my hand— he, the
monarch, Avould have taken this hand which Hillipo had
refused — I evaded him, escaped through the door,
jumped on the parapet, and when he followed to hold me
back, more in desperation about Hillipo than in fear of
our Sole Lord, my brain whirled, I grew faint, and
hardly knowing whether I was falling or springing for
ward, I plunged down— it happened to be into Hillipo 's
arms ! But he only rescued me from the fall ; he will not
save me from my wretchedness!"
The girl suddenly became tense. Her features hard
ened in a determined effort at self-control. She slipped
the flowers back into the fingers of her mistress. Her
mutterings had raced rapidly from her lips into articula
tions, and her reflections had flashed through her brain
in a few moments like the events of a lifetime before
a droAvning man. Yet she recalled that her delay had

272 UNDER THE SUN.
been a good deal more than would seem to the Inca neces
sary for merely reporting whether her mistress was
awake or sleeping.
"But," thought she, "a statement that my mistress
awoke and, being in bed, demanded some service about
her apartment, will suffice for my excuse."
Meanwhile Amancaya 's loATe had been ground through
the mill of passion into a purpose. She had been trans
formed from the merely tender, Hillipo-worshiping girl,
into the woman, who, realizing that she possessed the
power the old Quitoan had spoken of at the Moyoc-Marca
tower, was determined to place a value on it and to use
it — aye ! to use it against what she now believed to be the
love of her mistress for the man she loved, blindly hoping
she might somehow as a result gain him in some fashion
for herself.
Before reappearing at the tent door this was in her
mind: "I will be more considerate of the Inca's wishes.
Perhaps I can play them to my advantage, and against
my mistress. Perhaps — yes, perhaps, with the power of
an Inca's favorite, if I can not marry Hillipo I can pre
vent bis marrying another ; and if I can not clasp him
in my arms as his wife, it may be I can lavish my life,
my favor upon him. For even if he will not love me, the
poAver of an Inca's favorite may mean something; and
whether he loves me or not, I must bug to my soul the
ecstasy of loving him. We shall see ! "

CHAPTER XXIX.
OF THEIR SECRET LOVE.
Upon Amancaya 's reappearance at the tent entrance,
only Challcuchima was there. When the girl failed of
prompt return, the Inca concluded that his daughter
had awakened and her maid was being detained for some
service, or that the girl was intentionally evading him,
as she might Avell suspect in such a connection he could
not hold her to account. He had therefore ordered pro
cedure of the litter to his own quarters but had re
quested his trusted old courtier to wait a while longer,
and if Amancaya should return to try and arrange for
her to visit him.
On her appearance the Quitoan muttered :
"Beauty, fair one, is indeed privileged when its pos
sessor can venture to disregard, or postpone to aught, an
Inca in waiting. The most honored official in the realm
Avould ne'er venture such an experiment."
"My lord," replied the girl sententiously, with a
manner suggesting that no other excuse should be de
manded, "I was delayed about matters of my mistress."
"While our Sole Lord waited!" commented the ven
erable courtier, with his breath almost taken by the girl's
nonchalance. There Avas in Challcuchima 's tone a suggestiveness of
indignation at the lack of deference indicated for him
self and for bis lord; for notwithstanding his former
conversation Avith Amancaya, he could not easily grasp
the idea that it was possible for sanity and such dis
position of indifference to coexist in the same feminine
brain. r 273

274 UNDER THE SUN.
"But the Inca did not wait till I returned," replied
the girl with doggedness somewhat modified by an indi
cation of pouting : " If it were a matter of any conse
quence for him to hear from, or see me"— the sur
plusage of "see me" being thrown in with a retaliatory
resentf ulness of tone that had a strong flavor of personal
meaning— "could he not have really waited a few mo
ments until I had the time to use some caution in return
ing from the tent?"
She threw both bands to ber breast and breathed
bard— struggling with herself in almost a paroxysm as
what she had seen and ber conclusions as to its meaning
rushed afresh through ber mind. Then recovering her
self before Challcuchima could answer, she added menda
ciously : ' ' Otherwise, how could I have gotten away from
the presence of my mistress unless I bad excited inquiry
by her, so I might have had to explain that our Sole Lord
was waiting outside to hear from me whether she was
asleep; and then perhaps more inquiries, and need of
further explanation— all Avithout any authority from the
Inca for me to reveal his presence. And perhaps if I
had stated the fact without his leave, he, and thou too,
mightest have been displeased; yet now thou wouldst
blame me, when I have done the best I could." The last
words were added after a long breath, in a tone that
seemed to carry with them something of appeal as well
as protest. Amancaya had moved a short way from the
tent, and indicated by her low tone that caution was
needed to prevent being overheard.
Taking the impression that the Princess was awake,
or had wakened while Amancaya was in the tent, as the
girl intended he should, the old man was mollified. The
appeal-like notes in her words, together with the logic
of the situation as she presented it, were both soothing
and persuasive of his humor. This was the easier, since
his desire and plan to use the maiden in the exercise of
influence for furtherance of the Quitoan interests, made

OF THEIR SECRET LOVE. 275
it necessary for him to win her good will and confidence.
Instead therefore of any savor of reproach, there were
only sympathy and consideration apparent when Chall
cuchima replied :
"Yes, yes, pretty one! I was a little nettled per
haps, but it may be indiscreetly so, for thou reasonest
Avell — aye, more! In what thou sayest thou givest
ground for greater confidence in the sharpness of thy
wits, as well as in thy discretion. And— mind thee, fair
one, those are important qualities for one who, if I judge
aright, may become an Inca's favorite— if she only will."
The girl's lips parted as if to reply, but Challcuchima
lifted his right hand deprecatingly and proceeded:
"Nay, speak not till thou hast given me thine ear a
little ! Our Sole Lord did wait a space longer than
should have been needed for thy return, if there had
been no hindrance; then he bade me wait still further,
so in case thy return were only delayed I might speak
for him. Therefore, I am here, and my master is here
through his instructions in me ; and he would be pleased
to have thee attend upon his own proper person, that he
may converse with thee. Yet he bade me to say, since
thou didst indicate fear of him in the Moyoc-Marca
tower, thou shalt be thine own mistress. He places
no command upon thy person for his pleasure— he would
only do thee favors— therefore shouldst thou, in free
response to this invitation, visit him this night, or at thy
preference some other time, thou shalt be free to go when
thou wilt, without taking a plunge-bath from a dan
gerous height in the order of thy going. ' '
"Did our Sole Lord say that?"
"Aye, as much, as I may vouch to thee, if not pre
cisely in those words. ' '
"And our Sole Lord doth not command?"
"Not thee. He places it within thy will to confer a
favor upon him. But think how great an honor, what a
privilege for any subject! He from whose command

276 UNDER THE SUN.
there can be no escape, he to whom all things belong by
right as the vicegerent under the Sun, throws his grace
about thee and leaves to thy determination whether thou
wilt please him; yet declaring he will consider even a
visit from thee— with leave to go when thou Avilt— a
favor. ' '
"My lord," exclaimed Amancaya, "I am grateful
that thou dost not command me. I can not, I can not
go — at least not now. I am troubled. Pray tell our Sole
Lord that I am feeling very unwell to-night," and with
eyes that pierced the old man's heart with their real
distress, she wrung her clasped hands until her aching
fingers would have made her stop, had perplexity of
mind not rendered her heedless of the physical pain she
Avas inflicting upon herself.
"But may I not say, thou wilt go to him to-morrow,
or very soon?" asked the old courtier, in what was now
a gentle, persuasive tone.
"Aye, some time ! But now I am not fit — I am very
troubled. I would only carry a distressed face and un
certain eyes, to worry the Inca. ' '
"Yet, fair one, thy face was not so distressed before
thou didst turn away from us into the tent. If now thou
mayest not carry thy beautiful eyes clouded with trouble
to the Inca, Avilt thou not tell me what ailest thee— hath
thy mistress caused thee pain? It might help thee to
tell me, even as in confidence to a father ; for see, I am
old, Avith much experience of the Avorld, and I would
gladly, as a father, try to give thee comfort."
To Amancaya this proffer of sympathy, this appear
ance of some external strength for the woman's weak
ness to find refuge in, came as a gleam of hope into a
prison cell — the more reassuring and irresistible since
it Avas from a source so little expected, and yet so potent
at court and in the great world of affairs. She could
have throAvn herself into the old man 's arms and sobbed
out her distress on his breast. Tears did well into her

OF THEIR SECRET LOVE. 277
eyes and stream down her cheeks, as she impulsively
clasped her hands against her breast and beamed her
thanks in a look of intense gratefulness, exclaiming :
' ' Oh, my lord, wilt thou be kind to me and help me ?
Wilt thou really have me tell thee my trouble, and wilt
thou truly keep between thee and me what I say, even
if it seem ill and unworthy thy care ? Truly I have none
to whom I can go— none to help me— unless I may turn
to thee, since thou sayst thou wilt be kind and helpful
to me. ' '
"Aye! aye! aye! to each of thy three questionings—
but with my judgment, which may not be as thine ; and
yet, if it is not, I will nevertheless guard in faithful con
fidence what thou mayest so confide, even if thou wilt tell
me all about thy mistress, about Hillipo, and thy fond
ness for the boy."
The girl started at this reference to her mistress,
Hillipo and her love, in the same breath; and she ques
tioned with herself: "Can he already have knowledge
that my mistress loves Hillipo, even as I. Did he not that
night at the tower refer to my waiting for him, inti
mating that he knew of my love for him even then, AA'hen
he first told me of the Inca's wish? May he not have
observed the Princess' love as well — even before I really
suspected ? It is said nothing escapes his eyes, that noth
ing is too deep for his penetration that occurs about the
court," and the girl shrank back under a recurring im
pulse of apprehension.
Noting this, Challcuchima said: "Be not surprised
or frightened ! A girl's heart is a girl's heart, and youth
is not to be blamed if youth loves youth more than it
does age— the laws of nature are stronger than even the
greatness of an Inca. I have observed somewhat of thy
fondness for Hillipo, and have been told more; yet the
Inca does not know of it — Avhy should he ! I do not chide
thee, child. I was once young myself; and I have not
forgotten that fact, as so many old people do. Aye, I

278 UNDER THE SUN.
still have the felloAA'ship of a tender feeling in my heart
for the impulses, even tbe little foibles of youth— I know
even what sometimes seems to the old to be the rashness,
or it may be follies, of the young may after all be the
sowings of renovating strength for the Avorld. He is
little fit indeed to guide youth who can not see from the
vieAV-point of the young as well as from that of age, Avith
its training of experience; for the eyes of tbe old groAV
dim, and the slowing movement of the blood often leads
to wrong judgment concerning the possibilities of heart,
mind, and effort — if the elements of youth do not survive
largely the passing years— if the old man is not still
much a boy. ' '
Challcuchima spoke feelingly. Every man, not ex
cepting the most worldly-hardened or policy-governed
courtier, has his soft spot which needs only to be found
and touched at the opportune moment, for him to relapse
retrospectively into much of that kinder and tenderer
self whicb in boyhood's time made the world seem fresh
and beautiful. So, though most of his life had passed
amid stern experiences and in the strenuous play for
poAver, the old Quitoan had lived his romatic days— days
AA'hen sentiment and high ideals rioted through youthful
dreams and aspirations— and now his heart reverted to
those days.
Somehow, Amancaya 's great, soft eyes appealed to
old memories. Her slight, straight figure, with head
aloft on ber beautifully slender neck, that seemed pur
posed rather to carry those eyes looking at the stars than
on things of earth, recalled another pair of glorious dark
eyes and a girlish form long since gone from the living
—that girlish beauty be had adored with a love known
only to her and to himself, while she loved him apart
from any consideration save the inspiration of a
Avoman's heart. She, the Princess and hope of her peo
ple, when the armies of her land were giving way before
tbe invaders and her father the Scyri had fallen in
battle, became herself the Scyri Pacoha,

OF THEIR SECRET LOVE. 279
Now, Amancaya 's beauty, as it shone before him, re
called and became a part of his vision of the past. In
her the dead Paccha reappeared to him. In vivid recol
lections he recurred to how the victorious young Prince
of Cuzco saAv and loved ber ; how she would at first have
spurned bim bad it not been that her elders and coun
selors saw in the infatuation of the gallant heir-apparent
of the Inca, the only hope for their country's escape
from the fate of becoming simply a subject province
under the power of Cuzco, which power was fast assert
ing expanding dominion over all the territories of the
North, as it had done already over those of the South;
how the ardent young conqueror wooed, and with capit
ulation of heart to her beauty, sought, in place of exact
ing homage, to render it by making her his Quitoan wife,
and for her sake to make her people influential and her
land great.
He considered how, as general-in-chief of the Scyri 's
forces and her counselor, there came to him the call of
country, the possibilities of great royal favor for his peo
ple, with his beloved kinswoman queen in her own cap
ital ; as against his own love for her, dethronement of his
Scyri cousin from power, and the humiliation of bis
family and race with the wretchedness for him and his
that might be expected to follow. Then he remembered
how bis judgment, his love of his own people and his
aspirations to reassert a proud influence for his royal
race, in shaping the destinies of his country, prevailed
in the struggle with his more personal self ; and how, in
accord with the other counselors, he helped to induce his
Paccha to stand for ber people and country, rather than
sacrifice those larger interests, her usefulness, and per
haps ber OAvn station, to a tenderness for him which the
Inca Prince had not suspected. And he well knew, in
consequence of her acquiescence and through her influ
ence with Huayna Capac, Quito had become great again,
and he himself had come into highest royal favor.

280 UNDER THE SUN.
But, with all this, there was ever burning in his
heart the memory of how, unpremeditatedly, without
any disloyal or vicious intent, be and Paccha came under
a tempting opportunity— how, with a sweep as of some
great unloosened power, passion came upon them, throw
ing them together in its vortex, so for them in that mo
ment there seemed in all creation nothing but that
vortex — how, for the time, his sense of tbe relation of
things, of proportions, of perspective, of motives and
consequences, of all values save the supreme one of their
overmastering impulse, shriveled and was reduced to
the ashes of nothingness in the fierce beat of the one all-
consuming desire. Then he recalled hoAV afterward,
honor, loyalty and gratitude to their royal master over
powered both with distress ; making each, subsequently,
more faithful and devoted to him because of the wrong
done and the desire to amend it as best they could.
He knew how, from that brief episode, the Prince
Atahuallpa was born to Paccha of their secret love— a
prince of the true Quitoan stock ; how he was taken by
the doting Prince of Cuzco into his royal arms as his
own, as the child of his passionate love ; and how Huayna
Capac idolized the boy from his birth. Yet be realized
how he, AA'ho really loved his master, loved Quito more;
and seeing in the Prince's devotion for Atahuallpa a
hope of great things for his country and his OAvn race,
he and Paccha had determined that the boy should never
know but that he was of the Inca blood.
Passing from this retrospection and the tender senti
ment awakened toward Amancaya, because of her re
semblance to Paccha, Challcuchima 's rapidly flashing
thoughts reviewed hoAV he had determined that this son
of Paccha should become the Inca's successor in Quito;
and hoAV to this end he hoped his master, through devo
tion for Atahuallpa and his partiality for Quito, might
finally be induced to supercede the traditions and laws
of Cuzco— make the Quitoan Prince supreme in the

OF THEIR SECRET LOVE. 281
North and Hutimina ruler in the South— so then he
might expect, by securing the marriage of the two, to see
the whole country ultimately united under the rule of
tbe Quitoan line and influence.
Yet recently the revelation of Hutimina 's decisive
vigor, and the growing power of the Auqui Mayta in
standing for the supremacy of Cuzco against Quito,
seemed to threaten with augmenting dangers the out
come of all his schemes.
But of Amancaya? Now had come his chance for
trying to bring a new influence to bear on the Inca,
through her. Yet how could he use her ? And Hillipo—
how could he manage the two, and the girl's fondness
for the boy? His new-found interest in her rendered it
congenial work to make her great — if —if he could use
such greatness to promote his schemes of statecraft. But
first he must know more.
As he had surrendered the one woman he had ever
truly loved for his beloved Quito, why should not Aman
caya, in becoming great, give up Hillipo if needs be to
make Quito imperial?
So ran Challcuchima 's thoughts, and in the lightning
speed of their activity it did not take many seconds for
all this to flash through his mind.
"But now," said he, when it was evident that Aman
caya was quite under the influence of his persuasivenesa
and had sufficiently recovered to proceed, ' ' tell me of thy
trouble, if thou wilt, child— what has occurred and what
is in thy mind ? ' '
Then the girl impulsively poured into his ears the
passion, the first great passion of her life— what she had
seen in the tent, and her belief that her mistress loved
Hillipo— and with streaming eyes and half smothered,
choking sobs which she could not wholly subdue, she
told of her despair of ever being loved by him.
Her thoughts of becoming an Inca's favorite, so she
could use her powers as such, were all forgotten for the

282 UNDER THE SUN.
time ; and Amancaya was now but a poor, distressed girl
again, with only heart or thought for tbe man she loved
—leaning on the nearest object stronger than she, in the
old man who seemed to offer some sort of consolation in
her wretchedness.
When Amancaya had finished, Challcuchima was
silent a moment in thought, until tbe girl, surprised and
somewhat quieted by his stillness, looked up inquiringly.
Then he said: "Dost thou wish advice from me?"
"Aye, my lord, if thou wilt give it," she responded
eagerly. "Wilt thou promise to listen to me till I am through,
with self-restraint and attention, however what I say
may strike thee ? ' '
' ' I will, ' ' murmured the girl.
"Then first, tell me this. Dost thou not know that
death is the penalty for any man, not of Inca blood, who
dares to lift his eyes even in desire toward a Princess of
the royal lineage; and art thou willing to help gather
the proofs, if indeed Hillipo bath so offended, so be can
be punished according to the law?"
"Nay, my lord!" gasped the girl— "I know little of
the law; but pray speak not of death for Hillipo. I
Avould die myself before be should suffer— aye, rather
than he should, I would swear to his innocence, even if
I knew him clearly guilty. For with bim out of the
world, what were the world? Nay! nay! my lord, be
kind and good to Hillipo, whoever he may love."
"And so I would — and to thee."
' ' Thanks, my lord ! thanks for that ! with all my poor,
troubled heart."
"But now listen, and remember thy promise to do so
attentively, however what I say may displease thee at
first, and keep all I say in true confidence between us
and consider it carefully. ' ' Then with rising vehemence :
"Swear this by the sun, by the moon, and all the stars;
aye, and by the infinite one who made all these and

OF THEIR SECRET LOVE. 283
everything that is— tbe invisible, omnipotent God, Pach
acamac ! ' ' And as the old Quitoan uttered that name, he
bowed his head reverently, then seized the girl's hands
and lifted one in each of his, pressing all together in a
movement of invocation at the full length of Amancaya 's
arms above their heads, as he looked upAvard into the
infinite depths of azure and repeated : ' ' Swear so to me
— by the name of Pachacamac ! ' '
Overawed, and with eyes following in their upward
appeal those of the old man, the girl, with emotions that
found vent in a little sob, murmured : "I swear ! ' '
Then, fixing his eyes intently on her, Challcuchima
proceeded: "I have known, child, vA'hat it is to love —
aye, to love and then surrender the heaven it may make
for the lover on earth at the demand of considerations
more potent still. With me it was for life — Avith thee it
may be but for a season that the sacrifice of personal
desire may be required ; but first of all, to aid thy desires,
the Princess Hutimina must be put beyond even Hilli
po 's dreams by getting her married to another, and that
other must be the Prince Atahuallpa.
"This is the demand of statesmanship, of the public
Aveal; and, frankly, this is to me— who must give para
mount consideration to the welfare of my country — the
first thing. Then, as thou canst easily see, it is not less
important to thee personally.
"Now, consider intently my words. Our Sole Lord
loves Atahuallpa better than any of his house, unless
the Princess Hutimina be excepted. Thou knowest what
is his love for her. But the Princess Paccha of Quito,
Avas tbe first love of Huayna Capae, who was then only
heir-apparent, and a brilliant young commander, some
twenty-odd years of age, in his father's service. It was
the love of his youth— his great passion— which became
the devotion, equally strong, of his life ; for one can only
love once that way. And when the Prince Atahuallpa,
the child of Paccha, came, my master took him into his

284 UNDER THE SUN.
heart; and when the boy grew apace be was ever by bis
side, sharing his adventures, hardships, risks and glories
as has none of his other sons.
' ' Then, because of the laws of Cuzco, my master, still
while prince — during the Inca Yupanqui 's life — married
his eldest sister, Pilca, that he might beget an heir of the
pure Inca blood in the direct line of the sacred lineage,
as contemplated by the ordinances of his family, which
are reputed to be the divine decrees of the Sun. Yet, if
they be so, in that case obedience did not secure tbe re
sult for which tbe law was divinely ordered, for the
marriage Avas barren. As that was the first instance re
corded of such a failure, it caused much scandal,83 if not
the beginning of doubt— at least away from Cuzco— as
to the divinity of the Inearial laws and race. Then my
master married, in deference to the same considerations,
his second sister, the Princess Rava, from which union
the Prince Huascar was born. But these, as thou mayest
have observed were marriages for reasons of state, and
the Prince's heart was not much in them. After this the
Princess Paccha died, and my master loved his cousin,
the Princess Mama Runtu. As he had no third sister,
his father, the Inca Tupac Yupanqui and the counselors
in Cuzco adjudged it lawful for him to make her his
legitimate wife also, so that male issue by her should
be in line of the succession to the throne. From that
marriage of love the Princess Hutimina was born. She
was the child of love, and she has grown up with trans-
cendently brilliant qualities, and is of a most sym
pathetic nature with that of her father— appealing
strongly not only to his affection, but to his pride, which
finds more gratification in her than in any of his chil
dren. "Were it not for the laws which have always
governed in Cuzco, I am satisfied the Inca would like to
make the Princess Hutimina his successor here, and Ata
huallpa so in Quito. If this could be brought about, and

OF THEIR SECRET LOVE. 285
a marriage could be effected between them, the empire
would have under their united reign, rulers, both by
arms and in wisdom, capable of continuing and extend
ing its greatness, in pursuance of the lordly purposes
and achievements by which my great and noble master
has so magnified it. But otherwise the scepter of Cuzco
will fall into Aveak hands, and what dissensions and
troubles may follow, encouraged by the feebleness of an
inadequate ruler, no one can tell. I am sure my master
realizes this, and his last days are saddened by the
prospect. "But," added Challcuchima, knowing the effective
ness of such a reference with Amancaya, ' ' it may be,
some sort of infatuation for Hillipo, whom the Princess
fancies hath been wronged by Atahuallpa, may have
something to do with her prejudices against Quito and
her scant favor to the Prince Atahuallpa. It may also
be that the ideas she is getting from the teachings of the
white man, and Hillipo 's association in her lessons, have
an influence adverse to Atahuallpa. Thou hast said thou
wouldst not consent to fastening such proofs on Hillipo
as would lead to harm for him, and none dare openly
oppose the Princess or make any imputations against
her, so great is her influence with her father. But if she
were married to Atahuallpa, the lessons from Antonio
would cease, for she would be with Atahuallpa in Quito,
where the Prince is now returning, and the association
Avith Hillipo through their mutual bond in the white
man's instruction would come to an end. Then it would
be much easier to manage matters for thy interest — thou
mayest help to bring about this marriage ! ' '
"I, my lord— why, how could I be of any aid in such
a matter?" exclaimed Amancaya AA'ith surprise.
"Aye! but let me go on to a conclusion," continued
Challcuchima: "It is this way. The Inca is not easily
infatuated by a woman ; but as shown in the case of the
Princess Paccha, if not in that of his cousin Mama Runtu,

286 UNDER THE SUN.
if he becomes so, he can be profoundly influenced. He
hath indicated an attraction to thee, such as I have not
observed since his young days, and there is no telling
what potency thou mightest acquire with him if thou
shouldst humor him, and making him think the thoughts
thou mayest urge are his own, stir him with them to
action. "Thou mayest say thou dost not love the Inca, that
such a thing is not natural— that thou canst love only
Hillipo — but heed this ! It does not so much matter to a
man — if the woman he loves is always amiable and fasci
nating — whether she really loves him, as it does that he
loves her. The delight for a man, generally, is more in
lavishing his own love on a woman who can command
it, than in being loved. It is the active rather than the
passive feature of loving that appeals to the instincts of
the hunter in man— not yet extinct in his descent from
bis savage ancestry who lived by the chase. A man's
heart may be so fully absorbed with his passion in its
activity, and his eyes so charmed with a woman's fasci
nations of manner and beauty, that he has little dis
position to question very closely the more passive feeling,
as to whether he is being correspondingly loved. And in
the enjoyment of such devotion, a woman, with her more
passive nature, can be quite complacent— aye, happy, in
being so loved — without herself actually loving; espe
cially if the man can gratify her tastes with what she
wants that is beautiful, making ber bfe easy and
pleasant. Tbe Inca can and will give thee everything
thou mayest wish, except perhaps a lover's youthful
vigor, or thy Hillipo— and it will hardly occur to him to
be jealous of his former page.
"In his love and indulgence, and in having great
power whereby thou mayest gratify thy heart in securing
favor and advancement for Hillipo, thou mayest be, if
not happy, very near it. The Inca is old and growing
rapidly feeble. He can not live very long, and when he

OF THEIR SECRET LOVE. 287
dies, owing to thy relations with him, thou wouldst be
left in a station of great honor, rich, and still young.
Then, with the gratification of all this, thou wouldst have
the loyal reflection — a pleasure which might be envied
by any subject— that thou hadst the good fortune of
contributing to our Sole Lord's delight and of making
his latter days more sweet. Moreover, if thou wouldst
still do so, when he hath departed for the Mansions of
the Sun, thou couldst claim Hillipo to thyself also. For
meanwhile with such influence as thou wouldst have,
thou couldst prevent him from marrying another; and
with such brilliant fortunes as would be thine, it were
not in man's nature to do otherwise than welcome thy
favor. Then, if thou shouldst have served in bring
ing about the marriage of Hutimina to Atahuallpa, se
curing his interests thereby, thou wouldst have insured
his favor as Inca, for thyself and thy Hillipo for all
time. "On the other hand, shouldst thou not enter upon
these plans, though Hillipo can never marry the Princess,
thou wilt be helpless, if he is, as thou thinkest, too in
different to thee. Then thou wilt have small means of
Avinning him; for thy beauty, irresistible as it is to the
Inca, hath not, as thou thinkest, impressed him as it does
others — so much for the perversity of his heart and
taste ! Moreover every step of his upward, and he hath
already gone high and will advance constantly higher in
a brilliant career, will place a greater and more im
passible distance between him and thee. Indeed, bow
different it will be for thee then from the circum-
stancing thou now hast the chance of securing, wherein
thy station and influence wouldst necessitate thy wishes
being considered !
"Thou needst not answer at once — I will make ex
cuses sufficient to our Sole Lord for to-night. Think
well and dream, child, of what thou mayest be ; and ere
to-morrow night I will try to see thee. But should I not

288 UNDER THE SUN.
be able to do so, hide this crimson wrist cord under thy
lliclla; so, if thou wouldst see the Inca ere thou dost me,
Avith it thou canst find admittance to his royal presence.
To-morroAv will have its interests, with the game and the
hunters; and, for myself I know not what its demands
may be in our lord's service."

CHAPTER XXX.
DEATH LOVES THE BEAUTIFUL AND STRONG.
The morning following the conversation between
Challcuchima and Amancaya dawned with eager antic
ipations for the thousands who awaited it on the hunt
ing field of Chacarqui.
A thick picket line of about five thousand men, near
one-sixth of the whole force, had kept guard over the
inclosed animals during the night while the others slept.
As the last division of pickets of that number left the
field just after dawn, a relief nearly twice as numerous
took their place, forming the Avhole way around in a
double environing line.
As their god arose over the far-aAvay range of loftier
heights where toAvered majestically the Nevada of As-
sungata, Avith the great distant peak of Vilcanota dom
inating the scene, the hunters first knelt in reverent in
vocation, then chanted in a grand swell of half a score
thousand voices a morning hymn to the luminous form
that, at his early rising in the haze of the mountain sky
line, appeared clear-limbed and twice his usual size. The
chant Avas accompanied by multitudinous instruments,
and aroused or startled by the tumultuousness of the
song and the beating and pealing of instruments on every
side, the hungry and thirsty animals began to move
about in fear, or in restlessness for drink and food,
within their restricted and bare inclosure.
After an early breakfast and the imbibing of liberal
portions of chicha, all, save one-third of the hunters
Avho Avere required to rest as a reserve in the rear of the
lines, began an armed dance around the field, sloAA'ly cles-
s 289

290 UNDER THE SUN.
ing in upon the now thoroughly aroused and startled
wild creatures till they were huddled within limits not
more than a mile and a half in circumference.
As the circle narrowed, the formation of lines one be
hind the other had been going on, till now there were
six ; then, to prevent the beasts of prey from destroying
the useful animals, small sallying bands were formed
at intervals within the inclosing cordon. These were
fully armed, and so placed as to serve in preventing tbe
dangerous vermin from voracious assaults on the other
animals, until the general attack upon the beasts of prey
should be ordered, which event aAvaited the appearance
on the field and the signal of the Inca himself.
The sun was high in a clear sky when those of the
royal party advanced to their places on a swell of ground
near the inner circle of hunters, from whicb they could
see tbe whole of the inclosed area.
This was about the nearest point in the line to the
rock where Amancaya had noted with fear the lurking
of the two great spotted beasts. Notwithstanding the
sallying parties, these were still bugging closely to the
locality. One of them bad climbed on the rock, from
which, after waiting an opportunity in full sight of the
hunters, he sprang upon a magnificent buck. Landing
on the back of the terrified animal, that staggered to the
ground under the heavy impact, the great beast still
holding to the back of his victim, reached forward over
the deer's head, seized its muzzle between his powerful
jaAvs, and before he could be interfered Avith, jerked back
its head, breaking its neck. Then, at once, the two were
tearing and ravenously devouring their victim, regard
less of arrows and stones that were falling about them
from the nearest sallying party.84 In a surprisingly
short time they had made way with a good part of the
carcass, Avhen, being closely pushed by their assailants,
they dragged the body into a sort of recess of the rock,
Avhich gave them greater shelter, Without a general at-

DEATH LOVES THE BEAUTIFUL AND STRONG. 291
tack, tbe men could not well surround the rock and
isolate the great fierce creatures, or drive the other ani
mals from their reach.
Now still more emboldened, and fiercer from the
taste of blood, the jaguars made a rush toward their as
sailants ; but a frightened group of vicunas in scurrying
across the field, happened in their way, and being
diverted by them, each of the great cats sprang upon one,
and with a fearful tearing of their throats, they left
their victims quivering and dying. Then, since their at
tention had once been thus deflected, they sprang after
others— as the vicunas confusedly darted back and forth
in their terror, frighted first one way and then another
by other wild creatures— and in a moment two more, and
again two more, Avere quivering in their own blood on the
sand ; then they began satiating their thirst with the
Avarm blood of the last victims, the other animals having
scampered beyond their reach. Having sucked a moment,
they turned back, took a few draughts at tbe throats of
the second couple, then bounded to the first that were
nearest the rock and dragged their bodies to the recess
where they had the deer.
Meanwhile, the action of the beasts had attracted the
attention of every one in that part of the field; but no
one seemed anxious to pursue the vicious creatures,
whose ferocity was so admonishingly evidenced by bodies
stained and whiskers dripping with the blood of the
slain animals. There was a striking pause, and the
salient parties near skurried to a safer distance, looking
dismay into each other's faces.
But now the Inca had taken his place, and having
observed the incident and noted the manifest shrinking
of the skirmishers within the field, he at once ordered
the general advance. At the same time he called out to
those near him, if ten or a dozen men would volunteer
for tbe special sport of disposing of the jaguars ?
MeanAvhile, it was a pretty sight to see the general
movement, as well ordered as the marching of a parading

292 UNDER THE SUN.
army, when the first circle of hunters with a shout
rushed forward, and the men closing in with increasingly
dense order, formed into double ranks, while back of
them at a little distance the eager hosts of thousands—
who had not the privilege to be immediately at the front
—formed, in closing up still other ranks, one behind
the other, in order to support those actively in the field
and prevent escape of the animals should any break
through the inner circles.
When the advancing force had thus formed in a strong
cordon of less than a mile in circuit, they came to a halt,
still with one of the environing ranks between the Inca
and the attacking groups ; Avhile a strong detachment of
royal guards took position about the Inearial party.
Within this permanent cordon of the main support
ing force, all operations— the slaughter of the vermin
and beasts of prey, the seizing, selecting, shearing, and
the numbering of tbe animals slain, released and clipped
—were to be conducted.
The order was, first to slay the vicious ; then to shear
the vicunas, huanacos and llamas, AA'hich were to be seized
by the hands of the hunters for the purpose ; and while
the shearing was going on the animals which were to be
used for meat were to be selected and killed— among
which were to be included all the males not considered
best for breeding and improvement of the wild herds.
But upon the Inca's call for volunteers to attack the
jaguars, Marco — who had been willing to leave the arms
of his pretty Cuzcoan wife for a time to participate in
such a novel adventure as this royal hunt— Hillipo and
a few others sprang forward in a rush for tbe rock
AA'here the two beasts were still tearing and feasting on
their prey.
They Avere not long in getting to close quarters with
the objects of their attack. On them were centered thou
sands of eyes, but none were more intent than Aman-
caya's. When she saw Hillipo in the little squad and

DEATH LOVES THE BEAUTIFUL AND STRONG. 293
leading the way, as he was, she clutched her bosom con
vulsively and breathed hard. The Princess Avas near
her, and not far off tbe Inca Avas observing the two girls.
As the men approached the jaguars, one of them
threw a javelin that struck the female beast, inflicting,
however, but a slight wound. Enraged— the wounded
one by the hurt, and both by the disturbance of their
meal— the animals climbed on the rock, snarling and
viciously showing their teeth.
In a moment Hillipo and Marco, side by side, were
in front of them and almost under their perch. Hillipo
was about to make a lunge at the male; AA'hen, quicker
than his purpose could be guessed, the great creature
sprang forward, striking his assailant's forehead Avith
one paw and his left shoulder with the other, and tearing
the flesh at both places with his claAVS.
The weight and immense force of the jaguar bore
Hillipo to the ground ; but as this was happening, Marco
made a thrust at the animal Avith his spear, inflicting a
cut over the eye to the skull and starting a smart flow
of blood. It was enough to turn the jaguar's attention
from his fallen to his standing foe. He sprang upon
Marco, planting his claws in his shoulders, throwing
him to the ground, and as he fell, seizing his throat be
tween his powerful jaAVS. The poor fellow struggled,
gasped, trying to cry for help, but the weight and
strength of the ferocious beast was too much for him,
and the frantic animal, tearing away at his helpless
victim's throat, had nearly Avrenched the head from its
trunk, and the mangled, quivering and dying body Avas
still under his paws, when Hillipo— who had only been
throAvn doAvn and badly scratched but not stunned, yet
with blood pouring from his head and shoulder— having
recovered himself, sprang upright and plunged his spear
into the jaguar behind the fore shoulder and into his
heart. Meanwhile the female beast had sprung toward an
other one of the men, who bad narrowly escaped, and

294 UNDER THE SUtf.
just as she had made a second spring at still another of
ber tormentors, throwing bim torn and stunned to the
ground, a third assailant buried his hatchet in her brain.
The action of the beasts had been so rapid, the
tragedy so furiously and quickly enacted, and all was so
paralyzing to the nearest on-lookers, that Marco and
the two jaguars Avere dead, the thrown and wounded
hunter was struggling to his feet, and Hillipo had
dragged the murderous beast that had killed Marco from
his body before there was any movement to afford help—
except from an unexpected source.
When the jaguar sprang upon Hillipo, Amancaya
had screamed and rushed into the field toward him. But
she was not quicker than Hutimina, who— though she
made no out-cry save for a spear as she seized one from
a guardsman and ordered the men near her to follow—
made for the bloody spot, and got there just as her maid
was facing Hillipo, who by that time was helping to lift
Marco 's body.
But Amancaya, forgetting everything else in her
frenzy of alarm for Hillipo, threw herself upon and her
arms about him in an agony of tears, mingling calls of
his name with distracted questionings as she saw the
blood still streaming from his wounds.
Every one but Hutimina stood back at Amancaya 's
wild emotion. Hillipo tried gently to release himself
from the girl, saying : ' ' There is no cause for such con
cern. The hurts are not serious— only affairs of a little
skin and flesh and claws of the beast ! ' '
' ' Aye, but the blood ! The blood ! Hoav it Aoavs from
thee ! ' ' cried the maiden with shivering terror.
With her emotions very much confused betAveen con
cern for Hillipo and mixed feelings of pity and shame
for her maid, Hutimina placed an arm around the girl
to draw her away, saying: "Poor child! calm thyself,
and let us see what are the hurts. ' '
But when Amancaya realized that Hillipo was try
ing to put her from him, and that Hutimina had hands

DEATH LOVES THE BEAUTIFUL AND STRONG. 295
on her 'in the same effort, her wild alarm veered to reck
lessly clinging passion for the boy and frantically
jealous resentment against her mistress. Pushing the
Princess away Avith one hand, while clinging to Hillipo
with the other, she exclaimed : "I will not yield him to
thee! I will know about him myself! To feel for his
needs — to attend upon him should be for me, not for
thee!" "Still gently trying to draw the excited girl away,
Hutimina placed her other arm about her, urging:
' ' Thou art beside thyself, child ! It is thy mistress who
speaks to thee— come with me, and let them take Hillipo
to those skilled in healing wounds."
"I care not for thy being my mistress, or for thy
words," cried Amancaya; "he shall not go without me
—I Avill go with him— take thy hands from me!" And
turning loose her grasp of Hillipo, with both of them
she pushed the Princess from her, adding : ' ' Thou shalt
not come between him and me ! What right hadst thou,
the Princess, to hold his floAvers at thy lips whilst asleep
in thy tent? I will die rather than leave him! I care
not for thy command, life or aught— save him!"
Then the Princess rose in Hutimina. Offering no
touch now in response to her maid's violence, she stood
back, her slight stature majestically erect and command
ing, her eyes flaming ; and turning to the men, in a clear,
self-controlled voice, she said: "The girl is mad— she
needs guardianship. Take ber to my tent."
Then facing Hillipo— who, having caught Amancaya 's
words about the flowers, Avas confounded at the revela
tion they seemed to make of the Princess' care for him
and Amancaya 's reckless passion— she added: "And
thou, my Lord Hillipo, Inca by privilege, if thy hurts
will permit, go with my maid so she can have the help
of thy presence for composing ber senses into a rational
condition." Hillipo hardly knew how, yet felt he must try and
place himself right by disapproving any such claim of

296 UNDER THE SUN.
Amancaya upon his heart, as her actions suggested. Yet
he realized not only that her present hysterical and
frenzied condition made it necessary she should be gotten
out of public view, but that further exhibition of her
imprudence and violence could perhaps only be avoided
by bis accompanying ber.
He felt this a cruel plight for him— just after having
been raised for a moment into a heaven of ecstasy by the
intimation in the girl's challenge of her mistress for
cherishing bis flowers, which, until Hutimina 's re
sponse, be had Avildly hoped meant the tenderness for
bim tbe maid supposed. But with the apt self -poise and
discernment to which his natural parts, together with
his courtier life had trained him he ansAvered :
"When the Princess orders and because she does so,
there can be nothing but obedience. Yet, that I may not
seem to sanction by silence hapless references and re
flections upon me, who have received so much favor from
our Sole Lord, I pray that I be allowed to say: I have
never by solicitation or promise given warrant to this
maiden— as I am sure she will admit — for claim upon
my affections, as might be erroneously supposed from
what hath just happened. I protest that her present
words and actions must proceed from overwrought ex
citement, causing an irresponsible mind."
The men paused in obeying Hutimina 's orders, while
she was listening to Hillipo. Amancaya meanwhile
stood looking at him, pale, with compressed lips, dis
tended eyes and arms hanging at her sides, with muscles
tensioned down to her hands, which were clinched at an
angle from her wrists, while on these the veins and
ligaments stood out in a tightened strain that forced her
finger nails into her closed palms till they almost cut to
bleeding. In that moment of excited silence, her eyes bad
wandered to where the Inca stood a wondering observer,
at a distance, though out of bearing, where he could see

DEATH LOVES THE BEAUTIFUL AND STRONG. 297
every action. What he saw was an unmistakeable revela
tion to bim of the girl's infatuation, from which he
readily argued a cause for her obduracy toward him
self ; and, Avith her glance in that direction, Amancaya
understood. But the thought only made her the more
desperate— she felt she had forfeited his interest by what
she had done, AA'hile at the same time she was hearing
Hillipo 's disapproval and disclaimer of her. Realizing
that she had lost both her hope of Hillipo "s love in the
present and the chance of power with the Inca, from
Avhich she might have taken hope for the future, her
recklessness and frenzy of passion yet rose with her
desperation. She had gone so far there could noAV be no
lingering elements of prudence as bounds to her wild-
ness; for it there remained only vehement outcry and
action— even if it were but to dash herself to pieces in
the mere eruption of the tumultuousness within.
When Hillipo closed, she threw her hands at arms
length toward him, exclaiming in her heedless anguish:
"True, thou hast not given warrant for my love, but
do not turn from me — for her ! Oh, Hillipo, do not turn
from me ! She can not love thee as I love thee. She hath
the world to serve her pleasure— thousands to wait upon
her Avill! Hers are beauty, learning, riches, honors— I
have naught but love for thee ! It is cruel, cruel ! for
her to claim thine eye and heart, that can be so little
to her Avho hath so much — that Avould be everything to
me ! Oh, Hillipo, if thou wilt not love me, as I do thee,
still have pity! If thou Avilt not—" The girl's limbs
were now staggering under ber, the strength of her
muscles Avas giving away from excess of strain, her
nerve force was collapsing, her brain whirling like tbe
gi rations of a wind that piles sand dunes on the desert
—ber eyes taking on a glazed fixedness over their dis
tended AA'ildness. But she forced on : "Oh, if thou Avilt
not, Hillipo, have me for thy wife, let me be thy slave-
let my eyes follow thee, my steps trail after thee, let me

298 UNDER THE SUN.
serve thee Avherever thou goest— or slay me here ! I can
not— oh, Hillipo! I can not live without—" But con
sciousness was gone ere tbe sentence was finished, and
before Hutimina or Hillipo, who were nearest, could
catch her, as both sprang forward to do, she had fallen.
She lay on the sand near the feet of the youth she
had loved with such infatuation, who had stood abashed,
pityingly indeed, before her pleading and outstretched
arms, but helpless to give tbe words of love which alone
could then have stayed tbe congesting of life, and made
the stricken heart beat again in its once happy measur-
ings of a pure, tender blithesome existence— close akin to
music, joyous dreams, and the floAvers amid which in
kingly palaces she had lived and which she had loved so
well. Hutimina dropped on her knees beside the fallen
girl. She saAv her face was ashen, and her breast had
ceased to heave. She chaffed the limp hands that a
moment before had been fiercely clinched while passion
surged with destroying force through her lately gentle
and confiding heart. She called ber tenderly by her
name— again called, "My pretty one, look at me—
answer, sAveet child!" But there could not again be
living look or uttered answer. And, Hillipo, stricken
with grief, too, stood by with bowed head, respectfully
silent, as were all the others, while the Princess hung
over Amancaya 's prostrate form.
It was a strange sight— that on the dreary sand of
the lofty desert— Marco 's strong figure and the two great
spotted beasts, dead and bloody together, almost side by
side with the slight, pale, beautiful girl, and the living
beauty of the Princess bowed over the dead beauty of her
maid, with the Avounded hunter near, and the others
motionless around !
From his position, the Inca was stricken with the
woefulness and the impressive contrasts of what be saw.
He ordered a cordon thrown around the group at a dis-

DEATH LOVES THE BEAUTIFUL AND STRONG. 299
tance from it, so that none from the field should ap
proach till he had given leave. Then he took his litter,
bade Challcuchima accompany and had himself borne to
the spot.
He had the bearers stop somewhat apart, and with
his old general strode to where Amancaya lay. He
looked for a moment silently at her pale face ; then knelt
and threAv back her lliclla to assure himself whether
there was any warmth or movement of life. It needed
only a moment to satisfy him; but there, tied to the
girdle-band of her under garment, Avas a crimson Avrist-
chord. He knew it was that which Challcuchima had
given her from him the night before for use, at her
will, as a passport to his presence. He untied it, rose,
then Avith tears on his worn and wrinkled face, he
turned to his old favorite and beckoned the others
around him.
Motioning toAvard the body of the girl, to that of the
white man who had fallen in the strength of his years,
and to the dead beasts, he said : ' ' Death loves the beau
tiful and strong ! This maid was indeed beautiful, and
these were strong! Death hath had his way! Let her
have the burial of a princess.
Then holding out the crimson chord, he Avent on:
"I sent her this that one so rare and beautiful might
have access to power— might see the Inca at her will. I
Avould have given her favor — anything she would— for-
her loveliness greatly affected me ; and, not knowing till
now that she loved this youth," nodding toward Hillipo,
"my old heart yearned for her. Yet, to her, an Inca and
all he could do was light in the balance with love. She
cared little for all else— everything for love ! It is plain
to me now— since what I have seen to-day— for I know
the language of action such as hers. Be it so ! Her
death hath glorified love, as her life's pure steadfast
ness sanctified it!"
Then, falling into a more meditative trend, address
ing himself more especially to his old general, whose eyes

300 UNDER THE SUN.
were also dim with tears— for the beauty of Amancay*
in death recalled to Challcuchima that of the dead
Paccha, as her beauty in life had that of the living
Paccha — the Inca went on :
"Somehow I am impressed here, in the strangeness
of this scene, with what I have frequently observed be
fore; how those, often, who might seemingly have most
to live for, greet death's beckoning to the unknown
lightly— aye blithely, as did this beautiful young girl!
She might have had so much, and yet she valued all as
naught in comparison with a youthful fancy, preferring
death to disappointment of it; and so with this strong
young stranger from a god-like race beyond the great
water, who hazarded the joyous clasp of tender arms, and
all the delights we afforded him along with a beautiful
wife in our capital, for a day of gallant sport, carrying
with it the chance of hurts and death. Yes, how the
beautiful, the young, the strong— for whom, in freshest
invitation to joy, are floAvers, music, sunshine and moon
light, tbe gentle breezes and the stirring winds, aye all
that lives or is, and before whom the promises of the
years spread prospects of hope and delight— bow these
go tripping, dancing as it were, to death !
"Then bow, in contrast, sometimes those who have
least to enjoy or hope, to Avhom life itself may even be a
hard or painful existence, who having only frowns and
snarls for the world and its sweets, still cling to the
mere breath of being, dreading death's ending of known
evils and its opening to a beyond. Strange and pitiful,
that those to whom life is but a threat of evil or pain, a
thing for sullen days and hardened humors, for whom
laughter and song are but mockeries of their somber
thoughts, merry-making but discord in their ears, sun
shine and moonlight but hurtful to fading sight, the
joyous air itself a thing to hide from— strange how these
sometimes cling to life, shrinking with shivering dread
from death! May the Infinite One, my Challcuchima,
save us in our age from this !

DEATH LOVES THE BEAUTIFUL AND STRONG. 301
"I think one hath lived with small success if death
comes not to him as a triumph for cheerfulness— if with
the setting of his day of life he can not bid the past a
willing farewell and illumine the darkness of his start
for the unknown, to which he goes, with the radiance of
a cheerful greeting, if not with some yearning of desire
or hope to know the mysteries beyond its veil ! ' '
Then turning his eyes to Hutimina, he added : ' ' But
words are less fitting than tears and silent reflections;
yet I must observe even here, Avhile I doubt not that
thou, my daughter, Avilt always knoAv how to esteem and
demean thyself according to the demands of thy blood
and station, I am sure that this young man," again
nodding88 toward Hillipo, "could not have been cold to
Amancaya, as I judge he hath, if there had been no such
wizard of beauty as the Princess Hutimina. I surmise
that my page therefore was the unfortunate, if the in
nocent, cause of this girl's death.
"Yet I will ask no questions now, nor will I have
aught -disclosed of what transpired in words here be
tween my daughter, that dead girl and this young man,
until I myself call for full information. Mark all— such
is my command !
"When Amancaya is buried like a princess and our
thoughts have had time to calm, I will know all from the
testimony of these present— much of it, I think, how
ever, I have substantially guessed.
"MeanAvhile Hillipo, let not thy imaginings— as I
assume thou hast not alloAved thy lips— frame any vain
or unbehooving fancies. Remember who thou art— that
even my favor can not make thee more than an Inca by
privilege. "And thou, my daughter, art not only of the lineage
of our royal race, but by natural gifts and cultured
graces fitted for empire— more so perhaps than any of
ray children. Atahuallpa is now fast hastening to the
North, by my orders, and upon his arrival in Quito ho

302 UNDER THE SUN.
will be proclaimed my associate in the government there.
By nature he is more qualified to govern and extend our
dominions than any of my sons. I intend thou, too,
shalt grace a throne, though I may not be able, Inca that
I am, to make thee more than the Coya of Quito, as
Atahuallpa's wife."
Hillipo steeled himself to dummy-like absence of ex
pression ; but Hutimina did not give bim time to answer,
even had he dared. "Nay," she exclaimed, "my lord
and father, I have learned somewhat of the scheming by
those of Quito," and she looked accusingly at Chall
cuchima, "to have me made Coya to Atahuallpa in aid
of their ambitions ; but of this I have my oavu views, and
I am not willing to sacrifice those vieAVs, the supreme
majesty of Cuzco, and our legitimate princes, along
wi$i my own feelings, to the ambitions of a section or a
faction. Yet now is not the time to discuss such things.
Rest thee from considering them— at least till more
suitable opportunity."
' ' It were indeed ill-seeming to push such matters now
and here," assented the monarch, "but my mind bath
become determined after much reflection, and my pur
pose is confirmed by what hath happened to-day — thou
shalt sit on a throne. I should like to make thee consort-
ruler of all Ttahauntinsuyu — but rest the matter with
its method and details for the present, as thou sayest.
"Meanwhile, Hillipo, beAvare lest thy loyalty be
tempted by thine eyes! And thou Hutimina, beware
lest thou add to thy beauty some indulgence of look,
word or act, although ordinarily not unsuited to a
princess, which yet in this case might mislead this boy
into dangerous dreams and longings — for his life, more
dangerous than the infatuation of thy simple-hearted
maiden of his OAvn rank for his handsome young face!
Truly, however, I must noAV have some rest from exciting
scenes. For it I shall go to our palace and gardens of
Yucay."

CHAPTER XXXI.
THEN THOU MAYST TAKE THE DRAWING.
Hutimina bad restrained herself Avith difficulty when
the Inca at the first suggested that Hillipo 's coldness to
Amancaya might not have existed but for her own
beauty, and when he admonished the page against vain
fancies; so Avhen he followed this Avith the even more
offensive reference to a marriage with Atahuallpa, that
deflected her ansAver, Avhile prudence prevented full
vent of her indignation. But when her father again
referred to Hillipo and closed Avith further admonitions,
her cheeks flamed Avith shame and her pretty lips
tightened in the effort at self-control.
"My lord and father," she exclaimed, when he had
finished, ' ' thy words do not permit passing without com
ment. I thought it well that discussion of marrying me
in pursuance of the Quitoan schemes should be remitted
to another time ; but since these present have now heard
thee associate my name with that of this Lord Hillipo,
and since they have also heard what my poor maid said
in her distraction of love and in her apprehension that
I Avas coming between her and this young man, I can
not let thee and those Avho have heard and seen Avhat has
transpired here go hence Avithout hearing from me.
Thou, Sole Lord, hast said thou wouldst hereafter, at
thy pleasure, inform thyself of AA'hat hath passed here-
premising that thou hadst already guessed concerning
it. But I ask now, while I and these are all here together
and the matter is fresh in mind, that it may be thy
pleasure, without delay, to be informed by me, vrith these
to listen and judge Avhether my version be right."
303

304 UNDER THE SUN.
The Inca was about to say something in deprecation,
but with bead high, a commanding manner and an im
perious gesture, Hutimina proceeded: "Nay, my lord,
do not, I pray thee, prevent my will— not only as a
princess of the blood and thy daughter, but as a woman,
whose maidenly modesty hath been put to shame, I pray
thy heed."
Then without giving opportunity for response, she
went on, narrating Avith unsparing precision what had
happened and what was said. When she repeated what
Amancaya had uttered respecting the flowers, and the
girl's appeal to Hillipo against herself and her own sup
posed desire to attract him, the Princess flushed a deeper
crimson, but Avith a loftier air she continued in a clear
steady voice.
When she had concluded the narration she turned
to those who were near at the time exclaiming: "Ye
Avho saw and heard — I now ask you to say whether I have
spared myself, or whether any of you can make the ac
count I have given fuller or more correct?"
All replied that ber statement was true and full.
Then turning again immediately to the Inca, she de
manded: "I pray that thou require all these on their
loyalty to thee, to correct any discrepancies, and to sup
ply the full truth, if my statement is any way at fault,
or if my memory hath omitted aught. ' '
The Inca had been touched by the pitifulness of the
narrative, and astonished at Hutimina 's brave statement
of her maid's trying words and action to herself— given,
however, throughout with apologetic extenuations for the
girl, to whom she only referred with tenderness and pity.
He hesitated a moment, then with sad weariness answ
ered: "Since the Princess demands it, let every one
present say Avhether her statement of what here oc
curred was as full and exact as he could make it in his
own testimony."
All again bowed, saying her statement was complete.

THEN THOU MAYST TAKE THE DRAWING. 305
Only waiting for this, Hutimina continued: "Now,
Sole Lord and father, since thou hast the facts, thou
mayst see there was only one reference of my poor, dis
tracted maid — that to my having the Lord Hillipo 's
flowers on my pillow last night while I slept— which
could seem, even unexplained, as evidence that her
mistress Avas coming between her and her love for this
young Inca by privilege. He hath been Avith me in the
lessons, which the Lord Antonio with thy approval is
giving to both him and me, sufficiently to observe my
fondness for flowers — which I usually have about me —
and the kinds I like best. As none had been brought me
on this bare desert, be, as even a servant may do in
respectful deference, offered me some which he in com
pany with the Lord Antonio had gathered in the valley —
and they were such as I love.
"It is my fancy often to hold floAvers on my pillow
as I go to sleep, and last night I did so Avith these. Tbe
poor girl may have seen them there against my face, and
been excited thereby to such thoughts as in her dis
tressed state of mind she uttered. I could not, of course,
reply to what she said, in kind. If I chose to enjoy the
odor and beauty of the flowers I love, with them to my
face while I was going to sleep— though they were
brought to me by this young man — it were unworthy of
me to answer my maid's wild suspicion, drawn there
from, that I was trying to claim the eye and heart of this
Lord Hillipo, whose affections it now seems she had not
secured in response to her own impassioned desires.
"I therefore, as thy daughter, a Princess of the
Inca lineage, protest against the suitableness of any
admonitions to me respecting this Lord Hillipo, Inca by
privilege. He bath never by word or act conducted him
self improperly toward me, or in such a way as to justify
such inference as thou hast implied ; and I think it is but
reasonable to say, since he may not answer thy words so
freely as I, it surely can hardly be fair to suppose a man
t

^306 UNDER THE SUN.
too fond of one maiden, because he may not be able to
respond to the fondness of another for him as that other
would desire."
When Hutimina had finished, the Inca was evidently
pondering her words, and he was sIoav to answer. When
he did so, it was without reproof for his daughter's
vigorous protest. On the contrary, he regarded her
tenderly, but nevertheless with a steadiness of gaze
which indicated progress toward conclusions.
Beginning with measured words, he said: "The
Princess may be right. I may have spoken without due
consideration. Her narrative is proved by all who were
bo placed as to know. Since this is the case, she seems
to have made recurrence to this sad event unnecessary—
that is also well, and a saving of us from pain, for this
I commend and thank her. As my words were grievous
to her, let them not be remembered— I order that they
be no more considered than if not spoken — and what the
Inca holds as not said should never be referred to by
any one as ever having been uttered.
"But for thee, Hillipo," added the Inca with rising
animation in whicb was the vigor of a purpose to which
bis reflection had been leading, accompanied by a twink
ling of humor and incredulity through his sadness, not
withstanding his daughter's words; "since thou hast a
heart that yielded not before a most rare beauty of this
land, it might be well to send thee traveling afar, to
see if there may not be some maiden in the regions of the
great forests and mighty rivers whose charms can prove
more effective to throAV the destiny of love about thee.
"There is now, as thou mayst know, an embassy of
the Musus" in Cuzco. The people of that land wish us
to send a representative of our power and policy to live
in honor as a counselor among them. It is said there
are maidens of wonderful beauty among those distant
people of the great Eastern wilderness. Perhaps one of
them might entice thy fancy and thy heart. Moreover,

THEN THOU MAYST TAKE THE DRAWING. 307
these are the people who sent with their tribute to
Cuzco some years ago these great spotted beasts which
later escaped, and which have caused such distress this
day— against Avhich thou hast just shown thy prowess,
for which I give thee all praise.
"But I would give thee more than praise! At the
feast where thou didst shoAv thy valor, even more strik
ingly, against the Prince Atahuallpa, I said I had loved
thee for thy father's sake as well as thine — as I have,
boy— and, having reared thee near my person, I in
tended thee for some suitable station of honor. The
mission to the Musus is an important one, for our
eolonists among those people have become restless, and
many wish to return. They are the scant remnants of
an army of ten thousand men who, under the orders of
my father, the Inca Yupanqui, descended the great East
ern rivers in boats near six hundred miles, to make con
quests. Having fought many battles, conquered many,
and endured great hardships, only about a thousand re
mained alive when they reached that country. Yet,
though too weak then to use force, the brave leaders of
those men, Incas of the true blood, boldly presented our
claims to establish a better government there. They
made their statement and argument so imposing that
those people consented of their own Avill, though retain
ing their independence in a way, to become our allies.
The present embassy will return after spending some
months here. And their people wish us to send them a
young man as our representative who is acquainted with
the current conditions of our court and all our latter
developments; and it is necessary that we do this, be
cause other tribes that are hostile intervene betwen us
and them.
"This incident of thy slaying the great jaguar, which
eame from that land, has suggested to my mind that
thou art a suitable man for this mission. Reared as thou
hast been in my household, honored as thou hast been by

308 UNDER THE SUN.
me in making thee an Inca by privilege for thy daring
and valor, generally prudent and self-poised in affairs
as thou art, Avith large acquaintance beyond thy years in
public matters— acquired from constant contact with
them at court as my page from thy boyhood— thou
shouldst be able to render good public service in aiding
and up-building of our influence and empire in those
strange lands. There, thine Avouldst be a princely station,
and one in which there is a chance for great fame. Aye,
this mission is almost a vicegerency of our power — it is
a post worthy the best ambitions of any prince of the
blood. Though any appointment in tbe royal service calls
for the glad and best efforts of bim who is honored by
the Inca's trust, this mission might well be esteemed
an especial honor by any recipient. I am sure I can ex
pect from thee in it correspondingly loyal and efficient
services. We will take up the matter at Yucay where I
go from here.
"And thou, my daughter, I trust, wilt go with me
there too, so we may at our leisure discuss the question
of state involved in a suitable marriage for thee. And
we shall be glad to have with us thy tutor, tbe Lord
Antonio. I apprehend we may have more of his race
coming to our country at no very distant time ; they may
even appear in great force. In such case, it were well
that thy instructions should have had no interruption.
If that should occur soon, it were well, too, if we had
our Lord Antonio near us ; for his presence might be of
much use, as may be in future the knowledge he is teach
ing thee. I would have thee make all possible progress
in bis language, for things may happen at any time
which are noAV little imagined."
The last remarks might have been suggested by the
approach of Antonio, who was aAvaiting permission for
entry within the cordon, to the body of his old friend
and partner in adventures; for the Inca bad just sent
to admit him.

THEN THOU MAYST TAKE THE DRAWING. 309
He had hardly finished when Antonio came sorrow-
ingly up; and without giving opportunity to his
daughter for reply, the monarch turned to the white
man, saying : "A sad greeting, my Lord Antonio ! Thou
seest here, a grievous taking off— thy countryman and
tbis poor girl. ! And also a narrow escape of thy pupil,
Hillipo. It seems even those of thy race are not proof
against brute force and death ! Be it with the remains
of thy countryman as thou wilt. My sympathy and
orders go with thy will to make it mine. ' '
"I am too distressed, Sole Lord," replied Antonio—
his features strained by the shock and his eyes wet with
tears— "to trust my voice with more of speech than my
thanks." Then bowing low and turning to Hillipo, he said
thickly: "Canst thou, as friend of mine, if not thyself
too badly hurt, help me as a friend of Marco to bear his
body to my tent?"
"Gladly, my lord," replied Hillipo. "My hurts are
nothing! "But first," turning to the Inca, "I thank
thee, my master, for thy honoring purpose toward me.
Though if thou wilt soon send me so far from thee as thou
sayst, even on a mission full of honor, there must be still
another grief in store for me, in that I am to be deprived
of the happiness of serving in thy presence; yet, with
thy permission, I leave further consideration of that for
a happier time, while now I give my hands in tender
helping to the body of him who made any future honor
possible for me by saving my life at the cost of his own."
"As thou wilt, boy," answered the Inca. "Give for
me and thee such services to our Lord Antonio as thou
canst." When alone Avith Hillipo and Marco's body, in his
tent, Antonio could bear up no longer. "Ah," he ex
claimed, "a wretched thing is tbis, Hillipo ! The servant
and playmate of my childhood, the sharer of my exile, the
partner of my toils, my friend and countryman— gone

310 UNDER THE SUN.
in this miserable way ; and I left, tbe only white man in
this strange country of strangers, without another face
of my kind into which I can look, without another ear
familiar with my language into which I can utter my
sorrow— with none, save thee, Hillipo, from whom my
lips can ask service of heart or hands! To thee alone
can I turn, Hillipo, in my desolation and grief ! ' ' And,
sitting on the rug, where upon the ground within the
tent they had placed Marco 's lifeless form, Antonio bent
his head and clasped his arms and hands around his
knees, Avhile he could not prevent sobs from audibly ac
companying his tears.
Hillipo sat deferentially silent on the other side till
the paroxysm bad somewhat subsided. Then he said:
"My Lord Antonio, thy sorrow is mine because it is
thine. My heart and bands are thine, and they wait only
for thy bidding, if indeed such as I can serve thee in any
way ; but pray grieve not so for the Viracocha Marco —
I suppose even those of thy race must die, and but once
as we, and he was brave in meeting death. Thou and
be have been stout-hearted in risking life, as in living
under ills and hardships. I would love thee not less than
he did ; and if my blood is not of thy race, yet my eyes
and heart are turned in hope to the great water from
whence thou earnest, and beyond it, to thy people and
thy God."
' ' Thy Avords are sweet to me, Hillipo, especially so in
the loneliness I now feel. Thy love and what of knowl
edge I have confided to thee concerning myself and
people, and these mutual bonds which make us look
with hope in the same direction, lead me now to closer
comradeship with thee— though for me these same things
have a sanctity from the past, that have for thee, in their
strangeness, the hope founded on change.
"But, Hillipo, there is even more I will tell thee. De
sire for the same thing by two, Avhen only one can attain,
is usually a sword between instead of a bond to bind
men; yet sometimes the very centering of their interest

THEN THOU MAYST TAKE THE DRAWING. 3H
in one mutually desired object may be a tie that draws
them together, especially when that object is, if not a
mutual despair, a despair at least to one. Be not shocked,
Hilbpo, for I am not likely to interfere Avith thy long
ings — they but make thee dearer to me, because feeling
their force myself. Excited by the same object Avithout
even hope, I sympathize with thee. Yes! I too have
been fascinated by the same charms that have enthralled
thee— I too love the Princess, though without hope or
purpose. ' '
"Thou too, my lord?" gasped the boy, as he stared
at his tutor with mingled astonishment and pain playing
on his countenance, and grieved questioning in the gaze
of his startled eyes that looked straight into those of the
white man.
' ' Aye ! ' ' answered Antonio. " It is not, as thou mayst
judge, an easy thing to look into that face as I must
from day to day in teaching, and shut out of my eyes all
raditions from my heart. I Avish to leave this land,
Hillipo, and place the ocean between her beauty and my
eyes; and if in the trend of change, conditions shall
ever shuffle chances so there may be a number in for
tune's holding, at which either thou or I may draw for
ber — then thou mayst take the drawing. But Marco!
my poor Marco! We were in kinship of race, language
and the association of memories, and in ties of comrade
ship draAvn closer by our mutual perils and isolation ; so
with him at hand I had some recourse in the denial to my
heart of love. And since it seems the Inca has just said
he proposes to send thee away, the situation will thereby
be rendered yet more difficult than the loss of Marco
alone would make it; for not only the solace of thy com
panionship will be lost to me, but I will lose also tbe re
straining and ameliorating influence of thy presence in
my association with the Princess as teacher."
Hillipo was about to speak, but Antonio, lifting his
band and shaking it with open palm, to stop him, pro
ceeded.

312 UNDER THE SUN.
"Nay, pardon, but listen to me through! There is
besides all this, Hillipo, that which in most people makes
them want, when life is over, that their bodies shall go
back to the dust of their native land. This feeling may
lie dormant, almost unknown, until death somehow con
fronts them in a strikingly close way Avith the inevitable-
ness of its claim. Then the feeling arises with impelling
assertiveness. Notwithstanding the cruelty of Spain to
me and mine, Marco 's death now stirs this feeling in me.
I can not reconcile myself to his poor body being bundled
in the mummy burial of this strange land, or that it
should be stored away without Christian burial, to be
come ultimately a shriveled petrification in the barren
ness of hill or desert here."
"I must somehow, though I can not tell how, get
back to the people of my own race. These bare, gaunt
mountains, these deep-cut canyons, these cbasming
rivers, these brown deserts, even tbe smiling valleys and
hillsides where terraced up into fruitful and irrigated
steps— all are to me now but prison barriers; and the
towering peaks, whether bare in their splintered and
rugged heights, or majestically pinnacled with snow in
the blue of heaven, seem but guardians of a prison-place
for me, from which I long to flee.
"I speak to thee as a friend I love, whom I am now
trusting Avith the secrets of my soul, whom I am willing
to trust Avith life, all I have and what I seek. Believe
me, when I required a promise, that thou wouldst not
disclose thy passion for the Princess so long as she might
claim any service from me in connection with thee, with
out first consulting me, no selfish motive influenced me,
useless prudence be that. As thou knowest, then I had
not even seen her ; but now that I have, and since I ex
pect to get away, I free thee from thy promise. If by
any chance, the future should make it possible for thee
to speak thy love, Avithout that implying thy ruin, I
would not have thee feel thou wert breaking faith with

THEN THOU MAYST TAKE THE DRAWING. 313
me by doing that whicb thy judgment and thy heart
may approve.
"Now, for myself— I wish to confide to thy knowl
edge tbe Avhereabout of such things as I may not be able
to take with me, when I go away. I may come back
some day, or means of communication may be established
between this country and the world from which I cama
and to which I would return. Thou hast now some little
start in the knowledge of my language. I will leave thee
such means of pursuing its study as I can; for I know
thy avidity and aptness for learning is such that thou
wilt make the most of them— two books in a niche of my
room I give thee.
"If the future should develop opportunity, I may
communicate with thee in some way concerning what dis
position I wish of things left here. Indeed, anticipating
that the necessity of leaving this country might arise at
any time, I have already placed some things in hiding—
the location is described here." He handed a piece of
paper to Hillipo, with some further explanations, and
then asked: "With thy knowledge, canst thou make
it out?" Hillipo took the scrap, and after studying it a
moment, answered: "Aye, my lord, with what thou
hast said to aid, it is plain enough to me. I know the
place. ' '
"Well, Hillipo," returned Antonio, "Marco and I
had already, before leaving Panama the last time, ac
cumulated a competency, and we left it with an agent
there to our joint account— all we had, in case of the
death of either, was to go to the survivor. Then, before
venturing to Tumpiz, we stored in a secluded place on
the coast northward, where they are not apt to be found
by any one else, the considerable gains, to that time, of
this, our last trip, intending to get them on our return.
We had converted these into jewels and gold— the gold
having been reduced to ingots so as to be easily handled.

314 UNDER THE SUN.
"The remnants of our bongo's cargo, with which we
reached Tumpiz, the Inca ordered purchased from us
for himself. He had heard of some of the articles, and
when he sent for us to visit Quito, as they were curious
and interesting in this country, and consequently in his
vieAV worth more than heaps of such jewels as he possessed
in superabundance, be proposed that Ave should be given
what we might ask for them. We named what would be
a fortune in Spain, and asked payment in jewels, largely
emeralds, which, being wealth in such condensed form
that it could be carried on the person, I have, in great
part, with me now. There are also, in the place I have
indicated, portions of my diary, or the record which I
have kept of my adventures and experiences— indeed all
of it, except the pages I'have with me for current entries.
All such things as I may leave, if I do not call for them,
or if I die— including the diary papers, if thou shouldst
care to read them in some future day — are thine. Now,
Hillipo, should I get away, wilt thou guard the best
thou canst these things; and if I send or write thee
concerning them, wilt thou do what may be within thy
power to carry out my wishes?"
"My lord, I promise thee that — aye, all I can do will
be but poor recompense for what thou hast been and art
to me," exclaimed Hillipo earnestly. Then footsteps and
voices were heard, and he only added in a low, hurried
tone : "But, my lord, pray let me say more when we can
be alone again."
The steps were of those who, by the Inca's order, had
come to offer services in taking care of Marco's remains.

CHAPTER XXXII.
AT LEAST FOR THE PRESENT.
When those who had waited without his tent ad
vised Antonio of their mission, he said he would defer
doing anything with Marco's body till he had seen the
Inca. Turning to Hillipo he added: "I will go at
once, and I pray thee stay here till I return. ' '
But excusing himself to the others, Hillipo drew
Antonio aside, and said: "Ere thou part with me so,
lest something transpire to prevent thy learning it other
wise, I would have thee know what the Inca said con
cerning me just before thou didst come up to us in
the field." Then he narrated the observations of the
monarch concerning himself and Hutimina and the mis
sion to the Musus.
Antonio looked thoughtful for a moment, then
queried: "And wouldst thou like the mission?"
"Nay, my lord, how could I like to be banished from
hope— the hope of even seeing her again— but should I
not go with thee to the Inca ? ' '
"Nay," replied Antonio, "I think it were better that
I go alone — I would not have thee involved in what I do.
I dare say the Inca Avill see me. ' '
The white man was right in his surmise, for the
monarch had him admitted promptly to his presence.
Indeed, from the first, the Inca had not exacted of
Antonio the formalities of adoring humility with which
it was customary for others to approach him. Even the
great lords, excepting such as were in habitual attend
ance, and those when first admitted after an extended
absence, approached the royal person with a light
315

316 UNDER THE SUN.
burden of some sort on their backs in token of absolute
subservience to the sacred authority of the Inca, and
falling on their knees remained there until bidden to
arise. But the monarch bad said the white men were on
a different footing— that coming, as they did, from an
unknown land beyond tbe great water, over which he
could claim no authority, they were guests and should
not be treated as servants. ' '
Antonio approached the Inca with bowed head, say
ing : ' ' Sole Lord of these lands, I offer thee my thanks
for having already sent thy servants to care for the body
of my countryman. But it seems needful to pray a
further favor now — it is the appeal of grief — wilt thou
hear me?"
"Aye, my Lord Antonio," replied the Inca, "it is
thou Avho mayst do me a favor, if thou sayst what thou
wilt. Speak freely, for though deeply stricken myself,
I AA'ill be the better satisfied if I can aid thee in any way
in thy sorrow. ' '
' ' Thou didst say, my Lord Inca, that I should do as
I would with what is left of poor Marco— aye, didst so
favor me as to say, in this matter, my will should be thy
order. Am I right, Sole Lord, in so understanding
thee?" "Quite right," replied the monarch. "I repeat the
same. It would be cruel, since thou canst have no more
comfort in thy comrade living, to deprive thee of such
consolation as remains in the disposition of his body.
Few things are so sacred as care for the dead, according
to the custom of one's own people and faith. Is this
not so, my Lord Antonio ? ' '
"Thy wisdom, great Inca, is surely justified in thy
words; but wilt thou, my lord, have me go on — even if
AA'hat I wish may seem unexpected or strange, or not
easily appreciated by one unacquainted with the feelings
and religion Avhich exist in my own country?"
"I Avould have thee proceed in Avhatever thy mind
and heart may prompt, ' ' replied the monarch.

AT LEAST FOR THE PRESENT. 317
' ' Then, my lord, thou hast spoken of the sacred care
of the dead according to the customs of one 's own people
and faith— my affections for Marco and my OAvn land
makes me desire that his body should be returned to it
—bis native soil; and my faith as a Christian makes
me unhappy, to think of his ashes abiding in any ground
but that consecrated by our religion to the repose of the
dead; for our people have in every community sacred
places dedicated to Christian burial. Then, my lord,
while Marco was alive, we might each hope, if the other
died, the survivor would look after his remains in affec
tion and Christian fashion ; but now that Marco is dead,
I am not only called upon by both affection and our
religious faith to do what I can for his body in this Avay,
but I am face to face Avith the fact that in case of my
own death, not only his body, but mine will remain in a
strange land without any one to give either of us Chris
tian service. Therefore, my lord, I would that I could
take Marco's remains to our own people, where the
teachings of our faith can be observed.
"But if I may not be able to take my friend's body
to his people, I would, as the next best service, take it out
into the open sea beyond sight of land, and give it
burial in those great waters that reach to every shore
and that are a common highway for the living and a
common resting place for the dead of every country.
For, my lord, the ocean is akin to every land— from it
sweep blessings and scourges to every people. It is a
common bond between kingdoms and empires; it circles
the islands with its mirroring of heaven 's blue ; it girdles
all lands with tbe magic of its power, and it embraces
the continent in its strength. In storms it scours and in
calmer moods it plays upon every shore; and in its
depths are mingled the soils and earth that once was life,
from all the dominions of the world. Over its heaving
bosom, as over its shining peace, the consecrating hands
of Christian priests and praying saints have reached to

318 UNDER THE SUN.
halloAV with blessings those who have been consigned to
rest within its waters. It is a sacred burial place for
those of every race— an equalizing republic of the dead
—and yet it is an invitation to the activities of life, in
its open way for the crafts and traffic of all the world,
as it is an inspiration in its extent and grandeur for
larger deeds and living.
"The ships of Christendom and the benedictions of
the church have consecrated this ocean to Christian
lands; and my Lord Inca, the great waters that wash
these shores beyond sight of thy coasts are a part of the
empire of my country, for they were first discovered and
taken possession of by Spain.88 If I can not reach the
land of our own people with Marco 's body, I would con
sign it to those waters, whose extent is a part of his
country and whose depths have already been hallowed
by Christian burials."
"But, my Lord Antonio," answered the Inca, "didst
thou not promise to remain with us six months to in
struct my daughter?"
"True, my lord, but then Marco was alive, and the
reasons, as I have explained them, for leaving here did
not then exist. ' '
"We should be greatly disappointed," returned the
Inca, "to lose thee ere the Princess hath acquired, at
least somewhat more fully, the knoAvledge thou canst
teach. Thou bast just made a statement which renders
that knowledge even more important to us, in saying the
great waters beyond sight of our coast belong to thy
people. If that be so, how soon may they not visit us
in those crafts of which thou hast spoken, and then how
needful for both them and us, that some one in my
dominions should, by knowledge of thy language, be able
to speak for us with these strangers. Then, too, Ave
would know of thy religion which teaches of the Supreme
Being, who thou sayest made the sun, moon and stars
and all that is. The Princess is interested in what she

AT LEAST FOR THE PRESENT. 319
has learned ; she wishes to knOAV more, and so do I. Our
religion of the Sun makes it a duty to extend its teach
ings to all those who would learn— can thine impose any
less a duty on those who know and love it, to teach its
mysteries where there is opportunity as thou hast here?
Is not such a duty to the living more sacred than even
care in any particular way for the dead ? ' '
' ' Aye, my lord, ' ' replied Antonio, " it is a high duty
of Christians to spread the knowledge of their God and
Savior, in meekness and peace, wherever man will re
ceive it, and this is truly a more sacred duty than even
care for the dead ; but we have priests and holy men who
are especially qualified for instructing others — I am not
one of them. Yet if thou wilt consent for me to return
to my people, and if thou dost wish teachers, I will send,
or return with one or more of these holy men who can
also administer, as I a mere layman can not do, the
ordinances of our sacred faith. ' '
"That is well," replied the Inca, "and I would
gladly listen to such wise men, in tolerance at least,
whatever might be my own conclusions. Yet such would
have to learn our language before they could teach or
we could understand and there would be much delay,
but thou art here now, and knowing our language al
ready and having made a start with instruction of my
daughter and Hillipo, it were a pity to break off before
they know more. ' '
Antonio was about to answer, but the Inca continued :
"Permit me to go on somewhat further before thou
makest reply. It seems to me, if thy religion is true,
thou wouldst be doing a thing well pleasing in the sight
of thy God to remain with us and instruct us concern
ing him ; and he would meanwhile protect thee and give
thee his blessings, whether living or dying— even if thy
mortal dust should mingle without Christian ceremonials
with that of a strange land. But listen to this ! As to
thy comrade, his body shall be embalmed, even as that of

320 UNDER THE SUN.
an Inca, so it may not mingle with the dust of this
land, but remain whole as now. Then it shall be laid
in a silver case and the casket shall be filled to the lid,
around and over the body, AA'ith flowers wrought of gold
and jewels, rare in beauty, and all of such value as
might equal a prince's fortune. This casket shall be
placed, subject to thy pleasure, wherever thou wilt have
it, so it with the wealth we shall provide for thee may
be taken in time to thine own people, and the body can
then be buried in thine own land, instead of being con
signed to the great waters. And if thou wilt live with
us until the six months are out, continuing to teach my
daughter and Hillipo— or even a shorter time if thy
language and the art which thou dost call 'reading and
writing' can be taught sooner — thou shalt have all the
aids we can give in getting away to thine own people
with Marco's body and thy treasures.
"Meanwhile thou shalt have all the privileges of our
court, shalt wear the crimson cord on thy wrist so as to
pass to and fro at thy pleasure, and thy rank shall be
as that of our greatest lords. Having said that thy
wish respecting thy countryman's body should be my
order, I would not dally with my promise, for an Inca's
words must not fail; but I greatly desire thee to con
tinue with us, and I urge these reasons and assurances
in answer to what thou hast said, hoping they may in
duce thee to grant our wish. ' '
"But, my lord," suggested Antonio, "as to Hillipo,
thou hast said he should go as thy representative far
away to the Musus ? ' '
"As to that," replied the monarch, "I spoke more
suggestively than as a finality. If upon further con
sideration it should seem advisable to decree otherwise,
I may do so. He is an unusually bright youth; but
whether I send him away or keep bim here, there are
other bright young men, of whom I should like several
to be taught thy learning, so I can have ready, if needed,
servants who can speak thy language. ' '

AT LEAST FOR THE PRESENT. 321
' ' Thou knowest, my lord, ' ' replied Antonio, ' ' Hillipo
came from Tumpiz, where I was sent for by thee— he
knew Marco well. He hath shown wonderful quickness
in acquiring my language— as hath the Princess; but
Hillipo, from being with me as companion, hath had
more constant opportunity for learning. Of course, I
would not, even if I could, stand in the way of prefer
ment for him; yet if I continued here with Marco
gone, my house would be indeed lonely without his
visits and kindness, for I have become fond of the boy;
and I had thought, when I should go away, if he were
willing, and if it pleased thee, my lord, he might be a
companion in helping me — and at the same time of much
avail in thy service, by visiting my country and learning
of it and our people, and in bringing back his observa
tions for thy information. ' '
"What thou sayest," replied the Inca, "causes me
thought. I see in it a suggestiveness concerning Hillipo
which should be considered. It may be, he could render
a better service than in going to the Musus, by con
tinuing to study with thee until conversant with thy
learning; so he could go to thy people to observe and
report concerning them, and he could learn the way
there and back to Tumpiz, from thee.
"As for interfering with preferment for the boy— I
will see that he loses nothing of fair prospects in our
service, in the long run, should I keep him with thee now
and send him with thee in the future. But wilt thou
consent to remain — at least for the present?"
"Hoav can I refuse what may be pleasing to my
lord, ' ' answered Antonio. ' ' Yet would my lord be angry
if I should ask to go ere the six months are completed ? ' '
"I will not be angry at whatever thou mayst ask.
Words only, Avhen loyalty is in the heart, should never
cause ill temper between friends ; and having made thee
my guest, I would esteem thee my friend, as I desire to
be thine. ' '

§22 UNDER THE SUN.
"I thank thee, my lord, that thou dost bold me as
thy guest, and dost so honor me as to call me friend;
also, that thou hast said that it shall be with the remains
of my countryman as I will, and that thy sympathy and
orders go with my will to make it thine. Among mine
own people to be a guest is to be free— his own will is
the only law that may detain him. I presume this law
of hospitality — general among all people so far as I
know, because incident to human nature and necessary
to human faith— is the same here. Now I must, as thy
guest, my lord, tell thee; having been so long among
strangers, the longing desire of my heart, made more
acute as I have said by Marco's death, is to see my own
people once again — aye, it is a desire impatient of any
lengthly delay. Besides, having already been absent
longer than I expected, by reason of thy call, my lord,
to Quito and the succeeding trip here, it is important for
me to see after my affairs, left as they were in the hands
of an agent. This need is also accentuated by Marco's
death ; for certain proceedings, in consequence, are made
necessary for administration of our property at Panama,
where our interests are mutually involved. Still, be
cause it is thy pleasure, I am willing to remain a while
longer— but only briefly, since the situation is now so
changed by the decease of my partner and comrade.
Then, too, I find both the Princess and Hillipo so quick
to learn, I feel sure in a short time they can acquire the
ability to read and write and speak my language fairly
well ; so with the aids I can leave them they may, if they
will, pursure such studies without my instruction. For
me, the difference of a few months here now means a
great deal— the difference between comparative content
and misery. Indeed, if I am not at ease on this point, I
shall not be in a state of mind to teach at all ; whereas,
if put to rest with the assurance that I may leave at will,
I can concentrate and energize my efforts so as to ac
complish more with my instruction in a short time than

AT LEAST FOR THE PRESENT. 323
I could otherwise in a much longer period— therefore,
my lord, I beg that thou mayst be content with my re
maining only so long as I feel that I can. ' '
"Thou shalt have thy way, my Lord Antonio," re
plied the Inca. "My word is already given as to that,
and I do not wish to be unduly insistent against thy
desires."

CHAPTER XXXIII.
TEMPTING BEAUTIES OF YUCAY.
A few days after the fatal conflict Avith the jaguars
the hunt ended, and the surviving animals were again
free to seek water and pasturage where it might be had
in the wild mountain plains and gorges, after eat
ing the sustenance that had been supplied, which had
been only enough to support their strength during tbe
days of their confinement. Yet when freed, greater
abundance was not hard to find, since to secure water for
the time, and provisions afterward, the provident direct
ors of the hunt had included within their cordon the
course of an azequia, which led across the desert plain,
to irrigate some plateau lands not far off, AA'here grew
coarse mountain grasses for pasturage of the wild berds.
But the hunt itself was over, and the Inca did not
remain during tbe subsequent days of feasting and
merrymaking which followed the parceling out of the
meat and wool among the hunters. Wearied and heart
sick, he repaired to the retirement of Yucay, taking with
him Antonio, Hutimina and Hillipo.
The Inca's Palace there Avas high on a projection of
the mountains, which jutted out into the widest part of
the beautiful valley from a stupendous spur of the
Andes that reached doAvn between the valley of Yucay
on its west and that of the Paucatambo on the east.
This branch of the Andes forms one of the grandest
elevations on the continent. Amid its glaciered heights
there is but one point— at Pisac— where even a narrow
pathway could be cut along the dizzy precipices of two
interlocking gorges, down which narrow streams course
324

TEMPTING BEAUTIES OF YUCAY. 325
—one into the Urubamba, here called the Yucay, and the
other into the Paucatambo, the more eastern and sister
confluent of the Quillabamba. The valley of Paucatambo
and its dependencies constituted the extreme eastern
province of the Inca's empire — from here was the way
to the head waters of the Amaru-Mayu, along which
lived some precariously dependent tribes, and far down
it the remote Musus.
The pass at Pisac was the high, narrow and tedious
gateway from the" distant forest regions, via Pauca
tambo, to Yucay; and the interlocking gorges, that
made the passway possible, were guarded at every step
by fortifications Avhich, as a system of protective works
in design as well as structure, Avere hardly surpassed by
those at OUantaytambo, which guarded the entrance up
the river Yucay to its delicious valley— the pleasure
suburb as it Avere of the capital, Cuzco, only a few
leagues away.
The projection of the mountain where stood the
Inearial Palace and gardens was originally a mass of
debris, pushed doAvn from a lofty gorge by the Avaters
that issued from the glaciers of Calca. These formed a
stream that was precipitated OA'er and through the de
clivities of this titanic pile into the Yucay. But the
Incas had seized upon this mass of ugliness to create out
of it the most beautiful spot in their dominions. They
saw that here were to be had the finest views of the
valley and mountains, while a mid-elevation could be
obtained which would afford relief from the lower hang
ing dampness and fogs of the river, and yet supply a
delicious atmosphere, with protection— under shelter of
the towering heights above— for the growth of every
plant and tree with which they might wish to surround
themselves. They walled in the stream which came from the
snow meltings into the lofty gorge ; then walled up and
leveled into terraces the rugged declivities in every out-

326 UNDER THE SUN.
line of angle and curve which could conserve the avail
ing of space and the best distribution of Avater. These
andenes were broad and sweeping at the bottom, narrow
ing as they receded upward to the very debouchment of
tbe gorge, some fifteen hundred feet above the river.
Midway up the andenes was a wide platform, broad
enough for surrounding gardens and shading trees, above
which rose the overtopping green of lofty pisotes. There
stood the palace amid fountains and baths, and musical
waterfalls made into things of beauty as they leaped
over exquisitely cut masonry, or spouted— from heads of
snakes and beasts carved in stone— into stone pools and
miniature lakes, and thence flowed on to the nourishing
of other steps below. And far away northward, as a
spectre-guardian, blocking the entrance by way of the
river from the wilderness beyond, rose the great snow-
domed mass of Chicon. East, and to the southward be
yond Pisac, the stupendous bulks of Huacahuasi and
Calca lifted their icy peaks; and between these giant
summits there were great sweeps of glaciers that reached
here and there into monster undulations, pierced by
splintered pinnacles which were only short of supreme
grandeur in comparison with the three still greater
monsters of earth and ice that seemed here to carry the
heavens on their ehoulders. Far below, from tbe
fortresses of Pisac -outhward to those of OUantaytambo
northward, a distance of more than fifty miles, the
Vilcamyo or Yucay flowed between strongly constructed
stone walls on each side, except where the precipitous-
ness of abutting mountains formed natural barriers
against which the waters of the river, now on one side
and again on the other, swept in vain assault; while,
opposite, beyond the verdant and blooming valley, rose
the wall-like face of the mountains four thousand feet
to the lofty plateau of Chinchero and Chita.
And deep down amid these giant barriers which
guarded from every rude blast, this narrow valley was,

TEMPTING BEAUTIES OF YUCAY. 327
under the Incas, a veritable garden of fruitfulness and
beauty, where the waters of its clear and rapid river,
fed by the cold streams that broke into it through gorges
from the great glaciers, joined with the general climate
in making perpetual verdure and bloom.
But the level space of the rich bottom lands, through
which the stream coursed like a glistening ribbon of
silver and on which were strung the beauties of fields,
gardens and palaces, did not suffice for the needs of a
teeming population or for the beauty-loving eyes of the
Incas. Wherever their precipitousness was not insur
mountable, the mountains Avere terraced up, like the
Inca's gardens, sometimes a thousand or fifteen hun
dred feet, with solid stone walls, behind whose retaining
strength the steps were leveled or filled in with earth,
and all enriched to a point of highest productiveness.
Sometimes these andenes— and all others were of more
or less similar construction— narrowed as they mounted
upward, so that those at the top were not more than
sufficiently wide for a row or two of maize. And always,
streams that issued from still greater heights were led
from terrace to terrace downward so that all were
equally nourished with life-giving waters; and here the
walls of azaquias and andenes were richly festooned,
or netted with vines and bloom, over which innumerable
humming birds flitted morning and evening.
On a clear day — from the rich brightness of green,
and splotches of foliage and flower-colorings along the
river, in the valley and on the andenes— the coloring ran
a scale of tints up the heights, with the modifying of
haze and distance till the atmospheric shadings melted,
with their softening of mountain walls, crags and splin
tered heights, into the blue of heaven, or gave place to
tbe shining white of glaciers and snowy summits.
In front, the palace grounds extended down the ter
races to the river ; back, they reached up to the debouch
ment of the azequia from the gorge. On the andenes

328 UNDER THE SUN.
above the palace, disposed in picturesque positions, were
various structures, some for practical utilities, and
others for purposes of pleasure ; but there, a large section
of the terraces were inclosed separately for the mon
arch's private pleasure and retirement— to them no one
was admitted, save for his service or indulgence. Here
effort and taste, even more than elsewhere, had been
taxed beyond what might seem possible to provide every
conceivable attraction for mind and sense, so as to tempt
with delights of environment and witchery of effect, to
the beguilements of luxurious ease.
The walks Avound picturesquely from point to point,
and up steps of cut stone from terrace to terrace, amid
delicious garden scenery ; Avhile now and again the paths
brought the rambler from mere local beauties in land
scape gardening to sudden revelations of valley and
mountain, winding river and ice-brightened peaks. Then
again they turned to inviting grottoes, sparkling fount
ains, and secluded bathing and fish pools built with cut
stone, and to tree-embowered and flower-adorned nooks;
and in some of these places there were pleasure houses,
where the fittings were as delightful for rest and indul
gence as ever a lover's heart could ask.
The most beautiful maidens of the realm made music
near inviting pavilions, and when it was known the Inca
was strolling in the grounds the notes of tinyas and
pincullus, and sweet soft voices sounded from hidden
retreats with appeals of loyalty and love ; or, if he chose,
unannounced, to enter at the bathing hour of mid-after
noon, he could see— himself unobserved if he would—
from places artfully devised behind concealing rocks
and plants, disporting beauties at fountains and lakes;
some enjoying their bath singly— each with ber own
loveliness, emphasizing the charms of some embowering
scene with a touch of life— others luxuriating or playing
together, with frolicsome pranks and light-hearted joy
in the water, or resting in careless perfection at its side.

TEMPTING BEAUTIES OF YUCAY. 329
But amid these inviting retreats the tempting beau
ties of Yucay made appeals in vain to Huayna Capac.
With dulled ears, he strayed amid the insinuating love
calls of tinya and pincullu notes, and soft sweet voices.
With dimmed eyes he saw through the foliage the glisten
ing of rich brown and ovaled surfaces, the curves of
exquisite forms and the entrancing graces of sinuous
movements. Even this afternoon when he was nearing the en
trance, after a solitary Avalk amid the beauties of the
place, .a delicately-shaped girl stepped out from her bath
in the fountain of a vine-covered grotto— clothed only
with her long, dark hair— and gathering up a great
bunch of blooming vines Avhich she held with one hand
in front of her symmetry, extended the other Avhile fall
ing upon one knee before him, and exclaimed: "0 Child
of the Sun! Divine ruler of thy people! Can not thy
little servant do something for her lord's pleasure?"
But shaking his head sadly— yet with that considera
tion for woman which ahvays distinguished him, which
he would not forego even in age when passion that lies
at the bottom of mere gallantry was gone, remembering
it was a beautiful maiden who addressed him, and that
she was seeking to divert his graveness and to honor her
self in the way most coveted by all Avomen of his land,
by pleasing him— he replied: "Nay, my beautiful girl!
If a maiden could awake desire that lies dead Avith the
dead, thou couldst then perhaps stir to eagerness my
heart and arms; but all that was left— even a short Avhile
ago — which could respond to fascinations of maidenly
beauty has vanished. I can only give thy hand the
touch of my lips, and bid thee be happy in thy beauty,
for the giving of it to the eyes and heart of some worthy
youth, to whom girlish charms are nearer the divine than
can ever be any one to the mortal body of an old Inca."
The train of reflection put in motion by this partic
ular incident— first enforcing attention to his failing

330 UNDER THE SUN.
strength, and from that succeeding to thoughts upon
what would follow for his dynasty when he should have
passed away— made the Inca restless ; so, when he passed
out of the secret retreat he continued his stroll through
the other grounds near the Palace. After a while he
met Challcuchima, and leading the way to a shaded spot,
near a thick bunch of Pitajaya" plants, he invited bis
minister to be seated with him ; then remarked :
"It hath been five months, Challcuchima, since we
came here. But after the active life I have led it is hard
for me to give myself up to quiet even amid such seduc
tive surroundings, and so far from making me forget
my infirmities, they but make me feel them the more op
pressively. I think we will get back to the North again
—there I am better satisfied."
"If my master will hear," replied Challcuchima,
"there is news from there, which, in addition to his in
clinations, would seem to make it well for him to do so
at once." "Aye! what is it?"
' ' Since my lord already knows of white men formerly
appearing on the coasts north of Cauca,100 and then dis
appearing northward, it may not surprise him to learn
that such strangers have visited there again, coming
from over the sea in their peculiar crafts. But there is
news more surprising. A Chasque101 has just brought
advices, but fifteen days old, saying the strangers have
coasted past Tacamez southward to a point almost due
west of Quito."102
"But," interposed the Inca, "since they have reached
so near that our own people have seen one of their boats,
what say they of it, and did the strangers land?"
"They say the craft bas sails more ingenious than
our people use on their balsas, and it is of such con
struction, and is managed with such skill, it looks like
a great water fowl and moves nearly as easily upon the
water. But the white men on it did not land there.

TEMPTING BEAUTIES OF YUCAY. 33I
Thence they turned and proceeded in the direction from
which they came, saying to the people who went out in
boats to meet them that they were sailing along our
coasts to see what new lands and people they could dis
cover. ' '
"Did they come and go in peace?"
' ' Aye, my lord ; but rumors that come from the sav
ages of the far North — though a great distance beyond
our borders— tell of these white men making fearful war
upon them where opposed. ' '

CHAPTER XXXIV.
FROM OUT THE NORTH, SEAWARD.
The Inca seemed to be thinking deeply for some mo
ments, and Challcuchima was silent. Then the monarch
said : " It has been fully a month since Antonio left us.
There seems at least a coincidence between bis departure
and the appearance again of these strangers nearer to us
than before.
' ' Possibly he reached the people of his race ere ftiey
came so far south, and told them of us and our country,
for the tides and winds along all this coast prevail north
ward to nearly opposite Quito.103 Antonio would go,
holding me to my promise that he should be allowed to
do as he willed; and when we suggested, thou wilt re
member, that he go by way of Nasca — our nearest town
from Cuzco on the sea to which we have a highway—
and sail from there ; he readily assented. He seemed, I
thought, only too glad to go by any route. He appeared
to know the course and strength of the tides and winds,
and that they of themselves would carry him whither
he desired; for he said he preferred traveling by sea
to going by land so far as Tumpiz, if he might only take
Marco's body and be allowed help to manage a boat or
balsa. "So it was we permitted him all privileges, and,
Avith the silver casket and its contents, gave him much
wealth in gold and jewels; but the day after he passed
out of sight of our land, thou wilt remember the great
tidal wave came which did so much damage, and we con
sidered it sure that he and all with him must have been
lost, for nothing afloat near that part of our coasts could
have withstood its force. ' ' 332

FROM OUT THE NORTH, SEAWARD. 333
"Aye," replied Challcuchima, "I thought so. In
Marco's fate I saw that a white man could not only die,
but that he could be overcome and slain by a beast ; and
how much easier might he be by the elements. This be
ing so, I should think, if needs be, our people could meet
these strangers in battle, and also slay as well as be slain
by them. There is comfort in this knowledge, and the
proof that the white men are not invulnerable to hurts
and death is some compensation for the fears their ap
pearance hath caused. Noav we know they are mortal,
and that they can not destroy us by their mere will."
"Nay, Challcuchima, they may be only mortal; but
I surmise they are a superior race. Antonio and Marco
were forerunners of a resistless power that is destined
to take our place and empire. These things haA'e been
much upon my mind ; therefore I deemed it wise to treat
Antonio hospitably, to learn all Ave could through him,
and to have the Princess Hutimina and Hillipo, both of
whom are extraordinarily quick and capable at learning,
taught by him. Then, when we could no longer hold him
willingly among us, we let him go in peace, with rich
gifts and such claims as we could fasten upon his good
will. • "But after considering it, I did not wish, as I had
previously thought, to send Hillipo with Antonio to
make report concerning the white people, lest his return
should be prevented, and we be deprived of the aid we
might derive from the knowledge he hath acquired; for
when these strangers come to us, as they are sure to do,
they will respect us more if they find we have some of
their learning, and have among us those who can speak
and write their language, so we can converse and treat
with them.
"While, with these views, we hold Hillipo near our
person, it occurs to me— since we find Hutimina so averse
to marriage with Atahuallpa— it may be well to install
her as Princess-resident in the Convent of Virgins at

334 UNDER THE SUN.
Tumpiz. Then, with her knowledge, including that ac
quired from Antonio, she may be able to keep us better
advised of what is happening on the coast, and in case
of need to speak and act for us with the strangers. As a
royal person having such parts and knowledge, she will
command great esteem from them. When they come
they are likely to land there, since that is our most
northern city of importance. Then, if the Princess will
not wed suitably to her station, no more honorable and
advantageous provision could be made for ber than hav
ing her as our royal-resident in so important a position.
Indeed, when I was urging upon her a marriage with
Atahuallpa, she concluded the conversation by asking
me, herself; in preference, to place her in some suitable
convent of virgins, where, at least for a time, she could
pursue her studies. ' '
"My lord's views for the Princess seem well. Not
only is the establishment of the Virgins at Tumpiz par
ticularly suited by its importance for being honored as
the residence of such a royal lady ; but if she be there,
removed from Cuzco and its unfavorable feeling toward
Quito, it may be more possible after a while to induce
her to a gracious view of marriage with the Prince Ata
huallpa. She may, with nearer acquaintance, come to
regard our people of Quito less as aliens, and more as my
lord himself considers them — as subjects devoted to the
honor and glory of my lord 's bouse, who have fought his
battles, and whose delight in his wishes is greater, I dare
think, than is the case Avith those of Cuzco ; for while the
old capital has enjoyed benefactions from all the Incas,
Quito 's great glory has been created by my lord, through
his affectionate favor, and she hath only the one bene
factor on whom she bases every hope."
' ' But I fear, Challcuchima, there is small prospect of
Hutimina yielding to our desires. When I first seriously
spoke to her of them and urged her to the marriage, her
indignation was really something fine to see, as a sample

FROM OUT THE NORTH, SEAWARD. 335
of the girl's spirit, at least. And when she grew suf
ficiently calm to reason about it, her arguments were
hardly less impressive than her defiant protests had been.
She urged that devotion of the Quitoans— if, as she said,
it really exists as claimed by the faction there inimical
to Cuzco— is far less a guarantee for the security of our
family 's power and glory than the hereditary loyalty of
Cuzco. She reasons, that even if Atahuallpa is a stronger
Prince than any of my Cuzcoan sons and is faithful to
the interests of my Royal House and of Ttahuantinsuyu
as a whole, that sort of devotion may pass away with my
death, as easily as it was created in life, by my per
sonality. But, she said, 'when loyalty rests not only in
benefits, but also in traditions of them, extending
through many generations, so veneration for the institu
tions that foster those benefits hath become ingrained
into tbe public life, as for the best that can be and even
as for the divine itself, then the people will bear with a
weak or bad prince, because he is considered an incident
merely. A system, with laws founded thus in the very
national being, doth not depend for stability on any one
life; but when public faith is destroyed by discrediting
those institutions and laws, upon which the people's
trust and affections are fastened as the most sacred
things they know, then goes all confidence and comes
chaos.' "
"I have reflections, but I can only put them into
argument at my lord's bidding," replied Challcuchima.
"Then I bid thee present thy views fully," answered
the Inca.
"My lord bath said, the old prophecies and the signs
and disturbances in nature which have occurred of late
imply the impending of change," Challcuchima an
swered: "if so, they must indicate the necessity for it.
No arrangement of government, however good for its
time, can be the best for all time and everywhere, even
though through a long period of veneration it should

336 UNDER THE SUN.
come to be esteemed a sacred theocracy. A constitution
is well so far as it secures due deliberation before
change ; but, however wise it be under the conditions and
with the lights existing when created, if it attempt to
fix ideas immutably for all the future, may it not occur
to my lord, and may it not be so, that such an under
taking stands more than anything else for the egotism
and arrogance of one generation in trying to constitute
itself the guardian for all that should come after ? May
we not assume that what men call their principles,
in social and public policies, are the creatures, rather
than the creators, of conditions? No human conditions
can stand forever. They must change with circum
stances. "The laws and ideas Avhich came to be esteemed as
forming a constitution of political, and even of divine
wisdom, in the traditions of Cuzco, were well enough
while she was only the queen city of the mountain valleys
around her, with but limited dependencies whicb were
in immediate touch with her; but, since my master and
his father have so extended the dominions of Ttahuan
tinsuyu that they reach from the river Maula, in the
south of Chili, for thousands of miles northward to
Pasto, beyond Quito— including many diverse peoples,
climates and local conditions, with many centers of popu
lation widely separated by great mountains and deserts
— the situation is very different, and this difference
creates new needs which can not be ignored in a com
placent local view of things from the standpoint merely
of the old capital's pride and habit of domination.
"I am sure my master's personal powers— not mere
veneration for the traditions and laws of Cuzco, which
are held so sacred in themselves only by a limited part
of Tthuantinsuyu particularly connected with her— con
stitute the force whicb hath held this vast empire to
gether during these latter years. Even with that, in
some parts there have been such revolts and indications

FROM OUT THE NORTH, SEAWARD. 337
of disposition to break away into separate independen
cies, as my lord hath often remarked, as were never
manifested bef ore.104 When this hath been the case with
my master, truly the greatest of all Incas living,
what may be expected when he is gone and a weaker
prince succeeds to rule in his stead, unless indeed safe
guarding provisions are made in advance? Would not
the petty jealousies, discontents and fancied grievances
of different provinces assert themselves, truly causing
a reign of strife and chaos in the place of law and sys
tem? And is not this what might be assumed as por
tended by the signs and prophecies, so my lord can take
needed action to shield bis royal race and people from
the threatened ruin?
"I argue that the stupendous changes which have
taken place, in the magnifying of my master's power
and empire, make the needed action to prevent future
evils just this : that my master, in his life, should provide
for a division and arrangement of the government after
he is gone, more suited and adjustable to these changed
conditions. If I may venture my view, nothing could
better serve this purpose, even if violating old traditions,
than placing the Prince Atahuallpa, of my master 's own
family— who confessedly bas great personal resource
fulness and ability— in separate authority at Quito. He
hath been trained by my master himself, and besides be
ing idolized by the Quitoans, is more conversant than
any other prince with my lord's views, in which are
bound up his own desires and interests. He would be not
only ready and able to magnify his own dominions, but
would lend superlative powers for the protection of his
brother's authority in Cuzco. With such a division of
territory, so that each could more effectively look after
the affairs of those provinces to whicb be would be
nearest and most united, and yet with the full powers
of both federated together by mutual family interests,
and each pledged to the other's protection and support,
V

338 UNDER THE SUN.
there would indeed be a change in the arrangement of
government— the passing away of the old order, in a
sense, and the substitution of a new, which might develop
on needed lines— but it would be a fulfillment of the
prophecies in a way by which they would be auguries of
blessings to all, and not of evil to any part of my lord's
dominions. "With all submission to my master's wisdom, would
not this seem a more natural and pleasing interpretation,
than to suppose the signs and prophecies mean that our
country must pass under the subjection of the white
strangers? And why may Ave not have peace with and
be benefited by these strangers Avithout becoming their
subjects? Yet hoAV can we better prepare to secure peace
and benefits with the coming of the white men to this
land than by having a ruler in the north, to whicb part
of this empire they must first come, who is so skilled
by my master's own teachings in war and policy as is the
Prince Atahuallpa ? He is one who would know bow to
use wisely policy or war, as needed, to secure what is
due or best for his people. For, if my lord will permit
the utterance, these white men must indeed have some
thing that is stranger than the color of their skins, their
beards, and the wonderful crafts, arms, and war animals
of which we hear, if they concede us aught except what
is for their own interests, unless we can command it by
our OAvn wisdom and poAver. Force is the conclusive
argument between nations, and, at last, the only peace
maker or preserver ; therefore, to secure peace and bene
fits from these strangers when they come, we should
have a ruler as able to conduct war as to make negotia
tions. "
"Thy reasoning hath never impressed me more,
Challcuchima. Thy views at least suggest hope. Yet, I
think thou hast hardly finished— go on."
' ' It is true, my lord, I had not finished ; but I have
already been so bold in what I have said that only a

FROM OUT THE NORTH, SEAWARD. 339
supreme duty hath sustained me. I dare not say more,
involving a personal turn of thought in this connection,
unless assured in advance of my master's pardon, along
with his permission."
"Thou needst not assurance of either, my Chall
cuchima, but thou hast both, and I not only permit, but
bid thee proceed. ' '
"Then, my master, what I would add relates to the
Princess. I have observed closely since the combat of
Hillipo with the Prince Atahuallpa, and what I noticed
here while the Princess and Hillipo were taking lessons
from Antonio, hath confirmed previous impressions. I
make no accusation, and I would not imply improper
conduct, or even words ; but I believe the Princess, per
haps without acknowledging it even to herself— as it
sometimes happens with a maiden to have her heart in
volved without confession of it to her own mind— loves
Hillipo ; and he, in his secret soul, worships her. I think
this may be having its influence in making the Princess
averse to marriage with Atahuallpa; therefore I believe
it would be well to remove this obstruction by sending
Hillipo as thy representative to the Musus, when the
envoys of that people return to their own country. When
he is far away, beyond the reach or hope of ber seeing
him, a danger will be removed; and with him out of
mind, in time the Princess may be willing to think less
reluctantly of marriage with the Prince of Quito.
"Of course the placing of the Princess in tbe Con
vent of Virgins at Tumpiz may of itself tend to the same
purpose; but, in my view, it were best to place the
breadth of thy dominions between her and him. With
her at Tumpiz on the sea at the extreme west, and he
among the Musus in the wilderness of the great river at
the extreme east, they would soon dismiss thoughts of
each other. This were better, I think, than even to have
sent Hillipo with Antonio ; for the Princess would have
probably occupied herself with dreaming of his adven-

340 UNDER THE SUN.
tures and his return, especially if she were in bis own
city of Tumpiz, near the sea on which he went away.
' ' Meanwhile, till Hillipo starts for the Musus, it Avere
well to continue bim where my lord can have his services
near bis person, both for comfort and prudence; espe
cially as my lord finds pleasure in his presence, to which
he hath so long been accustomed, and also as his knowl
edge may be of value in case the white strangers reap
pear soon. '
After a long pause, in which the Inca seemed to be
endeavoring to grasp the whole meaning of Chall
cuchima 's revelation, he replied:
"Anyway, my Challcuchima, have arrangements
made for our immediate travel to Tumebamba. There
in our Dominion of Quito, we shall be in better position
to observe and act. I wish to be there so I can watch
for what may come, from out the North, seaward.
"We will send orders for Hutimina 's progress to
Tumpiz. I dread ber opposition, and I fear a scene if
she learns all our plans before action is taken respecting
Atahuallpa ; so I will have it arranged that she proceed
along the coast road to Tumpiz, with an imposing royal
retinue. She shall make it to suit herself— shall take
with her whom she Avill— I desire ber to travel regally,
as becomes ber station. I would do anything to please
her, save give up my purpose concerning the succession,
in which I am persuaded I should not deflect from my
determination. She shall be advised that I wish her
observations on the coast provinces, and that after she
hath adjusted her residence in the convent she can at
her pleasure visit me at Tumebamba or Quito. We will
excuse our not seeing her before starting, on tbe ground
of the urgency that required me to hasten at once from
here northward.
"I will order the Prince Huascar and the others to
proceed to Tumebamba. There I will make him under
stand that I wish Atahuallpa to succeed me in the

FROM OUT THE NORTH, SEAWARD. 34I
government of Quito, and Ave will secure his acquiescence.
I Avould like to have the Auqui Mayta there also. We
will send for him to come; but since he is now on an
expedition visiting the frontiers, far down the Pauca
tambo, he will be later in reaching Tumebamba than the
other Princes of Our House, whose presence we desire.
Once there again, I do not wish any delay in getting the
succession at Quito settled. Meanwhile we will make
our travel northward as rapid as possible. I wish to go
quietly, without having my strength taxed by public
ceremonials. "But, Challcuchima, this nervous strain exhausts
me. I must retire to the Palace— I need repose. As
Hillipo is active, and hath been well trained to expedi
tion and exactness in delivering messages for me, we
will send bim, duly attended, to Cuzco to-morrow with
our orders. Then he must return with answers at once,
and we will start as soon as matters can be made ready. ' '

When the Inca and Challcuchima had quite disap
peared, Hillipo raised himself from behind the bunch
of Pitajaya plants, which alone had separated and con
cealed him from the monarch and his minister and where
he had been an involuntary listener during their con
versation. In the idleness of a drowsy afternoon he had
lain down there, and fallen asleep before the Inca and
Challcuchima had approached. Their voices had awak
ened him, and finding he could not get away without
being discovered, he determined to remain. This pur
pose became an enthrallment that would not have per
mitted him to move had life depended on his doing so,
as tbe conversation developed and be found it so deeply
concerned himself and his love.
"What can I do?" thought he, sitting up— "yet *n»
knowledge of these plans may give me a chance. I am

342 UNDER THE SUN.
glad I am to be sent to Cuzco. I will see the Princess,
ere she starts. She already knows of my foster-mother,
as the widow of the Curaca Chaqui, and she thinks her
truly my mother. She drew much from me about her,
while we were studying under Antonio— that much is
well. I am glad tbe Princess is to be at Tumpiz— by the
sea ! Oh the sea ! tbe sea ! What possibilities may come
out of the sea ! ' '

CHAPTER XXXV.
A SAIL.
Some two years have passed since the conversation
between the Spanish adventurers with which this narra
tion began, and Pizarro— through whose conquests the
prophecies of change, Avhich had been so much in the
mind of the Inca and Hillipo, were to come to pass— had
now been in the region of tbe river San Juan for three
months or more.
He Avas near a tent, on a coast margin of sand which
broke off, above a low-lying ledge of rock, on the wide
placid and sunlit ocean in front. A forest of tropical
growth spread its dark tangle back over swelling ground
that reached some distance before it rose into the foot
hills and spurs of the Cordillera. Beside him was an
other white man of weather-beaten aspect, in a strange
garb. Three Indians somewhat similarly attired, in rich
but softly colored garments, were busying themselves
with the preparation of food on a curious-looking craft
lying against the rocky rim of the shore— the first of the
kind ever seen by Pizarro— while by its side and tied to
it was a gracefully-curved canoe.
The craft itself was of logs, securely lashed together;
on it were two masts, upright poles, Avith cross poles hav
ing sails attached, the latter now hanging lengthwise of
the masts with the canvas furled. On the raft there
was a floor of withes, woven like a mat, supported by
stronger pieces secured across the logs. On this, in a
square frame, was a hearth of earth on which was a fire,
and near it a supply of fuel and various earthen vessels ;
and on the raft there was also a small house-shaped
343

344 UNDER THE SUN.
cabin of reeds, and a tent. Through an opening between
tbe logs was a center-board and rudder for steadying
and guiding tbe course in navigation; and there were
supports for large oars on tbe sides and at the ends.
Pizarro 's eyes had been gladdened the day before by
the appearance upon the southern horizon of a sail. But
a brisk breeze from that direction soon disappointed
the hope first felt, that it might be above the deck of one
of his own vessels, for which his eyes were constantly and
anxiously scanning the horizon. Yet disappointment soon
changed to wonder, for from tbe odd appearance of the
craft, evidently it was not of any European build; and
his astonishement was deepened when, pushing out in a
canoe and approaching the floating structure, his hail in
Spanish was answered in the same tongue.
But when Antonio, for it was he, made himself
known, Pizarro was almost as glad as he would have been
to welcome the succor expected in one of his own ships ;
for he rightly judged, from the comfortable appearance
of the trader and those with bim on the balsa, as they
called the craft, that they were from the land he had
been so long and desperately seeking. As has been
observed, he had known Antonio and Marco in Panama,
and had head of their trading trips down the coast; and
though his endeavors to gather details of their adven
tures into the hitherto unexploited South Sea had been
ineffectual he had surmised that tbis man, of all in the
world, could probably give bim tbe most definite infor
mation of tbe country, upon the discovery and conquest
of whicb be had staked his all.
Sitting together on the balsa, Antonio soon told
the Spanish leader of his voyage of nearly fourteen hun
dred miles up the coast from Nasca— of how Marco was
killed in a great hunt, and how the people of the land
had prepared the body and inclosed it in a metal case
to preserve it till it could be transported to his own
people, and then had allowed him to sail away with it,
accompanied by necessary help.

A SAIL. 345
He told how at first he had put out to sea beyond
sight of land, to catch the breeze and current better, and
to avoid the possibility of being stopped until he should
have passed beyond that part of the coast. He knew, at
that season of the year, in those waters there was small
chance of storms— that the drift of the ocean current
was northward to Tumpiz, and the winds also prevailed
in the same direction. He stated that, excepting for a
great swell of the ocean the day after starting, the long
voyage, abundantly supplied as he was with all needed
things, had not been unpleasant or unexpeditious for
such a mode of travel. The great ocean movement, as he
found afterward at stoppages further up the coast, was
the result of an earthquake, such disturbances being not
infrequent in those parts.
When Pizarro questioned him eagerly about the coun
try and its people, Antonio said with prudent reserve,
as he was himself probably the first discoverer of that
remote region, something should be due him for informa
tion, if he could give such as might be of value ; but he
would only ask that, as Pizarro was going there for con
quests, he should assure him protection for his person
and property, with full leave to come and go and trade
at will; and that the invaders should give protection
also to his friends and their belongings in that empire.
Pizarro readily assented, and, to make Antonio easier
still, he offered assurance in writing. So the treasurer of
the expedition, Rivera, who was also a notary, Avas sent
for and the paper duly executed, and Pizarro's mark,
since he could not write, was formally attested.
Then the two men talked far into the night, resuming
their conversation next morning. For long was the ac
count which the trader gave of the vast empire, and of
its capital, Cuzco; of the country's industrial, civic and
military systems; of its great fortresses; its beautiful
palaces and gardens, specially those at Tumebamba in
the North, and Yucay in the South, where he had been

346 UNDER THE SUN.
last as instructor of the Princess Hutimina and the page
Hillipo. Then be described the charms of the Princess,
her beauty, her rare intelligence, and ber quickness in
learning to speak, read and write Spanish.
Pizarro Hstened and questioned by turns. But de
lighted as he was at the revelations that were constantly
being made by Antonio, once and awhile, at the state
ment of some new wonder, an incredulous look would
show that he could not grasp the story as entirely true.
Noticing this, Antonio finally said : "I see, Captain,
there is doubt in thine eyes, and I do not blame thee, for
I would not myself believe, bad I not seen these things ;
yet I think I can show thee evidences, whicb may further
make thee realize that v/hat I say is stated with due re
gard to facts. But first, since we were speaking of the
Princess Hutimina and Hillipo, I wish assurance of thy
care for them especially by name, shouldst thou come
up with them, or if ever it should be in thy power to
protect them or their personal effects against harm— even
were evil threatened against them by thy nearest friend
or brother. ' '
' ' On thy assurance that they are worthy of such con
sideration, I promise it," replied Pizarro.
"They are worthy, Captain, and thou wouldst honor
thyself in doing them any good within thy power. But,
if danger should threaten them when thou or I were
absent, it would be well to have thy indorsement on
this paper which thou hast given me; saying in effect,
that tbe same shall include, not only protection in gen
eral to the persons and personal effects of Antonio's
friends wherever found in that land, but specifying, by
their names, the Princess Hutimina and the Lord Hilli
po; also that thou wilt show kindness to the old Inca,
Huayna Capac, if he be still alive— for he greatly
honored and benefited me."
"Thou mayst write it out on the paper thyself An
tonio—adding, however, that the Captain Francisco Pi-

A SAIL. 347
zarro, in giving such assurance, reserves always what
may be due to tbe laws and crown of our sovereign. ' '
When tbe indorsement was duly executed and at
tested, Pizarro, turning eagerly to tbe trader, said:
"Now show me what other evidences thou bast of the
wealth and art of these people."
Then Antonio took Pizarro into the balsa tent, haA'-
ing no one else present. He ripped open layer upon
layer of the goods in which the casket was covered and
pulled the fabrics down from over it. As the great box
of burnished silver was gradually revealed, Pizarro
stood dumfounded.
Presently he gasped: "And they made for Marco's
body this casket of solid silver— can it be solid silver
really?" "Aye, captain," replied Antonio.
Then, after looking long, Pizarro turned away, say
ing in a low voice : ' ' One should not covet, but that box
for the casing of dead clay were enough to provide
independence for the living— even in dreams I never
conceived of such a thing."
' ' But, Captain, ' ' said Antonio, ' ' dost thou not desire
to see more, in evidence that my words have spoken
truly?" Pizarro turned, muttering: "Dost thou mock me,
man ? What greater evidence could there be of tbe riches
where thou hast been ? ' '
"I speak in all seriousness— but thou shouldst know
that these people have the art of embalming, more per
fectly I suppose, than it is known elsewhere in the world.
There will be nothing offensive in opening the casket,
and I would show thee within. Thou canst see the body
of poor Marco almost in perfect preservation. Is not
that a higher testimony to the art of these people than
even a lot of silver worked into a box ? ' '
"I do not understand concerning that," replied Pi
zarro. " I do understand what a great silver casket like

348 UNDER THE SUN.
this means, and the skill that can produce it. Here is
something that will pay debts and secure the means of
living; the first I have in plenty, and the second in
plenty I desire, without having enough to dare show my
face in Panama to my creditors. I would I had a goodly
lot of tbe stuff tbe box is made of, rather than of its
contents. ' '
"Not quite so fast, Captain," returned Antonio.
' ' This is only silver after all. There are more beautiful
things within, and such things mean skill, without which
even silver would have little value in the world. ' '
"Dost thou mean some wonder of fabrics and work
in the grave clothes? Such might be of great interest
to see but for the wonder, to-all-else blinding, of the box
itself." "Aye, the fabrics in which poor Marco rests are
marvels of beauty fit for a prince— yet there is more in
the casket, ' ' and unclasping the fid, wliile Pizarro stood
by wondering, he added: "It is not fight, Captain.
Wilt thou help me to fif t it ? Take hold of the end next
thee." Pizarro obeyed automatically, and as he held up the
lid his eyes fell on the flowers and fruits and vines
wrought in silver, gold and jewels, entirely covering all
of tbe body save tbe face ; and from the treasures that
so covered him the dead face of Marco seemed to look
up in mockery of ' the earthy riches that had been
lavished upon the cold clay, with something still of distor
tion remaining on his features from his agonized struggle
with the jaguar. Yet Pizarro did not at first note the
man, but only the things— the achievements in silver,
gold and jewels— and fairly staggering back with as
tonishment, he almost dropped the lid.
Recovering himself, he stood as if petrified, breath
ing heavily. "Antonio," he finally rather hissed be
tween set lips than spoke, "is that gold? Are thes*
emeralds— these pearls? Such workmanship! That

A SAIL. 349
these heathen can do that is marvelous; but that they
have these precious metals and jewels in such abundance
that they use them for ornaments like these, and in
such quantities as to fill that box; such— as Marco's life
like face there distorted as if in some strange derision
—mocks all our ideas of value ! What wonder that the
son of tbe Indian chief, Comogra, in Terra Firma —
while we had not even yet discovered this ocean— dashed
contemptuously aside the little lots of gold which
Nunez's men Avere so carefully weighing and quarreling
over, and exclaimed if it was gold we so valued, he knew
of a land— referring to this Peru — where it abounded
as iron did with us. Why man, that box and its con
tents will make thee richest of all in Panama ; for surely
thou wilt not tempt grave robbery by burying such
treasure with Marco's body!"
The two men bad returned to the camp, and were
continuing their talk on the sand in front of it, as
observed at the beginning of this chapter, when making
another of several attempts to divert their conversation
from himself and his observations in Peru— previous
efforts of tbe kind having ended speedily by Pizarro's
returning Avith some question to the subject, which led
with the answering to others — Antonio asked:
"But, Captain, thou hast not told me of thy move
ments in this adventure up to the present; bow long
thou hast been engaged in it, and what thou dost pro
pose for the immediate future. Wilt thou not turn now
from examiner to witness, since thou hast in substance
about all I can tell, and give me some information in re
turn?" "The adventure," replied Pizarro, "has already
been a long one, with very inadequate results till re
cently. Captain Almagro, with the schoolmaster Luque,
both of whom doubtless thou didst know at Panama, and
I, have— with such private means as we could command
—undertaken to find and conquer this Peru ; the school-

350 UNDER THE SUN.
master looking especially after the financial part,
Almagro going and coming with provisions and men,
and I, in the main, commanding the actual conduct of
tbe expedition.
"This is our second voyage, having for near tAvo
years pursued the first. After undergoing all sorts of
perils and hardships, I only got so far South as to a
point called Quemado, less than fifty leagues from
Panama; then I was forced by our difficulties and
losses to turn back, stopping at Chieama, a little to the
south of Panama Bay — I think thou dost know well the
places. I had stopped in at every cove and all along
the coast in search of the goodly land, and was missed
by Almagro, who, to join me Avith reinforcements, had
set out from Panama in another caravel. Having better
weather, he got so far South as near this point, dis
covering the river he called San Juan, near here, and
this better country ; where ha\'ing gathered considerable
silver and gold, he went back in search of me, finding
me at Chieama.
' ' Then we organized the second expedition, and sail
ing with favorable winds for this point direct, reached
tbe river San Juan in a few days.
"There we captured an Indian town, and with it a
good deal of gold; but found the natives formidable
after that, and oursebves unable to prosecute our con
quests with so few men. We therefore determined that
Almagro should go back to Panama for more men and
supplies, carrying with him the booty, which having
been gained so soon after sailing the last time, Ave
hoped would serve to enlist others. With the smaller
caravel, the pilot, Ruez, sailed South to make further
discoveries. Meanwhile I remained here, awaiting the
result of his explorations and Almagro's reinforcements
to follow up the enterprise upon their return. Thus
it is thou dost find me in this place, but in very forlorn
straits, with a most disheartened lot of men; for be-

A SAIL. 351
ing misled by Indian stories of a better country inland
for our camp, we made an expedition which hath re
sulted in great hardships and sad losses. So, as thou
mayst judge, Antonio, the news thou bringest is most
opportune for our downcast spirits.
"I earnestly hope Ruez may also bring a good re
port, and then, when Almagro returns, we will push on
southward to the land of this great Indian kingdom.
But I beg that thou wilt go with us, for thy knowledge
of this coast and that land Avill be of great value— do
this much for us— shoAV us the way, and then thou canst
return on the first ship going back. Meanwhile all thou
hast Avith thee or on this coast shall not only have the
best of care, and thou the best aid we can give in caring
for it, but thou wilt thereby place me and my men under
such obligations that ample tangible rewards shall not
be Avanting if we are ever able to make such."
And so it was arranged that Antonio should remain
with the expedition until the return of the ships, or one
of them, to Panama.
During the conversation Pizarro's eyes were scan
ning the horizon. They had become so habituated to
doing this in search of a sail bringing news or aid, that
Avhenever turned to the Avater, they dilated in their
eager sweep of the sky line, as if to pierce beyond with
some superhuman reach of vision. Antonio had hardly
consented to Pizarro's wishes when the captain, spring
ing to his feet, exclaimed : ' ' There is a sail ! ' ' pointing
to a white spot, indistinguishable to ordinary sight from
a tiny fleck of light in the midst of a cloud shadow on
the rim of blue, southward. But soon the hull of a
caravel under full sail rounded up over the curvature
of Avaters ; then every man in the camp was on his feet,
too earnestly watching the coming of Ruez to make sound
or sign— for the ship proved to be his.
The pilot bad coasted far down to Tacamez, being
the first European in a European ship, on the Pacific,

352 UNDER THE SUN.
to cross the equator. The news he brought confirmed,
as far as it went, that given by Antonio ; and with him
he brought two Indians, both young men, whom he had
taken from a balsa, whicb be met at sea on a trading
expedition up the coast.
Tbe Indians were from Tumpiz, and with them,
Ruez had taken from the balsa various articles which in
dicated that they were from a land where the people
were more intelligent and refined than any before en
countered on tbe Pacific. As their* language was a
strange one, what Ruez could learn from them had been
very limited; but Antonio was now able to interpret
freely— thus speedily emphasizing the wisdom of Pizar
ro's urgency, that the trader should remain with him
for a time. From these natives the captain learned
that the point which Ruez had reached was almost west
of Quito; and Antonio's information easily supple
mented any defects in the account the young Indians
gave of the land.
He explained while there was no such thing as traffic
in the old parts of the empire where the Inca system was
established in its fullness, that Tumpiz itself was a com
paratively recent acquisition, and the coasts north were
even more so, and that in those parts trading still ex
isted.108 "For," said he, "the Incas do not force their system
all at once, with all its communal features, upon newly
conquered people ; but, after receiving their submission,
make changes gradually, as their new subjects can learn
appreciation of what is proposed. ' '
Some time after the arrival of Ruez, Almagro came
with considerable reinforcements and an abundance of
supplies. Now the recently disheartened men, as well as the
newcomers, were eager to proceed, in view of the mani
fest proofs concerning the riches of the land which they
had obtained from Antonio and Ruez ; and in a few days

A SAIL. 353
the two captains with their two ships were sailing south
ward, daily receiving the testimony of their own eyes
to constantly increasing evidences that here was a rich
and prosperous country. But they now learned from
its own people, as well as from Antonio, that the coast
line, surprisingly rich as they found it, gave but a
meager conception of the wealth, refinement and power
inland.

w

CHAPTER XXXVI.
REFUGEES.
Near the extreme southern point attained in his
second expedition, Pizarro's attention was attracted by
a thin curl of smoke rising from a low-lying, thickly
wooded, peninsular-like piece of land at the mouth of a
considerable stream. This was connected with a heavily
timbered, lonely shore by a strip of marsh, which sur
rounded it except on the sides toward the ocean and the
river. There abrupt banks, with protruding ledges of
rock, seemed to offer adequately deep approaches for
landing; and a rocky reef, stretching in somewhat of a
curve from the south a considerable way northward, pre
sented a shelter from the swell of the sea, which rolling
shoreward broke into a seething, boiling surf upon the
obstructing stones.
Almagro 's caravel was somewhat behind, and further
out from land ; but Pizarro hove to, and lowering a boat
sent it to discover the meaning of the smoke, and to
sound the approach, so as to determine the availability
of the place for obtaining Avood and water.
It was not long before both caravels were anchored
behind the reef, with strange visitors aboard; and in
the center of the wondering group, comprising nearly
all Pizarro's crew, Antonio was embracing a handsome
youth, from whom he turned quickly to greet, not less
joyously, though less demonstratively and with a marked
deference, a beautiful maiden and an elderly woman
beside her— all Indians. Then, turning to those of his
own race, he said : "Captain Pizarro, these are the best
friends I have found in this country— the Princess Huti-
354

REFUGEES. 355
mina, the daughter of the Inca, and the Lord Hillipo,
the Inca's page, of whom I have told thee; and this is
the lady Tomaya, the mother of Hillipo, and the widow
of tbe former Curaca of Tumpiz — in his time a noted
and favorite officer of the Inca."
Almagro, who had now come on board, was gazing
with an astonished, coarse stare of vulgar admiration at
Hutimina; but Pizarro at once recognized from tbe
princely bearing of the girl, the lofty manner of Hillipo,
and the well-poised but gentle dignity of Tomaya, that
these were personages whose stations accustomed them
to deference, and he veiled his admiration, which was no
less than Almagro's, behind looks less offensively as
sertive. With a courtliness which, notwithstanding his
lack of education and rough experiences, he could as
sume at will in aid of an instinctive dignity of bearing,
he Avelcomed his guests.
The youth and the girl evidently understood his
words; and in this indication that the Princess and the
page knew something of his own language Pizarro
found confirmation for his faith in Antonio, and in all
he had previously told of the land from whence the
strangers came.
But how happened such a meeting as this? The
question was apparent in Pizarro's expression, as in
that of all present, though unuttered. In the rude stare
of Almagro it gleamed like a burning interrogation
mark out of the one good eye that lit the naturally
homely, but now wound-disfigured countenance of his
small, insignificant person. Responding, Antonio hast
ened to say :
"How came the Princess here with these other
friends, I know not; but her presence is no less an aston
ishment than a pleasure to me. Truly, as I have told
Captain Pizarro, I left her at Cuzco, and the Lord Hil
lipo at Yucay, near three hundred leagues from here. If
the Princess shall be pleased some time to have me in-

356 UNDER THE SUN.
formed how this came about, I shall be glad to know
and, if she permits, tell Captain Pizarro ; but meanwhile
I am sure bis consideration will not allow any questions,
lest they should be displeasing to his guests. ' ' This was
so pointedly addressed to Pizarro, as an appeal to his
more delicate sensibilities, that Almagro perceptibly
winced. Hutimina answered in fairly good Spanish: "Nay,
I think I understand the words of my Lord Antonio.
He must truly be greatly surprised in seeing us— and he
wishes to know the story of how we came ; but it is too
long to tell all at once. Yet I will try to account, in
such part as seemeth fit now, for our being here ; and I
will try to do so in this Spanish language which I have
been studying so bard, and which my Lord Antonio hath
so kindly taught me. We came from Tumpiz over the
sea in a balsa. My father, the Inca, placed me in the
House of Virgins there, near three hundred miles from
here. Then he died ; but just before that, he divided his
empire. One of bis sons, Atahuallpa, by a princess of
Quito, he made Inca there, and gave bim other provinces
including Tumpiz. Another son, Huascar, became Inca
in Cuzco. Both these princes had purposes respecting
me, which left me no hope of content in our own land;
and as I had learned from the Lord Antonio of the peo
ple in his country, whose language he had taught me,
I determined to go to them. My father, who loved
me and considered me more than either Atahuallpa or
Huascar, some time ere he died knew through reports
from these Northern coasts of the white men, and he
learned much more from the Lord Antonio. He fore
told that thy people would come to our land shortly
after his death and assume dominion over it. He said
they would be a superior race, with better laws, and
arms and more power -than ours; and that they should
not be resisted, but that they should be received as
friends and obeyed. Yet I know such is not the mind

REFUGEES. 357
of Atahuallpa, or of those who are most in his favor
and counsels, and with him are some of our most noted
generals who served my father, and they have with them
many of the best troops of our land, very skilled in war.
"Therefore, with tbe help of the Lord Hillipo and
my good friend, Tomaya, his mother, and with aid we
received in the Isand of Puna, across the bay from Tum
piz, I fled — determined to seek protection among the
people of whom the Lord Antonio had told me. Hav
ing been on the sea for eight days, we stopped for wood
and water in this place where thou hast found us. This
is all I can say in this Spanish language about how we
came here ; but the Lord Hillipo can tell the whole story
to my Lord Antonio in our own language, and the Lord
Antonio can tell it in the Spanish, if the captain wishes
more. Now, I pray to be taken to tbe Lord Antonio's
people ; for he has told me they have schools for maidens
and sacred convents of virgins something like our
Houses of Virgins, and I wish to go into one of them and
learn all the knowledge they teach, especially concerning
the Christian religion, of which the Lord Antonio hath
already taught me many things, but of which I wish to
know all.
"That I may be able to live in that land, I have
brought with me all my jewels and many articles of gold
which I will exchange for the money of whicb the Lord
Antonio hath told us, ant of whicb be says I can get a
great deal for tbe things I have. I beg that the captain
will get all these things from the balsa, and then let the
men who came with us on it from Puna go back to their
island." "Our utmost consideration," replied Pizarro, "has
already been bespoken by Antonio for thee and tbis
Lord Hillipo ; and I pledge for both thee and bim, and
for the Lady Tomaya, our protection, as for all thou
hast with thee; and thou, Princess, and the Lady To
maya shall have passage to Panama by the first of our
ships going there."

358 UNDER THE SUN.
Antonio was anxious, before there should be further
communication with Pizarro and bis men, to talk with
Hillipo and learn all that had happened since their
separation— what had brought him and the Princess to
gether—and then advise with him; especially so, since
the Princess had stated that ber father was dead.
He narrated bow be happened to be with Pizarro,
and then, at the first occasion he could make he indi
cated that tbe Princess and Tomaya had best be as little
communicative as possible with their new acquaintances,
until they had formed their impressions and should
know better with whom and how far they could safely
trust themselves in conversation.
Upon getting alone with Hillipo, he had only to give
an inviting opportunity for the latter to enter upon a
full narration of all that bad transpired with him since
their separation at Yucay. The page told of the conver
sation he had overheard in the palace grounds there;
and from that be went on :
' ' The day after, I proceeded to Cuzco with my mas
ter 's messages for the Princess, bis sons and brothers-
directing that they should go with the expedition to
Tumebamba, and I left his order for the Auqui Mayta
also to join the others there upon bis return from the
Paucatambo frontiers.
"I told Tomaya everything; and, after delivering
the Inca's message to the Princess for her to go by way
of the coast road to Tumpiz, I ventured cautiously to
seek whether I might dare, without displeasing her, to
tell the story of the talk at Yucay between the Inca and
Challcuchima concernirg herself. She assured me of
her protection and ber will that I should do so; and I
did — only holding back the references made by Chall
cuchima to myself in connection with her.
"When I paused, she looked at me searchingly, and
asked if I had told all. I replied, all except some things
which could be of little interest to her. But I added:

REFUGEES. 359
reference had been made to my combat with Atahuallpa,
and I knew, from what he said, that Challcuchima in
tended no good for me when he could have his way ; that
if he did not have me put from among the living, at the
least be would have me put so far away from the living
near the court, as the limits of the land would permit.
"The Princess flushed, and her eyes flashed; but she
only said in a low voice : ' Aye, he wishes to punish thee
for my interference in thy behalf against Atahuallpa
at the feast— but we shall see!' Then ber eyes fell to
the floor, and she was silent quite a while, with her
hands clasped in ber lap.
"When she looked up again her face twitched and
there was moisture in her eyes, too, I think, as she said :
'My Lord Hillipo, thy mother, Tomaya, is from Tumpiz,
and will return there. It is well for me to go there too
—my father and Challcuchima may have their way that
far. I wish Tomaya to accompany me as a member of
my suit. So long as my father lives I have little fear
for myself. He would never force me into any mar
riage, and Avhen he is gone, no one shall — no one ever
shall, be sure of that! But Huascar is not fond of me.
I know the Quitoans have been intriguing, and wheed
ling him to believe; that I am held in too great favor
by my father and the people of Cuzco, for bis good ; that
his interests would be served by having me removed
from here, and especially by transporting me to Quito,
through marriage with Atahuallpa. They have also
done much to excite Huascar's jealousy and mistrust of
the Auqui Mayta, so as to have him, who is really the
greatest factor of strength in support of our legitimate
family claims in Cuzco, practically discarded from
court when Huascar becomes Inca. Perhaps they will
send him on a command far down in the Amaru-Mayu
wilderness, that he may be forgotten here, so far as
may be.
" 'Huascar is weak, vain, indolent, and with the aid
of Challcuchima 's flattering blandishments and false

360 UNDER THE SUN.
pretenses of devotion to our house, the Quitoans have
gained considerable influence with bim. What can this
poor land expect when such a prince becomes Inca here,
and so shrewd and conscienceless a son of fortune as
Atahuallpa is ruler in Quito ; while the Auqui Mayta—
tbe only real hope of the old order and the legitimate
line— is in disfavor and virtual disgrace with the heir
apparent of bis own bouse, at the instance of the
Quitoan faction, whose sole care is the shifting of
imperial rule form Cuzco to their own hands in Quito?
Truly it all must mean that the forebodings of my poor
father are but too well justified; though he will not
realize the scheming and danger impending, through his
infatuated favoritism to Quito— but, possibly be is not
so far wrong, when the consequences of having such a
Prince as Huascar as his sole successor, to rule over all
Ttahuantinsuyu, is considered!
" 'My father bath himself told me his convictions:
that the old order will pass away soon after he is gone,
with tbe coming to our land of white men like Antonio ;
that it would be useless to resist them; and that they
must be received as friends and obedience yielded to
their dominion. Yet I know the faction at Quito will
not regard this — they are determined to rule or ruin-
but,' and ber eyes flashed again as she said it, 'the
Quitoans shall not use me for their purposes. I will
never be induced into a marriage to aid their ends. Yet,
I will be helpless when Huascar is Inca— either to stand
against them or serve tbe cause of Cuzco— and when my
father dies I shall flee this land and seek that from
which come the white men, unless they establish their
dominion here first. Therefore, it is well that I should
be in Tumpiz, and near the Island of Puna, which has
always been inimical to Quito; so, if needs be, I can
stand a chance of finding at least temporary refuge
there. " 'I know thou must go with my father to Tume
bamba, while I go to Tumpiz; yet the one place is only

REFUGEES. 361
across the mountains from the other, and since thou hast
learned with me the language of Antonio's people, and
dost know so much of affairs that concern me, and be
sides wouldst thyself suffer when the new rulers suc
ceed my father, I would like to have thee help and ac
company me when I leave this land. If my father
should die without my seeing him, or if be should be
surely near to death, wilt thou bring me word and aid
me, for that purpose conferring with me through Tomaya
—even though thou shouldst have to assume disguise to
reach Tumpiz?'
"I pledged my life to whatever the Princess should
require — daring only to bold myself as ber servant, be
yond which, my Lord Antonio, truly I have not pre
sumed to venture. But she took Tomaya to her heart,
who learned all the Princess had told me, and all I had
told the Princess; and Tomaya accompanied her from
Cuzco. "Then, my Lord Antonio, the Princess took counsel
of what thou hadst said concerning the value of gold
and jewels, and how they could be sold, or exchanged
for what she would need, according to the customs of
thy people ; and she, with Tomaya to help her, not only
took with ber from Cuzco all she had before possessed
of such things, but much more. She did this on tbe plea
of their being required to make ber travel and residence
in Tumpiz duly regal; but really, that she might take
Avith ber a great treasure to thy people, if she should
flee. And this treasure she hath with her now— but I,
my lord, for myself, had nothing of much value to bring,
and I will be poor until I can make Avhat thou callest
fortune ; but it must be a fine thing to be free to make
of one's self and his fortune what he can."
Then hastening on Avithout giving Antonio time to
ansAver his parenthetical comment upon his own present
poverty and his implied confidence in his ability to make
his future what he would, Hillipo added: "The Inca

362 UNDER THE SUN.
started a few days after that, northward, and I Avith
him. He did not stand the journey well ; yet he reached
Tumebamba without any serious binderance. Shortly
after arriving there he took a cold from bathing in a
lake of mineral waters, in the palace gardens. It was a
severe cold, and it led to other complications.
"My master from the first was convinced it meant
his death, and he had Huascar and all the princes and
the chief lords convene in his presence. Then he told
them he was going to rest with his father, the Sun, who
bad long before revealed to him that be should be sum
moned from a river or a lake ; and so it was he came out
of the lake Avith the sickness he had, which was a sure
sign his father had called him.108
' ' He referred to the great expansion of empire which
had taken place under his father, Yupanqui, and him
self, and argued that the divergence of conditions in
the parts of the mass were too great for homogeneous
assimilation and adhesion under Huascar as his suc
cessor in Cuzco.
' ' My master said that this and other things had con
vinced him that the country, under the succession, should
be divided, so as to secure a government better suited
to each part; therefore, he wished Atahuallpa, who was
familiar with the affairs of the newer northern prov
inces, to reign in Quito over them, while Huascar, in
deference to the traditions of Cuzco, should succeed
there. He desired that they should rule as confederated
authorities, separately as concerning their different
parts, and unitedly where their common interests could
thereby be best served. He argued that since Ata
huallpa was from the royal Scyris of Quito, on his
mother's side, and therefore the people of the North held
him in great reverence, he could for that reason— as like
wise by his great skill as a soldier and administrator—
be of great service, not only in those provinces, but in
utilizing their forces for the mutual good of all parts
of the empire.

REFUGEES. 363
"He admitted that such a division was a new thing,
since before that all acquisitions had been considered of
right as pertaining to Cuzco, under one Inca as Sole
Lord of all; but he said, with new conditions, this new
revelation of what should be done had come to him,
which he regarded as the Avill of heaven — therefore he
desired Huascar to consent that Atahuallpa be Inca of
Quito and all her dependencies. He said moreover, as
an evidence of his affection for Quito, and to confirm
this arrangement, he desired that his heart with all his
vital organs should be preserved there; and his body,
embalmed, should rest with those of his ancestors, in
Cuzco107 — thus giving the sanction of his mortal pres
ence to the authority of his successors in both capitals,
along Avith this testimonial of his equal love for both.
But he suggested : after all, there would come yet greater
changes, to which all that existed would have to be ad
justed; and then he spoke, as the Princess said, of the
strange people who would come to assume dominion in
the land.103
"When my master concluded, Huascar readily con
sented to all that had been proposed respecting Ata
huallpa, declaring an indolent willingness to share the
empire in any way his father desired. It struck me that
he was so pleased at the prospect of becoming an Inca
at all, he Avas indifferent, if assured of that, as to other
particulars. "The Auqui Mayta had not arrived; and without
him to lead opposition for the other princes and lords,
there Avas none— at least none openly, though there was
great dissatisfaction in secret among the Cuzcoans
present. "After that the Inca lingered, but he continued to
grow more feeble, and in his weakness he fell constantly
more and more under the influences of Challcuchima
and Atahuallpa. I saw and learned enough to know
that those tAvo had quite brought Huascar into ac-

364 UNDER THE SUN.
quiescence with their wishes concerning the Princess,
so that after my master should be gone she could expect
no protection from him against the will of Atahuallpa.
' ' Knowing tbis, and seeing the danger, since the Inca
was evidently approaching rapidly his death, I escaped
from Tumebamba in disguise, hastened along by-ways
to Tumpiz, and through Tomaya made known to the
Princess everything that had transpired.
"I had hardly more than succeeded in doing this,
when rumors brought news of my master's death, which
hastened the need of flight ; and Tomaya, between whom
and the Princess there was now a strong attachment,
determined to accompany us.
"Meanwhile, so soon as the Inca's death was known,
concluding that it was an opportune moment for reas
serting their independence, the people of Puna, think
ing to have the support of all their old dependencies and
allies along the coast north of Tumpiz, began preparing
for revolt. I succeeded in communicating with the is
lands, and found, as the Princess had anticipated when
talking with me in Cuzco, that we might count on find
ing succor there for ourselves, as refugees.
"The people of Puna have always been warlike, and
they are famed for skill in making balsas and boats, and
in navigating them— for only by means of them were
they able, in their wars to conduct expeditions against
their enemies, and in peace to trade along the coast.
"The people of Tumpiz also are given to sea-faring
and trading, and there hath been traditional hostility
between them and the people of the island. Both Avere
reduced to subjection to Cuzco in my master's time—
Tumpiz submitted readily, but Puna then did so only
because unable to confront an overpowering force. Yet
after receiving the Inca's officials, when his army was
largely withdrawn, the islanders revolted and murdered
all the officers who had been placed over them ; so when
re-subdued, a severe chastisement in the slaughter of
the offenders was visited upon them by the Inca.108

REFUGEES. 365
"Thereafter the Inca greatly favored Tumpiz, which
had willingly co-operated with him. He built a palace
and temple there, and honored the city with the estab
lishment of a House of Virgins— marks of favor, which
not being bestowed upon Puna, only made the islanders
more bitter in their dislike of Tumpiz.
"This grudge against their old enemy was a leading
motive in determining them, upon Atahuallpa's succes
sion, again to revolt ; for they were less irritated by their
subjection to the Inca, than by the supremacy on that
coast of their old rival— their local relations being more
absorbing than concern over a general and common
foreign domination.
"Therefore, upon learning the facts concerning the
Princess the native lords of Puna were glad to help us.
They considered that our escape from Tumpiz would
mortify and hurt her people, and that Atahuallpa
would be very angry with the city when he learned that
the Princess had escaped from the House of Virgins.
So it was, they of Puna permitted, and aided us in, our
equipment for pursuing our course, and allowed us
skillful men to manage the craft; and by this means,
after eight days at sea without landing, we arrived here,
refugees, as thou, my Lord Antonio, doth find us. ' '

CHAPTER XXXVII.
WAR DEMONS.
While Pizarro's men were still getting wood and
water, and just as one of the boats, with Hillipo aboard,
was moving away from the point where Hutimina 's
party had been with the last of her effects, a body of
warriors appeared beyond the marsh, and some of them
made their way across it to the ground near the boats.
These, after a brief conference among themselves, made
signs indicating a desire to communicate with the whites.
Captain Almagro was himself commanding the boats,
and having with him a number of men, and a good part
of the horses whicb had been taken ashore as a precau
tionary measure, on Hutimina 's commodious balsa, he
felt safe in approaching sufficiently near to converse
with the natives, through Hillipo as interpreter. In
deed the balsa and the horsemen were still concealed be
hind a thick patch of cane that jutted out into the water,
so placed that, while the Indians could see neither, the
men and the horses were in convenient position, thus
ambushed, either for ready embarkation on the balsa
or for action, as occasion might require.
From the Indians, Almagro learned that, upon the
flight of Hutimina from Tumpiz, search had been in
stituted and orders had been sent by fast runners all
along the coast for ber interception. The party of the
Princess, without their perceiving it, had been dis
covered and reported by a scout from a military post
not far off. From his description, the Indian com
mander had suspected that the balsa company might be
that of the fugitives, and he had sent these warriors to
see. 366

WAR DEMONS. 367
Upon learning this, Almagro answered that the
Princess was a guest of the Christians, being on board
one of their ships, and that the natives must desist from
all efforts to interfere with her.
By this time more of the warriors had crossed the
marsh and joined their fellows ; and now, rightly guess
ing who of their own race was acting as interpreter,
the Indians sent a shower of arrows and missiles at the
boat in which Hillipo was. One of the arrows struck
him in the side, but it was deflected by a rib which was
fractured by the concussion, and one of the men at the
oars was hurt.
Almagro's fiery temper was so set aflame by the at
tack, and the perfidy of it — made while the parley might
be considered as yet in progress and assuring against
hostilities— that he returned the assault with fire from
several arquebuses which his men had with them, and
with a score of cross bows.
Several of the natives fell dead or wounded, and ter
rified by the flame, smoke and noise of the guns and the
deadly results both from the firearms and the cross
bows, the Indian warriors staggered back in their won
dering dismay, then turned to flee. But they could not
so easily escape, as they could arouse Almagro's fury.
His fierce resentment was by no means satisfied by their
precipitous yielding of the field. He hastened his men
ashore and called his horsemen from their concealment
to the charge. When the Indians saw these, to them un
known creatures, as if issuing mysteriously from the
earth or air, sweeping with the speed of the wind upon
them, their discomfiture became a terrified rout, whicb
was followed by their strange enemy with such hot and
bloody impetuosity that most of them paid the penalty
of their rash attack with their lives, ere any could make
their way back across the marsh.
Hillipo, undaunted by the cut of the arrow in his
side, seized the arms of the oarsman, whose injury,

368 UNDER THE SUN.
though not very serious, was too great for him to join in
the landing, and eagerly availed himself of this oppor
tunity to aid in delivering a blow at the power of Quito.
But greater to him than the zest of gratifying his old
grudge against Atahuallpa was now the happiness of
feeling be was battling in defense of Hutimina.
As soon as Pizarro saw the attack upon his men, he
hastened with reinforcements to their aid, though be
fore his boats could reach the shore the enemy were in
full flight, struggling across the marsh. Thinking to
make this a lesson that should strike terror along that
coast as a warning to the natives for tbe future, he
pushed on to tbe mainland for the chastisement also of
the Indians who were there awaiting the return of their
comrades. Braving the shower of missiles that greeted his land
ing, Pizarro and his men rushed upon the astonished
warriors with such fierceness that soon the whole body
were in confused flight.
Meanwhile with the aid both of their boats and
horses, most of Almagro's men, with Hillipo among the
foremost, joined him. Together the two captains con-
continued the pursuit with remorseless severity far into
tbe woods, till, with slackened vengeance and wearied
bodies, they came upon an opening, where, to their sur
prise, they were confronted by a fortified village in
which was a strong Indian force. From this it was evi
dent had come the band which had been put to flight;
and there, as evidently, the routed natives expected to
find refuge.
Pizarro's men, in their present condition, so far from
their ships, were in no plight to attack this fresh force ;
so after some hesitation and hurried council the Span
iards determined to retrace their steps.
The natives within the town, encouraged by this,
soon rallied their recently discomfited tribesmen, and
sallying out with them, they quickly reversed the sit-

WAR DEMONS. 369
uation— all that could be gotten together became as
sailants, and with fierce outcries they made a savage rush
upon the late victors.
Pizarro's men found it hard, in retreat, to maintain
their order, Avhile resisting the vicious onset of over
whelming numbers at their very heels— for when the
natives Avere beaten off, they only gave way to quickly
rally again and swarm back upon their enemies; or,
when sometimes driven off in greater discomfiture, they
still maintained the fight at a distance, harassing the
Spaniards from behind sheltering rocks and trees until
they felt sufficiently reassured to charge again in bolder
conflict. Through all these movements of the Indians Avell
ordered direction was evident. This and their sustained
persistence astonished the Spaniards; for they had not
encountered anything like it before on the coast.
In the present emergency of the whites, Hillipo, who
kneAV the arts of war in which all Inearial forces were
trained, was able to give much aid by his suggestions;
while at the same time he fought as doggedly at the
rear rank nearest the enemy, in covering the retreat, as
he had at the front, when advancing in attack.
Before the Spaniards reached the water their as
tonishment had become sharp distress, for they were now
bearing several dead and wounded comrades in their
midst; and with all well nigh exhausted, staggering with
Aveakness and all but overcome Avith suffering, it would
have gone harder still with them to regain their ships
but for tbe curious effects of an accident.
Almagro's horses had done good service not only in
driving the Indians across tbe marsh and in the pursuit,
but in covering the retreat. Now, however, with the
enemy swarming doAvn upon the exhausted men at their
confused embarkation, threatening destruction in the
very sight of their companions on the ships, they were,
while a great help in one way, an embarrassment in

370 UNDER THE SUN.
another; for though helping to keep the natives back
by the awe they had inspired, as well as by the execution
they did upon them, the difficulty of how they were to
be gotten away without disaster at the last when all the
footmen were embarked, caused perplexity.
While Pizarro was pondering how he could accomplish
this, one of the horses, maddened by a slight wound,
reared and plunged so, his rider was dismounted. The
Indians had evidently regarded the horse and his rider
as one war animal, and their separation into two parts
so mystified them that they paused and drew back.110
The apparent ability of their strange enemies to so
double themselves at will, in their emergency, paralyzed
their viciousness, and their astonishment was expressed
in outcries and signs of terror. Hillipo, at once grasping
the import of this sudden fear, stated the meaning to
Pizarro, at the same time advising him that he could
increase the alarm by having half of his horsemen dis
mount while the others advanced upon the enemy.
Seizing upon the idea, Pizarro quickly put the
stratagem into execution.
The procedure called to the mind of the Indian com
mander the story of Viracocha and the battle of Yahuar-
pampa, in which he had heard of the white and bearded
god turning the stones of the field into white men, re
sembling himself, to fight Avith superhuman powers for
those he favored ;1U for though tbe legends of Cuzco were
not so familiar or revered among the forest tribes of the
Northern coast as in the Sierras nearer the old Inca
capital, yet the fame of Viracocha and the marvel of his
great victory over the Chancas on the bloody plain of
Yahuarpampa had spread even to this region, as it had
wherever the power of the Incas was known. While
these tribesmen had not before associated the white men
Avith Avhat they had heard of the white and bearded god,
so as to call them Viracochas, as had been done with
Antonio and Marco further South and in the Sierras, the

WAR DEMONS. 371
commander of the Indian forces now recalled the story
of Yahuarpampa with the fear that he might be fighting
—as the Chancas had there done so disastrously— against
superior beings favored by heaven, and he made signs
for a parley.
NotAvithstanding the weakened condition of Pizarro's
men and their present desperate straits, the Indians had
suffered fearful losses; though their excitement in the
exultant fierceness of pursuing their retreating enemies
had led them partly to ignore these for the time. On
the other hand, since the character of the invaders, their
horses and Avonderful weapons were so novel, the Indian
warriors could not fully realize into what distress and
perilous condition they had driven the white foe, espe
cially since these strangers had not only continued to
inflict death and wounds while retreating, but now in
their seeming emergency were displaying the power of
multiplying their forces by converting their war-demons
into doubles.
To make the situation more incomprehensible still to
the natives, the strange crafts of their enemies had also
belched forth upon them several thunderings of fire and
smoke Avhich had sent death-dealing missiles in their
midst ; so they were at a loss to guess what might be the
resources of these incomprehensible people or what
terrors they might yet hold in reserve.
When once the Indians, mystified, paused to feel their
OAvn hurts and to question what further injuries might
befall them— if they might not incur utter destruction
by continued battle— they were only too glad that the
Avhites acceded to their call for a parley, giving op
portunity for discontinuing the fight. When, therefore,
they Avere assured by Pizarro that the Christians had
only made war upon them because of the perfidiousness
of their attack while a conference was being had, and
that they had desired only peace until so provoked, the
Indian commander readily disclaimed that act, which

372 UNDER THE SUN.
happened when he was still at the village and Avhen he
kneAV nothing of it, and he agreed to desist from war
until he could learn more of the strangers.
Hillipo had at first paid so little attention to his
wound as not even to bind it up, but the blood had
trickled from it down his body and limb, till those near
him, noticing tbe flow, urged bim to do something for
it. Then, when the enemy bad been repulsed from the
edge of a little stream, and the Spaniards were mo
mentarily resting there, he hurriedly washed off the
streaked and clotted blood, stanching the flow with a
bandage. For this he used strips of cotton, into which
he tore a mantle taken from tbe dead body of an enemy
who had been slain on the edge of the stream near him.
He placed a pad of it over tbe wound, and wrapped the
stripped cloth around his body to keep it in place and
further protect the hurt. He kept on his feet during
the retreat; but notwithstanding the bandaging, the
bleeding Avas only partially stanched. He was growing
weaker, near to exhaustion, from loss of blood and
physical strain before he reached the boats ; and he had
been able to go through with bis part in the parley as
interpreter only by tbe exercise of the greatest will
power over his failing strength. Yet he bad neither
given sign nor made complaint then or before, and almost
fainting and staggering, although this was unnoted in
tbe confusion of the hurried embarkation, be was one of
the last to leave tbe shor6.
A few moments later Pizarro, near whom he was in the
boat, turning in that direction, saw him lying prostrate
and unconscious almost at his feet, with two of the men
bending over him. Before reaching tbe ship oil was
applied to the wound and brandy was forced between the
boy's pale lips.
The interval in tbe small boat was brief, however, for
Pizarro lost no time in setting bis disabled band back to
a place of safety and relief on bis ships. And once with

WAR DEMONS. 373
all safely on board, he had the vessels shifted into the
freer waters beyond the reef —so, while taking time for
considering what should be done, he could at once be less
obstructed in sailing, if imminent need of that should
arise, and yet be where previous soundings had indicated
anchorage was to be had. After his bitter experience he
could only feel safe beyond the reach of such dangerous
enemies, lest in his almost helpless condition some change
of their humor should again make them actively hostile.
And all sadly needed relief ; some only that of rest, but
others, like Hillipo, in dangerous conditions from
wounds, urgently needed treatment— while before them,
in tbe persons of their dead comrades, were the relent
lessly bloody reminders of their sufferings and dangers.
Meanwhile consternation reigned on the ships when
the direful results of the expedition ashore were realized.
In the general confusion less attention was given to
Hutimina and her companions than might have been
excited had Hillipo been the only sufferer ; so tbe distress
and interest of the Princess for him passed mostly un
noticed. She had seen from the deck much of what had hap
pened, and with Tomaya was near the ladder on Pizar
ro 's caravel, awaiting the approach of the boats.
But Almagro's ship was the nearest to the shore. On
it there was more room for accomodation of tbe wounded,
and the boat in which they were stopped there.
Meanwhile another boat with the dead in it came
alongside where the Princess was. From it tbe men
scrambled up the ladder, hurrying with them the bodies
of their lifeless comrades on to the deck. The same boat
was soon ready to hasten back with a little squad of
fresh men to help along the balsa, which Avas making its
labored way slowly from shore, bearing the horses and a
lot of nearly fainting horsemen on whom the heaviest
fighting had fallen during both the advance and retreat.
When Hutimina saw the boat with Hillipo stop at
Almagro's ship, her disappointment at his not being

374 UNDER THE SUN.
brought immediately back where she could at once see
him added a new pang to her anguish. Her Ordinarily
rich, red lips were ashen— the color that habitually
played in such enchanting flushes under the dark olive
of her cheeks, adding a magical charm with its variations
to her beauty, was gone— yet her head Avas high. But her
great, dark eyes had— tangled in their intense glow with
the fires of her regal spirit— the pitying softness of an
angel's compassion, as she looked at the dead lying on
the deck near her, and from them turned toward
Almagro's ship, where might be lying by this time an
other dead one of her own land on whom her heart was
fixed. Withal, her slight figure was in its princely car
riage, the embodiment of distressed beauty and womanly
command, as she said, addressing herself especially to
Antonio: "Let those who love the Lord Hillipo— thou,
Tomaya and myself— care for him. We must go there !"
And lifting her clasped hands to her lips, with them so
and her head she made a little motion toward Almagro's
vessel. She exhibited no blush or consciousness of self, but
her words were uttered with such habit of command and
yet with such pathos of anguish, that among all the
rough men present there was no disposition to question,
as seizing Tomaya by the hand, and with Antonio follow
ing, she made for the boat which would have to pass
Almagro 's ship on its way to the balsa.
At this first reference by the Princess to any senti
ment for Hillipo, Antonio could not suppress altogether
a twinge of pain at bis heart, though he had expected it
to come some time, and though he had been bound to
self-abnegation by Hillipo 's unsuspecting confidence,
but he gave no sign of it in following the girl's indica
tion. When Pizarro and Almagro saw the feeling displayed
by Hutimina 's hastening to Hillipo, and heard the grief-
stricken declaration of her purpose to attend him, the

WAR DEMONS. 375
feelings of those tAvo were somewhat in the same direc
tion, but from very different standpoints.
Pizarro's colder and more self -controlled tempera
ment had felt a new sensation excited by the Princess-
separated as he had been by years of hardships from
association with any woman of greater refinement or
charms than those of wild tribes with Avhom, as captives
or victims, he had come in rough, brutal or cruel contact.
He had not from the first doubted her story, or that she
was all Antonio had stated. The girl's beauty and her
evident native dignity of station, as indicated in her
loftiness of manner, excelled what he had before met
with in any woman of the American tribes, or for that
matter, anywhere. To these qualities, of themselves, he
was inclined to surrender his heart; but when, in con
nection with them, he considered the treasures she bad
with her, the effect was conclusive. A desire for luxu
rious retirement from his perilous life of adventure with
one of such rare charms was asserting a seductive in
fluence on the purpose to find and conquer the golden
Indian empire of the South Pacific— the purpose which,
till noAV, through long years of toilsome, perilous seeking,
had yielded to no wavering.
Since meeting Hutimina he had found himself
musing: "What can I gain that is more? There is
nothing even in the land of dreams more beautiful or
more regal. Her loveliness would adorn any palace or
court. She would shine the most brilliant star in any
constellation of AA'omen; and— her treasures! Would
they not suffice to buy a princedom elsewhere than among
barbarians? If I can gain all this without more hard
ships, why endure more— why not rest? I am much
nearer sixty than fifty ! If not by successes, have I not
by toils and sufferings thus far borne earned a season
of rest and a tenderer fate than I have known? If I can
win so much with her, should I not do so ere comes such
age as leaves no sensibilities for any sweet things in life

376 UNDER THE SUN.
which human passions can give zest and strength to
enjoy?" But Almagro 's rough, fiery and more impulsive nat
ure saw in the youth, beauty and graces of the Princess,
enough, apart from fortune and prudential considera
tions, to impel in him impetuous passion. Feeling the
fascinations of the woman herself, he looked not beyond
them and the cravings they excited— not even to what
she might feel. Yet it was easier for him, with all his
vehemence of impulse, to yield to pity, to feel the touch
of sympathy for another even if it called for self-abnega
tion—were his mind once centered on the appeal to his
more generous impulses— than it was for Pizarro to do
so, nerved as must always have been the latter 's de
sires with a relentless will, sinewed by calculating pur
pose.

CHAPTER XXXVIII.
SALVATION OUT OF THE DEEP.
Hillipo was still unconscious when^taken on Alma
gro's ship. For days he had been under a high tension
of effort and excitement— though the latter was hidden
from ordinary observation— in preparing and conduct
ing Hutimina 's flight. He had taken a fever to which he
had given little attention, partly through ignorance of
his really serious condition, and partly through determi
nation not to give up, for it was indispensable to keep
on his feet until a place of safety could be reached.
He was therefore already near the limit of his en
durance, when, under the extraordinary stimulus of
the conditions which followed his meeting with the
Spaniards, the further exhausting draft was made upon
his system by the neglected wound and the strain of the
fight. The burning of the fever was at first somewhat
relieved by the loss of blood, but this had been followed
by intense thirst and the taking of great draughts of
water at every opportunity, especially when stopping at
the stream where he had bandaged the wound. This
again fed the fever, which was heightened further by
the brandy that had been forced into his mouth in a
considerable quantity with the hope that it would revive
him. But the loss of blood had been too great for a
sudden restoration, and when finally he opened his
eyes it Avas not to the world of reason, but in a wild
delirium. After all had been done for him which could be, by
the surgeon of the expedition, he was left to the care
of Tomaya, Hutimina and Antonio. But Antonio did
377

378 UNDER THE SUN.
not remain long— like the two captains and the rough
men about, who had paused to make inquiry, he had
soon given way in respectful deference to the women.
Antonio had already made the commanders under
stand the relationship of Tomaya ; and he told them how
the Princess had been associated with Hillipo under his
tutelage, in explanation of her interest in him.
The two women knew the simple remedies of their
people, and they were allowed to apply them so far as
their resources and the circumstances would permit.
They were given room in a corner of the poop cabin with
the wounded boy. Two soldiers, one of whom was also
Almagro's steward, with rough but tender hands, cur
tained off this corner with some old sails and blankets
that happened to be near; and there was unwonted
moisture in their eyes as they confronted the condition
of the stricken youth and the distress of the two women.
Hours passed before Hillipo opened his eyes, pre-
ternaturally bright from feverish heat and glassy with
delirium. He did not recognize either of the women, or
their presence ; he seemed to be looking straight through
Hutimina, who was bending over him, and gazing at
something beyond. But his parched lips presently
opened, and he murmured : ' ' Oh the sea ! The great
water of my boyhood ! Truly, as the Princess said, what
forces may not be in it or beyond it? Aye, what may
not come out of the sea!" He paused a moment, then
continued: "Salvation may come out of the deep!
White men coming from the sea may change all things.
The impossible may become possible, and who shall say
it may not be so for me ? ' '
Then there came a fierce expression on his face, his
slight body writhed as if in agony, and his feeble
voice rose as he exclaimed: "I love my master, but I
hate his half-breed boy— the upstart! Oh, how I hate
Atahuallpa!" He paused as if for breath, but in a
moment resumed: "He struck me who could not strike

SALVATION OUT OF THE DEEP. 379
back ; and because my face told its scorn, he then had me,
the son of a chief, stripped and beaten by his minions
like a criminal or a slave. And, eager to humiliate and
make me cry for mercy, they lashed me till, failing in
that, I was all but fainting from torture and reeking
with blood— then they only desisted lest they should
have to account with my master for my life. ' '
Again a pause, while there was a brightening of the
face, yet a still fiercer look as he went on : " But I did
not understand all that hatred could mean until I saw
Hutimina and learned that he wished to claim her to
his cruel arms, to aid his schemes for power; while I
must pin the longings of my soul into such secrecy, my
eyes might not speak them with a look or my dreams
shape them into murmurs. ' ' He caught his breath, and
sighed, then exclaimed: "What may not happen for
him who can love as I love the Princess Hutimina, and
hate as I do Atahuallpa?"
Another change of expression followed, and softly,
as if his AA'hite friend were present and he was speaking
the deepest secrets of his heart to him, he said: "Ay,
my Lord Antonio, my life is a small matter ; but if what
I shall tell my lord were known to others, it Avould not
be even the smallest thing long. My eyes have seen tbe
Princess Hutimina, my soul has worshiped her — not as
the Daughter of the Sun only, but as a man having a
heart must love the woman whom, as a woman, he was
created to love. That is it which makes me— a poor page,
who can only feast hungering passion with sight of her
when serving my master's pleasure in her presence —
dream, hope, aspire to the impossible ! ' '
There was again a break, when again he went on:
"Aye, I have spoken— my lord hath heard me without
harshness — even with kindness in his eyes." Two or
three long breaths followed, and then : "Now my life is
in his hands ! ' ' Another hard breathing and : ' ' Not only
my poor life, but that of my native place of Tumpiz, is in

380 UNDER THE SUN.
my lord's keeping— for if the acknowledgment of such
a love should be known to the Inca, there would follow,
not only my death, but that of all my relations and the
destruction of the town where I was born. ' '
Then came a sigh, as of relief, and he murmured:
' ' The mere assertion before one so wise and good, of this
passion which has been so desperately imprisoned in the
secrecy of my soul, is a delight of liberty worth all the
risk, even if there were any in telling my lord. Does not
love such as mine place all hearts on a level of common
kinship? Is it not proof of the equality of human
nature— at least before the all-creating, all-loving, in
finite God?"
The boy's voice had been growing weaker, till, sink
ing to a whisper, he fell back exhausted and with closed
eyes as he finished the last sentance. Even the preter
natural strength of delirium had failed with the pro
tracted effort. Yet presently bis eyes opened again, and
with a sudden inspiration of vigor, he sprang to a
sitting position, despite the tender effort of the women
to restrain him; and throwing out both arms straight
in front of him, he exclaimed: "It is a sign from
heaven ! It is a prophecy that the religion of my Lord
Antonio will take the place of that which is now here.
This people who are now under the Sun will be under
the Cross, and white men will rule the land ! ' '
He paused a little, then exclaimed: "Oh, the sea!
The sea; by whose waters I was born, and from which
my Lord Antonio came! Oh, for the coming of his
people!" He fell back, and there was silence, broken only by
the subdued sobbing of tbe women. Soon be spoke once
more, though now very feebly: "I live, mother, on the
hope she may sometime, somehow, love me. Till then I
only worship in my own heart, without daring to lift my
eyes even in silent adoration to the face of her I love.
Meanwhile I pray— aye, mother, I pray to a power

SALVATION OUT OF THE DEEP. 381
greater than the Sun or Pachacamac— to the God of
Antonio, for the change which may come from over the
sea!" His effort ceased. His lips were now ashen again,
only parted in more labored breathing; and with eyes
closed, the youthful figure was limp and delirium was
asleep in unconsciousness.
Turning to Tomaya, Hutimina threw her arms about
her, and hid her tear-stained face on her shoulder, while
her whole frame quivered convulsively in efforts to sup
press the bursting of her distress in a tumult of sobs.
' ' The last sentences, ' ' murmured Tomaya, ' ' were the
same he uttered to me, when in his right mind. I sus
pected and I questioned his heart — to admonish his judg
ment. He answered me with those A'ery words. I doubt
not but that all else he hath said was delirious repetition
of what he hath some time spoken to the Lord Antonio-
trusting, as he said, life and all to him — mutterings of
his heart from lips now not under the control of reason.
Pray do not feel offended at what he hath unconsciously
disclosed ! When at himself he would never have uttered
a Avord that could have been known by thee with dis
pleasure. ' '
"But I am a woman, and with a woman's heart I love
him," sobbed Hutimina. "This does not offend, but it
distresses me ; for the time is not yet when love can have
its way— some time it will come." Then she continued
silently weeping on Tomaya 's shoulder, holding to her
more closely. The latter was still and speechless for
aAvhile, watching anxiously Hillipo 's breathing, which
Avas now becoming more regular. Hutimina, after a
little, dropped her head in Tomaya 's lap, like a child
seeking comfort there, and doubling up close beside her,
alongside the unconscious boy's pallet, she took one of
his limp hands in hers, kissed it and pressed it to her
hot, wet cheeks, and while her tears were still moistening
it, after a time from sheer exhaustion, in the climax of a
long continued excitement, sbe fell asleep.

382 UNDER THE SUN.
It was late in the afternoon when Hillipo was
brought on the ship. All that could be, had been done
for him, and the women could only wait and watch.
While the girl slept, waiting, with her head in Tomaya 's
lap, still holding the boy's hand in hers against her
cheek, the foster mother watched both.
One of the men brought food and wine, and with
rude gentleness urged Tomaya to eat; but she had set
it aside untouched. She could not eat herself, and she
said she would not waken the Princess— that sleep Avas
better for her than food. The man expressed the hope
that they would eat something after awhile, and saying
they should not be so broken up, that the lad would come
out all right, he left the platter on a stool.
So time passed. The tropical day, with the sinking
of the sun into the sea, quickly plunged through its
brief twilight into the night ; and the moonlight was now
stealing through the porthole, dimly illuminating the
corner which the blanket and sailcloth screened from
the uncertain lantern that was swinging from the cabin
ceiling. Then Tomaya stirred a little to listen more
closely to Hillipo 's breathing, whom she could no longer
see, and Hutimina awoke.
"Thou hast slept, mistress, more than an hour, and
he continues perfectly quiet, ' ' observed Tomaya.
"Aye, does he breathe easily and regularly?" anx
iously asked the girl, as she sat up.
"He does, and that is well."
"But the fever?"
"That must run its course— while it is at its height
he may continue delirious ; but it is best for him to sleep,
so long as he remains easy and breathes Avell. Sleep
Avill do more than anything else to quiet bis shattered
condition. ' '
"I was having a confused dream when I awoke, To
maya," said Hutimina in an undertone. "In it I
thought Hillipo was something other than he seems— in

SALVATION OUT OF THE DEEP. 383
some way a prince, and my equal by right of birth. I
could not make out hoAV it was; but I seemed to be re
membering somehow in the dream that thou hadst re
ferred to thyself as his foster mother, and just as I was
asking thee to tell me I awoke. Didst thou ever refer
to thyself so? If ever thou didst speak so, my distress
at the time must have made my perceptions of it dim,
so I did not ask thee to explain ; but since the dream it
seems a curious thing— wilt thou not tell me now, dear
one?" Then in the dim light Tomaya told in whispers, as
briefly as she could, the story of tbe Auqui Mayta 's love,
and Hillipo 's birth. But both the women determined
that it was best, at least for tbe present, that they should
keep the secret between them.
Upon Hutimina the surprise and the effect of the
story was such that she longed to get to herself for a
while, where she could consider it alone and strive to
still the tumultuousness of her emotions.
She and Tomaya had taken a little of the food left
for them, and then Tomaya had urged her to go out on
the deck for some relief in the soft air of the beautiful
night ; so she went on tbe poop. That place seemed most
retired, for tbe ship was still at anchor and no one was
there. Both Almagro and Pizarro were busy among the
men. The latter was especially so with tbe wounded, for
he always gave his most earnest attention to those of his
band who were suffering, and every care his personal
watchfulness could secure.
Upon the retirement of the Spaniards, a large number
of the Indians had pitched their camp in sight of Pi
zarro's ships; and as Hutimina looked shoreward from
her loneliness on the poop, their camp fires— even at the
considerable distance she was from them— made a feature
of brightness and color that added much to the scene.
The figures of the warriors, moving about in groups in
the firelight, added an element of life to the view— with

384 UNDER THE SUN.
its foreground of smooth, sheltered water and its back
ground of forest, overtopped in the distance by foot hills
that rose further aAvay into the heights of the Cordilleras.
On tbe reef of rocks nearer, just to tbe southeast,
the swell of the ocean, whicb was now rolling in more
heavily, dashed into surf and spray. This made a con
stant play of sound, from the swish of the receding
waters flowing in glistening whiteness back from the
rocks, on which they had come in breakers, to the burst
of sound from tbe swell's ingoing rush; and occa
sionally a loud booming, as of thunder, gave its deton
ating emphasis when the onward charge of an excep
tionally heavy wave struck the rocks— while, breaking
against them, in the rougher places the shattered mass
of waters sent up tremendous fountains, sparkling and
shimmering high in the moonlit air.
On the outer side was a boundless spread of smoothly
undulating sea, sheened by the moonlight, rimmed in
by the azure, reflecting the innumerable bright piercings
of stars, and with its glassy mirroring of heaven's blue
only broken by the occasional varying of a streak of
white cap or a patch of shining foam.
As Hutimina looked outward over tbe wide expanse,
to which her mood turned her eyes in preference to the
shoreward view, there constantly rang in her ears, as
an ever recurring refrain for every varying entity of
thought, the words, "The sea! The sea! Oh, the great
Avaters of my boyhood ! What may not come out of the
sea!" She had been sitting some time on a bench against
the deck-rail, sidewise, with face turned seaward and
rearward from the ship — one arm was elbowed on the
railing, and propped on it, her cheek rested in her hand.
Between her and the forward part of the vessel, there
was trailing from the boom-rigging a nearly lowered sail,
left so by sailors who had been handling it, who had been
called in an emergency elsewhere before finishing their

SALVATION OUT OF THE DEEP. 385
work. It was hanging in a way that partly screened the
spot and hid the girl from the front, except along a cer
tain line of vision. On the deck near was another sail left
in a neglected heap, probably from the same cause, on
part of which Hutimina 's feet were resting, while part,
bunched upright against a compass-stand, served to
make her concealment more effectual.
Almagro, coming rearward on the open deck below.
into the revealing line of sight, saw the girl in her lonli-
ness, and his impulsive nature was instantly stirred to
a passionate desire for making the most of this op
portunity of having her to himself.
He ascended the poop-stair softly and approached
her unobserved. The impulse which was on him was
made more overpowering by reaction from the sense of
distress he had lately endured— as Avith an impulsive
person it often happens, that something which suggests
a turn of thought and nervous force from depressing
things to some vicious indulgence will impel him in
counteraction, vehemently after such diversion, in des
perate grasping at surcease from the evil which has been
oppressing him.
"Since she came on his ship," muttered Almagro,
"Pizarro hath not allowed me an opportunity even to
speak with her alone. He hath managed to fence off
any familiar approach, as if she were really something
sacred, or, more likely, something he is guarding for
himself. Though she be an Indian Princess, what of
that to those who are to become masters of her race and
its rulers? and why should Pizarro alone be entitled to
enjoy her presence among us ? She hath heretofore been
in his caravel— he hath managed to have his way, at
least in guarding her from any rival for her favor,
without so much as alloAving one to find out whether
some one or something else might not suit ber fancy
better. Now she is on my ship; and here, with no one
to see or interfere, I will find out for myself. And why
y

386 UNDER THE SUN.
should she have insisted on leaving Pizarro's vessel, and
on coming here ? Hillipo ? Bosh ! that may do passingly
well for a pretext; to ber he is but a servant, and her
interest is not likely to carry her so far. More probably
she does not like Pizarro's assumptions with her; and"
—his face flushing with egotistical vanity— he added:
"Once on my ship, why so soon put herself in such a
secluded place, where behind those screening sails she
can be met in secret by me ? "
While Almagro was indulging such reflections, he ap
proached noiselessly on tip-toe, crouching, and Avas at
Hutimina 's back ere she, deeply absorbed in her own
meditations, knew it. He slipped his arm along the rail,
and its touch around her was the first intimation she had
of another being present.
Her first thought was, it could be only Tomaya, and,
without suspicion, she placed her own disengaged hand
fondly on that which was drawing around her, without
any movement away— not even turning from her medita
tive position.
As his embrace met with no rebuff, Almagro's passion
sprang into flame, and dropping to a knee on the deck
be tried to draw the girl to him, exclaiming in a low
voice: "Ilove-thee! I love thee! I pray thee give thy
favor to my love ! ' '
Before the sentence was finished, Hutimina, turning,
saw who it was and tried to disengage herself ; but Alma
gro, now beside himself Avith his infatuation, had gotten
his grasp closer about her bosom and waist, and with
both arms he was with insistent caresses forcing her
to the sail— where he Avas now kneeling— exclaiming the
while, " It is for love— I love thee. Pray do not tantalize
me— yield thyself to love !"
Struggling to loose herself, and at the same time to
bring her little knowledge of Spanish to her aid in pro
test, while her cheeks were on fire and her eyes streaming
tears, she cried out: "I thought it Avas Tomaya 's hand

SALVATION OUT OF THE DEEP. 387
—what dost thou mean, my lord ! Go thou away from
me ! I came here to be alone. Darest thou such conduct
to me, a guest and an Inca Princess ! ' '
But finding her own strength inadequate to resist
his, and seeming to realize her helplessness — that alone
in the midst of these strange men she was wholly in
their power— she threw up her bands clasped together,
and looking upward, exclaimed : ' ' Ob, God of Antonio
deliver me!"
Her words, and especially the appeal to tbe Divine,
seemed to bring Almagro to his senses. Realizing now
her pitiful distress, and his mistake in supposing she had
meant acquiescence to his caresses, his more generous self
rose over the passion in him ; and taking his hands from
her, he said: "I will do thee no harm. Pardon me, I
pray! But I have loved thee since I first beheld thy
beauty— that is my plea and my excuse. ' '
Meanwhile steps were nearing her, and Hutimina,
who had sprung back on being released into a position
of princely scorn, now bad ber eyes on an approaching
figure, which Almagro, with back to it, did not see. It
was that of Pizarro; but the girl was at utter loss to
knoAV Avhether his coming meant her ruin or ber relief.
Yet he had treated her and Tomaya with every con
sideration on his ship, and still mistrusting Alamgro,
and hoping Pizarro came as a deliverer, she clasped her
clinched hands to her bosom and then extending them so
toAvard him, she cried: "Pray, my Lord Captain, pro
tect me!"
Pizarro had come on deck from looking after the
wounded in time to see his comrade going on tbe poop ;
and with him, or rather a little behind bim were Ruez,
the pilot, and Ribero, the treasurer.
Supposing that Almagro was going there to get a
better view of the Indian camp, the fires of which were
lighting the shore, Pizarro soon followed with the same
purpose,

388 UNDER THE SUN.
When Almagro turned, impelled by Hutimina 's
action, Pizarro, flushed Avith anger, confronted him
with: "What folly is this? Art thou such a coward
and slave to thy passions as to make assault on a de
fenseless girl, my guest, the first time she comes on thy
ship— that, too, when she is here on an errand of mercy?
Darest thou insult ber so — a princess among ber own
people, who bath sought protection from persecution
with us and in my hospitality!"
Almagro sprang back, his mortification now turned
to rage, and drawing his sword he retorted: "Darest
thou speak to me so— coward? Coward? Who shall
say that and live at the same time with me in this world ?
Draw, if thou thyself be not the coward ! ' '
In a moment Pizarro's sword was out, and each was
about to lunge at the other, when Ruez, springing for
ward, caught Pizarro and pushing bim back, stepped
between the two combatants; while Ribero seized Alma
gro, saying: "Wilt thou make a fool of thyself, and
break up this enterprise, in whicb tbe crown bath an in
terest, with a personal quarrel? As treasurer for the
Royal Fifth,113 representing the Emperor, I will see that
thou art held to account for thy folly if thou dost not
mend this matter."
All this had transpired so rapidly that Hutimina,
who had fallen back some steps, was looking on in a
tumult of paralyzing emotions, when Almagro— who
had for the moment lost sight of the fortunes of the ex
pedition, and all else save Hutimina, his passion and
rage— somewhat sobered by the intervention and Avords
of the treasurer, answered :
' ' As for the Princess, I had already declared I would
do her no barm. I now pray her forgiveness ; and I am
ready to do all I can, in amending my fault, to gain it.
I pledge my honor that hereafter she shall have every
protection I can give her. But as for Pizarro, I suspect
his assertion of himself as defender of this maiden is

Salvation out of the deep. 389
not without personal interest ; and I have as much right
as he to love a girl, and win her if I can. ' '
"If thou, Almagro, in surmising that I am not with
out personal interest for tbis Princess Avilt believe it is
only of an honorable kind, I will frankly admit it," re
plied Pizarro; "for I vow my conduct, both to ber and
the Lady Tomaya, hath been without taint of license or
evil. I have given them the best on my ship and all def
erence, without any attempt to intrude myself in any
way unacceptably upon them; and surely their course
hath been exemplary with me. For the truth of this I
fear not to appeal to any one who hath taken the pains
to observe, as with a good conscience I can appeal to
these ladies themselves. Now, accepting thy pledge to
do the girl no wrong, I withdraw my imputation of cow
ardice. Yet it is evident thou didst attempt such
violence as justified my indignation ; but I only drew be
cause thou didst challenge me to it."
"I do admit," said Almagro, "that my passion for
her and my anger at thee got a bit the better of me;
but Pizarro, I know, as I have always known, thou art
no coward, and thou must know the same, I think, of
me— else we would not be mated in this enterprise. Let
us, therefore, be friends again. And first, in the pres
ence of the Princess, let us pledge her and each other
that, so long as she is on either of our vessels, she shall
be our honored guest, and that neither of us will ever
annoy her with any improper act or word. Let this also
include the assurance that neither of us will make any
further advances or avowal of passion until, at least,
all of us have returned to Panama, where she can feel
entirely free from any duress."
"I will make the pledge with thee, and give my hand
on it," replied Pizarro.
Almagro took Pizarro's extended hand, and then
added impulsively : "My cabin shall be the castle of the
Princess ! I will vacate it for her and the Lady Tomaya;

390 UNDER THE SUN.
they shall have it as long as they will honor me by ac
cepting it; there they shall have entire privacy, and
everywhere on my ship entire protection; also the
wounded Hillipo, who hath done us such good service,
shall have every attention, under their care. And now,
Pizarro, thou thyself mayst escort the Princess back to
the cabin. I will order my steward to arrange it for her
and her friends. Then, for the present, let us turn
rivalry— which I trust, whenever it arises between us,
hereafter may be friendly — to efforts for the discovery
of what is best to be done in our enterprise. The sad
experiences of this day have raised bitter discontent
among our men, and they are muttering for a return to
Panama." "I know," said Pizarro gravely, "the situation is
very serious. When the Princess hath retired we will
consider it together— the four of us."
Almagro's cabin was soon arranged for the two
women and Hillipo; and resuming their vigils by the
bedside of the boy, the women determined to continue
there until they could see some change in his condition.
Hutimina did not speak of what had happened on tbe
poop, but Tomaya noticed her flushed cheeks and red
eyes, in which tears were standing, and the grateful look
with which she regarded Pizarro as he left.
When they Avere alone again, Hutimina took Hillipo 's
hand and kissing it, laid it against her cheek, as she had
done before; and so, with her head resting on his bed,
her irregular breathing and an occasional, hardly audible
sob made Tomaya know that the girl was weeping.
Finally, worn out Avith grief, she fell asleep. Then
Tomaya went out for a breathing spell in the fresh air,
and upon her return, finding Hillipo quiet and his con
dition seemingly favorable, she, too, fell asleep in her
chair, near him and the still sleeping girl.
Later in the night Hillipo opened his eyes, with the
delirium gone— they were turned to Hutimina. FeeUng

SALVATION OUT OF THE DEEP. 391
the warm touch of her hand and cheek, and seeing the
girlish head and face so near his own, he was so para
lyzed with amazement that he did not move sufficiently
to awake her. He was questioning : ' ' Am I dreaming,
or have I been translated to the Mansions of the Sun?
Or can I really be alive in the same old world I have
known; and the Princess sleeping near me, with my
band in hers against her cheek — can this be true ? Hath
it really come at last— salvation out of the deep ! Oh
the sea, the great waters of my boyhood ! Hath the God
of Antonio brought this change from out of the sea?"
The cabin seemed strange, but be recognized Tomaya
asleep in her chair. He tried to think what had hap
pened. He remembered the desperate fighting; how the
Spaniards had been driven back to the sea ; how he bad
been the interpreter for the parleys; how he had been
wounded, and the loss of blood ; and then how, stagger
ing from faintness, he got into the boat— then a blank —
he could recall nothing more.
He listened, he could hear the pace of the watch on
the deck and the swish of the waters against the ship;
then, looking around more closely, he also remembered
features of the cabin— it was that of Almagro's vessel-
he had been in it with Pizarro the day before. Then
drawing a long breath of astonishment at his conclusion
that he was really alive, with Hutimina holding his
band caressingly while she slept with her head near him,
the fractured rib, resenting the strain, sent through his
side a piercing pain— still further convincing him that
he was a living mortal, and not only so, but one wounded
and ill. He started with an involuntary groan, and,
stirred by his movement, Hutimina awoke.
Raising her head, and looking anxiously at Hillipo,
she saw his wondering eyes open, and thinking he must
still be delirious, she tenderly placed her hand on his
brow, exclaiming: "Poor Hillipo, dear Hillipo, how I
love thee ! 0, Hillipo, thou must live, for without thee
there is naught for me in this world I"

392 UNDER THE SUN.
Hillipo reached out his feeble arms: "I will live,"
he said, ' ' to serve my Princess, for my life is hers, as are
my heart and hands ; and, if I am not dreaming when I
hear her say she loves me, the Mansions of tbe Sun are
not needed to make a paradise— it is here for me noAV."
"Dost thou really know me then— is the delirium
gone ? ' ' gasped the girl.
" If I ever knew anything, my Princess, I know thee
— I have no delirium now, save the delirium of joy!
That will heal all else, my Princess."
"Not Princess now, Hillipo," she replied; "far more
—a woman who loves; that is the only true royalty for
woman! But if thou wilt, perhaps some time, when I
have learned more in the land of these wonderful strang
ers over the sea, so as to be more worthy of greatness,
thou mayst have such power as to promote me to be a
queen— of one heart and fife — thine Hillipo! That is
all the world of empire I can know under the Sun. ' '

CHAPTER XXXIX.
THE AFTERWARD.
Seventeen years bad passed since the night on Alma
gro's ship, when Hillipo awoke from troubled delirium
to blissful knowledge of Hutimina 's love; and what
scenes had transpired in that time !
Those two— Hutimina, now in matured, maternal
beauty, and Hillipo in the vigor of a handsome prime —
with an older couple beside them, in tbe grounds of the
Inca Palace of Yucay, were thinking of that past.
If the younger woman had outlined what had been
racing through her mind— for there had been such recent
happenings as might well have caused a retrospection
of the years which had intervened since as a girl she had
studied in those gardens with Antonio and Hillipo — she
might have summarized the afterward somewhat in this
way: True to his promise, Almagro did take her, with
Tomaya and Antonio, safely to Panama; but Hillipo
thought it a call of honor to remain with Pizarro, who
it was agreed should wait at the Isle of Gallo for the re
turn of Almagro with expected reinforcements. But
Pedro de los Rios, who had succeeded Pedrarias at Pan
ama as governor, interposed, and would not yield to the
importunities of Luque and Almagro to allow the send
ing of aid, until Hutimina, nearly frantic with anxieties
for Hillipo, intervened and offered the conclusive argu
ment of a munificent gratification* from her priceless
store of jewels. Even then he was only induced to send
?Gratiflcacion is a word much used in Spanish for fee, recompense,
reward. 393

394 UNDER THE SUN.
a small ship without other men than its crew, and with
instructions for Pizarro to return within six months.
The captain, however, availed himself of this aid to con
tinue his explorations during that time— proceeding to
Tumpiz, and thence still further down the coast, nearly
half way to where he afterward built bis new "City of
the Kings."
At Tumpiz he found the Auqui Mayta in command,
who treated tbe strangers with much courtesy. There
the Auqui declared Hillipo 's parentage to Pizarro, and
told Hillipo what had recently happened: that he had
arrived at Tumebamba before the Inca's death, and
had avowed before him the facts concerning bis boy's
birth. Upon this, the Inca, recurring to his strong affec
tion for Hutimina and Hillipo, informally declared that,
in preference to having the inefficient Huascar on the
throne, he would rather see the Princess and his grand
son succeed him in Cuzco, with the Auqui Mayta as
regent there till the country could be reconciled. He
bad already named the Auqui as one of his executors.
Rumors of the Inca's expression reached Huascar, so
that his jealousy against bis uncle was more violently
excited than ever, making it impossible, when he be
came Inca, for tbe Auqui to appear safely within
his domains. Thereupon, dissimulating for the time,
Atahuallpa induced tbe Auqui to accept command at
Tumpiz in the war with Puna pending developments;
and so it was Hillipo met him when be arrived there in
company with Pizarro.
During the absence of Hillipo from her, and sub
sequently, for some three years, the Princess, with
Tomaya, studied in the convent at Panama; and anxiety
for her lover while he was away with Pizarro induced
her first real devotion in prayer to the Christian's God.
When Pizarro returned to Panama, finding he and
his partners could do nothing to gain the governor's aid,
it was determined he should go to Spain, lay his dis-

THE AFTERWARD. 395
coveries before the court and seek authority, with ade
quate grants from the Emperor Charles V himself, to
pursue his enterprise.
However, the partners found their funds so scant
that they could not suitably equip Pizarro for the mission
to court, until Hutimina and Antonio again came for
ward with aid, on condition that protection should be
secured from the throne itself for the lives and belong
ings of themselves, and for those of Hillipo and Tomaya,
with provision for them all in Peru suited to their
stations. Then there was a sharp quarrel over Hutimina be
tween Pizarro and Almagro, which almost brought them
to blows; for each captain became her urgent suitor
Avhile in Panama. But Hillipo intervened to prevent a
conflict, though with such peril to himself that to justify
him Hutimina acknowledged her love before them all.
After that she, Tomaya, Hillipo and Antonio, went to
Spain with Pizarro, much to Almagro's displeasure;
though he as well as the others knew that such evidences
as she, the Princess, could give concerning the glories of
the Inca land would aid greatly their appeals to the
throne. But Pizarro persisted so resolutely in his suit, while
on his mission, that Hutimina determined to put matters
at rest by marrying Hillipo before returning from Spain.
The Queen Juana, learning of the girl's love and
flight from her own land with Hillipo, and their noble
origin, became deeply interested in both; and she made
Hutimina and Tomaya, as also Hillipo, favorites at
Court. There, notwithstanding Pizarro and suits of
other gentlemen much higher in rank than he for the
heart of the Indian Princess, the Queen had the Inca
lovers married in her own presence, giving the Princess
away herself: and thereafter she caused papers to be
issued of such imperative kind, assuring to them both
personal and property rights and grants, that through

396 UNDER THE SUN.
all the turbulence of subsequent years, even the daring
and reckless adventurers of Peru could but understand
that they were to be respected.
In that time, after Hutimina was married, close asso
ciation led Antonio to turn appreciative eyes tOAvard
Tomaya. Also while in Spain, as the old Inquisitors
were dead, he found— with his new claims to considera
tion—the way open for urging recovery of his ancestral
rank and estate.
Meanwhile, during the intervening years, before Pi
zarro landed at Tumpiz for his final conquest, civil war
had broken out between Huascar and Atahuallpa; and
the land of the Incas was shocked into disruption of all
sacred bonds— which made its subsequent acquirement
by the "Viracochas" of the new dispensation easy.
Huascar, finding himself enthroned at Cuzco, bitterly
regretted having consented to Atahuallpa's succession
in Quito and the North; and he caused such of his
father's executors, as he could seize, to be slain, because
of their undertaking a trust which he himself had readily
assented to; and then the irritation between him and
Atahuallpa grew intense.
Anco Colla, the Canaris chieftain who had been the
first to second Hutimina 's appeal against Atahuallpa in
favor of Hillipo at the Inca's feast, and whose province
was claimed by both Cuzco and Quito, by refusing al
legiance to Quito, precipitated the conflict.
Glad of the opportunity to avenge his old grudge,
Atahuallpa quickly marched into the Canaris country,
stormed Anco 's city, slew him, and with insatiate cruelty
proceeded to burn, destroy and slay throughout that
land. Little children and maidens came out of the vil
lages with flowers and branches of trees to strew them
in the way of the conqueror and plead for the lives of
fathers and brothers; but the Quitoan brutally turned
them away, and continued his butcheries.
In this state of things the Auqui Mayta could not
remain in Atahuallpa's domain any more than he could

THE AFTERWARD. 397
go into that of Huascar— in either case his life must pay
the forfeit. Huascar could not overcome his weak fears
and petty jealousy; and the less so, the more strongly
the Cuzcoans showed admiration of his uncle by urging
his recall for defense of the country. But, to save his
life, the Auqui had to flee in disguise to the Amazonian
wilderness; and from his hiding place there, in helpless
mortification and distress, he learned of the conquest,
Huascar's capture, the humiliation of the proud city of
his ancestors and the outrage and destruction of his kin
dred— Avithout being permitted to strike a blow in their
defense. For, while Huascar was being held a prisoner
to be taken to Atahuallpa at Caxamalca, Quizquiz, Avho
had taken possession of Cuzco, was having all his mas
ter's Inearial relations, men, women and children, on
whom he could lay hands, miserably slaughtered; the
conqueror's purpose being to exterminate tbe royal race,
so that no one should remain to contest the Quitoan 's
claim with better or an equal title in blood to the llautu.
Then almost in the hour of Atahuallpa's triumph,
while the rejoicings of his camp had hardly subsided,
came the Spaniards, and the Quitoan found himself a
captive in Caxamalca at the mercy of Pizarro. After
that, lest the strangers might favor Huascar, he secretly
had him drowned, and after months of captivity came
his own miserable execution, in chains, like a lesser felon.
Then followed Pizarro's march to Cuzco ; and, en route,
the burning at the stake of Challcuchima on a charge of
conspiring to incite an attack of the Indians on the Span
iards—the old Quitoan general refusing Christian bap
tism to the last, and dying with the name of Pachacamac
reverently on his lips.
But before Pizarro entered Cuzco, Manco Inca, the
next in legal line to Huascar, appeared before him, claim
ing the llautu; and he was recognized by tbe invaders.
Pizarro hoped thereby to make a puppet of bim; and
through the Prince's influence and authority with the

398 UNDER THE SUN.
natives, to more readily execute bis own designs— then
came Manco 's disgust and revolt and his siege of Cuzco.
Meanwhile, as Huascar could no longer hinder, the
Auqui Mayta reappeared, and— after the Spaniards had
occupied Cuzco, and had disgusted the natives with their
oppressions — there was a great meeting of chieftains on
the barren heights of Villca-pampa, where the Auqui
pledged himself, in a golden goblet of chicha, with
Manco, to free the land of the invaders or perish in the
effort. When the Spaniards, early in the conflict which fol
lowed abandoned tbe fortress of tbe Sacsahuaman, the
Auqui Mayta was placed in command of it. Upon the
later attack by Hernando Pizarro to recover it, the na
tives were at last driven, helpless, within the citadel, oav-
ing to exhaustion of their missiles ; and the Auqui, with
no resources save his own reckless strength left, refusing
to yield, was everywhere present on the battlements to
strike down tbe foremost assailant. In a last despera
tion, wherever he saw one of his own men giving way
whom he could reach, he felled him with his great cop
per-spiked club and hurled the body doAvn upon the
enemy. When the- Spaniards crowded from their scaling
ladders in many places over the parapets of the Moyoc
Marca tower, and no further chance for even personally
protracting the struggle remained, he first threw his
club, his only remaining weapon, at the assailants
hurrying to scale the wall — then tore his mantle between
his teeth, picked up earth, bit it, rubbed his face in it in
token of his despairing anguish, and threw his own body
—the last missile he could use— from the wall upon the
enemy. Hernando Pizarro, marveling at such valor, bad
ordered the Auqui taken alive; but failing in that, he
accorded the Inca hero's body, in death, the honors due
a prince of such courage and station.
When the siege failed, after months of battle around
the city, and Manco was forced to withdraw, he estab-

THE AFTERWARD. 399
fished himself in the mountains, and for eight years made
himself a terror in desultory but persistent war against
the conquerors of his country.

Now the news which had come to Hutimina and Hil
lipo at Yucay, suggesting this retrospect, told of Manco 's
death— killed over a bowling gamens by a Spaniard he
was entertaining at his court — and with the neAvs came
solicitations from the followers of the late Inca, that
Hillipo, as the nearest male survivor in the line of
Huayna Capac, should assume the llautu.
When Manco first revolted— knowing tbe royal
lineage of Hutimina and Hillipo, and that both were held
in sacred esteem at Cuzco— the Spaniards had wanted
to proclaim Hillipo as Inca, subject to their authority;
but he had replied : "Nay ! it would only be a sham, and
I care not to be a puppet. I and mine are safer and
happier as we are, and our people really will be no worse
for our remaining so; since, as Inca under such con
ditions as would be allowed me, I could be of no real
benefit to them. ' '
And now, he had just answered to his own country
men : ' ' Nay, I will not make so useless a contest, as be
coming Inca in Manco 's place must involve. It would be
sacrificing the blood of our people, without good. Be
sides, I am a Christian, and I wish my people to be Chris
tians. Give us what veneration ye will so Ave may use all
the influence Ave can for the good of our land ; but in the
religion of Christ is the hope of the world ! When his
spirit shall win its triumph over the vicious impulses and
selfishness of men, then we may hope for equality. With
every man loving and considering his neighbor as him
self, as His word teaches, and therefore unwilling to gain
by another's loss, or to make others poor that he may
have a superabundance, competition and combat will give

400 UNDER THE SUN.
place to co-operation and peace, as under the first Inca,
though more perfectly— then all that was good in our old
system, with a higher spiritualism added, will, Ave may
trust, prevail under the Sun.

Of the older couple, who are now present with Huti
mina and Hillipo, the woman is still handsome, though
well on between fifty and sixty, and the man is perhaps
some six years older. Both are well preserved, and like
the younger two, in dress and general appearance show
the refinement whicb comes of association Avith the best.
They are all standing on the shelf of the mountain,
AA'here Hillipo had listened to the Inca's talk with Chall
cuchima from behind the pitajaya plants. On the ter
race below are three children playing in the lengthening
shadows. They were just now nodding their little heads
toward Hutimina and Hillipo, and one was saying to the
others : ' ' Hoav grieved papa and mamma seem at the
news they have heard ! ' ' Two of them at least are old
enough to appreciate in some sort the sadness which they
knoAV has come to their parents, in their Uncle Manco 's
death. Turning to tbe older couple, Hutimina said: "My
own* Tomaya, I am so glad that thou and our dear An
tonio are with us now. This death leaves us without any
of our race, beyond our own home, who are very near to
us ; and though we could see little of Manco Inca, yet we
feel much distress, not only for his loss, but by reason
of the train of saddening events his death recalls and
emphasizes. But in you two we have those who are as
dear as if born in close blood relationship ; and after the
long absence, it is so sweet to have you here with us at
this time and in this place. ' '
"Aye," answered Antonio, "I am now well upward
of sixty, and Tomaya and I felt Ave must see this land

THE AFTERWARD. 401
and thee and thine again before we go hence ; for, as thou
knowest, we not only have no children, but none near to
us by blood, and all we have is to be thine when we are
gone. God hath prospered us; we have again my lands
and title; and we hope the estate may suffice to induce
thee to live in Spain, at least part of the time. But we
felt especially we must see thy little ones ; for, in giving
the names of Tomaya and Antonio to thy first two chil
dren, thou didst place a SAveet obligation upon our
hearts, whicb would not allow us to defer longer the see
ing of our dear ones in Peru.
' ' The sight of thy children, alone, repays us for the
long travel. We are delighted to see they are capable of
and getting the best education to be bad in this land;
but that must be supplemented by the best that can be
added in Spain. We hope some day little Tomaya— for
she seems fond of such things— will write out the stpry
of those experiences which have made thee and thine
so dear to us."
"May it be so," added Tomaya— "but my Antonio
dwelleth most upon the brightness of the children ; while
I must say, I take hardly less pleasure in their beauty,
my Princess."
"Aye," responded Hillipo, "yet none of them is what
their mother was for beauty! Still, methinks, their
mother's children could but be more attractive both in
minds and bodies than those of most women."
"Fie! Hillipo," responded Hutimina, with flushing
of the old color in ber smooth, rich olive cheeks, as she
slipped her hand in his, and pressing it fondly, added
"the major-domo is coming to announce dinner— let us
go in."

As they did so, the icy peak of Chicon, far down the
valley, aflame with the glow of the setting sun, rose as a
grand monument of crystal across from the heights of
z

402 UNDER THE SUN.
Villcapampa, Avhere lay the mortal remains of Manco
Inca. And so only monuments in their works, as in the
everlasting mountains that witnessed their rearing, now
remain of what was the empire of those who reigned as
vicegerents Under the Sun. Yet the blotting out of an
empire can not blot out. the lesson, that here lived a great
people, who succeeded in establishing in government
such barriers against want as made every life safe and
happy; nor can the hope be effaced, suggested by such
achievements— though these vanished with the passing
of the Incas — that the future may hold still greater
ultimate triumphs in social conditions for the well-being
of all tbe "brotherhood of man" under the "Sun of
Righteousness."

FINIS.

APPENDIX.

The numbers indicate the consecutive order of notes as they ap
pear in the text with page of each in parenthesis.

1. (P. 13.) Coricancha, spell
ed also Ccuri-cancha — Place of
Gold — the Temple of the Sun at
Cuzco was so called because so
much gold was used about it.
2. (P. 21.) Crimson is said to
have been the royal color of the
Incas. 3. (P. 22.) HUAYBA-PUCHUEAS
were musical pipes, which the
Incas had in four different tones :
Chilchiles were species of tim
brels : Chancakbs were bells ar
ranged for music : Tinyas were
guitars of four or six strings, and
the Huayllaca was a kind of
flageolet. 4. (P. 23.) Bolson is a native
word for the high mountain valley
of the Andean Sierras.
5. (P. 28.) Uiha-ccocha, now
more generally written Viracocha.
The name of the bright God who
appeared to the eighth Inca and
promised him victory against the
rebellious Chancas — and whose
name that Inca bore. It was
largely applied by the Indians to
the whites, because of their light
color and supposed supernatural
character. 6. (P. 29.) Cusi-Coyllur or
the joyous star. Spelled in the
drama of Ollanta Cusi-Kcuyllor —
name of the princess, daughter of
Pachacutic — the object of Ollan-
ta's love.
7. (P. 30.) Llautu was a thick
cord wound around the head with
a pendant fringe across the front
from temple to temple. It was of
many colors and was permitted
only to princes or those especially

honored by the Inca. The Inca's
llautu was of special design and
crimson, and was called the
Borla in Spanish.

8. (P.
Tumbez.

34.) Tumpiz, same as

403

9. (P. 35.) Amautas, the wise
men ; Quiqu-camayus, keepers ot
records ; and Haeavicus, bards.
10. (P. 38.) Orajones — not a.
Quichua word really, but used by
some Spanish writers to designate-
the native nobles of Cuzco.
11. (P. 39.) Golpones, public
buildings having great spaces or
halls, with open fronts to the
streets or squares.
12. (P. 40.) Pumap-chupan, is
the district at the point of the
peninsular where the Huatanay
and the Rodadero narrowed the-
tongue of land on which stood tha
original Cuzco, toward their con
fluence ; it meant the lion's tail.
13. (P. 44.) Hanan and Hurin,
upper and lower — applied to Cuzco
to indicate upper and lower parts.
of city.
14. (P. 50.) Vilcanota, is the
lofty, snow-capped summit of Vil
canota, about 75 miles southeast
of Cuzco ; it is a conspicuous--
feature throughout all the coun
try, giving added grandeur to-
many a view.
15. (P. 53.) Description here-
quoted, following the words, "I
am told," is substantially that
given in the remarkable will of
Lejesema, one of the Spanish con
querors, to whom Prescott refers
in his "Conquest of Peru." (See
Note 37 p. 173, V. I., of that work.

404

APPENDIX.

16. (P. 56.) Haravec, a bard;
Amauta, one of the college of wise
men. 17. (P. 58.) Chupe was a kind
of soup.
18. (P. 58.) Urpis, pigeons.
19. (P. 58.) Quinnoa, a plant
whose leaves were much used, and
having a grain something like rice.
20. (P. 58.) Uchu, the same as
aje in Spanish, a red or Chili
pepper, 21. (P. 58.) Papas, the original
of the "Irish potato," small, yel
low and mealy.
22. (P. 58.) Chasquis, messen
gers or couriers who ran in relays.
23. (P. 58.) Paltas or Alligalor
pears, a delicious, nutty fruit.
24. (P. 82.) As wife of the
Sun, the moon was spoken of as
"Mother Moon."
25. (P. 82.) Mode of address,
equivalent to "God bless you."
26. (P. 87.) This note is at foot
of page, which is referred to — it
gives the Tuya song in the original
— of which a translation is used in
text. 27. (P. 98.) Yahuar-Pampa in
the Quichua, means field of blood.
The same place was known in the
Spanish conquest as Xaquixaguana.
28. (P. 104.) Usutas, sandals.
29. (P. 110.) Uncha, a grace
ful band worn on the head by the
women. 30. (P. 110.) The Topu was a
large pin, broad at the head and
often much ornamented. With it
the long-flowing, formless gar
ments of the women were grace
fully shaped and fastened about
the figure.
31. (P. 110.) The Lliclla, a
long, loose outer robe worn by the
women that reached to the ankle
or instep, and was generally held
together and draped with the aid
of Topus.

32. (P. 111.) The Chumpi, a
girdle. It was often very orna
mental, and with its aid, and that
of topus, garments were held in
and shaped to the person.
33. (P. 121.) Hatun-CANCHA,
means the great inclosure.
34. (P. 121.) Rimac-pampa, a
speaking place.
35. (P. 121.) Cachi-mayu, salt
river. 36. (P. 121.) Pumap-chupan, &
lion's tail. ^
37. (P. 124.) Garcilasso de la
Vega locates this phenomenon a
few years earlier than the date
with which the story is now deal
ing. 38. (P. 125.) Ccuri-cancha, a
place of gold ; the name given the
locality of the temple because of
the profusion of gold used there
included a considerable area. (See
Note 2.)
39. (P. 125.) This superstition
about an eclipse of the moon is
narrated by Garcilasso de la Vega.

40. (P. 127.) Llayca, a diviner
or magician.
41. (P. 127.) This is taken al
most bodily from Garcilasso's ac
count of the seers interpretation
of the phenomenon.
42. (P. 132.) The forebodings
of the Inca are related by several
old authors ; and Garcilasso says
the Inca Huayna Capac learned of
Balboa's expedition in 1515 into
the South Sea ; and that explorer
reached the Peruvian coast. He
was possibly in error about this.
I have adopted that author's state
ment here for purposes of tha
story. (See Vol. 2, p. 457, Hak-
luyt Ed.)
43. (P. 134.) This saying is
taken substantially from Garci
lasso's account of Huayna Capac.
(See Vol. 2, pp. 446-7 Hakluyt
Edition.) 44. (P. 136.) Inca nobles, so
called by the Spaniards because of
the large gold ornaments worn in
their ears. (See Note 10.)

APPENDIX.

405

45. (P. 138.) Legitimate did
not, with Incas, have the signifi-
eance implied with us. It meant
those who were in the line of suc
cession, and legitimate wife meant
the wife taken hy the Inca from
his own pure family blood, whose
children were in the line of suc
cession. The legitimate wife was
the nearest female relative, the
oldest sister having preference if
there was one. It was no dis
credit, hut, on the contrary, the
greatest honor a female subject
could enjoy, to be taken as a con
cubine by an Inca — next to that,
peculiar to his sacred blood, of be
ing a legitimate wife ; and the
children of the royal concubines
were likewise born to honor, as
having their blood from a sacred
source. 46. (P. 138.) Ccoya was the
queen and legitimate wife of the
Inca, and had to be his sister, or
nearest female relative of the
pure blood royal.
47. (P. 138.) There were many
Inca lineages. Each Inca family
traced its peculiar origin through
the Inca from whom its distinction
came — females not counting save
that they must be of pure Inca
blood — though all were from the
first Inca by pure descent.
48. (P. 142.) The outer gar
ment or mantle worn by the wo
men of Cuzco was called lliclla.
(See Note 31.)
49. (P. 143.) Black was a royal
color, and the Inca usually wore
It, according to Garcilasso, though
Helps suggests, perhaps a dark
crimson is meant, since crimson
was the royal color.
50. (P. 143.) Much the same aa
is known to modern art, as a run
ning Greek pattern.
51. (P. 145.) Sapa Inca— Bole
Lord was a form of addressing the
Incas. 52. (P. 149.) The Inca his
torian narrates that this was said
to be the fact, that Huayna Capac
was never known to refuse any re
quest made of him by a woman.
53. (P. 159.) Garcilasso says
when the first Inca Manco Capac
was about to die, among the
honors he conferred upon the chief
men of the tribes who first sub
mitted to and aided him, was the

distinction of being called Incas
l>y privilege, and this tile he made
hereditary. 54. (P. 164.) Garcilasso says
this great landslide into the Apuri
mac occurred in the year 1555,
but I have, for purposes of the
story, referred to it as happening
nearly thirty years earlier.
55. (P. 164.) City of Kings
was the original name of Lima.
56. (P. 166.) Cieza de Leon
and other old writers refer to a
temple at Lima Tambo ; and traces
can still be seen near the place
at which probably the temple was
located. — Author.
57. (P. 168.) Most of the old
authors, including Cieza de Leon
and Zeres, in describing the roads
in the north of Peru, speak of the
use of cement, and of its use in
stone work. On the other hand,
Squier, whose researches were con
fined to the central and southern
portions, and about Cuzco — all of
which were in the older domains
of the Inca — says positively he
found no traces of cement in the
stone work ; and the few remains
of the Inca roads he found were
simply built of stone. The dis
crepancy is possibly explained by
the relative locations. At Cuzco
and other places in the South the
works were, perhaps, all that re
main at least, constructed at an
earlier period, before the Incas
had conquered Quito and the
Northern provinces, where Ditu-
minous wells and mines, corre
sponding to the asphalt of to-day,
were found — the uses of which the
Incas may have learned from the
conquered peoples, and perhaps
improved upon, in utilizing it for
buildings and roads. It is notice
able also that Squier found few
remnants of the celebrated Inca
roads near Cuzco or in the South.
While Humboldt and others found
extensive remains of them in the
Northern provinces ; where Garci
lasso says they were in the main
constructed under Huayna Capac
and his father, the last of the Inca
rulers ; who, it may be, with the
aid of cement, constructed with
smaller stones which have re
mained ; while the large cut stones
used by the old Incas were likely
appropriated by the Spaniards to
their buildings and other pur
poses. — Author.

406

APPENDIX.

58. (P. 175.) Garcilasso says
that the Inca often took princesses
of the pure royal blood for his
concubines, even taking them from
the houses of the vestal virgins to
his own embraces.
59. (P. 175.) Auqui meant son
of an Inca, and was used in the
nature of a title indicating the
rank of an unmarried prince of the
blood royal ; while Ynca or Au-
tauchi meant a married prince of
the blood royal.
60. (P. 175.) Nusta, unmarried
princess of the blood royal ; while
Palla jwas a married woman of the
blood royal. Nusta, in strictness,
used alone, meant a legitimate
princess of the blood royal, and
when applied to an illegitimate
daughter it was used with the
name of the province to which she
helonged attached.
61. (P. 177.) The pineullu was
ft sort of lute.
62. (P. 178.) At Tumpiz there
is very little change of seasons so
far as cold and heat are con
cerned, since it is only about 3%
degrees south of the equator. But
the seasons are wet and dry.
63. (P. 181.) The concubines of
monarches, who were also his rela
tions, and all married women of
royal blood were called Pallas.
64. (P. 181.) It was the custom
to have in all parts of the land at
the same time one great marriage
festival. Then those of the royal
blood were wedded by the Inca be
stowing the bride with his own
sacred hand, while then, also, the
young people of marriageable ages
were collected in their respective
localities throughout the empire,
and those who wished it were
given in marriage by the proper
authorities. This open selection
and bestowal of hands constituted
the ceremony.
65. (P. 181.) The Inca historian
says, the orthodox believers would
not admit that any true Inca, of
pure blood, ever did a wrong ; for,
if he did, he could not be a de
scendant from the Sun.
66. (P. 182.) Mamacunas, the
matrons or Abbesses who had
charge of the sacred precincts of
the convents with the Virgins of
the Sun.

67. (P. 187.) "In thy" or "my
own heart," were forms of expres
sion much used by the Incas, to
bind secrecy or confidence.
68. (P. 192.) Those who were
not of Inca blood were esteemed
merely human, while those of Inca
blood were considered divine.
69. (P. 197.) Villaoma is re
ferred to by Sir Arthur Helps
(Vol. IV, p. 47 of the Spanish
conquests, etc.) as being in the
fortress of the Sacsahuaman, when
in the uprising of the Indians,
Fernando, Pizarro assaulted it,
from which he made his escape by
an inglorious flight.
70. (P. 198.) This incident is
related by Garcilasso.
71. (P. 202.) Aca was a liquor
especially prepared by the Virgins
of the Sun for the Inca's use at
the most sacred feasts of the Sun.
72. (P. 203.) The uncu was a
tunic that descended to the knees ;
and the yacolla was an outer
square mantel used in place of a
cloak. 73. (P. 203.) It was believed
the Coraquenque bird existed to
furnish these feathers, of which
two were obtained for each Inca ;
and it was claimed only two birds
of the kind existed in the world
at a time. They were supposed to
live and perpetuate themselves in
only one locality, very inaccessible
in the lofty regions of Vilcanota.
74. (P. 208.) If the Sun did not
shine so as to re-light the holy
fire with his own rays, it was
kindled by rubbing sticks together.
But it was a bad omen if this had
to be resorted to, as it indicated
displeasure of the God.
75. (P. 209.) The material for
this description of the great an
nual national feast to the Sun is
gathered from various sources, but
chiefly from Garcilasso, the Inca
historian. Book VI, Chaps. 20
to 24.
76. (P. 209.) This incident is
related by Garcilasso as occuring
at a Feast of Raymi probably about
three years prior to the time her*
assumed.

APPENDIX.

407

77. (P. 211.) A black llama
(Peruvian sheep) was used, says
the Inca historian, because even
a pure white one has always a
black nose, and only in black can
one of these animals be had in a
uniform color all over. But per
haps another reason was, that
black was the color sacred to the
Incas. — Author.
78. (P. 212.) Spelled Tumi-
pampa by Garcilasso, but same as
Tumebamba. 79. (P. 219.) Same as Arau-
cauans, or Araucanians as more
usually spelled in English — the
famous Chilian race that furnished
the subject for Ercilla's poem.
80. (P. 226.) These measure
ments are given on the authority
of Squier's Peru, p. 470.
81. (P. 227.) Moyoc-Marca, a
round fortress. Sir Arthur Helps
(Vol. IV, p. 32) says this tower
was four or five stories high ; but
he also says there were stones
fifty feet long in the fortress,
twenty-two feet wide and six thick
— his description can not be com
mended for accuracy.
82. (P. 227.) Prescott says:
"The hill was excavated below the
towers, and several subterraneous
galleries communicated with the
city and the palaces of the Inca."
(Vol. I, p. 19.) To have done so,
this gallery must have descended
more than seven hundred and sixty
feet. Squier refers to the tradition
as not to be considered seriously.
The story probably resulted from
the remains of the deep excava
tions beneath the towers, which
were very intricate in character,
and the known fact that the water
for the fortress was conducted into
this tower by a subterranean con
duit from some secret source, as
it was to the Temple of the Sun ;
and from the circumstance, that
there is a labyrinthian passage,
natural or otherwise, in the hill
from the Rodadero gorge.
83. (P. 228.) The Incas called
the fortress the Sacsahuaman,
which means "Fill thee, Falconi !"
or "Gorge thyself, hawk !" suggest
ing that any who dared throw
themselves against its battlements
would be food for birds of prey.
84. (P. 234.) "To use a modern
term it is a fortress en tenaille;

the re-entering angles are gen
erally right angles, so contrived
that every part is seen, and as
perfectly flanked as is the best
European fortifications of the pres
ent day. It is not a little singular
that this perfection should have
been reached by a rude people in
South America, while it escaped
the Greeks and Romans, as well
as the Medieeval engineer. The
true method of its attainment was
never discovered in Europe until
it was forced on the attention of
military men by the discovery of
gunpowder. Here it is used by a
people who never had an external
war, but who, nevertheless, have
designed the most perfectly plan
ned fortress we know." — History
of Architecture, II, p. 730.
85. (P. 235.) The blood of the
Incas was believed to be divine,
as distinguished from that of mere
common mortals designated as
humans. 86. (P. 243.) Garcilasso says,
in treating of the reign of the Inca
Uira-ccocha ; "Among the works
that he ordered to be constructed
was a channel of water more than
twelve feet deep and wide, which
flowed for more than one hundred
and fifty leagues. Its head was
near the top of the mountains be
tween Parcu and Picuy, at some
beautiful springs that rise there.
The channel flowed thence to the
Rucanas, irrigating the pastures
in those uninhabited wilds which
are eighteen leagues across, and
in length stretch over almost the
whole extent of Peru. Another
similar channel traversed nearly
all Cuntisuyu, from north to south
more than one hundred and fifty
leagues, along the high mountains
in those provinces as far as the
land of the Quichuas. It was only
used to irrigate the pastures when
there was no rain in autumn.
There were many of these irri
gating channels throughout the
empire of the Incas. * * * I saw
the irrigating channel that passes
through the whole region of Cunti
suyu, in the part traversing the
Quichua province, and I examined
it with care. Assuredly these
warks are so grand and admir
able that they surpass any picture
or discription that could be made
of them." — Royal Commentaries,
Book V, Chap. XXIV pp. 77-8.

408

APPENDIX.

87. (P. 245.) The Indians also
said that the Incas were free from
the temptations which usually lead
to crime, such as passion for wo
men, because if they desired beau
tiful women, it was lawful for
them to have as many as they
liked ; and any pretty girl they
might take a fancy to, not only
was never denied them, but was
given up by her father with ex
treme thankfulness that an Inca
should have condescended to take
her as his servant. — Royal Com
mentaries of the Incas, Book II,
Chap. XII.
88. (P. 255.) Chacu meant to
take, and was descriptive of these
hunts, in which the game were
surrounded and taken by hand,
and the vicunas and huanacus were
taken and sheared.
89. (P. 257.) This account of
the Chacu, or great royal hunt,
is taken substantially from Book
VI, Chap. 6, of the Royal Com
mentaries of the Incas. (See Vol.
II, beginning at page 115, Hakluyt
translation.) 90. (P. 261.) Tthuantinsutu
— The Inca name for Peru, then
also including much of Ecuador,
Bolivia and Chili.
91. (P. 261.) To be exact the
pass of La Roya here alluded to is,
according to Squier, 14,170 feet
above the sea. He also makes
same statement as that which fol
lows in text, as to the source of
the Amazon, or Maranon.
92. (P. 265.) The Amaru-Mayu
is a great river, now known to be
a branch of the Beani, which flows
into the Madeira. It is a singular
fact that, according to Garcilasso,
the Inca historian, Yupanqui, the
tenth Inca, penetrated some six
hundred miles from Cuzco down
into the wilderness of the Madeira,
making conquests and establishing
alliance with the Musus — cor
rupted by the Spaniards into
Moxus ; while it was assumed until
1867 by modern geographers that
the Madeira de Dies, the upper
part of the Amaru-Mayu, flowed
into the ±*urus instead of into the
Madeira. Mr. Chandless then won
the gold medal of the Royal Geo
graphic Society by his exploration
of the Purus, which corrected this
error ; though, Faustino Maldonado

(a Peruvian) In 1861 confirmed
the accuracy of the Inca historian
by navigating the great stream
into the Madeira, as the Incas had
some centuries before ; but the re
sults of his voyage, in which he
lost his life, were not known until
1867. It seems a wonderful monu
ment to the Inca power and enter
prise, to find this Inca name still
attached to a great river hundreds
of miles from the Inca capital, in
the wilderness which the white
man had not even explored until
so recently ; and that here those
monarchs had extended their influ
ence over the wild tribes, either
by arms or diplomacy. For Garci
lasso relates that those people
along the Amaru-Mayu maintained
their relations with, and continued
to send presents to, the Incas until
the arrival of the Spaniards. (See
Garcilasso's Royal Commentaries,
Vol. II, pp. 264 to 273, Hakluyt
Translation.) 93. (P. 284.) The Inca his
torian says : "These precautions
(the second marriage of Huayna
Capac with his sister Rava Oello,
and the third with his first cousin
Mama Runtu, and the declaring
of their children in the regular
line of succession) were taken 'by
reason of the sterility of the first
wife, which had caused much
scandal.' " — The Royal Commen
taries Vol. II, p. 352, Hakluyt
Translation. 94. (P. 290.) This mode of at
tacking and killing large game,
cattle, etc., usually employed by
the jaguar is mentioned by Sir
AVm. Judine, in The Naturalists
Library, Vol. Ill, page 187.
95. (P. 301.) Even to this day
the Indians of Peru gesture chiefly
with nods and movements of head
and lips.
96. (P. 306.) Garcilasso's ac
count of the expedition, in the
reign of the Inca Yupanqui, down
the Amaru-Mayu into the Ama
zonian wilds, the conquests along
the banks of that river, and the
voluntary acceptance by the Musus
of Inca control, is one of the most
interesting testimonials of that
author to the daring and enterprise
of his forefathers — narrated in his
Royal Commentaries, V. II, Chaps.
14 and 15, Hakluyt Translation.

APPENDIX.

409

97. (P. 312.) The ancient Peru-
vains embalmed their dead by a
process which now seems lost.
They wrapped them in bundles
with the knees doubled up against
the breast, and buried them in
mounds or tombs built on bare or
desert ground, which could not be
used for cultivation. Every foot
of soil that would produce vegeta
tion was needed for the living ;
and in their burials they had to
defer to the needs of the living by
depositing the dead on hillsides or
in the desert that could not, even
by irrigation, be converted into
productive soil. The embalmed
bodies of their Incas were pre
served, enthroned in sitting posi
tions in the great Temple of the Sun
at Cuzco, and perhaps the great
were entombed in other sacred
places — sometimes in towers, as in
Collasuyu. The forms of burial
differed in different sections ; but
perhaps nowhere was land used for
burial grounds that could be made
available for production to the
living. 98. (P. 318.) Refers to the dis
covery of the Pacific, and taking
possession of it for the King of
Spain by Balboa, September 26,
1513. 99. (P.330.) Pitajata plant, a
tall cactus, found chiefly in Caxa
malca, or Cajamarca, and presum
ably trasplanted from there, hence
rare at Yucay.
100. (P. 330.) Cauca, northern
province of Quito, now of Ecuador.
101. (P. 330.) Chasqui, a fast
runner ; described in Note 22.
102. (P. 330.) Point probably
known as Cape Pasado, reached by
Pizarro's pilot, Ruez, first, per
haps, in the spring of 1526. From
there he hastened back to inform
his chief of the numerous evi
dences he had discovered of the
great and rich Inca empire.
103. (P. 332.) The Antarctic
current skirts northward along the
Peruvian coast to Cape Blanco,
near the entrance to Guayaquil
Bay, and thence deflects westward
from that most western point of
South America, across the Pacific,
And the winds blow stiffly and al

most constantly northward to the
same point.
104. (P. 337.) It is related by
Garcilasso de la Vega that Huayna
Capac deplored the fate that made
the insurrections, (referring to
that of the Caranques and others) ,
"fall out in his time to make him
miserable * * * for nothing of the
kind had ever happened before,
except the revolt of the Chancas in
the days of the Ynca Uira-ccocha."
105. (P. 352.) Garcilasso says
that Tumpiz and the coast north
was acquired by the Inca Huayna
Capac, no doubt eitber early in his
reign, or before, when prosecuting
conquests in the North for his
father. Probably that region was
anteriorly part of the kingdom of
Quito. And it is doubtful if her
territories, especially the more re
mote dependencies, were ever fully
assimilated with the old Inearial
social and industrial system of
Cuzco. The incident of the cap
ture of the raft by Ruez is re
ferred to both by Prescott and Sir
Arthur Helps, much in the same
way. 106. (P. 362.) These words are
taken almost literally from the
account of the death of Huayna
Capac, given by Garcilasso in
Book IX, Chap. 15, of his Royal
Commentaries of the Incas. In the
same book, chapter 14, Garcilasso
places the death of Huayna Capac
in 1523, and assigns to his reign
forty-two years. Balboa says he
reigned thirty-three years. In the
report of Pizarro's secretary, Xe-
res, Atahuallpa is made to say his
father died eight years before his
conversation with Pizarro, which
would presumably make the date
some time in 1525. But we are
told, when Ruez, Pizarro's pilot,
first crossed the equator and met
the balsa, from whose voyagers
the first definite knowledge of the
Incas was obtained by the expedi
tion, the people on the raft re
peatedly referred to a king,
Huayna Capac, as if still reigning
(Helps, Vol. Ill, p. 402), and this
must have been in 1526 or 1527.
Both Balboa and Velasco say 1525,
and Dr. Robinson, after saying the
event occurred in 1529, later
speaks of it as happening in 1527.
The chronology of those events is
very confused, so exactness of con
clusions about dates is hopeless.

410

APPENDIX.

107. (P. 363.) This provision is
referred to as being in the will of
Huayna Capac by most of the
authors who give any account of
his death.
108. (P. 363.) Since reference
has repeatedly been made in fore
going pages to this apprehension
of Huayna Capac, I quote here the
passage as given by Garcilasso (in
Chap. 15, of Book IX, p. 463, of
Markham's translation of the Com
mentaries) literally: "Finally he
said, 'Many years ago it was re
vealed by our Father, the Sun,
that, after twelve of his kingly
children had reigned, a strange
people would arrive, such as had
never been seen in these parts,
and would conquer and subjugate
our kingdoms and many others. 1
suspect that these are some of
them who have already appeared
in the seas of our coast. It will
be a valorous race, in all things
having the advantage over us. Ye
also know that in me is completed
the number of twelve Incas. I
foretell to you that a few years
after I have departed that strange
race will come, and will fulfill
what our father, the Sun, has said,
will conquer our empire, and will
be lords of it. I order you to
obey and serve them, as men who
have the advantage of you in all
things, whose laws will be better
than ours, and whose arms will be
more powerful and invincible.
Peace be with you ; I go to rest
with my father, the Sun, who has
called me." The importance given
to this prediction and to what the
Inca said on the subject is perhaps
justified by its assumed influence
on the course of events ; not only
in the story, but historically, as
Garcilasso represents, in making
the conquest easy for the Span
iards. He says the brother of
Huayna Capac, his own maternal
uncle, declared to him that those
last words of the Inca were re
garded as sacred, and were more
powerful in securing, as the will
of their Inca, submission to the
Spaniards, than the valor and
arms of the invaders."
109. (P. 364.) Garcilasso gives
an account of the revolt of Puna,
Chaps. 5 and 6, Book IX, Royal
Commentaries, and others refer to
the enmity between Puna and
Tumpiz, and when Pizarro first
arrived at Tumpiz he encountered

balsas from there loaded with war
riors proceeding to Puna (Pres-
cott's Peru, Vol. I, p. 271. Helps,
Vol. Ill, p. 413.). But when he
arrived there the second time he
found Tumpiz destroyed, and he
was informed that the fierce triDes
of Puna had at length gotten pos
session of the place and driven
the inhabitants into the woods and
mountains. Prescott, V. I, p. 346.
Helps, V. Ill, p. 424. Xeres, Pi
zarro's secretary, in his report,
says : "Pizarro found the place
destroyed and the natives said it
was abandoned by reason of a
great pestilence, and war waged
by the cacique of the island. It
seems Tumpiz had espoused the
cause of Atahuallpa, while Puna
had opposed him ; and it is noted,
that while Pizarro on first reach
ing Tumpiz found the people
friendly, when he returned in
force on his last expedition, after
having meanwhile first spent some
time on the Island of Puna, he
found the people of Tumpiz bitterly
hostile to him."
110. (P. 370.) After referring
to the Spaniards having reached
Tacamez, described as a town of
two thousand houses or more laid
out in streets, and the cultivated
and comfortable condition of the
country now revealed to them,
Prescott says : "The Spaniards
gazed with delight on the undeni
able evidences of wealth, etc. * * *
But they were again doomed to
disappointment by the warlike
spirit of the people, who, conscious
of their own strength, showed no
disposition to quail before the in
vaders * * * and they saw at
least ten thousand warriors, eager,
apparently to come to close action.
* * * Nor could Pizarro, who had
landed with a party of his men in
the hope of a conference, wholly
prevent hostilities ; and it might
have gone hard with the Span
iards, hotly pressed by their reso
lute enemies so superior in num
bers, but for a ludicrous accident
* * * to one of the ' cavaliers.
This was a fall from his horse,
which so astonished the bar
barians, who were not prepared
for this division of what seemed
one and the same being into two,
that, filled with consternation, they
fell back, and left a way open for
the Christians to regain their ves
sels." Helps' Spanish Conquest in
America, Vol. I, p. 405, says :

APPENDIX.

411

"They went down the coast to a
town called Tacamez. The In
dians at this place were not
friendly. They asked why these
strangers came among them, tak
ing their gold, making captives of
their women and robbing them in
every way." Xeres, Pizarro's sec
retary, in his report, says : "When
ninety of the Spaniards had ad
vanced a league beyond Tacamez,
more than ten thousand Indian
warriors encountered them , but
seeing the Christians intended no
evil, and did not wish to take their
goods, but rather to treat them
peacefully with much love, the
Indians desisted from war. * * *
It seemed to the captain and other
Spaniards that nothing could be
done in that land by reason of the
smallness of their number, which
rendered them unable to cope with
the Indians."
111. (P. 370.) See the story of
Uira-ccocha or Viracocha, pages
95-99. 112. (P. 388.) The expeditions
of the Spanish adventurers in the
New World were generally made
at their private cost ; but accom
panying them was an official of the
Crown, to see that one-fifth of the
treasure captured, which was
claimed by the Throne, was duly
accounted for and forwarded to
Spain. This official, at this time
with Pizarro's expedition, was the
Royal Treasurer Ribero. As all
territory and conquests beloneed
to the Crown, the Royal Treasurer
of the expedition was the partic
ular representative of the monarch.
113. (P. 399.) Sir Arthur Helps
(Vol. IV, p. 180) says : The game
of bowls, acquired from the Span
ish, became a favorite in Manco's
court, and he tells how Manco
Inca was killed with a bowl by
Gomez Perez.
114. (Frontispiece.) This pict
ure of the funeral of Atahuallpa is
from a photograph of Montero's
great historical painting, and is
pronounced one of the finest works
of art in existence, in any country
or by any artist. It is the prop
erty of the Peruvian government,

and hangs in the biblioteca or
National Library, in Lima.
Some months after his capture
by Pizarro, Atahuallpa was con
demned on various charges, by a
sort of "drum-head court martial"
to be burned at the stake ; but his
sentence was commuted to being
strangled, provided he would re
cant his own religion and be bap
tized as a Christian ; which he did
at the last to avoid the terrible
suffering by fire.
After the execution by a bow
string in the public square at
Caxamalca, his body was laid in
the native structure which had
been converted into a Christian
sanctuary. And while the funeral
services were being read over the
dead monarch, a number of wo
men, his sisters and wives, rushed
wildly into the chapel, protesting
that such ceremonies ill befitted
the burial of an Inca ; and loudly
bewaling his fate, they declared
their intention to sacrifice them
selves on his tomb. The audience,
outraged at what they regarded
as a heathenish demonstration in
violation of Christian rites, caused
the women to be removed. The
picture is based on this incident,
and represents the soldiers seizing
the women around Atahuallpa's
bier. The whole makes one of the
most effective historical wonts
ever portrayed on canvas.
In 1881, when the Chilians cap
tured Lima, they seized this pict
ure, and sent it to Santiago, as a
part of the wars booty. But
afterward, under the fire of crit
icism by the civilized world, it was
returned to Peru.
The canvas is very large — per
haps ten by fifteen feet or more —
and the principal characters are
said to be portraitures, so far as
data could be had for the purpose.
Atahuallpa was the last Inca,
who really ruled the land "Under
the Sun," and his funeral, as rfn-
resented in this masterpiece — sur
rounded by his conquerors and the
despoilers and slayers of himself
and people, clothed in native Inca
habiliments, and resting on cloth
of native design, with the back
ground of a stately, native interior
— fittingly emphasizes in art "The
Passing of the Incas."

GLOSSARY.
(Indian Words.)

Aca or Acca, a fermented liquor.
See Note 71.
Aclla-huasi, house of the chosen
ones, or Virgins of the Sun.
Amancay, lily.
Amaru, a serpent.
Amaru-Mayu, Inca name of a
great Amazonian river. See
Note 92.
Amauta, a philosopher, wise man.
Anco, eagle.
Andenes, terraces built in the
mountain sides to secure soil —
by which to enlarge area for
agriculture.
Api, fritters.
Azequia, irrigating canal.
Apu, chief.
Auqui, unmarried prince of the
blood royal. See Note 59.
Ayllu, lineage, family.
Bolson, high mountain valley. See
Note 4.
Caca, uncle, brother of mother.
Cachi-mayu, salt river.
Caci, a feast.
Cama, the soul.
Camac, creator.
Camayu, he who has charge.
Canca, maize pudding. .
Cancu, sacrificial bread used in
religious rites.
Cancha, place, court.
Cauca, northern province of Quito.
Capac, rich, chief, lord.
Ccacha, lake.
Ccoya, queen. See Note 46.
Curi, gold.
Ccuri-cancha, place of gold. See
Note 38.
Chaca, bridge.
Chacra, farm.
Chacu, hunt. See Note 88.
Champi, battle ax.
Chaqui, foot.
Chaquira, gold bead.
Chasqui, messenger.
Chancares, bells arranged to make
music, bell instrument.
Chilchiles, species of timbrel.
Chuchu, head dress.
Chupa, tail.
Chupe, a kind of soup. 412

Cusi-pata, the part of the great
square of Cuzco which was west
of the stream Huatanay.
Coricanch, see, Curi-cancha.
Colcam, underground granary, also
Pleiades.
Collque, silver.
Coraquenque, sacred bird. Sea
Note 73.
Cusi-Coyllu, see Note 6.
Cupay or Supay, devil.
Curaca, chief, tribal head.
Cuzco, naval, center.
Golpones, public halls. See Not*
11.
Hanan, upper.
Haravec, bard.
Hatun, great.
Hatun-cancha, great inclosure.
See Note 33.
Huaca, a sacred thing, relic.
Huacay-pata, a terrace or square
for enjoyment, the great central
square of- Cuzco.
Huallaca, a sort of flageolet.
Huallanca, shield.
Huallpa, fowl.
Huaman, falcon.
Huaracu, belt.
Huayra-puchuras, musical pipes
in four tones.
Huascar, rope, cable.
Huasi, house.
Huata, year.
Hurin, lower.
Llama, a sort of large sheep used
as beast of burden.
Llautu, royal fringe. See Note
7.
Llayca, a diviner.
Lliclla, a mantle. See Note 31.
Macana, club.
Machachnay, serpent.
Mama, mother.
Mamacuna, matron.
Mama-quila, mother moon.
Mana-chancas-ca, "not touched,"
a virgin.
Manco, a proper name, with no
special meaning, according to
Garcilasso.
Mati, calabash used for cups.

GLOSSARY.

413

Mayta, proper name, with no
special meaning, says Garci
lasso.
Mulli, a tree of great and varied
usefulness to the natives ; from
its berries was made a beverage,
and also medicine, and a very
good treacle, and vingear ; while
its resin and leaves were used
for applications to sores and
wounds. And sticks from it
were used to clean the teeth.
Nusta, princess. See Note 60.
Ollanta, or Oiiantay, name of hero
who gave name to a drama,
claimed to have been composed
in Inca times. See description
of in latter part of Chap. III.
Pachacamac, creator of the world.
Palla, lady of the blood royal.
See Note 60.
Paita, a delicious fruit. See Note
23.
Pampa, a plain.
Papa, native potato. See Note 21.
Pata, hill.
Pilu, a garland.
Pitajaya, a plant. See Note 99.
Puma, a lion.
Pumap-chupan, see Note 12.
Puna, elevated plain.
Puncu, door.
Quilla, moon.
Quinnoa, or Quinua, a kind of
grain. See Note 19.
Quipu, knotted cords by which
the Incas kept records.
Quipu-camayoc, keeper of records.
Raymi, Feast of the Sun.
Rimac-pampa, the speaking place.
See Note 34.
Roca, a proper name.
Sacsahuaman, see Notes 83 and
84.

_ a, only one, Sole.
Sapa Ynca, Sole Ynca.
Suyu, province.
Tinya, a guitar of four or six
strings.
Toco, window.
Ttahua, four.
Ttahuantinsuyu, four parts of the
empire.
Topu, a pin. See Note 30.
Tumebamba, or Tumipampa, see
Note 78.
Tupac, resplendent.
Uchu, or Aje, pepper used to sea
son all kinds of food.
Uiri, grease.
TJira-ccocha, see Note 5.
Uncha, a fillet for the head. See
Note 29.
Uncu, tunic.
Urpi, dove or pigeon.
Usuta, sandal.
Uturuncu, jaguar.
Vicuna, a small, Peruvian sheep,
or animal with fine, soft wool
of the high, Northern Andes.
Villac Vmu, high priest.
Villaoma, name of high priest.
See Note 69.
Villca, grandeur, sacred.
Villcanuta, or Vilcanota, see Note
14.
Viracocha, see Uira-ccocha, and
for the story Of, see Chap. X.
Yacolla, a mantle made square,
and used in place of a cloak.
Yahuar-pampa, field of blood. See
Note 27.
Ychu, a long, coarse grass.
Ynca, or Inca, sovereign lord.
Ynti, sun.
Yupanqui, "you will count," a title
of the Incas.